presented to

Gbe Xibrar?

of tbe

Tflnivereit? of Toronto

BINDING LIST FEB 1

REPORT

OF THE

CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION

1913-18

VOLUME III: INSECTS

OTTAWA
F. A. ACLAND

PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY
1222

Price : Paper, 60 cents ; Cloth, $1.00.

Report of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18.

VOLUME I: GENERAL INTRODUCTION, NARRATIVE, ETC.

Part A: NORTHERN PARTY, 1913-18. By Vilhjalmur Stefansson (In preparation).

Part B: SOUTHERN PARTY, 1913-16. By Rudolph Martin Anderson (In preparation).

VOLUME II: MAMMALS AND BIRDS

Part A: MAMMALS < RN ARCTIC AMERICA.

Rudolph Martin Anderson (In preparation).

Part B: BIRI N ARCTIC AMERICA.

By R. M. Anderson and P. A. Taverner (In preparation).

VOLJJME III: INSECTS

JN; ION. By C. Gordon Hewitt (Issued December 10,1960).

Part ! A. By Justus W. Folsom (Issued July 10, 1919).

ROID INSECTS. By Nathan Banks (Issued July 11, 1919).

Part

. By Charles P. Alexander.
y Harrison G. Dyar.

Diptornfexcludine Tipulidae and Culicidae). By J. R. Malloch (Issued July 14, 1919).

Part D: M AGA AND ANOPLURA.

Mallophaga. By A. W. Baker.

Anoplura. By G. F. Ferris and G. H. F. Nuttall (Issued September 12, 1919).

Part E: ( RA.

Forest Insects, including Ipidae, Cerambycidse, and Buprestidse. By J. M. Swaine.
Carabidze and Silphidae. By H. C. Fall.

Coccinelli lie, Elateridse, Chrysomelidce and Rhynchophora (excluding Ipidae).
By C. W. Leng.

DytisnVhe. By J. D. Sherman, Jr (Issued December 19, 1919).

Part F: HEMIPTERA. By Edward P. VanDuzee (Issued July 11, 1919).

Part G: HMKENOPTERA AND PLANT GALLS.

(Tenthredinoidea). By Alex. D. MacGillivray.
Parasitic Hymenoptera. By Charles T. Brues.
•< and Bees. By F. W. L. Sladen.

Plant Galls. By E. Porter Felt (Issued November 5, 1919).

Part H: SPIDERS, MITES AND MYRIAPODS.
Spiders. By J. H. Emerton.
Mites. By Nathan Banks.

Myrinpods. By Ralph V. Chamberlin (Issued July 14, 1919).

Part I: T.I RA. By Arthur Gibson (Issued January 10, 19SO).

Part J: ORTHOPTERA. By E. M. Walker (Issued September 4, 1990).

Part K: GENERAL OBSERVATIONS ON INSECT LIFE IN THE ARCTIC.

By Frits Johansen (Issued November 7, 1921} .

(In press) .

VOLUME IV: BOTANY

Part A: FRESHWATER ALGAE AND FRESHWATER DIATOMS. By Charles W. Lowe.

(In press).

Part B: MARINE ALGAE. By F. S. Collins (In preparation).

Part ' Py John Dearness (In

Part ! VS. By G K. Merrill (In preparation).

Part : J. By R. S. Williams (Issued February 8, 1921).

VOLUME V: BOTANY

Part ' PLANT S. By James M. Macoun and Theo. Holm (Issued October 14, 1921) .

Part B TIONS TO MORPHOLOGY, SYNYONMY. AND GEOGRAPHICAL DIS-

' >F ARCTIC PLANTS. By Theo. Holm (Issued February 10, 1922).

Part C: Gl NTOTES ON ARCTIC VEGETATION. By Frits Johansen. (In preparation)

VOLUME VI: FISHES, TUNIC ATES, ETC.

Part By F. Johansen (In preparation).

. ETC. By A. G. Huntsman (Issued November 29, 1922) .

VOLUME VII: CRUSTACEA

Part A: Dl CRUSTACEANS. By Mary J. Rathbun (Issued August 18, 1919).

\ CEANS. By Waldo L. Schmitt (Issued September 28, 1919).

< 'alman (Issued October 15, 1920).

(Issue I November 10, 1920).

Part E: A M PH I y Clarence R. Shoemaker (Issued September 7, 1920).

•n J. Cole (In press, January S, 1921).

v F. Johansen (I suited Mny 10, 1929).

Part : mrey Juday (Issued June SS, 1920).

irpe (In preparation).

I'ODA. By C. Dwight Marsh (Issued April SI, 1920).

liy A. \\ illey (Issued June 25, 1920).

Part ! I >A. By Charles B. Wilson (Issued August 6, 1920).

Part V -bry (In preparation).

OF SOME ARCTIC LAGOONS, LAKES AND PONDS.
. (In press).

REPORT

OF THE

CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION

1913-18

VOLUME III: INSECTS

OTTAWA
F. A. ACLAND

PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY
1922

Q

V.

This volume is one of a series of
reports dealing with the results of the
Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918,
which was led by Mr. Vilhjalmur
Stefansson under the direction of the
Department of the Naval Service. The
Geological Survey of the Department of
Mines was also interested in the expedi-
tion, sending several specialists with it,
and is issuing this volume as part of the
scries of technical reports. Copies of
the papers in this volume may be ob-
tained for fifty cents per set from the
Department of Mines, Ottawa.

PREFACE

The series of reports of which this is Volume III and the second com) tide
volume to be issued, will give the narrative and scientific results of tin- ( 'anadian
Arctic Expedition, 1913-18. The expedition, under the command of .Mr. Yilhjal-
mur Stefansson, was originally planned to remain in the field from 1913 to 1 '.»!•;,
and earlier publications refer to it as the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 191 :>-!»>.
Although many members of the scientific staff were officers of the Geological
Survey of the Department of Mines, the general direction of the expedition
for administrative purposes was placed in the hands of the Department of the
Naval Service.

As the expedition was planned to work in two comparatively distinct fields
at some distance from each other, it was divided into two parties. The Northern
Party, whose field was primarily the Beaufort sea and the Arctic archipelago,
remained in the field from 1913 to 1918 under the immediate supervision of
Mr. V. Stefansson. The work of the Southern Party was confined more par-
ticularly to the Arctic mainland and the adjacent islands, under the direction
of Dr. R. M. Anderson, and returned in the autumn of 1916. General accounts
of the work of the two main parties and subsidiary parties, rosters of the scientific
staffs and a portion of their contributions to the results of the expedition have
been given in summary reports to the Government and in popular narrative
and will be summed up in the forthcoming Volume I of this series.

In order to have the scientific results of the expedition properly worked
up, the specimens distributed to specialists, and the reports adequately published,
an Arctic Biological Committee was appointed jointly by the Department of
the Naval Service and the Department of Mines in January, 1917. This com-
mittee consisted of Chairman, Professor E. E. Prince, F.R.S.C., D.Sc., Dominion
Commissioner of Fisheries; Secretary, James M. Macoun, C.M.G., F.L.S.,
Botanist and Chief of the Biological Division of the Geological Survey; Pro-
fessor A. B. Macallum, F.R.S.C., M.D., D.Sc., Ph.D., LL.D., Chairman of the
Commission for Scientific and Industrial Research (later professor of bio-chemistry
at McGill University) ; C. Gordon Hewitt, F.R.S.C., D.Sc., Dominion Entomologist
and Consulting Zoologist of the Department of Agriculture; and R. M. Anderson,
Ph.D., Zoologist of the Geological Survey, representing the expedition and the
Victoria Memorial Museum, the final depository of the specimens collected by
the expedition. Various members of the committee took up the editing of differ-
ent sections, and Dr. R. M. Anderson was appointed general editor of the reports.

The Committee has been at work for nearly six years and reports have
been prepared or are in preparation by seventy-three specialists. Dr. Hewitt
had fortunately practically completed his work on Volume III (Insects) before
his untimely death on February 29, 1920, but Mr. Macoun had not finished
his work on the botanical volumes at the time of his death on January 6, 1920.
The scope of the committee was later enlarged to include the geographical,
topographical, and anthropological work of the expedition and three new
members were added in 1920, namely A. G. Huntsman, F.R.S.C., Ph.D., of the
Biological Board of Canada; Edward Sapir, F.R.S.C., Ph.D., Chief <f the
Division of Anthropology, Victoria Memorial Museum; and M.O. Malte, Ph.D.,
Dominion Agrostologist and Honorary Curator (later Chief Botanist) of the
National Herbarium.

For convenience in publication and distribution it was arranged that the
Department of the Naval Service should issue Volumes I (Narrative of the
Expedition), VI, VII, VIII, IX, and X (Marine Biology and Hydrography),
and XII (The Life of the Copper Eskimos), while the Department of Mines

37154 3

4 Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

olumes II Bird- and Mammals), III (Insects), IV and V (Botany),
ography), X11I, XIV, and XV (Ethnology), and XVI
ihe amalgamation of the Department of the Naval
Vpartment of Militia and Defence in 1922, the interests of
that nt in the reports were transferred to the Department of Marine

and J Where si-vend different reports are included under one volume,

-ued for distribution to specialists interested in the par-
ticular branch covered, and copies are preserved to be bound in the complete

iter the return of the expedition, the collections of

irned over to the late Dr. C. Gordon Hewitt, Dominion Entom-

'Msulting Zoologist of the Department of Agriculture and Honorary

tor of the National Collection of Insects. He immediately made arrange-

nave the specimens sent to the twenty-four specialists who have had

i the preparation of this volume. Much credit is due to the energy

. Hewitt in pushing the completion of the reports and for careful attention

'i-m and accuracy. After the death of Dr. Hewitt, Mr. Arthur Gibson,

da >uc<Mv^>r as Dominion Entomologist, has aided much in bringing the

>•. The index to Volume III was in a large part prepared by Mr.

ham. Assistant Entomologist in the Entomological Branch of the

nneiit of Agriculture.

ARCTIC PUBLICATIONS COMMITTEE.
••m her, 1922.

Insects

CONTENTS

Volume III: Insects

INTRODUCTION. By C. Gordon Hewitt (Issued December W, 1920).

Part A: COLLEMBOLA. By Justus \V. Folsom ................... .{Issued July 10, 1010 .

Jri /A -

ued J

Part B: NEUROPTEROID INSECTS. By Nathan Banks (Issued July 11, 1919)-

>L. I a - 4 &

Part C: DIPTERA. f f

Crane-flies. By Charles P. Alexander.
Mosquitoes. By Harrison G. Dyar.

Diptera (excluding Tipulida? and Culicidse). By J. R. Malloch (Issued

jflt f .C . - 7 O X . July 14, 1919).

Part D: MALLOPHAGA AND ANOPLURA.

Mallophaga. By. A. W. Baker.

Anoplura. By. G. F. Ferris and G. H. F. Nuttall (Issued September 12, 1919).

Part E: COLEOPTERA.

Forest Insects, including Ipidse, Cerambycidse, and Buprestidse. By J. M. Swaine.

Carabida? and Silphidac. By H. C. Fall.

Coccinellidse, Elateridse, Chrysomelidse, and Rhynchophora (excluding Ipidse).

By C. W. Leng.
Dytiscidse. By J. D. Sherman, Jr (Issued December 12, 1919).

Part F: HEM1PTERA. By Edward P. Van Duzee Y. (Issued July 11, 1919).

Part G: HYMENOPTERA AND PLANT GALLS.

Sawflies. (Tenthredinoidea) . By Alex. D. MacGillivray.

Parasitic Hymenoptera. By Charles T. Brues.

Wasps and Bees. By F. W. L. Sladen.

Plant Galls. By E. Porter Felt .................... (Issued November 3, 1919).

Part H: SPIDERS, MITES, AND MYRIAPODS. //

Spiders. By J. H. Emerton.

Mites. By Nathan Banks.

Myriapods. By Ralph V. Chamberlin .................. (Issued July 14, 1919).

Part I: LEPIDOPTERA. By Arthur Gibson .................. (Isued January 10, 1920}.

Part J: ORTHOPTERA. By E. M. Walker ........... ........ (Issued September 4, 1920).

M ' ? - <*•*

Part K: INSECT LIFE ON THE WESTERN ARCTIC COAST 'OF

AMERICA. By Frits Johansen .................... (Issued November 7, 1921}.

PartL: GENERAL INDEX.

H
-^ X»»*,

- IK - It
,^A f£ (

• ' V!1*'01

Insects

Report of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18,
Volume III, Insects.

ERRATA

Part C, p. 19, eighteen lines from bottom, read Dr. I. C. Nielsen.

p. 37, nineteen lines from bottom, read species of this genus in the

collection.

p. 40, line 12, for Campocladuis, read Camptocladius.
p. 47, eleven lines from bottom, for male, read female,
p. 77, line 6, for Sactophaga, read Scatophaga.

Part E, p. 17, 8-9 lines from bottom, read: tundra east of Collinson point,
Alaska, June 15, 1914, No. 1642. Collinson point, Alaska, Sep-
tember 2, 1914. The last one was collected as larva.

Part F, p. 3, line 8 from bottom, for Lobopidea read Labopidea.

Part G, p. 3, 4 lines from bottom omit (Teredo}.

p. 4, 22 lines from bottom, for ? after Heracleum, read lanatum.

Part H, p. 20, line 5, for Ethpolys read Ethopolys.
Part I, plate facing p. 32, for octopetala, read integrifolia.

Part K, p. 4, line 10, for Chamaerium read Chamaenerium.
p. 4, line 32, for altitude read latitude,
p. 5, line 7, for Micranecta read Microneta.
p. 5, line 14, for Iris, read Iris,
p. 6, line 10, the citation Canad. Entom., 1917-18, refers to Tipulacora-

cina Alex.

p. 7, line 1, for Cyperacae, read Cyperaceae.
p. 7, under May 21-31, for Martensia, read Mertensia.
p. 7, under June 1-10, for Caryophyllacea, read Caryophyllaceae.
p. 7, under June 21-30, for chamaemorus read Chamaemorus.
p. 7, under June 11-15, for selago read Selago.
p. 7, under June 27-28, for nelsoniana read Nelsoniana.
p. 7, under June 29-30, for arotica, read arctica.
p. 7, under July 2-7, for hirculus read Hirculus.
p. 8, footnote, for Johnson, read Johansen.
p. 8, under July 17, for^edwardsii read Edwardsii.
p. 8, under July 26-27, for rhodiola read Rhodiola.
p. 8, under August 3, for Arctogrostis read Arctagrostis.
p. 9, footnote, for Dieatoms, read Diatoms,
p. 14, eight lines from bottom, for Lo3mnipes, read Lamnipes.
p. 14, line 7, for colias, read Colias.
p. 14, line 9, for brenthis read Brenthis.
p. 15, under August 11-20, for Salix read Salix, and for richardsonii

read Richardsonii.

p. 17, twenty. six lines from bottom, for Eury cents, read Eurycercus.
p. 20, line 29, for armeria read Armeria.
p. 20, under July 1-15, for armeria read Armeria.
p. 20, under July 1-15, for scirpioidea read scirpoidea.
p. 20, under July 1-15, for pallasii read Pallasii.
p. 20, under July 16-31, for Roaldii read Roaldi.

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Part K. p. 21, seven lines from top and one line from bottom, read Eriophorum.
p. 21, under September, for armeria read Armeria.
p. 22, seventeen lines from bottom, read Tanytarsus sp.
p. 27, line 27, read midge-larvae,
p. 29, liiuv 21, for Hyporaia, read Hyphoraia.
p. 36, line 27, for Dvstiscid, read Dytlscid.
p. 37, fourteen lines from top, for similar, read similar,
p. 38, line 10, for Atropos and Troctes, read Atropos and Troctes.
p. 38, footnote 1, MX lines from bottom of page, for anthropods, read

arthropods.
p. 38, footnote 1, four lines from bottom of page, for T. C. Schiodte,

read I. C. Schiodte.
p. 38, footnote 1, after W. Lundbeck, Notitser om Gromlands entom-

olog. Fauna, read Entomolog. MeddeL, Kbhvn., Bd. Ill, 1891-92,

pp. 27-34.

p. 39, line 45, for lepidotera, read lepidoptera.
p. 39, line 19, for rhynchopora, read rhynehophora.
p. 45, Legends under figures transposed. Fig. 1, Tree river; fig. 2,

Mackenzie river delta.

REPORT

OF THE

CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION

1913-18

VOLUME III: INSECTS

INTRODUCTION

AND
LIST OF NEW GENERA AND SPECIES COLLECTED BY THE EXPEDITION

By C. GORDON HEWITT

OTTAWA

THOMAS MULVEY,

PRINTER TO THE KINGS MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY
1920

Issued December 10, 1920

INTRODUCTION,

1—2

INTRODUCTION.

Our knowledge of the insect fauna of northern and arctic Canada has
hitherto been so meagre, and our collections so lacking in material from that
region that the invitation given me in 1913 by the Deputy Minister of Mines
to prepare a memorandum of instructions concerning the collection of insects
by the Canadian Arctic Expedition which was then being organized was more
than welcome, and high hopes were entertained that a rich harvest would result.
The sad and untimely death of Mr. James Murray, the marine biologist of the
expedition, following the loss of the Karluk, placed upon the shoulders of Mr.
Frits Johansen, to whom the entomological work had been assigned, a double
burden and increased duties and he became responsible for the marine biology in
addition to his botanical and entomological work. The large collections of
marine and other invertebrates, fishes, and plants testify as to the assiduity with
which Mr. Johansen collected. But, as was inevitable the number of insects
collected was less than we had originally hoped to receive. Nevertheless, the
collection of insects brought back by the expedition was a very representative
one, and, as the succeeding reports will show, it has been the means of adding
valuable information to our knowledge of the insects of the northern regions of
this continent. No less than 8 new genera, 93 new species and 5 new sub-
species and varieties have been described in the following pages. In addition,
as a result of Mr. Johansen's keen desire to obtain notes on the life-histories and
bionomics of these northern forms and the investigations that he carried on
under the difficult conditions incident to such work in the north, he has been
able to add much to our knowledge of northern insect life, and his notes will be
found scattered through the reports in the different orders and families. Mr.
Johansen's report on the insect life of the arctic will be read with interest in
conjunction with the other reports,, since it gives a picture of the conditions
under which the insects were found; too often entomologists lose sight of the
ecological aspect of an insect fauna, and reports become mere systematic cata-
logues and lifeless. The abundance and variety of the arctic and sub-arctic
insect life will be surprising perhaps to many entomologists who have not hitherto
appreciated the burst of plant and insect life that takes place during the short
arctic summer when the land is clothed with vegetation and flowers which are
visited by innumerable bumble bees, moths and butterflies and other sun-loving
insects, enjoying the brief spell of existence that release from the gelid land and
water permits.

We desire to express our warm appreciation of the assistance so willingly
rendered by the authors whose names appear on the different reports in this
volume in working up this interesting collection of the insects of the arctic and
sub-arctic region of North America, and we hope that this volume may stimulate
further investigation of a fauna of interest alike to the systematist and to those
who are interested in the broader question of the distribution of animal life.

C. GORDON HEWITT,

Dominion Entomologist.
OTTAWA, January, 1920.

LIST OF NEW GENERA AND SPECIES COLLECTED BY THE EXPEDITION

By C. Gordon Hewitt

Insects, Arachnids and Myriapods.

List of New Genera and New Species of Insects, Arachnids and
Myriapods collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18.

Part A. COLLEMBOLA.

New Genera. Page.

New Species.

Page.

Achorutes sensilis Folsom

Onychiurus duodecimpunctaius Folsom.
Entomobrya comparata Folsom . .

6A
13A

Part B. NEUROPTEROID INSECTS.

Capnia nearctica Banks. . . .
Anabolia emarginata Banks.

SB
IB

Part C. DIPTERA.

Mydaeina Malloch

Pogonomyioides Malloch. .

Cordylurella Malloch

Dasypleuron Malloch

Allomyia Malloch

Neoleria Malloch . .

62c
67c
78c
79c
80c
83c

Dicranomyia alascaensis Alexander 4c

Erioptera angustipennis Alexander 5c

Limnophila rhicdoptiloides Alexander. . . 6c

Tricyphona brevifurcata Alexander 6c

Tricyphona frigida Alexander 7c

Stygeropis parrioides Alexander 9c

Nephrotoma arcticola Alexander lOc

Tipula johanseni Alexander lie

diflava Alexander 12c

hewitti Alexander He

subpolaris Alexander 14c

besselsoides Alexander 15c

subarctica Alexander 15c

Aedes nearcticus Dyar 32c

Tanypus alaskensis Malloch 35c

Diamesa arctica Malloch 37c

Prosimulium borealis Malloch 41c

Simulium similis Malloch 42c

Rhamphomyia erinacioides Malloch. . . . 45c

ursina Malloch 46c

similata Malloch 46c

herschelli Malloch 47c

" conservativa Malloch 48c

Dolichopus dasyops Malloch 49c

Hydrophorus pilitarsis Malloch 51c

Aphiochaeta alaskensis Malloch 52c

" platychira Malloch 52c

Leptocera transversalis Malloch 53c

Syrphus sodalis var. interruptus Malloch 55c

Peleteria arctica Malloch 57c

Phormia caerulea Malloch 59c

Phaonia minima Malloch 61c

" imitatri Malloch 61c

Mydaeina obscura Malloch 62c

Aricia borealis Malloch 64c

Pogonomyia quadrisetosa Malloch 66c

Pogonomyioides atrata Malloch 67c

Hydrophoria arctica Malloch 69c

Alliopsis obesa Malloch 70c

Hylemyia acrostichalis Malloch 72c

Phorbia brevitarsata Malloch 73c

Gonatherus atricornis Malloch 77c

Cordylurella subvittata Malloch 78c

Dasypleuron tibialis Malloch 79c

Allomyia unguiculata Malloch 80c

Oecothea aristata Malloch 82c

Neoleria rotundicornis Malloch 83c

Piophila borealis Malloch 84c

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1918-18.
Part E. COLEOPTERA.

New Genera. Page.

New Species.

Page.

Dendroct onus johanseni Swaine

5E

Carphoborus andersoni Swaine
Callidium subopacum Swaine
Trichalophus stefanssoni Leng

6E

. . . . 12s
20E

Part F. HEMIPTERA.

Euscelis hyperboreus Van Duzee.

Part G. HYMENOPTERA AND PLANT GALLS.

Rhogogastera reliqua MacGillivray 4o

Euura abortiva MacGillivray 4o

" arctica MacGillivray 5a

Pontania atrata MacGillivray GG

lorata MacGillivray 80

delicatula MacGillivray 8c

deminuta MacGillivray 9a

quadrifasciata MacGillivray . . 10o

subpallida MacGillivray lla

trifasdata MacGillivray llo

Amauronematus completus MacGillivray 13o

indicatus MacGillivray. 14o

digestus MacGillivray. . 14a

cogitatus MacGillivray... 15o

varianus MacGillivray.. 16o

aulatus MacGillivray. . . 16o

magnus MacGillivray... 17a

Aptesis nivarius Brues 21a

Polyblastus arcticus Brues 22a

Diodes modestus Brues 23o

Bombus neoboreus Sladen 28a

Bombus sylvicola var. johanseni Sladen . 30o

Part H. SPIDERS, MITES AND MYRIAPODS.

Spiders

Mites

Myriapods... .
< -ryophilus Chamberlin .

17n

Tmeticus alatus Emerton

Microneta maritima Emerton ,

Lycosa asivak Emerton

Stigmaeus arcticus Banks

Cryophilus alaskanus Chamberlin.

Ethopolys integer Chamberlin

Ethopolys integer subsp. alaskanus
Chamberlin ....

4n
HH

18H

20n

2lH

Part I. LEPIDOPTERA.

rarmbarrovia Gibson 33 I

Oeneis semidea var. arctica Gibson. . .

simulans Gibson.

cairnesi Gibson

" brucei var. yukonensis Gibson

Brenlhis natazhati Gibson

" distincta Gibson

Parabarrovia keelei Gibson

Anarta subfumosa Gibson

Homoglaza murrayi Gibson

Diasemia alaskalis Gibson

Pyla arctiella Gibson

25i
33i
34i
36i
45i
46i

Insects, Arachnids and Myriapods.
SUMMARY.

Part.

Order.

New Gen.

New Sp.

New
Subsp.

Var.

A

Collembola • ...

3

B

Neuropteroids . .

2

c

Diptera

6

47

1

D.

E

Mallophaga and Anoplura
Coleoptera

4

F

Hemiptera

1

G

Hym6iiopt6ra

21

1

H.

Spiders, Mites and Myriopods —
Spiders

3

Mites

1

Myriopods

1

2

1

I

L epidoptera

1

9

2

T

Totals

8

93

1

4

REPORT

OF THE

CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION

1913-18

VOLUME III: INSECTS

PART A: COLLEMBOLA

By JUSTUS W. FOLSOM

SOUTHERN PARTY— 1913-16

OTTAWA

J. de LABROQUERIE TACHE
PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY

1919
Vol. iii— 54697— 1 Issued July 10th, 1919

Collembola of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18.

By JUSTUS W. FOLSOM
Of the University of Illinois.

This is a report on the Collembola obtained by tin- Canadian Arctic KXJM-
dition, 1913-16. The material, collected by Mr. K. Johansen, consisted <>f
numerous well-preserved specimens, in excellent condition for study, and com-
prised the following twelve species: —

Podura aquatica L.
Achorutes tullbergi Schaf.
Achorutes sensilis, n. sp.
Achorutes armatus (Nic.)
Onychiurus duodecimpunctatus , n. sp.
Tetracanthella wahlgreni Axels.
Folsomia quadrioculata (Tull.).
Isotoma viridis Bourl.
Isotoma palustris (Mull.).
Entomobrya comparata, n. sp.
Lepidocyrtus cyaneus TulL
Sminthurides aquaticus (Bourl.).

The types and other specimens upon which this report is based are deposited
in the- National Collection of Insects, Ottawa.

Podura aquatica Linnaeus.
Plate 1, figs. .1-3.

Podura aquatica Linnaeus, 1758. — Nicolet, 1841.— Tullberg, 1871, 1872.—
Lubbock, 1868, 1873.— Packard, 1873.— Parona, 1879, 1882.— Dalla Torre,
1888, 1895.— Uzel, 1890.— MacGillivray, 1891.— Schott, 1894, 1902.— Renter,
1895.— Schaffer, 1896, 1900a, 1900b. — Lie-Pettersen, 1896— Poppe and SchiifTer,
1897.— Scherbakov, 1898b.— Carl, 1899, 1901.— Wahlgren, 1899c, 1906a.—
Carpenter and Evans, 1899. — Absolon, 1900, 1901.— Willem, 1900.— Bonn r
1901a.— Krausbauer, 1901.— Agren, 1903.— Guthrie, 1903.— Axelson, 1906.—
(Axelson) Linnaniemi, 1907, 1912. — Folsom, 1916.

Hypogastrura aquatica Bourlet, 1839.
Hydropodura aquatica Borner, 1901b, 1902.
Podura granulata MacGillivray, 1893.

Blackish blue; antennae and legs reddish brown; furcula pale brown.
Head hypognathous. Eyes 8 + 8. Ocular areas with conical elevations
between the eyes. Postantennal organs apparently absent, represented extern-
ally by minute rudiments. Antennae shorter than the head, stout, cylindrical,
with segments about as 4:5:6:7 in relative lengths. Olfactory hairs of fourth
antenna! segment absent. Sense organ of third antennal segment consisting of
a pair of short stiff setse. Body short and stout. A dorsal subsegment occurs
on the anterior part of each body segment except the ninth. Unguis (fig. 1 >
very long, longer than the tibio-tarsus, slender, curving, unidentate behind the

54697— li

-1 A . • ('(tnadi'.ni Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

middle of the inner nr.irgin. I'nguiculus represented only by a toothlike rudi-
ment. Tenent hair single, unknohhed. Kami of tenaculum quadridentate.
Furcuhi very long, extending as far as the first pair of legs, clearly appended to
the fourth al)domin;d segment. Manubrium short. Dentes long, strongly
bowed outward, apically convergent, with an obsolete transverse suture two-
fifths from the base, and with the tubercles of the distal third arranged in trans-
verse rings. Mucrones (figs. 2, 3) three-fifths as long as hind ungues, with outer
and inner lamella', and with a prominent dorsal rounded-triangular basal lobe.
Anal spines absent. Body clothing of few minute curving setae; dens with 12
t-.i 17 long curving dorsal sehr, most of which are in two longitudinal series.
Integument tuberculate. Length, 1.3 mm.

I'otlum a<iuntic(i; one of the most abundant collembolans in Europe and
North America, occurs on the surface of standing water on the margins of ponds
and streams, having special structural adaptations for a ssmi-aquatic life. It
swarms on vegetation or rubbish along the shore, and at times is blown against
the shore in masses of enormous numbers. This species often appears in fresh-
water aquaria, and is essentially a fresh-water species, though it has been found
occasionally in pools of brackish water on the seashore.

The species has been recorded from Siberia. From Canada, I have speci-
mens taken at Arnprior, Ont., May 19, 19i7, by Mr. Charles Macnamara.

(Ireat numbers on ponds, Demarcation point, Alaska, May 16, 1914;
abundant, large and small, at Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait,
Northwest Territories, June 25, 1915. F. Johansen.

Achorutes tullbergi Schaffer.

Plate 1, figs. 4-10; plate 2, fig. 11.

Achorutes dubin* Tullberg, 1876.— Uzel, 1890.— Schott, 1894.— Dalla Torre,
1895.— Schaffer, 1896.— Skorikow, 1900.

Achorutes dubius, var. concolor Carpenter, 1900.

Achorutes tullbergi Schaffer, 1900a.

AchorutcK tullbergi, var. concolor Schaffer, 1900a. — Wahlgren, H)()7. -

, nm>.

Pigmented with irregular patches of dark blue pigment (typical form) or
uniformly pigmented (var. concolor). Eyes (fig. 4) eight on each side. Postan-
tennal organs (fig. 1) with four (sometimes five) peripheral tubercles. Antenna-
shorter than the head, with segments rs 6:7:9:9 in relative lengths. Sense organ
of third antennal segment as in fig. 5. Ungues (fig. 6) stout, slightly curving:
inner margin unidentate one third from apex. Unguiculi with setaceously
prolonged outer margin and with the basal lamella suboblong on the second and
third pairs of feet. Tenent hairs knobbed; 2,3,3, as a rule; occasionally 3,3.3.
or 1,3,3. Mucrones (figs. 7-'.)) one-third dentes in length, apically rounded, with
narrow outer lamella. Kami of tenaculum quadridentate. Anal spines (figs.
10, 11) two, half as long as hind ungues. arcuate, on prominent contiguous
papillae, ('lothing of sparse short curving setuN with longer seta' on the

rior part of the abdomen. Length, 2 mm.

The specimens collected by the Kxpedition belong to the variety roncolor
Carp., which has been taken hitherto in Fran/ .)< set' Land, Kllesmcre land,
Bohemia and Massachusetts. The typical form of the species has been reported
from Xova Zeinbla, Spitsbergen and Siberia.

Several specimens on ponds and from rotten driftwood, Bernard harbour,
Northwest Territories, May, 2f>, l!)l(i, June IS, 1<), l<)i:>; also several under
driftwood. Demarcation point, Alaska, May Hi, I'M L F. Johansen.

Collembola 5 A

Achorutes sensilis, n. sp.

Plate 2, figs. 12718.

Uniform dark blue. Eyes 8 + 8. Postantennal organs (fig. 12) ,

slightly longer than the diameter of an eye, with lour peripheral mix
Antennae snorter than the head, with segments in relative lengths about a>
5:6:7:7. Third antennal segment with many distal lateral sensorj
Unguis (fig. 14) long, slender, feebly curving, unideutate two-fifth- from tin-
apex. Unguiculus extending one-half as far as the unguis. with proximal half
subovate and distal half acuminate. One long knobbed teneut hair. All tin-
distal tibio-tarsal setae are apically bent and minutely knobbed. Kami of
tenaculum tridentate. Dentes three times, as long as miicn.ins, each with a
long curving subapical dorsal seta. Mucro about as long as hind iinguiciilus.
variable in form (figs. 15, 16), with broad outer lamella and narrow inner lamella.
Anal spines (fig. 17) short, stout, feebly curving, one-fifth as long as hind in,
on contiguous papillae one-third as long as the spines. Clothing (fig. 18) of few-
short stout curving setae and longer stout suberect setae, the latter often feelily
dentate. Maximum length, 2.2 mm.

I regarded this form as being A. viaticus Tullberg, until I found the peculiar
sense organs of the third antennal segment. In viaticus, of which I have many
European specimens, the sense organ of the third antennal segment is as in
figure 19, with a pair of sense rods, a single finger-like accessory seta, and one
guard seta. In this new species there are, however (fig. 13), two pairs of sense
rods, each pair with the usual basal ridge; also a distal ovate petiolate papilla,
seated in a«pit and covered basally with an integumentary fold; and in addition
as many as nine lanceolate accessory sensory setae, with five guard setae — a
wide departure from the condition typical for the genus. The other differences
between the two species are of minor importance. In sensilis, as compared
with viaticus, there are not three long knobbed tenent hairs; the tenaculum is
not quadridentate; and the anal spines are somewhat shorter, stouter, and less
curving. The clothing is of the same general type in the two species; the stout
suberect setae of the body being, however, somewhat shorter than in viaticus
(compare fig. 18 with fig. 20).

This species occurred in masses on the surface of a pond at Bernard harbour,
Northwest Territories, July 5, 1916. F. Johansen.

Achorutes armatus (Nicolet).

Plate 3, figs. 21-25.

Podura armata Nicolet, 1841.

Achorutes armatus Gervais 1844.— Nicolet, 1847. Lubbock, 1868, 1873 —
Tullberg, 1871, 1872, 1876.— Parona, 1879, 1882, 1888, 1895.— Tomosvary,
1883.— Oudemans, 1890— Uzel, 1890, 1891.— MacGillivray, 1891— Sohott,
1891, 1894, 1896, 1902.— Moniez, 1894.— Dalla Torre, 1895.— Reuter, 1895.—
Meinert, 1896.— SchafTer, 1896, 1897, 1900a, 1900b.— Carpenter, 1897.— Lie-
Pettersen, 1896, 1898.— Poppe and Schaffer, 1897.— Scherbakov, 1898b, 1899a, -
Carl, 1899, 1901.— Carpenter and Evans, 1899.— Wahlgren, 1900a.— Borner,
1901a.— Krausbauer, 1902.— Willem, 1902.— Agren, 1903, 1904.— Axelson,
1905a, 1905b, 1906. — (Axelson) Linnaniemi, 1907, 1909. — Collinge and Shoe-
botham, 1910.— Imms, 1912.— Shoebotham, 1914.— Folsom, 1916.

Achorutes boletivorus Packard, 1873.— MacGillivray, 1891.— Dalla Torre,
1895.— Guthrie, 1903.

Achorutus marmoratus Packard, 1873.— MacGillivray, 1891.— Harvey, 1893.

Achorutes texensis Packard, 1873.— MacGillivray, 1891.— Dalla Torre, 1895.

Achorutes pratorum Packard, 1873.— MacGillivray, 1891.— Dalla Torre,
1895.

6 A Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Hypogastrura arnmlu lAxelson) Linnaniemi, 1911, 1912. — Caroli, 1914.

Very variable in colouration. General colour vinaceous, pale violet, greenish
grey, or dark blue. One variety is' canary yellow marbled with lavender, with
two dorsal stripes of the latter colour. The dorsum is commonly mottled or
marbled, and the pleura and sternum are pale yellow with round spots made by
hypodermal nuclei. A large interocular spot occurs. Ocular patches con-
spicuous, black. Fyes eight on each side. Postantennal organs (fig. 21) large,
with four unequal peripheral tubercles. Antennae shorter than the head;
segments in relative lengths as 5:4:5:6; fourth segment with seven sensory
hairs: two outer, two inner, and three dorsal. Between the third and fourth
antennal segments is a large ventral eversible bilobed sac. Body stout; abdo-
men feebly dilated. Hignis (fig. 22) long, slender, slightly curving, unidentate
near the middle of the inner margin; lateral margins each unidentate one-fourth
from the base, rnguiculus with suboblong basal lamella and setaceous apex,
extending almost as far as the tooth of the opposite claw. One long tenent hair,
unknobbed. Dentes stout, subcylindrical. Mucrones (fig. 23) half as long as
dentes, apically rounded; inner lamella narrow, simple; outer lamella with a
large subtriangular dorsal lobe. Anal spines (fig. 24) long, a little longer than
the ungues in adult specimens, slender, curving, on large contiguous papillae,
which are one-third to one-half as long as the spines. Clothing (fig. 25) dense,
consisting of abundant short setae and numerous long hairs and setae, which
are frequently serrate. Length, 1.5 mm.

The synonymy of this species I have discussed in a previous paper (Folsom,
1916).

The specimens collected by the Expedition were all of the dark blue variety.

Achorutes armatus, one of the most abundant species of its genus, occurs in
large colonies in a great variety of situations; under the loose moist bark of logs,
on damp soil under wood or dead leaves, underground among the roots of grasses
or other plants, in moss, on pools of fresh water. This species is the one com-
monly found on fungi, particularly agarics, though it occurs on Boletus, Poly-
pnnix. Morchella and other genera as well.

This is one of the most widely distributed species of Collembola. It occurs
in all parts of Kurope, in Siberia, Spitzbergen, Greenland, Northern Africa
(Tripoli), Sumatra, Ceylon, New Zealand, Brazil, Paraguay, Uruguay, Chile,
and doubtless throughout the United States. In Canada it has been taken at
Arnprior, Out., in September, by Mr. Charles Macnamara.

feral specimens on ponds, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories,
May 25, 1916; June 18, 25, 1915. Abundant in moss in swamp, Pihumalerksiak
island (Cockburn point), Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories.
July ir>, 1916. F. Johansen.

Onychiurus duodecimpunctatus, n. sp.

I'hte :;, fijrs. •_>(> -:{(); plate 4, figs. :;i, :;-2.

White. Postantennal organs (fig. 26) elongate, with simple tubercles
numbering ^2 in one example and 44 in another. Pseudocelli of antennal bases
(fig. 27) (> -f 0 (two specimens) or 5 + 5 (one specimen); of posterior border of
tl(':|(l l f I (two specimens) or 5 + 5 (one specimen). Antennae subequal to

head in length. Sense organ of third antennal segment (fig. 28) with five
papillae, five guard setae, a pair of sense rods, and two capitate tuberculate
sense clubs. Pseudocelli of body (fig. 29) as follows— Prot horax: dorsal, O;
lateral, 1 + 1. Mesot horax : dorsal, 2 + 2; lateral, 1 + 1. Met a thorax:
dorsal, 2 + 2; lateral, 1 + 1. First abdominal segment : dorsal, 4 + 4. Second
abdominal, 4 + 4 (two specimens) or 5 + 5 (one specimen). Third, 5 + 5 (2
spins.) or 4 + 4 ( 1 spm.). Fourth, (i + 6 (2 spins.) or 5 + 5 (1 spm.). Fifth,
5 + 5 (2 spms.) or 4 + 4 (1 spm.). Sixth, 0.

Collembola 7 A

Unguis (fig. 30) slender, curving, unidentate beyond tin- middle of the inner
margin. Unguiculus exceeding the unguis, slender, gradually tapering from the
base into a fine filament. Anal spines (fig. 31) two, feebly curving, hall u long
as hind ungues, on separated papillae, one-fourth as long as the spines. ( 'lothing
(fig. 32) of short curving simple setae, with long erect simple sensory
Length, 2.4 mm.

This species belongs near the common armatus Tullberg, and conn- nearest
to octopunctatus Tullberg, a rarely recorded species that has never been fully
described. If the form here described proves to agree with octopunclut
respect to pseudocelli and the minute structure of the antennal sense organ-, it
should be regarded as a variety of that species.

Three cotypes, from rotten driftwood at Bernard harbour. Northwest
Territories, June 19, 1915. F. Johansen.

Tetracanthella wahlgreni Axelson.
Plate 4, figs. 33-37; plate 5, figs. 38-41.

Tetracanthella pilosa Schott, 1894 (part), 1902 (part).— Lie-Pet tersen, 1896.
Wahlgren, 1899b, 1900b, 1906b.— Axelson, 1900.

Tetracanthella coerulea Schaffer, 1900a, 1900b.

Tetracanthella wahlgreni (Axelson) Linnaniemi, 1907, 1912. Bagnall, 1914.

Dark blue. Body elongate, narrowing posteriorly (fig. 33). Eyes on
black patches, 8 + 8 (fig. 34) ; the two inner proximal eyes of each side smaller
than the others; the three posterior eyes in a group apart from the five anterior.
Postantennal organs (fig. 34) elongate, subelliptical, eight or nine times as long
as broad, and four times as long as the diameter of an adjacent eye; sometimes
constricted near the middle. Antennae shorter than the head, with segment s in
relative lengths about as 9:13:10:19. Sense organ of third antennal segment
(fig. 35) consisting of a pair of slender curving sense rods, subtended by a thick
chitinousridge, and covered with an integumental fold. Fourth antennal segment
with subapical papilla and with slender curving sensory setae. Second, third.
and fourth abdominal segments subequal in length dorsally. Genital and anal
segments confluent, bearing two pairs of spines (figs. 36, 37). Posterior spines
a little longer than hind ungues, feebly curving, on stout papillae almost half as
long as the spines. Anterior spines similar to the posterior, but a little shorter.
Ano-genital segment with long stiff hairs projecting beyond the apex of the
abdomen, which are simple in some specimens but apically bent and knobbed
in others. Anus ventral. Unguis stout, untoothed (fig. 38). Unguiculus
extending half to three-fifths as far as the unguis, lanceolate, acuminate. Clavate
tenent hairs two, extending as far as, or farther than, the unguis. Femur with
a single long clavate hair (fig. 33). Furcula short, appended to the fourth
abdominal segment, and extending to the posterior margin of the third. Manu-
brium stout, with several pairs of dorsal setae (fig. 39). Mucro and dens not
demarkated from each other. Mucro-dentes convergent, in form as in figs. 39
and 40; each with three setae: two dorsal and one ventral. Kami of tenaculum
bidentate (fig. 39); corpus with a single stout seta. General clothing of few
short equal curving simple setae in the middle region of each segment, with long
outstanding simple sensory setae in a single transverse series on most of the body
segments (fig. 41). Cuticula not tuberculate, but figured. Length, 1.8 mm.

The term figured, as applied to the cuticula, means that the integument is
divided into minute polygonal areas.

In two specimens the long distal hairs of the abdomen were simple ; in one
specimen, however, they were distinctly bent apically, with a minute terminal
knob, as in my fig. 36. Linnaniemi ('12, p. 104), not having seen these clavate
hairs as described by Schott, suggested that the appearance of terminal knobs
was due to adherent particles of foreign matter.

8 A Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

As Linnaniemi ('12. p. 102) has shown, the original descriptions of Tetra-
ctinthclla iiiloxii by Schott were based upon two distinct species; now known
respectively as pilosa and irahlijreni. The specimens that I have studied agree
accurately with the description and figures given by Linnaniemi of the latter
species.

He says that in Finland T. tcahhjrcni livs under moss and lichens, as well
as under stones, on the rocky summits of the mountains, where it may almost
always be found, not infrequently in considerable numbers. Sometimes it can
be taken also on the surfaces of pools of water. It has made its appearance
early in summer, before the snows have melted on the mountain tops. Common
as the species is on the summits of the mountains, it is seldom found in the
timber region, but oftener, however, in the subalpine zone.

T. ir<ihlt/r< /// has been reported from Norway, Sweden, Finland (north of
the Arctic circle), Spitzbergen and Bear island, and is essentially Arctic in its
distribution.

Four specimens (one spoiled by dissection), on the surface of a pond in a
swamp. Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, June 18, 1915. F. Johansen.

Folsomia quadrioculata (Tullberg).
Plate 5, figs. 42-47.

Ixutinnn quadrioculata Tullberg, 1871, 1872, 1876.— Stuxberg, 1887.— Uzel,
1890. MacGillivray, 1891, 1896.— Moniez, 1891.— Schott, 1894, 1902.— Dalla
Torre, 1895.— Reuter, 1895.— Lie-Pettersen, 1896, 1898, 1907 .— Meinert,
1896.— Schaffer, 1896, 1900a, 1900b.— Poppe and Schaffer, 1897.— Lubbock,
1898.— Scherbakov, 1898a, 1898b .— Carl, 1899, 1901.— Wahlgren, 1899b, 1900a,
l!H)()b, 1906a, 1906b.— Absolon, 1900.— Skorikow, 1900.— Borner, 1901a.—
Krausbaiier, 1902.— Agren, 1903, 1905.— Guthrie, 1903.— Axelson, 1904, 1905b,
1906.— Evans, 1908.

Isotoma (Folsomia) quadrioculata Axelson, 1905a.

Folsomia quadrioculata (Axelson) Linnaniemi, 1907, 1909, 1911, 1912.—
Collinge and Shoebotham, 1910.

Dull grey to greyish black, pigmented with blackish spots of irregular form,
si/e and distribution. Small specimens may be white, or white with scattered
spots of greyish blue. Large specimens are often blackish, mottled with while,
or unpigmented, spots; pale across the intersegmental regions and vent rally;
with antenna', legs and manubrium pigmented, and dentes unpigmented. Kyes
2 + 2 (fig. 42), one behind the other, each with its separate pigment spot, the
posterior eye being the smaller. Postantennal organs (fig. 42) long, narrow,
with parallel sides, feebly curving. Antennae varying from a little shorter to a
little longer than the head; second segment a little longer than the third; fourth
segment two to three times as long as the first. Sense organ of third antennal
segment as in fig. 43. Fourth antennal segment with slender curving sensory
setffi, much like the other seta-. Body stout. Fourth, fifth, and sixth abdominal
segments ankylosed; with a trace of a dorsal suture between the fourth and
fifth segments. Anus vent ro-caudal. Tnguis (fig. 4-1) stout, curving, simple,
without teeth. Cnguiculus small, extending :, little less than half as far as the
unguiS; lanceolate, pointed, untoothed. Tenent hairs absent. Furcula append-
'•d to the fourth abdominal segment, short, extending almost to the posterior
margin of the second abdominal segment. Manubrium (fig. 45) with two pairs
of ventro-apical chitinous hooks between the bases of the dentes. Dentes (fig.
'»ut. slightly tapering, with a tew crenulat ions near the middle of the dorsal
region, MucroneS (fig. Hi) bidentate: apical tooth hooked; anteapical tooth
Usually larger than the other, erect or curving slightly forward. Kami of
tenaculum <|Uadridcnta te; corpus with a single stout curving seta. Clothing
of simple seta> fig. 17 i of three kinds: (1) moderately long stiff dense seta-,

Collembola 9 A

slanting backward; absent on the anterior and posterior regions of the inter-
mediate body segments; (2) fewer setae, suberect or curving forward; Ci) long
slender outstanding sensory setae. Length, 1.5 nun.

The specimens collected by the Expedition agree with my Kuropean exam-
ples of the species.

Folsomia quadrioculata occurs on damp ground under stone*, wood or fallen
leaves, in humus and in moss, under loose bark, in flower pots, and on tin-
shore under driftwood, stones or seaweed. The sperie> is easily rerogni/ed by
its broad body, characteristic dirty grey colour and slow movements. When
disturbed it springs actively, in spite of its short furcula. In Finland it winter-
full grown and comes to life now and then on mild days; never appearing on
the snow, however, but remaining among leaves or in moss in the woods - Lin-
naniemi, '12).

This species, one of the commonest coljembolans in northern and middle
Europe, has been reported from the following Arctic localities: Nova Zombla.
Spitzbergen, King Charles land, White island, Hoar island, .Ian Mayen and
Greenland.

From Canada, I have received specimens recently from Mr. Charles Mac-
namara, taken by him in dead leaves, October, 1917, at Arnprior, Ont.

In the United States, the species has been recorded from Minnesota by
Guthrie, some of whose specimens I have studied through the courtesy of Prof.
Henry F. Nachtrieb.

Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, on the surface of a pond, June
18, 1915 (2 specimens), July 9, 1915 (1 specimen). F. Johansen.

Isotoma viridis Bourlet.

Plate 6, figs. 48-52.

Isotoma viridis Bourlet, 1839. — Gervais, 1844. — Nicolet, 1847.— Lubbock,
1873.— Parona, 1879, 1883.— Schott, 1891, 1894, 1902.— Dalla Torre, 1895.—
Reuter, 1895.— Lie-Pettersen, 1896, 1898, 1907.— MacGillivray, 1896.— Meinert,
1896— Schaffer, 1896, 1900a, 1900b.— Poppe and Schaffer, 1897.— Scherbakov,
1898a, 1898b, 1899a.— Carl, 1899, 1901.— Absolon, 1900.— Carpenter and
Evans, 1899.— Evans, 1901a, 1901b— Wahlgren, 1899a, 1899b, 1900a, 1900b,
1906a, 1906b, 1907, 1909.— Kieffer, 1900.— Skorikow, 1900.— Willem, 1900.—
Borner, 1901a, 1903, 1906.— Folsom, 1902.— Krausbauer, 1902.— Voigts, 1902.—
Agren, 1903, 1904.— Axelson, 1903, 1904, 1905a, 1906.— (Axelson) Linnaniemi,
1907, 1909, 1911, 1912.— Guthrie, 1903.— Carpenter, 1907.— Collinge, 1910.—
Collinge and Shoebotham, 1910.— Shoebotham, 1914.

Isotoma caerulea Rourlet, 1839. — Gervais, 1844.

Desoria virescens* Nicolet, 1841. — Gervais, 1844.

Desoria cylindrica Nicolet, 1841. — Gervais, 1844.

Desoria viatica Nicolet, 1841. — Gervais, 1844.

Desoria pallida Nicolet, 1841. — Gervais, 1844.

Desoria ebriosa Nicolet, 1841. — Gervais, 1844.

Desoria annulata Nicolet, 1841. — Gervais, 1844.

Podura viridis Bourlet, 1843.

Podura annulata Bourlet, 1843.

Heterotoma chlorata Gervais, 1844.

Isotoma Desmarestii Gervais, 1844.

Isotoma virescens Nicolet, 1847.

Isotoma cylindrica Nicolet, 1847.

Isotoma viatica Nicolet, 1847.

Isotoma ebriosa Nicolet, 1847.

Isotoma annulata Nicolet, 1847.— Lubbock, 1873.— Parona, 1883.

Isotoma anglicana Lubbock, 1862, 1873

10 A Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Isotoma palustris Tullberg, 1871, 1872, 1876.— Uzel, 1890.

Isotoma BelfriKjn' Packard, 1873. — MacGillivray, 1891.

Isntonm tricolor Packard, 1873 (part). — MacGillivray, 1891 (part).

Isotonut imrimnisccnx Packard, 1873. — MacGillivray, 1891.

Isotoinu plnmhca Packard, 1873. — MacGillivray, 1891.

Isotuwu capitola MacGillivray, 1896.

Ixotoinn (jl<iuc<t MacGillivray j 1896.

Colour very variable: dark green, greenish yellow, dull yellow, lilac,
blackish blue, reddish purple, leaden purple or dark brown; usually with small
pale dorsal spots. Without longitudinal lines, in the typical form. Eyes
8 + 8, subequal (fig. 48). Postantennal organs (fig. 48) broadly elliptical, oval,
or circular: shorter, to a little longer, than the diameter of an eye. Antennae
one and one-half to two times as long as the head, with segments in relative
lengths about as 4:7:7:S. Sense organ of third antennal segment consisting of
a pair of slender rods. Abdominal segments without ankylosis. Fourth
abdominal segment slightly shorter than the third. Ungues (fig. 49) long,
slender, slightly curving, with a pair of large lateral teeth, with inner margin
Indent ate, and with parallel basal folds. Unguiculus extending two-fifths to
two-thirds as far as unguis, lanceolate, unidentate near the middle of the inner
margin. Tencnt hairs absent. Furcula strongly developed, appended appar-
ently to the fifth abdominal segment. Denies slender, gradually tapering,
more than twice as long as manubrium, crenulate dorsally, with a distal bristle
extending beyond the mucro. Mucrones (fig. 50) falcately and subequally
trident ate; second and third teeth opposite each other. Rami of tenaculum
({iiadridentate (fig. 51); corpus with numerous ventral setae. Clothing (fig. 52)
of dense simple or feebly serrate setae; with long outstanding fringed sensory
setae. Maximum length, 6 mm. (typical form); 7 mm. (var. arctica).

The specimens of this well-known species collected by the Expedition
agree with my examples from Europe and the United States, but are under the
maximum size, being not more than 3 mm. in length. In colour they are clear
uTeen with pale spots, or dark blue.

Having examined Packard's types in the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
( 'ambridge, Mass., I agree with MacGillivray ('96, p. 58) that Isotoma Belfragei,
Ititrimrnxcens, plumbea, and the Massachusetts specimens of tricolor, all belong
to /•//•/V//.S- Bourlet. The Texas specimens, for which MacGillivray retained the
name of tricolor, are palustris Miiller.

fviititnid. capitola MacG. is synonymous with viridis Bourl., as I have found
from a cotype sent to me by MacGillivray.

The form referred by MacGillivray to glauca Packard is also viridis Bourl.,
and is specifically distinct from Packard's glauca.

Ixutoma viridis is one of the most abundant collembolans, is the largest
known species of its genus in North America and Europe, and may easily be
rc< •ogni/ed with the naked eye. It belongs primarily to the fauna of the humus,
and occurs in almost any soil that is not too dry — in grass lands, woods, swamps,
or cultivated fields— congregating under stones, pieces of wood, dead leaves or
other protection, and in piles of garbage or manure. It occurs in moss, on
I>ools of water, on the seashore under driftwood or seaweed, and in winter on
t he MIOW.

The typical form of Ixotoma viridis, ranging throughout Europe and the

I'nited States, including Alaska, has been reported from the following Arctic

localities: Siberia. Spit/bergen, Hear island. .Ian Mayen, Iceland and Greenland.

One specimen under old drift-wood logs in tundra behind house at Collinson

Point, Alaska. Sept 27, 11)13. F. Johansen.

Two specimens, under driftwood. Demarcation point, Alaska, May 16,
I'.tl I. r. Johansen.

A few specimens, under loose stones, Bernard harbour, Northwest Terri-
tories. May, 191."). F. Johansen.

Collembola 1 1 A

Isotoma viridis var. riparia Nicolet.

Desoria riparia Nicolet, 1841. — Gervais, 1844.

Isotoma riparia Nicolet, 1847.

Isotoma palustris var. riparia Tullberg, 1871.

Isotoma palustris Tullberg, 1872 (part ).

Isotoma viridis var. aquatilis Schott, 1891.

Isotoma viridis var. riparia Schott, 1894, is'.Hi. |<)!)2. Dalla Torn-. LJ
Reuter, 1895. — Schaffer, 1896, 1900a.— Poppe and SchalT.T. Isu7. Lie-Petter-
sen, 1898.— Scherbakov, 1898a, 1898b.— ( 'arl, IS!)!), -Walilm-en. lx<i!»:,, I'.MHi.-,.
1906b.— Absolon, 1900.— Borner, 1901a.— Voigts. I'.xrj. Agren, 190:i. I '.MM.
Axelson, 1903, 1905a, 1906.— (Axelson) Linnaniemi, 1907, 1909, 1911. l'.H:>.

Ground colour yellowish, greenish or brownish. Tin- principal charac-
teristic of this variety is a dark blue or blackish median dorsal stripe. Dark
spots on the sides of the body segments may or may not be present . Maximum
length, 5 mm.

The specimens' of /. viridis riparia collected by the Expedition arc yellowish
or greenish, pale ventrally, with or without the lateral dark spots and with the
median stripe complete, or fading out posteriorly. Length, 2.5 mm.

This variety prefers humid situations, and is found under damp wood, in
moss, on the surface of fresh water, along the shores of ponds or >t reams and on
the seashore under seaweed, driftwood or stones.

The variety riparia ranges over north and middle Europe, and has been
recorded from Arctic Siberia.

In Canada, Mr. Charles Macnamara has taken this variety at Arnprior.
Ont., in March and April.

In the United States, the variety is known to me from New Hampshire,
New York, Virginia, and Texas, at present.

A few specimens under loose stones, Bernard harbour, Northwest Terri-
tories, May, 1915. F. Johansen.

Isotoma palustris (Miiller).

Plate 6, figs. 53-57.

Podura palustris Miiller, 1776.— Gmelin, 1778-93.— Bourlet, 1843.

Isotoma palustris Lubbock, 1873.— Reuter, 1876 (part), 1890, 1891, 1895.—
Reuter, L. and 0. M., 1880.— Tomos vary, 1882.— Parona, 1885, 1895.— Oude-
mans, 1888.— Dalla Torre, 1888, 1895.— Uzel, 1890, 1891.— Parfitt, 1891.—
Schott, 1891, 1894, 1896, 1902.— Lie-Pet tersen, 1896, 1898, 1907.— MacGillivray.
1896.— Schaffer, 1896, 1898, 1900a, 1900b.— Poppe and Schaffer, 1897.—
Scherbakov, 1898a— Carl, 1899, 1901.— Carpenter and Evans, 1899.— Absolon,
1900.— Borner, 1901a, 1902.— Krausbauer, 1902.— Agren, 1903.— Guthrie, 1903.
Wahlgren, 1906b, 1907.— Collinge, 1910.— Collinge and Shoebotham, 1910.—
Shoebotham, 1914.

Isotoma tricolor Packard, 1873 (part).— MacGillivray, 1891 (part), 1896.

Isotoma aquatilis Lubbock, 1873 (part). — Parona, 1883.

Isotoma Stuxbergii Tullberg, 1876 (part).

Isotoma Tullbergi Moniez, 1889.

Isotoma Stuxbergi Moniez, 1891.

Isotoma aequalis MacGillivray, 1896.

Isotomurus palustris Borner, 1903, 1906.— Axelson, 1905a, 1906.— (Axelson)
Linnaniemi, 1911, 1912.— Imms, 1912.

Very variable in colouration. The typical form is yellowish
with blue, purple or blackish pigment; having a median dorsal
irregular margins; and frequently lateral spots, which may coalesce to roni
stripe on each side of the body. Head often with a dorsal lunate or am

12 A Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

shaped spot. Eyes 8 + 8 (fig. 53) subequal; or two inner proximal eyes of
each group a little smaller than the others. Postantcnnal organs (fig. 53) near
the eyes, elliptical, slightly longer than, to twice as long as, the diameter of an
adjacent eye. Antenna' once and one-half to twice as long as the head, with
>egmcnt> in relative lengths about as 3:4:5:6. Sense organ of third antennal
>egment with a pair of linear feebly curving sense rods, a thick basal ridge, and
two guard sehe. Very short curving sensory setae occur on all the antennal
segments as follows: segment 1, 2-5; 2, 3-7; 3, 3-7; 4, 10-15. On the first
three segments these are on the under side near the distal outer end; on the
fourth segment they occur on the distal half along the outer side (Agren, '02).
Mesonot uni almost covering the pronotum. Third abdominal segment a little
longer than the fourth (about as 5:4). Abdominal segments without ankylosis.
l"ngui> (fig. f>4) stout, curving, with a pair of small lateral teeth, and with inner
margin untoothed. Unguiculus broadly lanceolate, with inner lamella roundly
dilated basally, untoothed as a rule, extending a little beyond the middle of the
unguis. Tenent hairs absent, represented by a single long simple hair. Furcula
apparently appended to the fifth abdominal segment, and extending to the
anterior border of the ventral tube. Dentes twice as long as manubrium,
slender, gradually tapering, crenulate dorsally. Mucro two-thirds as long as
hind unguis, quadridentate (fig. 55). Apical tooth small, at the base of the
>econd tooth; second and third teeth dorsal, large, subequal, subconical, slightly
hooked, in longitudinal alinement; fourth tooth lateral, oblique, acute, extending
almost half the length of the mucro. Basal lateral mucronal seta present.
Kami of tenaculum quadridentate (fig. 56); corpus with many (fifteen or more)
ventral setto. General clothing of abundant short simple seta3 (fig. 57). Long
outstanding feathered sensory setae occur on the last five abdominal segments;
there being one or two pairs of these on each of the segments, and sometimes
three pairs on the fourth abdominal segment. Length, 3 mm.

Packard's six cotypes of his Isotoma tricolor, from Waco, Texas, in the
MiiM-um of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass., for which MacGillivray
('96, p. 48) retained the name of tricolor, I found to be palustris. In the same
tube with them were five specimens of Isotoma viridis, from Salem, Mass.

/. aequalis MacG. is also palustris, as I have found from a study of a cotype
>ent to me by MacGillivray.

Ixolmna paluxtris lives in moist places, and is especially abundant along the

of ponds and streams, frequenting the vegetation in preference to the

water, though it is at home on the surface of the water, where it leaps vigorously

and repeatedly. The species occurs on the seashore also, under seaweed, drift-

wood or stones, and is sometimes found on the snow.

This is one of the dominant species of its order. It is cosmopolitan in
distribution, everywhere common, and highly variable in colouration, several
varieties having received names. The typical form of the species is known
from all parts of Kurope, from Canada aiid the Tinted States, Azores islands,
India, and .Java: the recorded Arctic distribution being as follows: Siberia,
Nova Zembla, Spit/bergen, Hear island.

Isotoma palustris var prasina H< uter.

I'l.-it.- <;, fin*. r^ r,7.

Stu.rlxrt//' var. />/v/.v//m Renter, 1891.

imlnstrix var. prasina Schbtt, 1894. — Dalla Torre, IS!);"). Renter,
MacGillivray, 1890. Sch-iffer, 1890, 1898, 19()()a, 1900b. Poppe and
Schaffer, 1S97. Carl, 1S99. 1901. Carpenter and Kvans, 1899.— \Vahlgren,
IVMir. I906b. Homer, I90!a. Kraiisbauer, 1902.— Agren, 1903.

^ Isotoma /iiihixlrix var. /i<tlli</<i S< haffer, 1896. — Bonier, 1901a. — Krausbauer,

1 90_ .

Collembola i;; A

Isotomurus palustris var. prasina Axelson, 1905a, 1906.— Wahlgren, 1907.—
(Axelson) Linnaniemi, 1907, 1911, 1912.

Yellowish green or pale yellowish, varying sometimes into yello\vi>h red or
brownish; unicolorous, or with a trace of the median doi>;tl stripe. Length as
great as 4.5 mm.

The specimens collected by the Expedition arc uniform olive green in
colour, with paler furcula. In some specimens the median doi>:d -tripe i-
represented, varying from a mere trace to a well-developed line, on head and
body. In some instances the posterior borders of the body segments are -
narrowly with blackish. Maximum length, 3 mm.

These specimens, which I feel obliged to refer to the >pe< -ies /Hiluxtri*. differ
from typical European and North American examples of the species in having
more slender ungues, relatively shorter mucrones, unidentate imgiiiculi. and
particularly in lacking the characteristic long fringed sensory setffi. Further-
more, some of the largest of the curving body-setae are feebly denticulate. In
other respects the specimens agree with palustris, as is evident from m\
53-57.

The variety prasina has been recorded from noil hern and middle Kurope.
Bismarck archipelago, Siberia, Nova Zembla, and Ellesmere land.

Many specimens: on ponds at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories.
May 25, 1916, June 16, 18, 25, July 9, 1915; under driftwood, Demarcation
point, Alaska, May 16, 1914. F. Johansen.

Entomobrya comparata, n. sp.

Plate 7, figs. 58-63.

This form, like most other species of its genus, varies greatly in colouration.
Though the colour varieties intergrade, I have placed them in the following
three groups for the purposes of description: —

(1) Pale lemon yellow, including antenna? and legs; furcula white. Eye-
spots black; also basal antennal ring and a transverse band connecting the eye-
spots and the bases of the antennae.

(2) Lemon yellow, with black antennal rings and interccular band, and
black median subcrescentic spot behind the eyes (fig. 58). Anal segment black
dorsally. Antennae purplish distally. Legs and furcula yellow. This is the
commonest form in the collection.

(3) General colour brownish yellow, faintly and minutely mottled with
pigment. Segments bordered narrowly with black, as well as the posterior
border of the fourth abdominal segment, as in fig. 59. Anal and genital seg-
ments black dorsally. Fourth and fifth abdominal segments with a variable
amount of pigment ventrally. First antennal segment blackish apioully;
remaining segments blackish. Femora and tibio-tarsi pigmented distally, and
the manubrium dorsally.

Eves 8 + 8, unequal (fig. 60). Antennae a little more than twice as long
as the head, with segments in relative lengths about as 4:10:9:12. Abdominal
segments in relative lengths as 13:19:14:40:6:4. Fourth abdominal segment
therefore about three times as long as the third. Unguis (fig. 61) with a pair of
lateral teeth and with inner margin tridentate in profile; all three teeth being
actually doubled, however. Unguiculus extending a little beyond the middle of
the unguis, broadly lanceolate, simple. One clavate tenent hair. Dentes one
third longer than manubruim. Mucrones half as long as hind unguiculi, of the
usual form (fig. 62). Kami of tenaculum quadridentate; corpus with one stout
curving seta (fig. 63). General clothing of dense short curving fringed setae.
Dorsum of head and body with dense clavate fringed setae, less abundant on the
last three abdominal segments. Antennae and legs densely setaceous. A few
long fringed sensory setae occur as usual. Length, 1.7 mm.

14 A Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

It is possible that this form is simply a variety of one of the numerous
described species of Kntomobnjd, though if does not agree accurately with any
published description that I have seen, or with any of the numerous European
>pecies in my collection.

Several specimens under driftwood on tundra, Demarcation point, Alaska,
May Hi. 1914. F. .lohansen.

Many specimens under loo.se stones, Bernard harbour, Northwest Terri-
tories, May \(M~). F. .lohansen.

Lepidocyrtus cyaneus Tullberg.

Plate 7, figs. 64-66.

Lepidocyrtus cyaneus Tullberg, 1871, 1872, 1876.— Reuter, 1876.— Renter,
L. and O. M., 1880— Monies. 1891.— Schott, 1894, 1902.— Dalle Torre, 1895.—
Lie-Pettersen, 1890, 1898, 1907.— Schaffer, 1896, 1900a, 1900b.— Poppe and
Schaffer, 1897.— Scherbakov, 1898a, 1898b.— Carl, 1899, 1901.— Carpenter and
Evans, 1899.— Bonier, 1901a.— Krausbauer, 1902.— Voigts, 1902.— Axelson,
1<H)M. 1904, 1905a, 1906.— Agren, 1903, 1904.— Wahlgren, 1906a, 1906b.—
Carpenter, 1907. — Collinge and Shoebotham, 1910. — (Axelson) Linnaniemi,

1907. i<m, 1912.

Lcpidoctjrtu* purpureus Lubbock, 1873. — Oudemans, 1887. — Reuter, 1890,
1895.— Uzel, 1890.— Parfitt, 1891.— Guthrie, 1903.

Lcpnlonirtux violaceus Lubbock, 1873. — Parona, 1882, 1888. — Oudemans,
1887.— Uzel, 1890, 1891— Tomosvary, 1883.

LcpidocurttiK metallicus Packard, 1873. — MacGillivray, 1891.

Lcpidocyrtus assimilis Reuter, 1890, 1895. — Schaffer, 1898.

Lepidocyrtus pallidus Schott, 1893. — Reuter, 1890, 1895. — Lie-Pettersen,
IMHi — (Axelson) Linnaniemi, 1912.

Lepidocyrtus cyaneus var. pallidus Schott, 1894. — Wahlgren, 1906.

LfpidtH'ijrtHx cyaneus var. assimilis Schott, 1894. — Dalla Torre, 1895.—
Walilgren, 1908.

Lepidocyrtus elegantulus Meinert, 1896.

Dark blue or violet with iridescent scales. Denuded of scales, dull blue or
violet. Lrgs yellow beyond the coxae; dentes or entire furcula yellow; first
and second antenna! segments yellow with purple apices; third and fourth
antennal segments purple; dorsum of head, and sometimes the mesonotum,
yellow; fifth and sixth abdominal segments and the anterior region of the fourth
often yellow. Narrow yellow intersegmental bands are often present. The
unpigmented regions may be white instead of yellow. Body stout. Mesonotum
arched, concealing the pronotum and projecting moderately over the head.
fm. 64) s h S. on black patches; the two inner proximal eyes of each
group smaller than the others. Antennae one-fourth to one-half longer than
the head. Antennal base black. Second and third antennal segments subequal
in length; fourth segment one-half to two-thirds longer than the third. Tnguis
(fig. (M) with a pair of large lateral teeth, and with two pairs of inner teeth, the
pi-oximal pair being at the middle of the inner margin. CJnguiculus narrow,
sublanceolate, pointed, untoothed. extending three-fifths as far as the miguis
on the third pair, and about half as far on the first and second pairs of feet.
One davate tenent hair. Fourth abdominal segment three to four times as
long as the third. Denies a little longer than the manuhrium. Mucro (fig. ()(>)
about as long as hind unguiciilus. with long apical tooth and well developed
l.a>al spine. Anterior region of head with short stiff fringed clavate seta'.
Anterior border of mesonotum with a dense cluster of stiff clavate seta1. Anten-
na-, legs and posterior region of abdomen with dense fringed seta1. Dentes
with two dorsal rows of subclavate fringed seta*. Manubrium and denies
BCaly, the ventral scale- more numerous than the dorsal. Length, 1 mm.

Collembola 15 A

The preceding description is based upon numerous specimens of typical
L. cyaneus from Europe and the United States.

Packard's L. metallicus is this species, as I have found by a studv of his
cotypes in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.

The specimens of this species collected by the Expedition are all typical as
regards structural details, but most of them are atypical in ropcct to colouration.
Thus, in a heavily pigmented specimen, all four anteimal >egmeut> are \.-llo\\ ;
and most of the denuded specimens are olivaceous, tin- effect of tin- \cllou
ground colour in combination with minute spots of violet pigment.

L. cyaneus is primarily a species of the humus, but occur.- al>o in other
situations, as under loose dead bark or in moss. The specie- is common under
sticks or stones on the ground, and is often found on soil that i> too dry for tin-
existence of collembolans without scales.

Lepidocyrtus cyaneus has been reported from northern Siberia. < in-mland,
most parts of Europe, the United States, Africa (Egypt. Kamerun. (Ionian
East Africa) and the Bismarck archipelago.

Nine specimens, under driftwood on higher, dry tundra, Demarcation
point, Alaska, May 16, 1914. F. Johansen.

Sminthurides aquaticus (Bourlet).

Plate 8, figs. 67-72.

Smynthurus aquaticus Bourlet, 1843. — Lubbock, 1873. — Oudemans, 1887 -
Uzel, 1890.

Sminthurus apicalis Reuter, 1880. — Levander, 1894.

Smynthurus apicalis Uzel, 1890.

Sminthurus aquaticus Reuter, 1891, 1895. — Schott, 1894. — Lie-Pet ter.-en
1896, 1898.— Schaffer, 1896.— Poppe and Schaffer, 1897.— Scherbakov, 1898a,
1898b.— Carl, 1899.— Krausbauer, 1902.— Evans, 1908.

Smynthurus amicus Folsom, 1896.

Sminthurus (Sminthurides) aquaticus Borner, 1900.

Prosminthurus aquaticus Willem, 1900.

Sminthurides aquaticus Borner, 1901a, 1906. — Agren, 1903. — Axelson, 1904,
1905a.— Wahlgren, 1906a.— 1906b.— Lie-Pettersen, 1907.— (Axelson) Linnan-
iemi, 1907, 1909, 1911, 1912.— Collinge, 1910.— Collinge and Shoebotham, 1910.

General colour yellow, brownish yellow, greenish, rose, or violet. Eye-
spots large, black. Eyes 8 + 8, two in each group being smaller than the others
(fig. 67). Antenna purple, slightly longer than the head, with fourth segment
not subsegmented. Antennae of male with second and third segments modified
to form clasping organs. Abdomen segmented dorsally. Unguis of first and
second feet (fig. 68) slender, with inner margin unidentate a little beyond the
middle; unguiculus extending two-thirds as far as the unguis, lanceolate, acute,
with a subapical filament as long, to twice as long, as the claw proper, ana1 extend-
ing often a little beyond the unguis. Ungues of third feet (fig. 69) three-fourths
as long as those of the other feet, slender, feebly curving, without teeth ; ungui-
culus extending not quite as far as the unguis, broadly lanceolate, untoothed,
with apical filament exceeding the unguis. Tenent hairs absent. Third tibio-
tarsi with a peculiar distal sense organ (fig. 69) consisting of a pair of slipper-
shaped structures, with a stout seta extending beyond the tibio-tarsus. Ventral
tube emitting a pair of short rounded sacs. Furcula reaching beyond the mouth.
Dentes three times as long as mucrones. Mucrones convergent, spoon-like in
general form (figs. 70,71) elliptical from .above, with stout pigmented midrib,
and three colourless lamella? as follows: (1) inner dorsal, with radiating ribs
terminating in marginal teeth; (2) outer dorsal, with faint radiating ribs due
to dorsal ridges, but with entire margin; (3) ventral lamella, narrow and entire.
Basal lateral mucronal seta present. Rami of tenaculum tridentate (fig. 72);

16 A Cannditin Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

corpus with a large anterior lobe extending below the rami, and bearing a pair
of lon^ anterior seta* and a pair of short apical setae. Clothing of curving setae
of moderate length, longer on the posterior part of the abdomen. Ano-genital
segment with two slender simple sensory .setae on each side. Integument tuber-
cnlate. Length: female, 1 mm.; male, 0.5mm.

In small specimens the antenna1 are shorter than the head. The number
of teeth of the inner dorsal lamella increases with age. Thus a female specimen
4 mm. in length had seven teeth, and one 0.9 mm. had seventeen.

The many specimens that I have seen from the United States and Canada
agree with the examples that I have received from Europe.

Sminthurides aquaticus var. levanderi Reuter.

apic/ilis var. Lcv<inderi Reuter, 1891.

(H/unticus var. Icrnndcri Schott, 1894. — Krausbauer, 1902.
x m//w//r//.s- var. levanderi Borner, 1901a. — Axelson, 1904,
l<.H)r>:i. Wahlgren. 1'HWa, 1906b.— (Axelson) Linnaniemi, 1907, 1909, 1911,
1912.

Light or dark violet in colour; in other respects like the typical form.

The specimens collected by the Expedition belong to this variety, Icrandcrf,
and were all females, about half-grown.

The genus Sminthurides comprises a few species, that are of special interest
in several ways. In this genus, as illustrated by S. aquaticus, the persistence of
traces of segmentation in the abdomen, an archaic character (Willem, '00), helps
us to understand the morphology of the trunk in the more specialized sminthurids.
The antennae of the male, with their peculiar hooks and tubercles, are modified
to encircle and to hold those of the female at copulation, as described by Renter
('80) and Levander ('94).

N. (H/unticus, like the other species of its genus, lives on the surface of the
water of ponds and streams, where it skips about in a lively manner, owing to
structural adaptations of the furcula, particularly the large paddle-like mucrones.
The species frequents the leaves of various aquatic plants, but occurs sometimes
on pools where there is no visible vegetation. A few specimens that I examined
at one time had desmids in the alimentary tract. This species is not limited to
fresh water, but has been taken on pools of salt water also.

N. (H/Hati'dix is a common species in most parts of Europe, and is common
also in many parts of the United States.

Fourteen specimens, from the surface of ponds. Bernard harbour. Northwest
Territories, May 2f>. 1<)H>, July 9, 1915. F. Johansen.

REFERENCES.

Absolon, K. 1 <)()(). Stndie <> jcskynnich siipinnskach. Vostnik Klubu prirodov. 1'rostcjovc,
v<,l. :;. pp. l 39.

1(.)01. t'cbcr \runiii-n li-nchrnrum n. sp. ;ius den Hohlcn dcs nialirischcn Karstcs; iibcr

die (lattuiiK Tetrodontophora Renter und cini^c Sinnesorgane dcr Collcmbolcn.

Zool. An/,., vol. 2-1, pp. .">7.~> DSC).

II. I'M):;. Zm- Kcnutniss dcr Apterygoten-Fauna Siid-Schwrdrns. Stctt. cut. /cit.,

vol. t'.t, pp. n:; I7«i.

l'.»ot. Lapplandische Collcmbola. Arkiv Zool. K. Svcuska V«'tcnsk.. vol. '2, pp. 1 :;o.
' '

•i. \\'. M. !!)()(). \'oi-laiifi^c Mit tliciluiifi iiber cini^e ncur Collembolen-Formen aus
Pinnland. Mcdd. Soc. I^auna Kloni Kc-nnicM, vol. 'J(i, pp. 10") \'2'.'>.

I'.MKi. Hi-it riiKc -/Air Kciiiitniss dcr Collombolen-Fauna Sibiriens. (')fv. Finska \'ct.-Soc.
l-'orh.. vol. -if). ])]). l i:;.

I'JOt. Verzeichniss cini^cr bci fiolaa, iin sudost lichen \or\vcjici) ciii^csainiiicltcn Collcni-

bolcn. Mm. Ti.lskr., vol. -jr., pp. or, 84.

'/Air KfimHiix^ ilrr Apterygotenfaiina von Tvarminnc. Frsl>. Palnicn, No. If),

pp. i »i.

l(.»0f>b. l-iiiiijri- ncuc Collcinbolcii aus Finidaiul. Zool. An/., vol. 1JS, pp. 7SS 71) t.
I'.XMi. Hcitraji xnr Kcnntnis dcr Collcnibolcnt'anna in dcr rini^cbnn.ti RcvaN. Acta Soc.
I''anna Mora Fcnnica, vol. 'JS. No. l>. pp. 1-22.

Collembola 17 A

Bagnell, R. S., 1914. The British Species of the Genus Tetracanlhella (Collembola) Jo in.

Econ. Biol., vol. 9, pp. 5-8.
Borner, C. 1900. Vorlaufige Mittheilung zur Systematik der Smintlnirida.- Tullb., irwbe*.,

des Genus Sminthurus Latr. Zool. Anz., vol. '2:i, pp. tio:» tils
— 1901a. Zur Kenntnis der Aptery got en-Fauna von Bremen. Ahh. Nat. Ycr Bremen

vol. 17, pp. 1-141.
— 1901b. Neue Collembolenformen und zur Xomenclatur der ( 'ollembol -i L:il>l. '/,<>,,[

Anz., vol. 24, pp. 696-712.
— 1902. Ueber das Antennalorgan III der ( '<>llembol--n un<l die systeniati-cli.- Stcllunu der

Gattungen Tetracanthella Schott und Actulrt"* Ciar 1 //ml \n/ vol

116.

1903. Neue altweltliche Collembolen nrbst Bemerkungen /ur Sy-tematik der N«.tomm«-:i

und Entpmobryinen. Sitzb. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin, pp. 1 •_>'.» 182.
— 1906. Das System der ( 'ollembolen. Mitth. N.-iturli. Mus. Hamburg, vol. 2:5, pp. 117

Bourlet. 1839. Memoire sur Irs Podures. Mem. soc. sc. agr. arts Lille, pt. 1, pp. :J77 H7.

— 1843. Memoire sur les Podurelles. Mom. soc. agr., etc., Xord. Sep. Douai, pp. 1 7v
Carl, J. 1899. Ueber schweizerische Collembola. Hcvtic suissc /ool., vol. ii. pt . 2. pp. 27
— 1901. Zweiter Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Collembolafauna -let- Sch\\-eix. l;

Zool., vol. 9, pp. 243-278.
Caroli, E. 1914. Primi Collemboli raccolti nella Libia italiana. Ann. Mus. /ool. R. I'niv.

Napoli (n.s.), vol. 4, pp. 1-10.
Carpenter, G. H. 1897. The Collembola of Mitchelstown Cave. Irish Nat., vol. •». pp

225-233.
—1900. Collembola from Franz-Josef Land. Sc. Proc. R. Soc. Dublin, vol. '.» n.-.

pp. 271-278.

—1907. Aptera. Irish Nat., vol. 16, pp. 54-56.
Carpenter, G. H., and Evans, W. 1899. The Collembola and Thysanura oF the Kdinburgh

District. Proc. R. Phys. Soc. Edinb., vol. 14, pp. 221-266.
Collinge, W. E. 1910. The Fauna of the Midland Plateau. Birmingham Nat. Hbl

Sep., pp. 1-14.
Collinge, W. E., and Shoebotham, J. W. 1910. The Apterygota of Hertfordshire. Joiirn.

Econ. Biol., vol. 5, pp. 95-132.

Dalla-Torre, K. W. v. 1888. Die Thysanuren Tirols. Ferd. Zeits., ser. 3, vol. 32, pp. 147-1W.
—1895. Die Gattungen und Arten der Apterygogenea (Brauer). Sep. 46 Prog. k. k. St.-

Gym. Innsbruck, pp. 1-23.
Evans, W. 1901a. Some Records of Collembola and Thysanura from the Clyde Area. Scott.

Nat., pp. 154-157.
— 1901b. A Preliminary List of Perthshire Collembola and Thysanura. Trans. Perthshire,

Soc. Nat. Sc., vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 150-154.
Folsom, J. W. 1896. New Smynthuri, including Myrmecophilous and Aquatic S;

Psyche, vol. 7, pp. 446-450.
— 1902. Papers from the Harriman Alaska Expedition, XXVII. Apterygota. Proc.

Wash. Acad. Sc., vol. 4, pp. 87-116.
— 1916. North American Collembolous Insects of the Subfamilies Achorutinae, Xeanurinae,

and Podurinae. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 50, pp. 477-525.
Gervais, P. 1844. In Walckenaer: Histoire naturelles des insectes. Apteres, vol. 3, pp.

377-456.

Gmelin, J. F. 1788-93. In Linne: Systema Naturae, ed. 13, vol. 1. Lipsiae.
Guthrie, J. E. The Collembola of Mi mesota. Rept. Geol. Nat. Hist, Surv. Minn., Zool. Ser.,

No. 4, pp. 1-110.

Harvey, F. L. 1893. A New Achorutes. Ent. News, vol. 4, pp. 182-184.
Imms, A. D. 1912. On Some Collembola from India, Burma, and Ceylon; with a Catalogue

of the Oriental Species of the Order. Proc. Zool. Soc., London, pp. 80-125.
Kieffer, J. J. 1900. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der um Bitsch vorkommenden Collembolen. Berl.

ent. Zeits., vol. 45, pts. 1-2, pp. 113-114.
Krausbauer, T. 1902. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Collembola in der Umgegend von \\ eilburg

a. Lahn. Sond. 34 Ber. Oberhess. Gas. Nat. Heilk. Giessen, pp. 29-104.
Levander, K. M. 1894. Einige biologische Beobachtungen tiber Sminthurus apieaKa Renter.

Acta Soc. Fauna Flora Fennica, vol. 9, No. 9, pp. 1-10.

Lie-Pettersen, O. J. 1896. Norges Collembola. Bergens Mus. Aarborg, No. 8. pp. 1-21.
—1898. Apterygogenea in Sogn und Nordfjord 1897 u. 1898 eingesainmelt

Aarborg, No. 6, pp. 1-18.

— 1907. Zur Kenntnis der Apterygotenfauna des nordlichen Norwegens. -- 1 roms 0 Muse-
ums Aarshefter, vol., 28, pp. 51-76.

Linnaeus, C. 1758. Systema Naturae. Ed. X, vol. 1, pt. 1, pp. 608-609. Holmiae.
Linnaniemi (Axelson), W. M. 1907. Die Apterygoten-fauna Fmlands. . AUgemeiner 1

•146 pp. Helsingfors.
—1909. Zur Kenntnis der Collembolen-fauna der Halbinsel Kanin jmd benachbarb

Gebiete. Acta Soc. Fauna Flora Fennica, vol. 33, No. 2, pp. 1-17.

54697—2

18 A CtuHifh'an Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

— 1911. Zur Kenntnis der Apterygotenfauna Norwegens. Bergens Mus. Aarbok, No. 1,
pp. 1-28.

— 1912. Die Apteryijoten Finland*. II. Spezieller Teil. Acta Soc. Sc. Fennicae, vol. 40,

pp. 1-361.
Luhhock. ,J. 1X02. Notes on the Thysanura. Pt. 2. Trans Linn. Soc. London, vol. 23,

pt. 3, pp. oXO-GOl.
l.Mi.s. Notes on the Thvsanura. Pt. 3. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 26, pt. 1, pp.

295-304.
— 1873. Monograph of the Collembola and Thysanura. 255 pp. London.

ls(. is. ( >n Some Spitsbergen Collembola. Journ. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., vol. 26, pp.

616-619.
Ma<-( '.illivrav, A. I). 1S!H. A Catalogue of the Thysanoura of North America. Can. Ent.,

vol. 23, pp. 267-276.

I MI:;. North American Thysanura. IV. Can. Ent., vol. -25, pp. 313-318.
1S9»>. The American Species of Isotoma. Can. Ent., vol. 28, pp. 47-58.
Meinert, F. 189(1. Neuroptera, etc., Groenlandica. Vid. Meddel. naturh. For. Kjobenhavn,

pp. 167-173.
Moniez, R. 18X9. Notes sur les Thysanoures. I. Especes qui vivent aux Acores. Rev.

biol. Nord France, vol. 2, pp. 24-31.
1 si) 1 . Notes sur les Thysanoures. V. Especes nouvelles pour la Faune frangaise. Rev.

biol. Nord France, vol. 3, pp. 68-71.
— 1894. Sur quelques Arthropodes trouvcs dans les fourmilieres. Rev. biol. Nord France,

vol. 6, pp. 201-215.

M filler, (). F. 1776. Zoologiae Danicae Prodromus, pp. 183, 184. Havniae.
Nicolet, II. 1841. Recherches pour servir a 1'histoire des Podurelles. Nouv. Mem. Soc. Helv.

Sc. Nat., vol. 6, pp. 1-88.
Is 17. Essai sur une classification des insectes apteres de 1'ordre des Thysanoures. Ann.

Soc. Ent. France, se"r. 2, vol. 5, pp. 335-395.

Oudemans, J. T. 1888. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Thysanura und Collembola, pp. 147-226.
Packard, A. S. 1873. Synopsis of the Thysanura of Essex County, Mass. Fifth Ann. Rept.

Trust. Peabody Acad., pp. 23-51.
Pnrfitt,'E. 1891. Devon Collembola and Thysanura. Trans. Devonshire Assoc. Adv. Sc.

Lit, Art, vol. 23, pp. 322-352.
Parona, C. 1879. Collembola. Saggio di un Catalogo delle Poduridi italiane. Atti Soc. ital.

Sc. nat. vol. 21, pp. 559-611.
— 1882. Di alcune Collembola e Thysanura raccolte dal Professore P. M. Ferrari, etc.

Ann. Mus. Civ. St. Nat. Geneva, vol. 18, pp. 453-464.

-1885. Collembola e Thysanura di Sardegna. Atti Soc. Ital. sc. nat., vol. 28, pp. 32-53.
— 1888. Res Ligusticae. VI. Collembole e Tisanuri finora riscontrate in Liguria. Ann.

Mus. Civ. St. Nat. Geneva, ser. 2, vol. 6, pp. 133-154.
— 1895. Elenco di alcune Collembole dell' Argentina. Ann. Mus. Civ. St. Nat. Geneva,

ser. 2, vol. 14, pp. 696-700.
Poppe, C. A., and Schaffer, C. 1897. Die Collembola der Umgegend von Bremen. Abh.

Naiunv. Ver. Bremen, vol. 14, pp. 265-272.
R enter, L. and O. M. 1880. Collembola and Thysanura found in Scotland in the Summer of

1876. Scottish Nat., vol. 5, pp. 204-208.
Renter, (). M. 1876. Catalogus praecursorius Poduridarum Fenniae. Medd. Soc. Fauna

Flora Fennica, vol. 1, pp. 78-86.

ixxo. Ktiides sur les CoUemboles. I-III. Acta Soc. Sc. Fennicae, vol. 12, pp. 1-20.
1x90. Collembola in caldariis enumeravit novasque species descripsit. Medd. Soc.

I- :mna Flora Fennica, vol. 17, pp. 17-28.
1X91. Podurider fran nordvestra Sibirien, samlade af J. R. Sahlberg. Ofv. Finsk. Vet.

SOP. Forh., vol. 33, pp. 226-229.

ls'if>. Apterygogenea Fennica. Acta Soc. Fauna Flora Fennica, vol. 11, No. 4, pp. 1-35.
Scnaffer, C. 1X96. Die Collembola der Umgebung von Hamburg und benachbarter Gebiete.

Mitt, naturh. Mus. Hamburg, vol. 13, pp. 147-216.
1X97. ApteryKoton. Hamb. Magalh. Sammel., pp. 1-48.
is'.ts. Die Collembola des Bwrnarck-Archipel nach der Ansbeute von Prof. F. Dahl.

Arch. Natur^., vol. 04, pp. 393-425.
1900a. Die arktischen und Bubarktischen Collembola. Fauna Arrtini, vol. 1, pt. 2,

pp. 237-258.
19001,.

•19001). feber Wurttembergische Collembola, Jahresh. Ver. Naturk. Wfirtt., vol. 56,

pp. IT, 2SO.
Scherbakov, A. M. lX9Sa. Einijie Keinerkungcn fiber Aptorygogwica, die bei Kiew 1X96-1897

Kefnnden wurden. Zool. Anz., vol. 21, pp. 57-65.
is9sl>. Materials for the Apterygogenea-Fauna of the Vicinity of Kief, pp. 1-31. Kief.

[In Russian.]

lx«.»9a. Zur Collembolen-Fauna Spitzlx-rgens. Zool. Anz., vol. 22, p. 47.
is'.Mil,. Collembola of Spitsbergen, pp. 1-6. Kief. [In Russian.]
bchott, H. ix9i. Beitrage zur Kenntnis Kalifornischer Collembola. Bih. Svenska Vet.-Akad.

Handl., vol. 17, No. X, pp. 1 :>r>.

Collembola 19 A

—1894. Zur Systematik und Verbreitung palaearctischer Collembola. K Sv«-n«k-i \Vt -

Akad. Handl., vol. 25, (1893), No. 11, pp. 1-100.
—1896. North American Apterygogenea. Proc. California Aead. S.-., Mr. 2, vol. <i, j,,,.

169—196.
—1902. Etudes sur les Collemboles du Nord. Bih. Svenska Vet.-Akad Hand] vol 23

No. 2, pp. 1-48.
Shoebotham, J. W. 1914. Notes on Collembola. Pt. 2. Some Irish Collombola ami Not«

on the Genus Orchesella. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. s, vol. I;;. pp. 50

Skorikow, A. 1900. Zoologische Ergebnisse der russischen Expedition na<-h Spii/ln-rui-n im
Jahre 1899. Collembola. Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad. Imp >,- >, Petersburg vol :,
pp. 190-209.
Stuxberg, A. 1887. Faunan pa och kring Novaja-Semlja. In Nor<len.<kio|<l : Vi-na-Kxpi-di-

tionens Vetenskapliga Jaktagelser, vol. 5
Tomosvary, O. 1882. Adatok hazank Thysanura-faiin.-i jaho/. Math. term, ko/l.-m, Magyar

Ak., vol. 18, pp. 119-130.
Tullberg, T. 1871. Forteckning ofver Svenska Podurider. Ofv. K. Vet.-Akad. F6rfa.f vol L's

No. 1, pp. 143-155.

—1872. Sveriges Podurider. K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., vol. 10. No. ID, pp. 1-70.
—1876. Collembola borealia. Ofv. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh., vol. 33, No. 5, pp. 23-42.
Uzel, J. 1890. Thysanura Bohemiae. Sitzber. k. boh. Gesell. Wiss., vol. 2, pp. :; v_>.

— 1891. Verzeichniss der auf Helgoland gefundenen Apterygogenea. Zool. Jahrb., Abt.

Syst. Geogr. Biol., vol. 5, pp. 919-920.
Voigts, H. 1902. Verzeichnis der i. J. 1901 um Gottingen gesammelten Collembolen. Zoo].

Anz., vol. 25, pp. 523, 524.
Wahlgren, E. 1899a. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Collembola-Fauna der -ius-eren Sdiaren.

Ent. Tidskr., vol. 20, pp. 183-193.

— 1899b. Ueber die von der Schwedischen Polar expedition 1898 gesammelten Collem-
bolen. Ofv. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh., vol. 56, No. 4, pp. 335-340.
— 1899c. On some Apterygogenea collected in the Volga-delta and in Transcaspia by

Dr. E. Lonnberg. Ofv. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh.,E vol. 56, No. 8, pp. 847-850.
— 1900a. Collembola, wahrend der schwedischen Gronlandsexpedition 1899 auf Jan Mayen
und Ost-Gronland eingesammelt. Ofv. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh., vol. 57, No. 3, pp.
353-375.
— 1900b. Beitrage zur fauna der Baren-Insel. Bih. K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., vol. 26,

No. 6, pp. 3-8.
— 1906a. Collembola fran Torne lappmark och angransande trakter. Ent. Tidskr., vol.

27, pp. 219-230.

— 1906b. Svensk insektfauna. Ent. Tidskr., vol. 27, pp. 233-270.
—1907. Collembola from the 2nd Fram Expedition 1898-1902, pp. 1-6. Kristiania.
— 1908. Apterygogenea. 1. Collombola. Wiss. Ergeb. schwed. zool. Exped. Kilimand-

jaro, etc., pp. 1-10. Uppsala.
1909. Islandska CoUemboler. Ent. Tidskr., vol. 30, p. 180.

Willem, V. 1900. Recherches sur les Collemboles et les Thysanoures. Mem. cour. Mem. sav.

e"tr. Acad. roy. Belgique, vol. 58, pp. 1-144.

— 1902. Note preliminaire sur les Collemboles des Grottes de Han et de Rochefort. Ann.
Soc. ent. Belgique, vol. 46, pp. 275-283.

54697—

20 A Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

F.XI'LAXATION OF PLATES.
All the figures except \<>s. l<), 'JO, (17. 70 and 71 are from -specimens collected by the Expedition.

PLATE 1.

Fig. 1. I'otliira di/udlicd, right hand foot, X 337.

'2. I'othi/'d d({Udtird, dorsal aspect of left macro, X 577.

I'odm'd (ujiidticd, left macro, X 577.
\. Ai-honttc* tnllbcriii, eyes of left side, X 577.

\flionth'ii tullbt-nji, sense organ of third antenna! segment of right side, X 908.
I). Acliorutf* tiillhi'rni. right, mid foot, X 577.

7. .\i-honitrx tiilll)<'r</i. left macro, X 577.

8. Achorutes tiiUhert/i, right macro, X 577.
'.i. .\efionitex tiillhert/i, left macro, X 577.

10. Acliorute* titllherifi. anal spines, X 908.

PLATE 2.

Fig. 11. Achoritte* (iillherdi, right anal spine, X 577.

12. Arhorute* .ST//.S///X postantennal organ and two eyes of left side, X 577.

sense organs of third antennal segment of left side, X 577.

left hind foot, X 341.

right mucro, X 577.

left mucro, X 577.

left anal spine, X 560.

dorsal setae of second abdominal segment, X 297.

13. Arhorut.es sens/It's

14. Arhorute*

15. Achonites
1(1. A ch orates

- 17. Arhorutes sensil/s
1^. Achorutex sensili.x

19. Aclioriitc* r/dtints, sense organ of third antennal segment of right side, from a European

specimen, X 90S.

20. Arhorutes ridti'-nx, dorsal setae of second abdominal segment, from a European speci-

men, X 337.

PLATE 3.

Fig. 21. Achorutes armatus, lefi post antennal organ, X 505.

22. Arhorufes <i mint UN, right fore foot, X 300.

2:i. Arfiorutc* drnidtu*, left macro, X 505.

21. Arhoruti'x dniidtuN, left anal spine, X 505.

25. Arliuruti-x nrnidliis. dorsal seta1 of first abdominal segment, X 295.

2<>. Oui/cfiiiirux duodecimpuncta^US, right postantennal organ, X 505.

27. Omjchiiirux duodecimpunctatus, pseudocelli of right antennal bas<\ X 295.

O////r//////-//.s iliioiliTJin i>iiurt<ttiix, sense organ of third antennal segment of left side, X 800.
2!). Oui/rfiiuniN duodecimpuncfatus, dorso-lateral aspect, to sho\v pseudocelli, X 35.
:^(). ()n//rhiuru* diAodecimpunctatus, left hind foot, X 505.

PLATE 4.

I. Oni/cliiiirus duoilrr/.iti/ninctdt-iix, right anal spine, X (>35.
:>2. O////f7/////-//.s duodedmpunctatUS, dorsal seta- of second abdominal segment, X 295.

:;:;. Tetracanthdla irdhlt/rcn/, X 42.

ill. 'l'r/rdrdnlfn'l!d inilil.t/rcn/ , eyes and post ant ennal organ of right side, X 252.

Tetracanthella //v////f//v///. sense organ of thii-d antennal segment of left side, X S25.

Mil. TetracantheUa irdhlt/rcni, extremity of abdomen, X 1S5.

37. T< trdrdiithclld irdhlijrt ni , dorsal aspect of anal s])ines, X 250.

PLATE 5.

Fig. 3S. TftmniHlhrlln irnhhjrrni , left hind foot, X 505.

:;'.). Trti-dcdttlficlld imhlijreni, furcula and tenaculivin, X 505.

10. T<-ti-<ic<iiilhclld ir<ilil(/rcrii, dors;il aspect of macrodent es, X 505

11.
12.

T<-ti-<ic<iiilhclld ir<ilil(/rcrii, dors;il aspect of macrodent es, X 505.

Tetracanthella wahlgreni, dorsal setst of GIB\ abdpminal segment, X 2(.)5.

. f-'olso/uid t/iidi/riocn/dfd, eyes and postantennal organ of left side, X 505.

13. Fnlxoinid ijiidflrioruldld, sense organ of tliird antennal segment of right side, X 825.

11. f-'n/xtintni (/iuiflrioriil.dt'i, right hind foot, X 505.

15. fr'olxnmid (/n<id'ri"fn/d/(t , portion of furciila, X 505.

Mi. I<'t>lx<nnid f/tidi/norit/d/d, left aspect of furcula, X 295.

17. Fnlxoniin <iun<lri»<-nl<il<i . dorsal seta' of second abdominal segment, X 295.

Collembola 21 A

PLATE 6.

Fig. 48. Isotoma viridis, eyes and postantennal organ of left side, X 185.

49. Isotoma viridis, left hind foot, X 295.

50. Isotoma viridis, left mucro, X 635.

51. Isotoma viridis, left aspect of tenaculum, X 185.

52. Isotoma viridis, dorsal setae of third abdominal segment, X 1 l.'j.

53. Isotoma palustris, eyes and postantennal organ of left siilc, X 166.

54. Isotoma palustris, left hind foot, X 495.

55. Isotoma palustris, left mucro, X 505.

56. Isotoma palustris, left aspect of tenaculum, X 2">().

57. Isotoma palustris, dorsal setae of second abdominal segment, X 250.

PLATE 7.

Fig. 58. Entomobrya comparata, dorsal pattern of head, X 77.

59. Entomobrya comparata, to show pigmentation, X 34.

60. Entomobrya comparata, eyes of right side, X 278.

61. Entomobrya comparata, left hind foot, X 475.

62. Entomobrya comparata, left mucro and end of dens, X 748.

63. Entomobrya comparata, left aspect of tenaculum, X 237.

64. Lepidocyrtus cyaneus, eyes of left side, X 282.

65. Lepidocyrtus cyaneus, left hind foot, X 748.

66. Lepidocyrtus cyaneus, left aspect of left mucro and end of dens, X 748.

PLATE 8.

Fig. 67. Sminthurides aquations, eyes of left side, X 400.

68. Sminthurides aquations, right mid foot, X 1010.

69. Sminthurides aquations, left hind foot, X 1010.

70. Sminthurides aquations, dorsal aspect of right mucro, X 513.

71. Sminthurides aquations, left mucro, X 513.

72. Sminthurides aquations, right aspect of tenaculum, X 673.

Figures 67, 70 and 71 are from Massachusetts specimens.

22 A

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

PLATE 1

10

oo ooo

Collembola

23 A

PLATE 2

75

24 A

Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

PLATE 3

£X\
•cP

21

&•£'•,*
27

300 000 000 ° o "0

29

26

Collembola

25 A

32

26 A

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

PLATE 5

Collembola

27

PLATE 6

55

28 A

Cunmlian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

PLATE 7

61

Collembola

29 A

PLATE 8

72

. D

/ :

REPORT

LV>

o x- b-
OF THE

CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION

1913-18

VOLUME III: INSECTS

PART B: NEUROPTEROID INSECTS

By NATHAN BANKS

SOUTHERN PARTY— 1913-16

OTTAWA

J. de LABROQUERIE TACHE
PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY

1918
Vol. iii— 54530— 1 Issued July llth, 1919

The Neuropteroid Insects of the Canadian Arctic Expedition,

1913-18.

By NATHAN BANK>.

The Neuropteroid insects taken by the Canadian Arctic Expedi t inn. 1913-16,
belong to seven species, two of which are herewith described as new. M«
the specimens collected by Mr. Frits Johansen belong to one species which is
common in the Arctic regions.

PERLIDAE.

Alloperla pacifica Banks.

Two from Ketchikan, southern Alaska, September 10, 1916.

Nemoura, sp.

Several specimens, quite possibly of a new species, from Bernard harbour.
Northwest Territories, June 30, 1916, and July 30, 1916. They arc in poor
condition and cannot now be described.

Capnia nearctica, n. sp.

Black. Body long and slender. Pronotum plainly broader than long, a
little broader behind than in front, with a deep transverse groove in front
parallel to the front margin. Wings in the male not reaching one-fourth way
to the tip, in the female reaching to the tip of body. Setae about one-half the
length of the body. In the male the third segment from the tip has a rather
large, rounded, median elevation, the surface of which is deeply pitted and
provided with short hairs, and behind over the last two segments is a median
groove bordered by nearly parallel elevated ridges; in the posterior part the
ridges swell out a little; the groove is fully two and a half times as long as
broad.

Length, 6 mm.

Many specimens from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, Canadian
Arctic Expedition, June 25, 1915 (F. Johansen, coll.). Type in Canadian
National Collection of Insects, Ottawa, paratype in Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Differs from other species in the shape and
sculpture of the tubercle near tip of body.

TRICHOPTERA.

Rhyacophila alberta Banks.

One from Ketchikan, southern Alaska, September 10, 1916.
Chilostigma praeterita Walker.

Many specimens. All taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories,
September 23, 1915. There is much variation in the extent of the markings
on the front wings almost uniformly dark-coloured. Described from Canada.
I have seen it from several northern localities and it also occurs in the more
northern parts of Europe.

4 B Canadian Arctic Expedition •, 1913-18

Anabolia emarginata, n. sp.

Black with black bristles, some yellowish bristles on vertex and thorax;
antenna1 narrowly annulate with pale; legs yellowish brown, spines black.
Forc-win^s blackish, outer and posterior portions with scattered small pale
spots, a distinct whitish hyaline spot over the thrydium and one below it near
the end of the anal vein; the hind wings are greyish, darker .on the anterior tip;
genitalia dark. Venation much as in A. nigricula but the wing is rather shorter
so that the apical cells are noticeably shorter than in that species. Male geni-
talia, seen from above show two upper appendages close together, each with
an excised tip; from the side the lower appendage is seen to be tipped with
two little black teeth. In general similar to A. nigricula but the shape of the
superior appendages is different, and they are shorter than in that species.

Expanse, 26 mm.

Two males from Teller, Alaska, July 29, 1913 (F. Johansen, coll.) Type
in Canadian National Collection of Insects, Ottawa, paratype in Museum of
Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.

Limnephilus, sp.

One female from Nome, Alaska, August 21, 1916 (F. Johansen, coll.) may
be the female of L. harrimani Bks., known only'from the male . L. harrimani is
closely related to L. sitchensis, and so is this form. The body is greyish brown;
vertex and thoracic vittse dull black, latter separated by a grey streak; vertex
between lateral ocelli and eyes grey pollinose; palpi, antennae and legs yellowish,
latter with black spines, basal joints of antennae dark; genitalia pale. Fore
wings yellowish brown, marked with darker brown and whitish hyaline much
as in L. sitchensis', an oblique mark across the thyridial cell, and a large area
each side of the anastomosis hyaline, this spot extends over bases of apical and
first subapical cells and the tips of discal and thyridial cells. The dark brown
is mostly on the posterior part, and along the veins; veins pale, anastomosis and
lower stigmal vein darker; hind wings grey hyaline, veins pale. Face with
yellowish hair in the middle and black on the sides, vertex, pronotum and meso-
notum mostly with yellowish hair; some macrochatse on vertex dark. Fore
wings have the shape of L. sitchensis; the discal cell is plainly longer than its
pedicel; the first apical is wider at base than the second, the fourth is about
one-third as wide at base as the third or fifth; in the hind wings the fourth apical
cell is slightly pedicellate. The superior appendages of the female are very
long, slender, and divaricate, longer than in L. sitchensis, the inferior appendage
is much shorter than in that species.

Expanse, 29 mm.

\OTK.— The collection also included a number of immature stages of Neuropteroids, the identifica-
tion of which was not possible.

Neuropieroid Insect*

5B

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

Fig. 1. Dorsal, posterior and lateral views of male genitalia of Anabolia emarginata.

2. Dorsal view of tip of male abdomen of Capnia nearctica.

3. Lateral view of tip of male abdomen of Capnia nearctica.

4. Lateral and dorsal views of female genitalia of Limnephilus sp.

REPORT

OF THE

CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION

1913-18

VOLUME III: INSECTS

PART C: DIPTERA

Crane-flies C. P. Alexander

Mosquitoes . . . . . . . . H. G. Dyar

Diptera (excluding the Tipulidae and Culicidae) . J. R. Malloch

SOUTHERN PARTY— 1913-16

OTTAWA

J. de LABROQUERIE TACHE
PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY

1919
Vol.iii-46963-1 Issued July 14th, 1919.

The Crane-flies collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition,

1913-18.

By CHARLES P. ALEXANDER, Ph. D.

INTRODUCTION.

The collection of crane-flies made by the Canadian Arctic Kxpcdition is
quite extensive, and includes about 100 specimens of .-idulis, l;irv;r. and pupji-.
The types and uniques have been placed in the Canadian National Collection:
certain of the paratypes and duplicates are retained in the collection of tin-
author. The present report has been divided into two general portions, tin-
first on the taxonomy of the adult flies, the second a consideration of the imma-
ture stages and the biological data secured by the collector, Mr. Frits .lohaiiH-n.

The material represents as satisfactory a collection of Arctic American
Tipulida3 as has yet been brought together. The itinerary and general narrat i\ c
of the Southern Division of the Expedition has been recorded by Dr. Pi. M.
Anderson (1917). l

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

There have been rather numerous species of crane-flies described from the
Canadian Arctic Northwest, the more important reports on these collections
being as follows: —

Kirby. Win., (1824) in the supplement to Capt. Parry's first voyage described Stygeropis parrii

(Kirby).
Curtis, John (1831) in the appendix to Ross's voyage to the Arctic regions, described Tipula

arctica Curtis.
Loew, Hermann (1863-1865) in the Centuries of North American Diptera described the numerous

species of Tipulinse collected by Robert Kennicott, now in the Museum of Comparative

Zoology at Cambridge. These specimens bear the general label of "H.B.T," only a few

of them haying any more exact label. In another paper (Proceedings of the Academy of

Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, September, 1915, pp. 458-465) I have discussed Loew's

species and their present condition.
Osten-Sacken (1859-1869) described most of the Limnobiinse collected by Kennicott and also

(1876) Tipula besselsi, from Polaris bay, Greenland, at about 82 degrees north latitude,

collected by Dr. E. Bessels in 1872.
Bergroth (1888) described several new species mostly from Sitka, Alaska. Most of these were

rediscovered on the Harriman expedition (see Coquillett).
Williston (1893) described Stygeropis bergrothi from Alaska. The type was recorded as having

been placed in the Kansas University collection, but is not mentioned among the types in

Hunter's list (Kansas University Science Bulletin, vol. 8, No. 1. p. 18; 1914) nor have I

been able to locate the specimen.
Doane (1900, 1901) described a very few species from Unalaska, his types being in the collection

of the United States National Museum.
Coquillett (1900), The Crane-flies of the Harriman Expedition to Alaska, the types are now

in the collection of the United States National Museum.

Dietz (1915), two Limnobiine crane-flies collected by Francis Harper in the Athabaska country.
Alexander (1915-date), species collected by Kennicott in the Loew collection but never described

by Loew; the types are now in the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology.

The crane-flies of the Pribilof islands, now in the collection of the United States Biological

Survey.

The most important collections from the Arctic Northwest may be con-
sidered to be the following: Kennicott's collections, the Harriman Expedition,
the Pribilof islands collections, and the present one.

1 Report of the Department of the Naval Service for the Fiscal Year ending March 31st, 1917. Ottawa:
A 1-2, pp. 22-70. Also Summary Report of the Ge ological Survey, Dept. of Mines, for the calendar
year 1913. Ibid. 1914, 1915, 1916.
Vol. iii— 46963— 1J

4 c Cnna ian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

From the above material a good idea of the general facies of the crane-fly
fauna of the Canadian Arctic Northwest may be obtained. The species are
almost, if not all, forms of dull, sombre colouration — browns or greys — and most
of them are of simple, primitive organization. A considerable number show
unmistakable signs of degeneracy in the wings, this condition being particularly
noticeable in the Pribilof islands, where fully half of the known species have
the wings more or less atrophied. In the present collection, two of the Limno-
biine forms showed the first stages of wing-atrophy, but all of the ten Tipuline
species are full-winged. Some of the species of Arctic Tipulidae have the head,
the thoracic intervals, the pleura, coxae, etc., clothed with an abundant long,
erect pubescence. Many of the Arctic crane-flies seem to be very local in their
distribution. Thus the collections from the Pribilof islands show not one
of the species taken elsewhere in the Canadian northwest (with the possible
exception of Trichocera). Similarly, the collections of the Harriman expedition
and the present collections show that the species are in large part very local
in their distribution, the natural barriers of mountains and large water-bodies
having proved a very efficient check upon their dispersal. In the present col-
lect ion there are a total of sixteen species, only two or three of which have been
found elsewhere; of these Tipula arctica and Stygeropis parrii are rather well-
known Arctic American species, and the Trichocera is probably Holarctic in
its distribution.

The collection that is reported upon in this paper is constituted as follows: —

RhyphidoB —

Trickocerinas —

Trichocera 1 species.

Li ntnohiini. Dicranomyia 1 species.

Eriopterini. Erioptera I

Limnophilini. Limnophila 1

Pedidini. Tricyphona 2
Tipulince —

Tipulini. Stygeropis 2

Nephrotoma 1

Tipula 7

The general tendencies of distribution of crane-flies in the high Arctic
regions are well shown by the above list, the omnipresent Trichocera, a dominance
of Pediciine and Tipuline genera, with a smattering of Limnobiini, Eriopterini
and Limnophilini. The extensive tribes Antochini and Hexatomini (in the
strict sense)1 seem to be entirely lacking so far as known. The Pty chapter idae
nre likewise lacking and the single record for the Tanyderidce (Protoplasa) is
unsatisfactory.

ADULT FLIES.

Family TIPULID^.

Subfamily LIMNOBIIN^E.

Tribe LIMNOBIINI.

Genus Dicranomyia Stephens.

Dirmnnnnjiu Stephens; Catalogue of British insects, vol. 2, p. 21)5; 1X29.

Dicranomyia alascaensis, n. sp.

Antenna- black; halteres short; wings nearly hyaline, with a large1, oval,
brown sligma; Sc t remote from the lip of Nr, ; cell first M>2 closed; femora yellow,
tipped with brown.

inbiiyfi^ er :

< onccrnin<r the status of the tribe Hexatom%ni, read the remarks under the genus
Poeciloxtnlu, pjtfr*. ()()().

Crane-flies 5 c

FEMALE. — Length, 5-5 mm.; wing, 6-8 mm.

Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae black, the basal flagellar segments
enlarged, beyond the fifth oval, the last segment elongate. Head dark-coloured,
discoloured in the type.

Thorax dark-coloured, discoloured in the type, probably grey pniiiioM-;
pleura grey pruinose. Halteres short, pale at the base, tin- remainder brown.
Legs with the coxa3 and trochanters yellow; femora dull yellow, the tips broadly
brown, narrowest on the fore femora, broader on the posterior femora: tibia-
and tarsi very light brown, the terminal segments of the latter darkened. \Ying>
nearly hyaline; stigma large, oval, brown; veins brown; venation ilM. I. iiu. I
£c2'remote from the tip of ScL so that 8c\ alone is about equal to tin- ba-al
deflexion of GUI; Sci ends just opposite the origin of Its ; r at the tip of 7^;
Rs about twice as long as the basal deflexion of #4+5; cell first Mz closed; basal
deflexion of Cu\ at the fork of M.

Abdomen dark brown, pruinose, the pleural integument and the valves of
the ovipositor yellowish.

Locality: Holotype, 9, Nome, Alaska, August 24, 25, 1916 (F. Johai.
No. 78.

In the elongate Sci this species suggests D. halter ata Osten-Sacken, but
this is about the only feature that the two species have in common. In other
respects it seems closer to D. aquita Dietz1 from Taltson river, Mackenzie dis-
trict (not Rocker river as stated in the original description), but it is a much
smaller fly and the details of both colour 'and venation are different.

Tribe ERIOPTERINI.

Genus Erioptera Meigen.
Subgenus Erioptera Meigen.
Erioptera Meigen; Illiger's Magazine, vol. 2, p. 262; 1803.

Erioptera (Erioptera) angustipennis, n. sp.

General colouration dark brown with a grey pruinosity; wings very long
and narrow.

MALE. — Length, 4-4 mm.; wing, 5-4 mm.

Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae black, the flagellar segments oval.
Head dark grey.

Mesonotum brown, more greyish on the sides; pseudosutural fovese con-
spicuous, transverse, black. Pleura dull grey. Halteres rather elongate, brown.
Legs dark brownish black throughout. Wings very long and narrow showing
the first stages of atrophy although the venation is normal; membrane slightly
suffused with brown; stigma indistinct; veins dark brown; venation (PI. I, fig. 2)
the veins are all very elongated due to the great narrowing of the wing.

Abdomen dull grey, the segments indistinctly paler caudally and here
with fringes of long golden hairs that are more sparse elsewhere on the surface;
male hypopygium with the pleural appendages slender, pointed at their tips.

Locality: Holotype, <?, Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, North-
west Territories, August 1-7, 1915 (F. Johansen). No. 1045.

Readily distinguished from all other members of the genus by the long,
narrow wings. The second anal vein is straight as in the subgenus Acyphona
to which group the species may perhaps be better referred.

i Canadian Entomologist, vol. 47, pp. 331-332, fig., October, 1915.

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Tribe LIMNOPHILINI.
(Jenus Limnophila Macquart.

Lintnophila Macquart ; Histoin> Xahirelle, Diptcra; Suite a Buffon, vol. 1, p. 95; 1834.
Subgenus Dactylolabis Oston-Sacken.

Ostrn-Suckcn; Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel-
phia, ]>. 240; is:>!>.

Limnophila (Dactylolabis) rhicnoptiloides, n. sp.

General colouration black, dusted with grey; wings long and narrow, the
veins heavily spotted and seamed with brown; Rs spurred at its origin.

MALI-:.— Length, 8-8.8 mm.; wing, 8-9 mm.

Rostrum and palpi dark brownish black. AntennaB black, the first segment
elongated. Head narrowed behind, dark coloured with a light grey pruinosity;
the whole dorsal surface of the head is beset with short, sharp bristles that are
directed forwards.

Thorax dark with heavy, clear, light grey bloom; mesonotal praescutum
with four brown stripes, the median pair long and parallel. Halteres with the
stem pale, the knobs darker brown. Legs with the large coxae dusted with grey;
trochanters dark; remainder of the legs broken. Wings long and narrow,
subhyaline, the veins heavily seamed with greyish brown so that most of the
wing-surface appears of this dark colour; venation (PL I, fig. 3) the wing of the
paratype is longer and narrower than that of the type figured; in both wings of
this paratype there is a cross- vein in cell R% just proximad of the radial cross-
vein; Rs spurred at its origin.

Abdomen black, sparsely dusted with grey.

Locality: Holotype, d% Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 15,
J(.»i:> (F. Johansen), No. 1308. Paratopotype, <?, July 22, 1915, No. 1064.

The wings of this interesting new species are narrower, proportionately, than
either L. montana Osten-Sacken of eastern North America or L. damula Osten-
Sacken of western North America and the sector is spurred at its origin. The
species shows decided tendencies toward degeneration of the wings and in this
respect approaches L. (D.) wodzickii (Nowicky), the type of the proposed group
Rhicnnf)tila (Beschreibung neuer Dipteren, — Verhandlungen der kaiserlieh-
koniglichen zoologisdi-botanischer Gesellschaft in Wien, vol. 17, pp. 337-354,
PI. 1 1 ; 1867). This last species is an even more degenerate Dactylolabis occurring
in the high mountainous regions (6,000 to 8,000 feet) of the Hungarian Tatras
(western Carpathians) where it frequents granitic cliffs in places where the rock
surface is constantly moistened by dripping water. .Here the degenerate con-
dition is apparently brought about by the great altitude and the habitat. In
the present species the degeneracy is the result of living in the high arctics and is
quite comparable to the condition in L. wodzickii. In my opinion the name
Rhicnoptild has no status at all, although the descriptions of the immature stages
indicate some notable peculiarities. But whether these conditions are real or
due to the insufficiency of Xowicky's description h;ts not yet been ascertained.

Tribe J'KDICIINI.
(lenus Tricyphona Zetterstedt.

Trlri/phonu Zetterstedt; Inserta L-ippmiicM, Diptera, p. S.r)l; 1838.

Tricyphona brevifurcata, n. sp.

Thoracic dorsum pale brownish grey with three conspicuous dark brown
Stripes; wings with vein H , \ :, MS long or longer than its fork.
MALE. — Length, 10 mm.; wing, about 9 mm.

Crane-flies 7 c

Rostrum and palpi dark brownish black. Antennae black, the flagellum
broken. Head small, dark brown, somewhat paler laterally.

Mesonotal praescutum pale brownish grey with three dark brown, very
distinct, stripes, the median one broadest in front, narrowed behind, and ending
before the suture, very narrowly bifid behind; lateral stripes shorter and nai TO\\ vr
crossing the suture and suffusing the scutal lobes; scutellum and post not uni
dark brown. Pleura dark blue-grey pruinose. Halteres light brown, the
knobs darker. Legs with the coxae sparsely pruinose; trochanters dark brown;
remainder of the legs very dark brown, only the fore femora a little brighter at
the extreme base. Wings subhyaline; stigma rather indistinct, pale brown: a
darker brown spot on the r-m crossvein and the basal deflexion of vein R 4 +6;
vein Cu indistinctly seamed with darker; veins brown; venation (PL I, fig. I
crossvein r near the tip of R\; vein R 4 + 5 a little longer than the very short
fork.

Abdomen elongate, blackish, with numerous, scattered, appressed golden
hairs; basal tergites with a transverse linear impressed area before mid-length
of the segments, these interrupted medially; the sternites are narrowly and
indistinctly margined caudally with pale.

Locality: Holotype, c?, west of Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, July 4,
1914 (F. Johansen). No. 432.

This is a very distinct species of Tricyphona, having the fork of vein R 4 +5
shorter than in any other American species of the genus. The wings of the type
are badly broken, but otherwise the specimen is in good condition.

Tricyphona frigida, n. sp.

Belongs to the diaphana group; size small, wing under 8-5 mm.; general
colouration greyish, the thoracic dorsum with narrow brown stripes.

MALE. — Length, 5-8 mm.; wing, 7-8 mm.

FEMALE. — Length, 7-5 mm.; wing, 7-5 mm.

Rostrum, palpi, and antennae black. Head grey.

Mesonotal praescutum grey with four brown stripes, the median pair
separated by a narrow vitta of the ground colour. Pleura grey. Halteres
brown, the knobs a little darker. Legs with the coxae grey; trochanters brownish
grey; femora pale brown, passing into dark brown before midlength of the
segment; tibiae and tarsi dark brown. Wings with a strong brownish tinge, the
stigma darker brown; indistinct brownish seams along the sector and the cord;
venation (PL I, fig. 5) Rs strongly arcuated at its origin; r close to the tip of Ri\
r-m about equal to the basal deflexion of R?,.

Abdomen brownish grey; valves of the ovipositor brownish horn-colour.
Male hypopygium (PL II, fig. 20) with the pleura short and stout, the apical lobe
densely beset with acute black spines; pleural appendage yellow, at the tip and
on the cephalic face with a few elongated stout bristles; at the base of the
pleurites, a sickle-shaped hook ending in a short, subacute tip; below this a
smaller curved hook directed caudad. In T. diaphana (PL II, fig. 21) the
condition is quite similar, but the pleurites are even shorter and stouter; the
hooklike appendage at the base of the pleurite is scimitar-shaped, at the tip
produced into a long drawn out point; the smaller ventral hook is straighter.

It is probable that fresh specimens are not coloured as described above.
The type-material is badly discoloured and matted and it is difficult to be sure
of the exact condition in fresh or better preserved material.

Locality: Holotype, d1, Ketchikan, southeastern Alaska, September 10,
1916 (F. Johansen): No. 872. Allotype, 9, with the type, No. 877.

T. frigida belongs to the group of species that includes exoloma (Doane) and
diaphana (Doane), these three species showing the following group characters:

Full-winged, the wing or its venation showing no tendencies to atrophy;
median cross-vein present, closing cell first M2; cell #4 very deep so that the

8 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

r-m cross-vein connects with vein Rb rather than with vein j?4 -f 5 as in most
species of the genus.

It is a much smaller species than either exoloma or diapkana which have the
wings measuring over 10 mm. I am inclined to believe that it is this species
that ('oquillett records as dniithami in the Harriman reports, from the following
Alaskan localities:—-

Localities: One cf, Yakutat, Alaska, July 21, 1899; one d1, Berg bay, June
10, 1899; one d% Popof island, July 15, 1899.

It may be that this represents a still undescribed species of the group.

I have the following records for T. diaphana:—

Localities: ( )ne 9 , Pullman, Wash., May 4, 1898 type; five cf, 9,Olympia,
Wash., March 16, 1896; one cf, Seattle, Wash.; one cf, Vancouver, B.C., March
29,

Subfamfy TIPULINE.

Tribe TIPULINI.

Genus Stygeropis Loew.

Sti/t/<r<>i)ix Loe\v; Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift, vol. 7, p. 298; 1863.

A small genus of northern and Arctic Tipuline crane-flies, occurring in
both hemispheres. The generally accepted belief that this genus is closely
related to Ctenophora and its allies is entirely erroneous. This is best proved
by a study of the immature stages which are very Tipuline in nature, in some
respects uniting the Longurio and Tipula types.

Stygeropis parrii (Kirby).

C1( nopliora i>wrii Kirby; Supplement to Capt. Parry's First Voyage; 1824.

MALE. — Length, 11-13 mm.; wing, 14-15 mm.

I 'I:\IALE. — Length, 17-5 mm.; wing, 15-8 mm.

Palpi short, black. Frontal prolongation of the head short, black.
Antenna* (PL II, tig. 12) black, the first segment elongate, transversely wrinkled;
flagellar segments narrow basally, enlarged distally into a blunt serration on
the inner face. Head dull black with a sparse yellowish grey bloom, the sides
of the vertex clothed with elongate, pale hairs.

Thoracic dorsum light grey with three broad, darker grey stripes, the
median one broadest anteriorly; thoracic interspaces with an abundance of
long, erect hairs; an indistinct, narrow, blackish, median stripe runs the length
of the not uni. Pleura grey, the dorso-pleural membrane more yellowish.
Halteres brown, the knobs darker. Legs with the coxic and trochanters dark,
the former grey pruinose; femora reddish brown, the tips broadly blackened;
tibia- and tarsi black. Wings with a slight brownish grey tinge, the costal
and subcostal cells more brownish; stigma dark brown; obliterative streak
before the cord not very (list inct ; venation (PI. I, fig. 7) R 2 + 3 long, very slightly
arcuated at origin; petiole of cell M\ present but often greatly shortened as in
parrioides.

Abdomen dark blue-grey, the segments very narrowly ringed with paler
on the caudal margin; lateral margins of the tergites broadly paler. Lobes of
the male hypopygium conspicuously yellow; female ovipositor with the tergal
valves rather high, narrowly blackened at their tips. Male hypopygium having
the ninth tergite (PI. II, fig. 2(>) large1, the caudal margin with a very deep,
("-shaped, median notch, the lateral lobes prominent, obliquely truncated;
tergite black, the apices of the lobes broadly pale. Ninth pleurite rather exten-
sive, the pleural suture indistinct beneath; outer pleura! appendage (PL II, fig. 23)

Crane-flies 9 c

a suboval flattened lobe, dull yellow in colour, slightly broader at the base than
at the tip which is obtusely rounded; the outer face of the appendage with
sparse, short, scattered hairs; inner pleural appendage (PI. II, fig. 21.) a lar^e.
pale brown lobe, flattened, at the tip produced into a long, curved point thai
is slightly expanded at its tip, the inner face with abundant long, pair hair-.
Ninth sternite extensive, a deep split on the mid-ventral line, the margin-
closely approximated or contiguous.

The following ten specimens are in the collection:

Localities: Nos. 434, 435, 436, and 438, west of Kongrnrvik. < 'amden hay.
Alaska, July 4, 1914. Nos. 1194, 1195, Collinson point, Alaska. June 25
1914. Nos. 422, 423, 822, and 828, Bernard harbour, Northwot Term
July 1-14, 1916, and in July-August, 1915.

The most conspicuous differences between this species and the next. N.
parrioides, are in the dense erect pile of the present species, the clear blue givy
colouration, the conspicuous differences in the structure of the antennae and
hypopygium of the male sex, etc.

S. bergrothi Williston1 is unsatisfactorily described and the type is apparently
no longer in existence as was stated earlier in this paper. It is a blackish grey
species with the stem of the halteres and the bases of the femora reddish yellow
and the wings uniformly tinged with brownish. S. sordida Loew (Century 4,
No. 42; 1863) has the rostrum black as in the present species and agrees in some
other features, but is apparently a different species.

Stygeropis parrioides, n. sp.

Frontal prolongation of the head light brown; antennae short, the flagellar
segments with an inconspicuous transverse ridge before the middle, this bearing
a fringe of short, pale hairs; mesonotum greyish yellow with a narrow, dark
brown median line, the sternites and pleurites clear, light grey; abdominal
tergites with a broad, dark brown, median line; wings reddish brown; petiole
of cell MI very short or lacking; pile on the body short, not conspicuous as in
parrii.

MALE. — Length, 14-15 mm.; wing, 11-12 mm.

Palpi short, dark brown. Frontal prolongation of the head light brown,
short; nasus distinct. Antennae (PL II, fig. 13) dark brown, segment one
elongate, transversely wrinkled; segment two cyathiform; segment three
elongate, broader distally; segments four to seven broad basally with a trans-
verse row of pale hairs before mid-length of the segments, on the ventral face
with one or two small spicules; terminal segments gradually attenuated. Vertex
greyish brown, with numerous black bristles that are lacking on the median
line; vertex produced forward on the median line into a tongue between the
antennal bases; gense with numerous black, bristle-like hairs.

Mesonotal praescutum yellowish grey, brightest before the pseudosutural
foveae, the three usual thoracic stripes not distinct, only a very narrow dark
brown median line running the entire length of the mesonotum. Dorsal pleurites
concolourous with the notum; sternal pleurites and sternum clear light grey.
Halteres dark brown. Legs with the coxae clear light grey; trochanters brown:
femora brown; tibiae similar, darker at the tips; tarsi dark brown. Wings
with a strong reddish brown tinge, cells C and Sc more saturated; stigma brown;
the membrane along vein Cu more greyish; venation (PI. I, fig. 8) Rs elongate;
cell MI sessile (as in the genus Nephrotoma) or very short-petiolate.

Abdominal tergites reddish brown with a broad, distinct, dark brown,
median line; caudal margins of the segments less distinctly brownish; a narrow,
sublateral, brown line; extreme lateral margins narrowly dull yellow. Sternites
somewhat similar, the basal two-thirds reddish brown, the apical third dark

1 Kansas University Quarterly, vol. 2, p. 64; 1894.

10 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

brown; a very narrow and indistinct median brown line. Male hypopygium
with the ninth tergite (PL II, fig. 27) short, rather tumid, the caudal margin
with a broad. T-shaped, median notch, the caudal margin densely provided
with short, black hairs; beneath the tergal lobes, between the pleurites, are
two small rounded lobes that are densely set with short black bristles. Ninth
pleurite extensive, oval, with numerous hairs; outer pleural lobe (PI. II, fig. 22)
almost circular in outline, the outer face with numerous short hairs; inner
plenral lobe (PL II, fig. 25) of rather simple structure, two armed, the outer arm
directed candad, at its tip forming a blackened chitinized hook; the inner arm
is directed proximad and slightly dorsad, the blunt apex bent very slightly
cephalad. almost the whole appendage with dense, pale hairs that are short
or absent on the apex of the lobe, longest on the inner margin; viewed from above
it is seen that this inner arm sends out a lobule on the inner dorsal side before
the apex; the dorsal margin of this lobule is narrowly but heavily chitinized.
Suture between the ninth sternite and pleurite not very distinct, the sternal
region destitute of hairs.

Locality: Holotype, <?, west of Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, June
1!)14 (F. Johansen). No. 634. Paratopotypes, seven cf's, Nos. 635, 636,
June 1914; Nos. 433, 437, 439, 440, and 441, July 4, 1914.

Genus Nephrotoma Meigen.

\<'I>hrot'»n<i Meigen; Illiger's Magazine, p. 262; 1803.

Nephrotoma arcticola, n. sp.

( leneral colouration black; abdominal tergites with an interrupted orange-
yellow stripe on either side of the median line; wings hyaline with the stigma
dark brown; a brown cloud at the end of the sector.

MALE. -Length, 12-5-13 mm.; wing, 12-13-2 mm.

KKMALE. — Length, 14 mm.; wing, 13 mm.

Palpi black. Frontal prolongation of the head short, black; nasus elongate,
black. Antenna black, the basal enlargement of the flagellar segments not
conspicuous (PL II, fig. 14). Head broad, black, faintly shiny; the vertex
surrounding the antennal bases yellow.

Pronotal scutum black, scutellum yellowish. Mesonotum black, faintly
shiny; in some specimens a narrow yellowish line on the praescutum near the
suture and a yellowish mark before the pseudosutural fovese indicate the usual
yellowish ground-colour of the thorax in this genus of flies. Pleura black,
faintly dusted with grey; dorso-pleural membranes dull yellow, a linear yellow-
ish mark on the side-pieces of the mesonotal postnotum just in front of the
haltcres. llalteres dark brown, the head somewhat yellowish. Legs with the
coxa- dusted with grey; remainder of the legs dark brown. Wings whitish
hyaline, the costal and subcostal cells not brighter; stigma small, dark brown;
a paler brown cloud at the end of the sector, extending down to cell first Mz;
indistinct seams along Cn and its branches; veins black; venation (PL I, fig. (>)
7i'x rather long for this group of flies, a little longer than #2 + s; cell MI sessile
or very short-pet iolate.

Abdomen greyish black; lateral margins of the tergites very narrowly
paler, in some specimens a broad, interrupted, sublateral orange-yellow stripe
on either side of the mid-dorsal line. Male hypopygium with the ninth tergite
(PL III, fig. 2S) quadrate, the caudal margin with a small, deep, U-shaped,
median notch, the lateral lobes squarely truncated, finely spiculosc, the outer
lateral angle with a blunt point that is minutely toothed beneath. Outer pleural
appendage (PL Ill, fig. 2!l) an elongate-oval lobe that is produced into a blunt
point at the tip; inner pleural appendage chitini/ed and at its tip produced
into a short beak; pleural suture rather long, at its inner end curved slightly

Crane-flies Ho

dorsad. Eighth sternite with the caudal margin broadly concave, the lateral
angles bearing small tufts of hairs.

The female is similar but of a less heavy build; the abdominal tergites
have the same orange-yellow stripes on either side of the broad median area,
these most conspicuous on segments three to five where they appear as bright
triangles.

Locality: Holotype, cf, Bernard harbour, Northwest Tcrritori.-. .July 1-1 1.
1916 (F. Johansen). No. 425. Allotopotype, 9, July, August, 191."). No. 823.
Paratopotypes, five «f, 9, Nos. 419, 429, July 1-14, 1916; Nos. 824, 825, and
827, July-August, 1915.

This interesting Arctic Nephrotoma belongs to the same group as the
Palaearctic N. pratensis (Linnaeus) and N. nox (Riedel) and the N '. penumbra
Alexander from the high mountains of Northeastern North America. I have
seen specimens of a species of this same group from Greenland that are close
to pratensis but seem to represent a new species.

Genus Tipula Linnaeus.

Tipula Linnaeus; Systema Naturae, edition 10, p. 585; 1758.

The present collection included seven species of this genus, the only des-
cribed one being the common and apparently widely distributed Tipula arctica
Curtis. I expected that T. pratorum Kirby1 would be found amongst tho
material but such was not the case, there being no species having the antennal
scape yellow. The only species in this collection with any yellow on the antennae
is T. diflava which does not agree at all with Kirby's rather unsatisfactory
description.

Tipula johanseni, n. sp.

Antennae black; head grey, along the inner margin of the eye broadly paler;
thoracic dorsum with four dark brown stripes; wings with the tip of vein
Rz pale, subatrophied; crossvein m obliterated by atrophy.

MALE. — Length, 11-8 mm.; wing, 12-4 mm.

Palpi black. Frontal prolongation of the head dark grey, the nasus short,
blunt. Antennae (PI. II, fig. 15) black; first segment of the scape relatively
short, not as long as the first flagellar segment; flagellar segments rather elon-
gated, the basal swelling oval, shorter than the remainder of the segment.
Head dull grey, paler along the inner margin of the eye; sides of the veil ex
with scattered long, coarse bristles.

Thoracic dorsum dull grey with four dark brown stripes, the median pair
narrow, separated from one another by a broad stripe of the ground colour.
Pleura dark grey, the dorso-pleural membranes dull yellowish. Halteres rather
long, brown, the knobs still darker brown. Legs with the coxae dull grey and
provided with long pale hairs; trochanters black; remainder of the legs broken.
Wings light grey, the costal and subcostal cells a little more yellowish; stigma
brown; an indistinct dark cloud at the tip of Rs; veins dark brown; venal ion
(PL I, fig. 11) tip of vein R% pale, subatrophied; crossvein m obliterated or
nearly so.

Abdominal segments blackish, the caudal and lateral margins broadly
paler; hypopygium yellow. Male hypopygium withlhe ninth tergite (PL III,
fig. 32) not prominent, the sides oblique, the caudal margin very deeply split
by a V-shaped median notch that extends almost to the eighth tergite, the
lobes thus formed long, subacute. Ninth pleurite extensive, subtriangular,
the caudal angle extended out into a short blunt point; outer pleural appendage
not prominent, cylindrical to slightly flattened, with long golden hairs; inner
pleural appendage greatly compressed. Ninth sternite profoundly incised be-

1 Fauna Boreali-Americana, Insecta, p. 310; 1837.

12 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

neath by a Y-shaped notch, beneath the margin of the eighth sternite a small
brush of long golden hairs. Eighth sternite unarmed.

Locality: Holotype, d% Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 10,
1<H(> (F. Johansen). 'No. 213.

Similar to T.. aperta Alexander (imperfecta Alexander, preoccupied) of
Labrador in the open cell first M», but distinct in the dark frontal prolongation
of the head, the uniformly dark antennae, the blackish trochanters and abdomen,
etc. In a/x-rta the tip of tf-j persists for its entire length and the petiole of cell
.1/1 is very much longer than in the present species.

This interesting species is dedicated to the collector, Mr. F. Johansen.

Tipula diflava, n. sp.

< leneral colouration grey; antennae black, the second segment abruptly
yellow: abdominal tergites orange with three broad black stripes; wings clouded
with brown and grey; male hypopygium with the ninth tergite large, the caudal
margin deeply notched medially and with a small acute tooth at the base of the
notch.

MALK. Length, 14mm.; wing, 14-1 mm.

FKMALE. — Length, 20-22 mm.; wing, 17-2-18-3 mm.

Palpi black. Frontal prolongation of the head black, the nasus elongate.
Antemue (PI. II, fig. 16) with the first scapal segment narrow basally,
enlarged distally, black, yellowish at the apex; segment two yellow; flagellum
black, the flagellar segments with the basal swelling prominent with about four
conspicuous bristles. Head black, dark grey pruinose.

Thorax grey, the mesonotal praescutum with three broad darker grey stripes,
the middle one split by a line of the ground-colour; hairs on the thoracic inter-
spaces short, pale, not conspicuous. Halteres yellow, the knobs dark brown, the
apices a little brighter. Legs with the coxae dark grey; trochanters brown;
femora brownish yellow broadly tipped with black; tibiae and tarsi dark brown.
Wings subhyaline, clouded with brown and grey; cells C and Sc yellowish;
stigma dark brown; a dark brown spot at the origin of M, origin and end of the
sector; apex of the wing brownish grey, interrupted by cell R5/5 which is nearly
hyaline; conspicuous, brownish grey clouds along vein Cu, in the middle and end
of cell M and including most of cell Ci/ij apices of the anal cells largely grey;
in the male the pattern is the same but paler; venation (PI. I, fig. 9), pattern
omitted.

Abdomen with the first tergite black; second to sixth orange, with three
broad black stripes, a narrow median one, broadening out behind and two sub-
lateral stripes; on the caudal margins the black stripes tend to be confluent
interrupting the orange; terminal segments largely blackish; lateral margins
of the tergite pale yellowish; hypopygium mostly blackish; sternites largely
bla.-k. Male hypopygium (PL III, fig.' 34) with the ninth tergite (PL III, fig. 33)
extensive, the caudal margin with a very dee]) V-shaped notch, at the base of
which i> a tiny tooth that sends a carina cephalad onto the dorsum of the sclent e;
lateral lobes thin, rounded at their apices. Ninth pleurite complete, moderately
large; outer pleural appendage elongate, flatteried-cylindrical, pale, with a dense
covering of long hairs; inner pleural appendage flattened into an extensive1 blade,
the margin with sharp teeth.

The female is similar but larger; valves of the ovipositor slender, elongate,
acicular. not at all like the urcticd type where the tergal valves are flattened
transversely with the outer margin toothed and the sternal valves are very
minute.

Locality: Holotype, cf, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 12,
1915 (F. Johansen). No. 71)0. Allotype, 9, Herschel island, Yukon Territory,
July 1916. No. 838. Paratype, 9, with the allotype. No. 839.

Cra'ne-flies 13 c

Tipula arctica Curtis.

Tipula arctica Curtis; Description of the insects brought home by Comin;m.l<-i .J. Clark
Ross. Appendix to Ross's Voyage to the Arctic regions, p. Ixxvii, Plate A, fig. i:>:

MALE. — Length, 13-17 mm.; wing, 13-5-17-5 mm.

FEMALE. — Length, 20-21-5 mm.; wing, 16-17 mm.

Palpi dark brown. Frontal prolongation of the head rather elongate,
blue-grey; nasus stout. Antennae (PI. II, fig. 17) deeply serrate, each .-e^ment
of the flagellum deeply incised beneath, the apical enlargement bcin-r only a little
smaller than the basal swelling but not provided with verticils. Head l.lue-
grey.

Mesonotal praescutum dull grey with three broad blue-grey stripe-. 1 1n-
median one often narrowly split by a vitta of the ground-colour; these -tripes
are sometimes narrowly margined with brown; the thoracic inter-pare-, with
numerous black setigerous punctures; remainder of the thorax blue-grey includ-
ing the coxae of the legs. Halteres brown, the knobs darker. Legs with tin-
femora reddish yellow broadly tipped with dark brown; tarsi dark brown.
Wings sub hyaline with conspicuous brown and grey markings, cells C and >'r
a little more yellowish ; a small brown spot at the origin of /j*.s; stigma large.
sending a cloud down the cord to cell first M2; greyish brown clouds in the anal
cells, at the base of cell Cu, at midlength and at the end of M and in the apex
of the wings; venation (PI. I, fig. 10).

Abdominal tergites in the male with segment one, black; two to four, reddish
yellow with broad sublateral stripes and an indistinct median stripe brownish
grey; remaining segments dark brownish grey; sternites two to four, reddish
yellow, broadly darkened laterally; terminal sternites brownish grey; the
segments of the abdomen are very narrowly and indistinctly margined with paler.
Male hypopygium with the ninth tergite (PI. Ill, fig. 35) small with a deep and
broad rounded caudal notch, the dorsum rounded into a saucer, the lateral
lobes with four or five blunt teeth. The inner pleural appendage is illustrated
(Plate III, fig. 37).

The female is similar to the male in most respects, but the abdomen is
differently coloured being dull grey with a broad, dark brown, interrupted, dorso-
median stripe ; the basal tergites a little brightened on either side of the dorso-
median line; abdomen not excessively elongated as in the related T. longi-
ventris; dorsal shield jet-black, shiny; tergal valves of the ovipositor brownish
black. The ovipositor (PI. Ill, fig. 43) has the dorsal shield elongate, a little
longer than the tergal valves of the ovipositor; these tergal valves have about
fifteen teeth along the outer lateral margin; the sternal valves are very reduced
as in this group of species, acicular, the pair forming a sublyriform organ (PI. Ill,
fig. 40).

This was the most abundantly represented species in the collection including
nearly one-half of the material, as follows : —

Localities: West of Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, July 4, 1914 (F.
Johansen). Four <?'s, Nos. 196-199. Port Epworth, mouth of Tree river,
Coronation gulf, Arctic Canada, July 16, 1915 (J. J. O'Neill). Two d"'s, Nos. 102
and 104; one 9, No. 103. Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, June 21,
1915, one d% No. 1328; July 4, 1915, one 9, No. 1076; July 7, 1915, one d*,
one 9. Nos. 1233, 1234; July 12, 1915, two 9, Nos. 756, 789, one <?, No. 757;
July 19, 1915, *, 9, Nos. 1266, 1267; July 22, 1915, *, 9, Nos. 1062, 1063;
July-August, 1915, six d% 9, Nos. 829-834; July 1-14, 1916, seven <?, 9, Nos.
420, 421, 424, 426, 427, 428, and 430.

Unless stated otherwise the material was taken by Mr. Johansen. Pupae
are pinned with Nos. 197, 199, and 834.

The immature stages of this interesting crane-fly will be considered on
pages 18 and 19, under the second part of the report, on the immature stages.

14 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Most species of the genus Tipula hold the wings outspread or divaricate in
a position of rest. Apparently but few hold them folded incumbent over the
abdomen. Two excellent photographs by Mr. G. H. Wilkins, taken at Bernard
harbour in .Inly, 1915, show that T. arctica falls in this latter group of species.
These illustrations show the female fly crawling about over the Arctic vegeta-
tion, possibly searching for a place in which to oviposit. (Plate VI).

Tipula hewitti, n. sp.

General colouration grey; mesonotal praescutum with three broad brown
stripes; halteres tipped with yellowish orange; legs with the femora dull brownish
yellow, broadly tipped with dark brown; wings very indistinctly marked with
greyish clouds; male hypopygium with the ninth tergite very narrowly notched
medially, the lateral lobes almost contiguous.

MALE. — Length, 13 mm.; wing, 15 mm.

Palpi black. Frontal prolongation of the head short, dark grey; nasus
broad, prominent. Antennae black, the first segment of the scape dusted with
grey; flagelhim broken. Head grey, the disk of the vertex more brownish;
vertex produced cephalad between the antennal bases into a flat tongue that is
deeply split by a median groove.

Mesonotum grey, the prsescutum with three dark brown stripes, the middle
one very broad in front, rapidly narrowed to near the suture, indistinctly split
by a grey median vitta; lobes of the scutum with a linear brown line. Pleura
grey, the dorso-pleural membrane dull brownish. Halteres brownish yellow,
the knobs dark brown tipped with dull yellowish orange. Legs with the coxae
grey; t rochanters dark brown; femora dull yellow, the tips broadly dark brown;
tibia' and tarsi dark brown. Wings dull grey; the costal and subcostal cells
more yellowish; stigma brown; a yellowish spot beyond the stigma in cell second
R\; indistinct grey clouds along vein Cu; venation: petiole of cell MI short;
crossvein m-cii obliterated by the fusion of Cu\ on Ms+4.

Abdomen dark greyish black, the terminal tergites ringed with paler,
the lateral margins indistinctly paler. Male hypopygium with the ninth
tergite (PI. Ill, fig. 36) large, subquadrate, the caudal margin nearly transverse
with a very narrow median notch, the adjacent lobes slightly produced caudally
at their inner angle and almost touching one another. Ninth pleurite complete;
outer pleura! appendage (PI. Ill, fig. 30) elongate-oval, the apex broadly
rounded, the basal two-thirds dusky, the apical third yellowish. Ninth sternitc
with a deep median notch.

Locality; Holotype, tf, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 1-14,
1916 (F. Johansen). No. 418.

I take great pleasure in dedicating this species to Dr. C. Gordon Hewitt,
the Dominion Entomologist, to whom I am indebted for many favours.

Tipula subpolaris, n. sp.

MALI;. Length, 13-5 mm.; wing, 13-0 mm.

In most respects very similar to T. hewitti, but the male hypopygium is
quite different. Unfortunately the type is badly discoloured. The antennae
f PI. II, fig. 18) have the flagellum black, the individual segments moderately
elongated, the basal enlargement being about half as long as the rest of the
segment. Tibial spurs long and slender. Basal abdominal tergites with
indications of orange on the sides of the median black line. Male hypopygium
with the ninth tergite (PI. Ill, fig. 38) black, the caudal margin with a broad
I'-shaped notch. Ninth pleurite complete, black, broadly margined with
yellowish; outer pleural appendage subelongate, narrowed toward the apex,.
dusky basally, passing into rather bright yellow beyond.

Crane-flies !;> .

i i

Locality: Holotype, cf, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July-
August 1915 (F. Johansen). No. 826.

This species is certainly close to T. hewitti, but I cannot make the two
agree. Unfortunately each species is represented only by the unique male
type and I do not care to remove the abdomen to submit the male genitalia to
the critical study that some day may be necessary. More material from 1 1n-
Arctic north-west would probably decide the status of these two species which
are closely allied but which certainly appear to be distinct.

Tipula besselsoides, n. sp.

General colouration grey; antennae rather short, black; body clothed with
conspicuous erect hairs; femora light yellowish, tipped with black; ninth termite
of the male hypopygium with a small, U-shaped notch, the lateral lobes rounded.

MALE. — Length, 12 mm.; wing, 15-5 mm.

Palpi black. Frontal prolongation of the head greyish black; nasus pro-
minent. Antennae (PL II, fig. 19) black; first segment of the scape long and
slender, clothed with numerous outspreading hairs; flagellar segments very short ,
the basal swelling of the individual segments being about equal to the remainder
of the segment. Head broad, eyes rather small, widely separated; vertical
tubercle low; head dark grey with 'scattered setigerous punctures.

Thorax dark grey, the praescutum with three indistinct, darker grey stripes;
thoracic interspaces with an abundant coarse, black hair. Halteres dull
brownish yellow. Legs with the coxae grey clothed with numerous long pale
hairs as in besselsi O.S.; trochanters dark; femora light brownish yellow, the
tips broadly black; tibiae light brown, the tips broadly black; tarsi dark brown.
Wings nearly hyaline, the subcostal cell more yellowish; stigma brown, oval;
apex of the wings a little darkened; veins dark brown; obliterative streak extend-
ing from before the stigma into cell M4; venation: crossvein m-cu not far beyond
the fork of M.

Abdomen dark grey, the segments conspicuously ringed with pale yellowish ;
lobes of the hypopygium yellow. Male hypopygium with the ninth tergite
(PL III, fig. 39) rather extensive, the caudal margin somewhat rounded and
with a deep, U-shaped, median notch; at the inner margin of the lateral lobes
a small tubercle; entire sclerite black, clothed with numerous short, appressed
hairs; suture between the tergite and sternite well-defined. Ninth pleurite
small, incomplete, the suture indicated only beneath; outer pleural appendage
(PL III, fig. 31) a small, suboval flattened lobe, pale brownish yellow, the outer
face with abundant long pale hairs; inner pleural appendage (PL III, fig. 42)
elongate, chitinized, at the base a rounded knob clothed with long, delicate
pale hairs, the outer margin with four stout bristles. Penis-guard a long, straight
chitinized point, gradually narrowed from the base to the acute apex.

Locality: Holotype, cf, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 1-14,
1916 (F. Johansen). No. 422. Paratopotype, d". No. 417.

This species bears a strong superficial resemblance to T. besselsi Osten-
Sacken in the grey colouration with conspicuous long, erect pile; the legs are
differently coloured and the hypopygium of the male is very differently con-
structed in the two species. It also resembles Stygeropis parrii (Kirby) super-
ficially in colouration and the erect pile, but the verticillate antennae and nearly
hyaline wings of the present species offer easy points for separation.

Tipula subarctica, n. sp.

Related to T. pribilofensis Alexander; general colouration dark; abdomen
reddish brown with a dark median stripe on both the tergites and sternites;
ninth tergite of the male hypopygium prominent with flattened, acute, lateral
arms; eighth sternite produced caudad into a broad, flattened, shovel-like,
median lobe.

16 c ('diKitiian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

MALE. — Length, 12-5 mm.; wing, 14 mm.

Head discoloured. Antennae broken.

Pronotal scutum dark, the scutellum dull yellowish. Mesonotal praescutum
dark coloured, almost black in the type, but badly discoloured, the thoracic
stripes, if present normally, being obliterated; normal specimens are almost
certain to be very dark grey. Pleura blackish, grey pruinose; dorso-pleural
membranes dull yellow. ILalteres brown, the knobs darker. Legs with the
coxa- black, grey pruinose; trochanters brown; femora reddish brown, the tips
narrowly and indistinctly darkened; tibiae brown, the apices blackened; tarsi
dark brown. "Wings nearly hyaline, the costal and subcostal cells concolourous
with the rest of the wing; veins brown; wings in the vicinity of the stigmal
region injured; venation: R» persistent for its entire length; the m-cu crossvein
inserted just beyond the fork of M. The fly is full-winged.

Abdominal tergites reddish brown with a broad, black, median stripe;
ninth tergite black; sternites dull brown with an interrupted blackish median
stripe. Male liypopygium with the ninth tergite (PL III, fig. 41) very large
and prominent, black, chitinized, the caudal margin with an acute, V-shaped,
median notch, finely denticulate, the lateral angles produced far caudad into
flattened ears. Ninth pleurite incomplete, the suture indicated beneath, an
acute dorso-c'audal arm of the pleurite runs beneath the tergal lobes. Eighth
sternite with a broad, shovel-shaped, median lobe extending caudad and dorsad,
its caudal margin evenly and gently notched and provided with short, delicate
hairs. Eighth tergite completely concealed beneath the seventh tergite.

Locality: Holotype, <?, west of Kongenevik, Camden bay, Alaska, July 4,
11)14 (F. Johansen). No. 442.

This interesting new species is related to T. pribilofensis Alexander from
the Pribilof islands off the western coast of Alaska. It is an entirely distinct
species, being full-winged and the male hypopygium quite differently constructed
although both species have the curious spoon-like elongation of the eighth sternite.
I have seen another species of the same group from Kamchatka, eastern Siberia

ld kamchatkensis Alexander.

Very recently I have received from Prof. Hine another specimen in much
bettor condition. This specimen may be considered as paratypical and the
following additional characters should be noted:

Male: — Length, 14 mm.; wing, 13 mm.

Frontal prolongation of the head dark purplish brown above, more yellow
laterally. Antennae rather long, the scape a very little paler than the dark
brownish black flagellum; flagellar segments rather deeply incised beneath.
Head light grey, a small brownish blotch on the disk of the vertex. Eyes small;
genae prominent.

Mesonotal stripes very indistinct, brown, ground-colour of the mesonotum,
light grey. Pleura light grey, the dorso-pleural membranes light yellow.

Paratype, <?, Katmai, Alaska, July, 1917 (J. S. Hine).

Specimen in the collection of Prof. Hine.

Family RHYPHID^.
Subfamily TRICHOCERIN^.

r.enus Trichocera Meigen.

Trirhun-rn Mrijrcn; Hirer's Mammne, vol. 2, p. 262; 1803.

At the pre.-enl time this genus of (lies offers almost insuperable taxonomic
difficulties. Some twenty-five or thirty species have been proposed, but that
very many of these are synonyms of others is unquestioned. It seems now that
the only hope of straightening this apparently hopeless tangle is for some

Journal of the New York Kntninolotfirul Society, vol. 26, p. 72: 1918.

Crane-flies 17 c

European student to critically study the existing types and compare the authen-
ticated Palsearctic species with a great series from America and elsewhere, h
this is done it may be that the correct synonymy can be determined. It is
scarcely possible for an American worker to attempt the problem. at least under
present European conditions, chiefly because of the impossibility of >tudying
the types of the European species still existant and the added difficulty of obtain-
ing authentically named specimens of the European sperirs. the Kuropean
specialists, apparently, being as much in doubt concerning the true sialus of
the group as are the American workers.

Until a, very recent date the genus Trichocera, together with the related
genus Ischnothrix Bigot, from Cape Horn, was included as a member of the
Tipulid tribe, Limnophilini. A critical study of the immature stages by Johann-
sen, Keilin, de Meijere, Malloch, and others has shown the utter impossibility
of such an assignment and it seems better to give it subfamily rank in the
family Rhyphidse.

Trichocera sp.

The present collection included three specimens of Trichocera sp., from
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, June 18, 1915, collected by F. Johansen;
two males, Nos. 1301 and 1302 and a female, No. 1300 D.

IMMATURE STAGES.

The present collection of Canadian Arctic crane-flies included a surprising
amount of life-history material. This was of very great interest since our knowl-
edge of the younger stages of any Arctic crane-flies is almost negligible. Unfor-
tunately, very little of the material had been reared and consequently the
placing of the species has been attended with considerable doubt and difficulty.
As a rule it scarcely pays to describe or figure undetermined larvae or pupae
unless they show conspicuous points of difference in their structure, have a
peculiar habitat, or else, as in the present case, come from a region where prac-
tically nothing is known concerning the early stages. These Arctic crane-flies,
especially of the Tipuline group, are sometimes as beautifully patterned in the
larva as they are dull and obscure in the adult. The biological data that were
supplied by the collector are incorporated with each species concerned.

HEXATQMINI.

In another paper, not yet published, I have endeavoured to correlate the
present classification of crane-flies, based entirely on a study of the adult flies,
with a critical survey of all the immature stages that I could obtain. Among
other things this study seems to indicate that the tribe Hexatomini is not as
clearly set off from the related groups as a study of the adults alone would
imply. Several of the groups that have hitherto been considered subordinate
groups of the genus Limnophila, such as Ulomorpha, Lasiomastix, Dicranophrag-
ma, Poecilostola, etc., all seem now to be more properly referable to the Hexato-
mini, or at least closely allied to Eriocera, Penthoptera, etc. The present species
has not been reareol and its true affinities must be left in doubt, but I believe
that the reference given below will be not entirely erroneous.

Poecilostola supposition.

This is a small group of flies including seven or eight species of the Palse-
arctic region with representatives occurring in Japan. Although no adults of
this group of flies or, indeed, any of its relatives have yet been taken in the
Canadian Arctic I feel very little hesitation in referring the present larva to the
neighbourhood of this genus. It may belong to the subgenus Phylidorea Bigat
of the genus Limnophila Macquart.

Vol. iii— 46963— 2

18 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Locality: One large larva taken in the melted ponds in the tundra at
Demarcation point, Alaska, May, 1914 (F. Johansen).

Length, 19-5 mm.; diameter, 2-4 mm.

Form cylindrical, the anterior segments narrower, the abdominal segments
just before the cauda swollen. Body with a covering of short and delicate
appressed hairs. Head-capsule of the long narrow structure of the tribe;
mandibles (PL V, fig. 55) long, sickle-shaped; maxilla (PI. V, fig. 54) with the
outer lobe projecting from the oral opening when the head is completely retracted.
Colouration uniform light yellow throughout. Spiracular disk (PL IV, fig.
44) small, with four lobes, the lateral and ventral pairs. Lateral lobes rather
short and blunt, the ventral edge with an irregular linear brown mark, the outer
edge with a dense fringe of long hairs; ventral lobes longer with a long, arcuate,
brown line down the inner face; outer edge with a dense fringe of long hairs,
those at. the tip being very elongate. Anal gills four, short, blunt, oval.

TIPULINI.

A considerable number of Tipuline forms were included in the present
collection. Only one of these, Tipula arctica Curtis, was reared and the generic
reference of the remainder must be considered as being somewhat doubtful.
I have studied each of these species, however, in the light of our knowledge of
other life-histories, and have placed them as closely as the data will warrant.

Tipula arctica Curtis.

Locality: Larvae in the ground at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories,
May 27, 1916 (F. Johansen).

A male collected as a larva on May 27 pupated about June 20. (Rearing
No. 106.)

LARVAE. Length, 23-25 mm.; diameter, about 4 mm.

Form cylindrical. Mouth-parts with the mentum (see PL V, fig. 53)
long and slender with a large, blunt, median tooth and two smaller teeth on
cither side; directly beneath these lateral teeth similar subequal teeth are
(hypopharynx) visible. Labrum as in PL V, fig. 52.

Chsetotaxy: Dorsal surface, a transverse row of delicate hair-like setae
across the dorsum of the last thoracic segment and the abdominal segments,
there being usually four of these punctures on the first three segments occurring
at about mid-length of the segments; on the abdomen they lie on the posterior
ring of each segment (see PL V, fig. 56) ; the lateral puncture bears two bristles,
the inner punctures a single seta; they correspond exactly to the condition of
the ventral segments except that here the solitary anterior bristle has moved
(•alidad into alignment with the posterior paired bristles. In some there are
a few weak supplementary bristles in the same line. Ventral surface (PL V,
fitf. 57) similar; two prominent widely separated setigerous punctures, each with
two long bristle-like hairs nearer the caudal margin and two other smaller and
more delicate bristles slightly cephalad and closer to the median line; these
anterior ventral bristles are separated from one another by a distance that is
a little less than the distance between them and the larger posterior bristles;
on the lateral margin of the segment there is usually a more delicate hair.

( 'olouration dull yellow, the thoracic segments with abundant, tiny, appressed
dark hairs that give a darker appearance to the anterior end of the body.

Spiracular disk (PL IV, fig. 45) surrounded by six short lobes, a dorsal
pair, rather closely approximated medially, a dorso-lateral pair and a ventral
pair. The dorsal pair are shorter than the lateral pair and the inner face in
most specimens has a straight or slightly curved, dark brown, line. The lateral
lobes are longer and more slender. The ventral lobes are short and broad.

Crane-flies 19 c

The spiracles are very large and conspicuous, black. In some specimens there
are two black dots just above each spiracle and two somewhat similar dots
below the spiracles and on the ventral lobes; of these markings the ventral
dots are the most constant. Anal gills, four in number, blunt, fleshy.

PUP^. Male : Length, 18-23 mm. ; dorso-ventral depth, 3 • 8-4 mm. ; dextro-
sinistral width, 3-2 mm. Female: Length: 23 mm.; depth and width 1 nun.

MALE. (PL V, fig. 50): Colouration brown, the abdomen more yellowish
brown; the pleural membrane paler; the breathing-horns, appendages, and
sheaths dark brown; spines on the abdomen black.

Antennal bases situated on a high crest, elevated above the level of the
breathing-horns. Pronotal breathing horns not conspicuous, short, directed
slightly forwards and slightly divergent. . On the pronotum n small knob
just before the breathing horns; on the praescutum two vridely separated tul>en-li-<
and just behind these but nearer the median line, two smaller tubercles, tin-
space between these tubercles connected by a row of crenulations. Leg-sheaths
reaching to the middle of the third abdominal, segment; wing-sheaths reaching
the base of the second abdominal segment.

Abdominal tergites: segments 1 and 2 with a small tubercle on the caudal
ring on either side of the median line; segment 3 with two tubercles on either
side, the inner one largest; segments 4 to 6 with three or four tubercles on either
side, the inner one largest; segment 7 narrowed, with two lateral spines and two
separated blunt tubercles; segment 8 narrowed, the lateral angles ending in
powerful tubercles with sharp points. Pleural integument coarsely punctured,
on the edge nearest the sternites with a single sharp spine on the caudal ring
of segment 1 and on segment 7 and two, one on each ring of segments 2 to 6.
Sternites armed with circlets of powerful spines on the caudal ring, on segment
3 there being two, small and widely separated; on segments 4 to 7 there are
four such spines, larger and rather approximated. Segment 9 rounded,
indistinctly bifid, each side with a small, acute spine at the tip.

FEMALE. (PL V, fig. 51) similar to the male above described, the sexual
differences being as follows: Sheaths of the tergal valves of the ovipositor
elongate, powerful, lying parallel to one another, transversely wrinkled; sheaths
of the sternal valves of the ovipositor tiny, located at the apex of the eighth
segment.

Mr. Johansen has recently called my attention to the description and
figures of the immature stages of this species by Dr. T. C. Nielsen.1 As there
are some discrepancies between the descriptions and figures of the material
from northeast Greenland and that from the Canadian Northwest, it is possible
that more than one species is involved under the name of Tipula arctica.

Stygeropis, possibly parrii (Kirby) .

Locality: Melted ponds in the tundra at Demarcation point, Alaska,
May 1914 (F. Johansen).

Two smaller specimens measure as follows: length, 20 to 24 mm.; diameter,
2-2 to 2-5 mm.

A larger larva (No. 5a), length, 38 mm.; diameter, 3-7 mm.

Form cylindrical, moderately elongated. Head-capsule with the antennae
long and slender, from three to four times as long as thick, cylindrical, yellowish.

Chsetotaxy: Setae very weak and delicate, on the thoracic segments being
tiny lateral hairs. Abdominal tergites (PL V, fig. 58) with no setae on the anterior
ring; on the posterior ring with the following bristles: a small lateral bristle
nearest the false suture; just before the caudal margin of the segment a more or
less impressed line, at its outer end with two or three bristles arising from
individual punctures ; on either side of the reddish dorso-median vitta a prominent

!The Insects of the "Danmark" Expedition: Meddelelser om Gronland, vol. xliii, Copenhagen, 1910
pp. 57-9, PI, vii, figs. 1-7.

Vol. iii— 46963— 2$

20 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

seta directed proximad; on the penultimate and antepenultimate segments
of the abdomen the bristles are very long and delicate. The sternites (PI.
V, fig. 59) similar, but the median bristles lie further cephalad and there is
a smaller tiny bristle in its individual puncture just proximad of it; these median
bristles are almost in alignment with the lateral bristles. The caudal bristles,
three in number, are in alignment and rather widely separated.

Colouration above dark brown, the thoracic region more reddish; a broad,
conspicuous dorso-median stripe reddish brown; lower surface greyish with
a reddish caste. Skin very smooth without tubercles or roughenings of any
sort. The sutures between the individual segments are very well-marked but
not conspicuously constricted, at about two-thirds the length of each abdominal
segment with a pseudosuture dividing the segment into two rings or annuli.

Spiniculur disk (PI. IV, fig. 46) surrounded by six very long, finger-like
lobes, of which the ventral pair are slightly the longer. All the lobes are margined
with dark brown and here develop long fringes of delicate pale hairs which are
longest at the tips of the lobes, much shortened toward the base of the lobes;
down the middle of the inner face of each lobe there is a long, narrow, black stripe
extending from the tip back toward the centre of the disk, this mark longest on
the ventral lobes; the lateral marks on the lobes are all expanded at their inner
ends nearest the spiracles, the outer margins of the ventral lobes united with one
another across the disk, between the spiracles, by a narrow, arcuated line.
Spiracles large. Anal gills short but slender, inconspicuous, the inner pair very
short.

From its great resemblance to the larva of Stygeropis fuscipennis Loew of
northeastern America I would refer this larva to Stygeropis without question.
Which species it represents is somewhat doubtful, but very probably either
parrii or parrioides. The Tipula No. 1 of Malloch's preliminary classification1
is Stygeropis fuscipennis.

Tipuline No. 1 (Stygeropis, supposition).

Locality: Two larvae from a lake near Bernard harbour, Northwest Terri-
tories, June 25, 1915 (F. Johansen).

Two additional specimens from Demarcation point, Alaska (melted ponds
in tundra, May, 1914. No. 7).

Length, 20-5-23 mm.; diameter, 1-8-2 mm.

Form cylindrical, moderately elongated, the anterior end abruptly tapering,
the posterior end gradually tapering to the cauda; caudal lobes capable of close
application to one another along their inner faces, protecting the spiracles.

( 'hsetotaxy : Dorsal segments (PL V, fig. 60) with the setse all on the posterior
ring, an anterior lateral pair located in the lateral yellow line, consisting of two
punctures, the more lateral one of which has a tripartite bristle, the proximal
one simple. Nearer the caudal margin of the segments three long lateral brist les
in alignment and rather widely separated, the distal one located near the inner
margin of the yellow stripe, the inner two closer together located in the black
lateral stripes, the innermost on its margin. In alignment with these three and
located nearer the mid-dorsal region of the segment, one on either side of the apex
of the shield-shaped dorsal mark, are two long bristles. All of these caudal
bristles are in alignment with the caudal setae of the ventral segments.

Lateral setae: On the dark pleural stripe a group of three small, stout
bristles on the posterior ring, arranged in a triangle; a single, longer hair on the
anterior ring of the segment, much closer to the ventral edge than to the dorsal
edge of the stripe.

Sternal segments with the setae on the apical ring of the segment arranged
as in PL V, fig. 61; there are two anterior setae on each side, and closer to the

1 Malloch, J. It. "A preliminary classification of Diptera based upon larval and pupal
characters," Bull. Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History, vol. 12, pp. 199, 200, figs.; 1917.

Crane-flies 21 c

median line; of these the distal one is the longest, the proximal one usually very
short; there are three posterior setae on either side, the two proximal being
longest and in their own punctures, the third one distal in position, lying clo
the black pleural stripe and located in a very small puncture on the margin of t he
adjoining larger puncture.

Colouration: Dorsum (PL V, fig. 60) dull yellow. Just inside the broad
lateral stripe and separated from it by a narrow bright yellow line is a narrow
dark brown line, almost continuous but slightly interrupted in places; this dark
line begins on the mesothorax and continues to the last segment. The dorsum of
the abdomen between these dark stripes is handsomely marked with dorsal
shields of brown which are narrowly margined with darker brown, the narrow
apex of the shield directed caudad; there are about seven of these dorsal shield-,
the integument on either side of them with three bright yellow dots in straight
diverging lines, all of these dots lying on the cephalic ring of the segment.
Pleural region dark brown, very broad but paler on the thoracic segments.
gradually narrowed and becoming darker toward the end of the body, terminating
near the anal gills. This dark pleural stripe is dotted with numerous yellowish
spots. Ventral surface abruptly and conspicuously light yellow.

Spiracular disk surrounded by six long, finger-like lobes, the dorsal lobes
rather the shortest although still long and finger-like, lying parallel, the ventral
lobes longest; all the lobes narrowly margined with black and with a slender
black vitta bisecting the inner face of the lobe from the tip inward toward the
disk, at the distal end expanded into a blackish apex; the apex and lateral
margins bear long fringes of hairs as in Stygeropis, these hairs being longest
toward the tips of the lobes. Anal gills six, short but rather slender, incon-
spicuous, the two lateral pairs longest, the inner pair much shorter.

I would refer this to a position not far removed from Stygeropis
although it is very differently coloured from the species last described under that
name. However, the structure of the larvae seems to indicate that it is more
probably a Stygeropis than a Tipula or a Nephrotoma. If the generic reference
is correct the larvae probably belong to either S. parrii or S. parrioides.

In the specimens from Demarcation point, Alaska, the anterior end of the
body is pale and the median dorsal shields are continuous as a practically un-
interrupted dorso-median line, only slightly constricted toward the posterior
end of each segment; the lateral dorsal stripes are very dark. However, the
structure of the spiracular disk and the chaetotaxy are entirely the same and I feel
sure that all the material pertains to the same species.

In the vial containing the two larvae from Bernard harbour, described above,
there was an additional Tipuline larva that is closest to the Tipuline No. 3
described later, but probably represents a still different species. Because this is
the only specimen included in the material it is not further discussed in this
report.

Tipuline No. 2.

Locality: Three larvae, taken at Demarcation point, Alaska, May, 1914.
No. 4 (F. Johansen); melted ponds in the tundra.

Length, 20-23 mm.; dextro-sinistral width, 3-3-3-6 mm.; dorso-ventral
depth, 2-2-2 mm.

Body moderately elongated, form strongly depressed; thoracic and first
abdominal segments with the margins regular; abdominal segments 3 to 8 with
a prominent false constriction or pseudo-suture at about two-thirds the length
of the segment, the edges of the segments produced laterad to give a serrate
appearance to the margins of the abdomen; the anterior ring of each segment
has the serration larger than that of the posterior ring so that these alternate;
penultimate segment of the abdomen with the caudal angles produced strongly
caudad into long, slender lobes.

22 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Chaetotaxy: Tergites (PL V, fig. 62) with setae on the posterior ring only,
these bristles short and weak, the marginal group lying in or close to the dark
lateral stripe, the outer one far removed from the inner pair. Bristles of the
disk single, one on either side of the median dorsal stripe. Lateral bristles with
two on the posterior ring, one on the anterior ring. Sternites (PI. V, fig. 63)
with no bristles on the anterior ring; posterior ring with two bristles on either
side of the median line and at about mid-length of the ring, the distal bristle
longest. Nearer the posterior margin and lying farther distad, three setae
almost in a line, rather closely approximated but each one in its own distinct
puncture, the proximal two longest, the distal one small and weak.

Colouration: A beautiful larva (PL IV, fig. 47), light yellow in colour,
the thorax and lateral margins of the abdomen dusky. Three interrupted
dark-brown stripes on the dorsum, on the individual segments shaped as follows:
on the anterior ring the median mark is rectangular, in front not attaining the
segment preceding, connected at its caudal end with the lateral stripes which
are dotted with yellow, on the proximal edge clear-cut, laterally passing into
the dusky of the margins of the abdomen; posterior ring of each segment with
three marks more irregular and diffuse. Sternites dull yellowish with an indis-
tinct irregular dusky square on the anterior ring, this dusky area with an arcuated
line of four oval spots across the anterior third and two larger yellow blotches on
the posterior two-thirds, one on either side of the median line; on the posterior
ring of each segment the dusky marks are irregular, shaped somewhat like an
hour-glass.

Spiracular disk (PL IV, fig. 48) small, surrounded by six small lobes; dorsal
lobes very small but slender, slightly divergent; lateral and ventral lobes long
and slender, in some the lateral lobes notably shorter than the ventral pair;
inner faces of the lobes unmarked with darker. Ventral lobes with a few long,
sensory bristles at the apex; a single long bristle on the ventral face at about
mid-length; lateral lobes with a similar group of bristles near the tip and a
longer one on the outer face near the apex. Spiracles small, widely separated.
Gills six in number, small, slender, inconspicuous, the caudal pair longest, the
•cephalic pair with a short lobule on the basal inner side so it appears there are
six gills of which four are long, two short.

I have no idea to which species this Handsome larva belongs. This species
and the last are amongst the most beautifully patterned larvae that I have ever
seen. The present species exhibits an unusual degree of depression for this
tribe of Tipulidae and in some respects gives strong indications of how the even
more accentuated conditions in the Cylindrotominse may have been brought
about. It seems probable that this larva belongs to the genus Tipula rather
than to any of the related genera.

Tipuline No. 3.

Locality: Tundra at Nome, Alaska, August, 1916 (F. Johansen). Three
larvae, two large and one smaller specimen.

Two additional badly shrunken larvae bearing the following label: "Tipula
larvae C, about one-fourth inch below the plant-covering of the tundra behind
the winter house, Collinson point, Alaska, September 20, 1913."

Length, 27-5-30 mm.; diameter, 4-5 mm.

Form plump and robust ; colouration brown, the body clothed with an abun-
dant appressed dark pubescence, the dorsal ring of each segment that bears the
setae darkest in colour; each segment is divided by 4 or 5 pale transverse false
sutures so the abdomen appears multisegmented. The true limits of each seg-
ment are readily determined by the caudal row of setae.

Chaetotaxy: Termites (PL V, fig. 64) with four long, powerful bristles in
alignment, the median pair closer to one another than either is to the lateral
seta; extending proximad from each seta is a narrow, semi-impressed line

Crane-flies

23 c

destitute of pubesence; each of the outer setigerous areas bears two closely
approximated setae. Lateral setae two, one on each primary ring at about mid-
length, the anterior one lying closer to the ventral margin, the posterior one
closer to the dorsal margin. Sternites (PI. V, fig. 65) with four setigerous areas,
the median pair a little anterior to the posterior pair, one on either side of the
median line, each area with two stout bristles. The above pertains to the
abdominal segments. On the dorsum and lateral portions of the anterior ring
of the prothorax at about mid-length there are about ten setigerous areas, the
median pair close together and bearing a single seta, the next pair more
widely separated, each with two short setae; the third pair closer to the
second pair than they are to one another, likewise with two setae, one long
slender bristle and a shorter slender one; lateral setae solitary, long and stout,
two on each side of the prothorax. The meso- and meta-thoraces at about
midlength and almost in alignment have about ten setigerous punctures, the
inner six close together and shortest (the innermost simple, the outer two pairs
double); lateral bristles longer and more widely separated.

Spiracular disk (PI. IV, fig. 49) surrounded by six short lobes, not con-
spicuous. Dorsal lobes short, conical, situated close together on the dorso-
median line, divergent apically, broad at the base, tapering rapidly to the acute
tip. Lateral lobes longest, elongate-conical, tapering to the rather acute apex.
Ventral lobes short, broad, and blunt with a broad blackish blotch on the inner
face, in the smaller specimen occurring as two parallel transverse lines beneath
each spiracle. Gills short, blunt, dark in colour.

This is probably a species of Tipula rather than the related genus, Neph-
rotoma, but the immature stages of the two genera are very similar to one another.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE L

Fig. 1. Wing of Dicranomyia alascaensis, n. sp.

2. Erioptera (Erioptera) angustipennis, n. sp.

" 3. Limnophila (Dactylolabis) rhicnoptiloides, n. sp. \

" 4. Tricyphona brevifurcata, n. sp.

"5. T. frigida, n. sp.

" 6. Nephrotoma arcticola, n. sp.

" 7. Stygeropis parrii (Kirby).

"8. S. parrioides, n. sp.

" 9. Tipula diflava, n. sp. (pattern omitted).

" 10. T. arctica Curtis.

" 11. T.johanseni,n.sp.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

Fig. 12. Antenna of Stygeropis parrii; basal and apical segments.

"13. S. parrioides; the same.

" 14. Nephrotoma arcticola; basal segments.

" 15. Tipula johanseni; the same.

" 16. T. diflava; the same.

" 17. T. arctica; the same.

" 18. T. subpolaris; the same.

" 19. T. besselsoides; the same.

" 20. Hypopygium of Tricyphona frigida; pleurite and appendages, dorsal aspect.

" 21. T. diaphana (Doane); the same.

" 22. Stygeropis parrioides; outer pleural appendage.

" 23. S. parrii; the same.

" 24. S. parrii; inner pleural appendage.

" 25. S. parrioides; the same.

" 26. S. parrii; ninth tergite, dorsal aspect.

" 27. S. parrioides; the same.

24 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

Fig. 28. Hypupygium of \< i>luot<»n<i arcticola; ninth tergite, dorsal aspect.

L".». A . arcticola; outer pleural appendage.

30. Ti/>ida hcwitti; the same.

Ml. T. besselsoides; the same.

3'J. T.johanseni; ninth tergite, dorsal aspect.

:;:;. 7\ 'diflava; the same.

T. dijlai'u; lateral aspect; 9 1. ninth tergite; 9 pi. ninth pleurite;
9 s. ninth sternite.

:;."). Tipula arctica; ninth tergite, dorsal aspect.

Mt>. T. hewitti; the same.

F j;. M7. Hypopygium of T. arctica; inner pleural appendage.

:;s. T. subpolaris; ninth tergite, dorsal aspect.

3i). T7. besselsoides; the same.

40. Ovipositor of 7\ arctica; female sternal valves.

41. Hypopygium of T. subarctica; ninth tergite, dorsal apsect.

42. T. besselsoides; inner pleural appendage.

43. Ovipositor of T. arctica; dorsal aspect.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Fig. 44. Larva of Poecilostola, supposition; spiracular disk.

1."). " Tipula arctica; the same.

46. Stygeropis, supposition; the same.

47. " Tipuline No. 2; dorsal aspect of entire larva.

48. " Tipuline No. 2; spiracular disk.

49. " Tipuline No. 3; the same.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Fig. 50. Pupa of Tipula arctica; male, lateral aspect.

51. T. arctica; female, dorsal aspect.

52. Larva of Tipula arctica* labrum, dorsal aspect.

53. " T arctica; mentum, ventral aspect.

54. " Poecilostola, supp.; outer lobe of maxilla.

55. Poecilostola, ^ supp.; mandible.

56. Tipula arctica; chsetotaxy of third abdominal tergite; dorsal aspect.

57. T. arctica; the same, third abdominal sternite; ventral.

58. Stygeropis, supp.; the same, third abdominal tergite; dorsal.
5(.). Stygeropis, supp.; the same, third abdominal sternite; ventral.
00. Tipuline No. 1; the same, third tergite; dorsal.

61. Tipuline No. 1; the same, third sternite; ventral.

62. Tipuline No. 2; the same, third tergite; dorsal.
<»:>- Tipuline No. 2; the same, third sternite; ventral.
64. Tipuline No. 3; the same, third tergite; dorsal.
»'»5. ' Tipuline No. 3; the same, third sternite; ventral.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.
Figs. 1, 2. Female of Tipula arctica Curtis (Photos, by Geo. H. Wilkins)

Crane-flies

25 c

PLATE I.

Crane-flies of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-16.

26 c

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

PLATE II.

( V:m<-flicsof the ( '.•iniuli.-ui Arctic Expedition, 1913-16.

Crane-flies

27 c

I'l.V.i. III.

41

Crane-flies of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-16.

28 c

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

PLATE IV.

47 >

(Yam-flics of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-16.

4.9

Crane-flies

29 c

PLAT i \

Crane-flies of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-16.

30 c

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

PLATE VI.

Tipula arctica Curtis. (Photograph by G. H. Wilkins).

The Mosquitoes collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition,

1913-18.

(Diptera, Culicidae.)
By HARRISON G. DYAR.

INTRODUCTION.

Many stories are current about the extraordinary abundance of mosquitoes
in the Arctic regions, rivalling the tropics in this respect. That these stoi it-
are not overdrawn, is shown by the accompanying photographs, taken in the
deltas of the Colville and Slave rivers by Dr. R. M. Anderson of the Canadian
Arctic Expedition. Nevertheless, the number of species present is small in the
northern regions, though individuals may be abundant. Along the Arctic coast
of the Northwest Territories, here considered, but two species are identified,
whereas a collection of an equal number of specimens in the tropics might
include thirty or forty species.

Head net, as used in the North for pro-
tection against mosquitoes. Delta
of Slave River, Great Slave lake,
N.W.T., June, 1908.

Mosquitoes on back of man's hooded coat.

Near Nigalik, delta of Colville river.

Arctic coast of Alaska. July 3,

1909.

The collection before me was made during the years 1913, 1914, 1915, and
1916; but it is disappointingly a small one (134 specimens), and the material is
in very poor condition. The region, however> is interesting, embracing the
Arctic coast of Alaska and the Canadian Northwest Territories.

32 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Aedes (Ochlerotatus) nearcticus, n. sp.

.FEMALE. — Proboscis long; palpi one-fifth the length of proboscis; setae
long and abundant on head, thorax, coxae, femora, and abdomen, black, becoming
whitish in old specimens. Mesonotum with coarse, narrow, curved, dark
bronzy brown scales. Abdomen with broad basal segmental dull whitish bands;
venter wholly grey-scaled. Integument entirely black. Wing-scales black,
some white ones along the costa, subcostal, and first veins, rather numerous
toward base.

MALE. — Similar to the female, with the usual sexual differences. Palpi
about as long as the proboscis, the last joint slightly thickened; end of long
joint and last two joints hairy. Antennae weakly plumose. The genitalia have
the side pieces conical, about three times as long as wide; apical lobe small,
conical, nearly bare; basal lobe conical, with long setae on its lower side, shorter
ones without, the margin sometimes seen as a crenulate tuberculous line running
upward obliquely from the lobe. Harpes narrow, chitinized on the margins,
the tips pointed in a blunt tooth. Harpagones with curved columnar stems,
thickened at the basal half, hirsute, with two setae at the base, the outer part
smooth; filament sickle-shaped, widened smoothly at base, the wide part
tapering to the middle of the filament. Unci forming a pair of hooks simila. to
the harpes, but smaller. Basal appendages very small, with stiff spines.

Types and Locality: Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 9, 1915
(Frits Johansen), Canadian Arctic Expedition, No. 1395; c?, with the same
data, No. 1391. According to the notes of the collector, these were bred from
pupae found in a pond (Rearing 59 A). Larvae were collected June 18, 1915,
and adults emerged July 14-23. (Rearing 59).

Also eighty-four specimens from the same. locality, bred June 21-July 1,
1916 (Rearings 109, 121), and caught, the latter all 99. Apparently the same
species from the following localities 1899, West of Bernard harbour, Dolphin
and Union strait, Northwest Territories, July 14, 1916 (F.J.); one 9, Young
point, Northwest Territories, July 18, 1916 (F.J.); 399, Herschel island, Yukon
Territory, July 29, 1916 (F.J.); 699, cape Bathurst, Northwest Territories,
-July 26, 1916 (F.J.); 19 99, Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, July 4, 1914
(F.J.); 1 9, Cockburn point, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories,
September 5, 1914 (F.J.). Also bred July 22, 1914, from larvae collected at
Collinson Point, Alaska, June 23, 1914, (Rearing 21).

The species is allied to A. innuitus Dyar and Knab, of Greenland; but the
male genitalia differ in the shape of the harpes and the filaments of the harpa-
gones. Also allied to nigripes Zetterstedt from Lapland, for a discussion of
which see Dyar and Knab, Ins. Ins. Mens., v, 167, 1917.

LARVA. — Head rounded, wider than long; antennae small, uniform, with
sparse spirules. 1 he tuft situated near the middle, composed of three short hairs.
Head hairs single, at least the lower pair are so, the upper pair are broken in all
the specimens; ante-antennal tuft in fours. Body with the skin glabrous;
trachea1 thick and uniform, narrowing only in, the end of the airtube, where
there is a short closing apparatus. Air-tube short, about two and a half times
as long ;is the basal width, tapering outwardly; pecten of 11 to 16 teeth, usually
about 14. the single tooth finely pointed and with a rounded branch, followed
closely by a three- to four-haired tuft. Lateral comb of the eighth segment of
ten to fourteen scales in a patch, the single scale elongate conical from an oval
base, with long central thorn and few small lateral spinules. Anal segment
with a dorsal plate reaching to about the middle of the side, its edge even but
bulging a little posteriorly; barred area preceded by one or two hair tufts, the
area situated posteriorly; dorsal hairs a long hair and three-haired tuft on each
side.

Locality: Specimens taken from a pond, Bernard harbour, Northwest
Territories June 28, 19 lo (Frits .Johansen), not isolated, but present in dom-
inating numbers, so that they doubtless belong to the abundant species,
nearcticus.

Mosquitoes 33 c

Aedes, n. sp.

(Odder otatus.}

A few larvae collected with Aedes nearcticus Dyar at Bernard harbour.
Northwest Territories, represent an apparently undescribed form, but as there
is no way of associating an adult, a name is not proposed. -

Head hairs single; ante-antennal tuft in two; antennae long, slender, a two-
haired tuft at the middle. Skin glabrous. Lateral comb of the eighth segment
of fifteen scales in a narrow patch; single scale with long terminal thorn. Air
tube about three times as long as wide, tapered on the outer half; pecten reach-
ing beyond the middle, the last three teeth detached; hair tuft in four, situated
within the last tooth. Anal segment ringed by the plate, the brush posteriorly-
directed; anal gills four, tapered, rather short.

Aedes (Ochlerotatus) sp.

A dozen females from Seward peninsula, Alaska, of an Aedes with dark-
brown scales over the mesonotum, the pile apparently less abundant than in
A. nearcticus. No advantage would be gained by attempting to apply a name
to this form, which must await the collection of males, or at least more perfect
specimens.

Locality: Three 9 9, Teller, Alaska, July 29, 1913 (Frits Johansen); nine 99,
Nome, Alaska, August 24-25, 1916 (F.J.), Canadian Arctic Expedition.

Vol. iii— 46963— 3

The Diptera collected by the Canadian Expedition, 1913-1918.

(Excluding the Tipulidse and Culicidse.)

By J. K. MALLOCH.

INTRODUCTION.

This paper deals with the Diptera collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedi-
tion 1913-Ki, and belonging to the following families: Sciaridae, Chironomidae,
Simuliidse, Leptidae, Empididae, Dolichopodidae, Phoridae, Borboridae, Syrphidae,
Oestrida1. Tachinidse, Calliphoridae, Anthomyiidae, Scatophagidae, Helomyzidae,
Piophilida?, Ephydridse, and Chloropidae. The number of species in the paper
is ninety-three, representing fifty-five genera.1

Some of the genera and species included in this list are new to science, but
others are recorded for the first time from Arctic America, having been previously
known from the Arctic regions of the Old World. It is probable that many
of the forms are circumpolar in their distribution, but the difficulties attendant
upon their collection in the latitudes where they occur make it almost impossible
to obtain representative collections from many regions.

( 'ollections of Diptera from the far north present characteristics that
are unmistakable to the eye of one who has previously studied material in other
Arctic collections, since in both the remarkably uniform dull colours and in the
genera comprising such collections they differ very strikingly from those of tem-
perate regions. The predominating body-colour is a deep black, relieved
occasionally with blue-black species such as the flesh-flies, and as a general rule
the flies are hairy or bristly. Most of the forms are scavengers, living on decay-
ing animal or vegetable matter, but a few are parasitic or predaceous. The
phytophagous forms are rare, and from the far north no Trypetidae are recorded,
tin- most northern locality for that family being the Pribilof islands.

The work upon this collection was undertaken with the consent of Dr.
Stephen A. Forbes, Thief of the Division of Natural History Survey of Illinois.

SCIARID^.

The larvae of this family live in decaying vegetable matter, sometimes in
fungi, and occasionally in vegetation that has been attacked by other larvae.

There are three species in this collection, none of which it is possible to
identify specifically on account of their being represented only by females, and
also owing to their defective condition.

Sciara, sp. 1.

This species has a peculiar wing venation which will enable some future
st udent In as-ociate t he specimen with others that may be subsequently obtained.

The first vein ends in the cost a midway between the cross-vein and the
furcation of media, the latter originates about twice the distance of cross-vein
proximad of the latter, runs very close to the upper branch of cubitus to the
tork, the anterior branch then runs abruptly forward (towards costa) at almost
a right angle to lower branch, curves round when about one-third of the distance
to radius and runs to apex of wing, the cell it encloses being narrowed apically.

7'///;r.s. The types of the new species described in this report are deposited in the National
<»f Insects, < )tta\va.

Diptera 35 c

The radial vein is setose. Costa extends almost to apex of upper fork of media.
The posterior branch of media runs nearly straight from fork to wing margin.

Length, 3 mm.

Locality: Teller, Alaska, August 3, 1913 (F. Johansen).

Sciara, sp. 2.

Two females in poor condition. These differ from the preceding spi •»•!«-
in having the first vein ending in costa slightly before furcation of im-dia. tin-
latter originating midway from cross-vein to base of radius, and gradually di •
ing from anterior branch of cubitus, the cell between the anterior branch and
radius, and narrowed basally.

Length, 2-75 mm.

Locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait. Northwest Terri-
tories, August 22, 1915 (F. Johansen).

Sciara, sp. 3.

This species differ from the preceding one in having the first vein ending in
costa a little over midway from cross-vein to fork of media, the latter originating
one-third of the distance from cross-vein to base of wing and the third branch
of radius ending closer to apex of wing, nearly in vertical line with apex of pos-
terior branch of cubitus.

Length, 3 mm.

Locality: Nome, Alaska, August 21, 1916 (F. Johansen). One female.

CHIRONOMID^.

There are a number of specimens, representing several species, in the collec-
tion, but their condition is very bad so that specific identification is not possible
except in a few cases. A number of larvae and pupae in alcohol lend themselves
more readily to description and to generic classification than do the imagines,
but so little is known of the immature stages of the many species occurring in
the Arctic regions that it is impossible to give specific identifications for the
specimens in this collection.

TANYPIN^E.

There are two species of this subfamily in the collection, neither of which is
in very good condition. They apparently represent distinct genera.

Tanypus Meigen.

There is one species of this genus in the collection, some specimens of which
are in sufficiently good condition to assure their identification.

The larvae of this genus are met with in both swiftly flowing streams and in
standing water, such as lakes and pools, or even in water-barrels or other tem-
porary receptacles.

Tanypus alaskensis, n. sp.

. subopaque. Legs fuscous. Wings slightly greyish; cross-

vein infuscated, but not broadly so. Halteres brown. Plumes of antennae
and hairs of body and legs fuscous.

Palpi long, antepenultimate joint distinctly longer than penultimate, the
latter longer than ultimate. Dorsum of thorax with numerous long hairs in the

Vol. iii— 46963— 3|

36 c < 'lunidian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

slightly sunk lines between the areas usually occupied by vittse in other species,
the same areas slightly grey pruinescent. Fore tarsi without conspicuously
long hairs, basal joint three-fifths as long as fore tibia and twice as long as second
joint; fourth tarsal joint on all legs distinctly longer than fifth. Wings narrow,
cost a extending well round apical curve of wing but falling considerably short of
reaching apex.

Length, (i mm.

Tanypus, sp. 1.

A pupa which may be that of the species described in this paper is very
similar to that of tnonilis Meigen. It differs in having the thoracic respiratory
organs more elongate, about 2-25 as long as thick, paler in colour, and with
a >hort apical rounded projection. All the abdominal segments have a dark
brown line at incisions, both on dorsum and venter; the lateral marginal hairs
are very fine and number one or two on each segment near base, the seventh
segment has three stronger hairs on each side and the eighth has five or six
stronger flattened hairs; caudal fins pointed at apices, with four or five
flattened hail's on basal half of outer margin and a slight protuberance at apex,
giving each fin a sharply pointed appearance.

Length, 7 mm.

Locality: Inland lake at Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait.
Northwest Territories, August 10, 1915 (F. Johansen).

Along with this specimen there is one which evidently belongs to the species
described as Psilotanypus sp. in this paper.

Psilotanypus, sp.?

PUPA. — Testaceous, with the thoracic markings of the enclosed imago
showing through.

Head without tubercles between bases of antennae. Thorax smooth,
the respiratory organs like those of Procladius concinnus Loew, but com-
paratively broader (PI. VII, figs. 10 and 11). Lateral margins of abdominal
segments with narrow flat hairs, each side of eighth segment with 5-6 hairs
which are regularly spaced; apical processes very similar to those of Protenthes
bellux Loew, but broader and less rounded at apices (PL VII, fig. 5).

Length: 7-8 mm.

IMAGO. — Head yellowish testaceous, scape of antenna? fuscous, antennal
plumes largely fuscous. Thorax testaceous; dorsum with a centrally divided
median, and 2 broad, anteriorly interrupted lateral vittae; scutellum black
on base above: si ernopleura entirely fuscous; mesopleura and metapleura
including post not urn largely fuscous. Abdomen with each dorsal segment
with a fuscous spot on each side posteriorly, the spots becoming progress! vely
larger to apex of abdomen; segments 6, 7 and 8 each with a narrow fuscous
band across base. Legs testaceous, the knees narrowly fuscous. Wings
apparently with a dark area surrounding the cross-veins.

Fore tarsi similar 1o those of occidentalis, from middle of basal joint
to apex of fourth with rather long hairs; mid and hind tibias and tarsi with
moderately long hairs; fourth tarsal joint on all legs longer than fifth. Venation
very difficult to make out, but the cross-vein like branch of radius between the
first and third branches is not distinguishable, and the cubitus forks about
midway from cross-vein to margin of wing; in occidentalis, the petiole of
cubitus is very short.

Length. "•") mm.

Locality: From pond at Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait.
Northwest Territories, July :>>, 1916 (F. Johansen).

Diptera 37 c

CHIRONOMIN^:.

There are representatives of several genera of this subfamily in the collection,
some of ttiem represented by larval and pupal stages and some by imagines.

Diamesa Meigen.

This genus is represented in the collection by one species which <!<><•<
not agree in structure with any species known to me.

The larvae of Diamesa species are generally found in fast running water
and normally on rock surfaces. I have seen females that were collected while
in the act of ovipositing in water caused by the melting of snow on mountain-
in Montana.

Diamesa arctica, n. sp.

FEMALE. — Black, subopaque. Wings subfuscous, veins thick and dark,
cross-vein infuscated. Halteres brown.

Eyes very widely separated, width of frons equal to one-half the width
of head; antennae with 8 joints, the apical one four times as long aspreapical,
surface hairs long and rather numerous. Pronotum with a deep, moderately
wide central, wedge-shaped incision; dorsum of mesonotum and scutellum
with rather long fuscous hairs. Abdomen stout, with shaggy fuscous hairs.
Legs stouter than in Waltlii Meigen, and with much more conspicuous hairs;
fore tarsi with the basal joint very little more than one-half as long as fore
tibia; fourth tarsal joint on all legs sub-equal to or very little shorter than fifth;
mid tarsi with a series of minute erect setulae on ventral surface of at least
the basal two joints. Venation similar to that of Waltlii.

Length, 4-5 mm.

Type locality: Colville mountains, Wollaston peninsula, Victoria island,
July 22, 1915 (D. Jenness). Paratype, lake Angmaloktok, Colville mountains,
Wollaston peninsula, Victoria Island, July 29, 1915 (D. Jenness).

Chironomus.

There are larvae and pupae of one species and one imago of possibly another
species of this genus in collection.

Chironomus, sp. 1.

A male in rather poor condition resembles closely several species I have
described from Pribilof islands. It is entirely black and has the fore tarsi
long-haired, characters common to nearly all males of this genus I have seen
from the far north. Structurally the specimen agrees very well with one
I have described as conformis in a paper now in press, but more specimens
are necessary to ensure an authentic identification.

Length, 7-5 mm.

Locality: Barter island, Arctic coast of Alaska, July 2, 1914 (D. Jenness),-

Chironomus, sp. 2.

LARVA. — Bright red in life. Labium very similar to that of tentans
Fabricius. but the median tooth is regularly rounded and the small submedian
one larger than in that species: the mandible has three teeth in addition to the
large apical one. The ventral and respiratory filaments are absent, the dorsal
papillae are small, each with eight long hairs, and the four apical respiratory
protuberances between the caudal pseudopods are about three times as long as
thick.

Length, 17-19 mm.

38 c Cnnndinn Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Pri'A. Similar to that of tcntan*. The second abdominal segment has a
transverse line of minute chit ini/ed spinules on posterior margin, and almost
tlio entire dorsal surface covered with small brown scale-like eleva-
tions. which are most conspicuous posteriorly; a rather long hair is present
on each side of median line posteriorly, and the elevations are absent round the
«.f those as well as on a number of small round areas on anterior half of disc;
segments 3 to "> without transverse line posteriorly, but in otlier respects as
second, though the elevations, or scales, become progressively weaker to fifth
segment and are present only near posterior margin on sixth and seventh as two
small brown patches; eighth segment with each postero-lateral angle armed
with a chitinized process similar to that of decorus Johannsen.

Length, 11 mm.

Locality: Pool at Collinson point, Alaska, June 22, 1914 (F. Johansen).

Chironomus, sp. 3.

LAKVA. This species differs from the previous one only in being smaller,
1 1 mm., and in having a dark brownish vitta on dorsum of head, and the sub-
median labial tooth attached to median one so that it appears more like a pro-
tuberance from the side of the latter than a distinct tooth.

Locality: Brackish pond, Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait,
Northwest Territories, August 4, 1915 (F. Johansen).

Tany tarsus Van der Wulp.

There are several imagines and some larvae of this genus in the collection.

Tany tarsus, sp. 1.

Five males in poor condition resemble in most particulars
Malloch. The thorax is black, abdomen fuscous, though probably greenish in
life, and legs pale fulvous. The fore tarsi have no long hairs and the basal joint
i> about 1 -.") as long as second. The wings are not in good enough condition to
give an accurate idea of the venation.

Length, :i •-"> mm.

Locality: 'Feller. Alaska, August 3, 1913 (F. Johansen).

Tany tarsus, sp. 2.

One male without fore tarsi. Larger than foregoing. Entirely black,
including the legs, halteres. and antenna,! plumes. Wings with very short
surface hairs: radius extending to beginning of apical curve of wing; cross-vein
slightly before middle.

Length. 1 -.") mm.

Locality: Lake Angmaloktok, Colville mountains. AYollaslon peninsula,
Victoria island, July 22. 1(,>L"> (I). Jenness).

Tany tarsus, sp. 3.

L.\ RVA. ( )range in life; alcoholic specimens, greenish yellow, head brown.

Base of antenna* pedunculate; basal antennal joint about five times as long
as thick, second joint about one-fourth as long as basal, third and fourth joints
pale, their combined lengths not equal to length of second and distinctly less than
that of the long pair of filaments at apex of second joint, the filament at apex of
basal joint not longer than second joint ; mandibles stout, with a. rather strong,
and not very sharp apical tooth, 'and three small teeth along inner margin;

Diptera 39 c

labium with nine distinct teeth, all of which are rounded at apices, the central
one much broader than the first lateral and slightly shorter; surface of the head
with the usual hairs. Dorsum of each thoracic segment with four to ail 1mm
hairs; thoracic pseudopods stout, armed at apices with weak, pale hair-. I >
apical papillae very slightly elevated, each armed with six dark brown h
four short, stout, respiratory protuberances caudad of dorsal papilla- and bet wem
anal pseudopods, the latter stout and short, the apical armature consist!]
rather stout pale thorns.

Length, 8-9 mm.

Locality: Brackish pond at Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Cuion -trait,
Northwest Territories, June 6, 1916 (F. Johansen).

Along with this species is one of Orthocladius sp. 2. There arc no well-
defined larval cases in the vial with the larvae, and only one rude cylindrical
" runway " similar to those of Chironomus species.

Tanytarsus, sp. 4.

This species is much smaller than the preceding, being about 5-0 mm. in
length, and forms a cylindrical case which is very little longer than the larva and
is entirely covered with fine particles of sand. There are no filament-like pro-
tuberances on the cases before me such as are on cases of some members of this
genus found in streams in the more temperate portions of this continent.

Structurally the larva resembles the preceding species, but the labium is not
so straight on its anterior outline laterally, being more like that of Orthocliulin*
nivoriundus Fitch, the central portion being almost transverse, with broad,
poorly defined teeth, and the lateral portions sloping backward, with sharp teeth.
The antennae are almost as in the preceding species.

Locality : Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories,
from bottom of big lake (20 feet), middle of February, 1916 (F. Johansen).
Another vial with date December, 1915, station 42y, contains a large number of
these larvae.

Camptocladius Van der Wulp.

Four specimens in the collection appear to belong to this genus. They are
all males, but their condition is too poor to enable me to make certain of even
their generic status. They, however, have the habitus of Camptocladius and
probably belong here.

Length, 2-5 mm.

Locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories,
June 18, 1915 (F. Johansen).

Orthocladius Van der Wulp.

This genus is well represented in northern latitudes; the species occur in the
United States very early in the year, March and April being the months in which
they are most abundant.

There is one imago of a species in this collection and the larvae of one, which
may or may not be the same species.

Orthocladius, sp. 1.

A male in poor condition closely resembles nivoriundus Fitch, but the fore
tarsi have much longer hairs, the basal fore tarsal joint is slightly less than three-
fifths as long as fore tibia, the wings are milky, and the cross-vein is oblique.

Length, 6 mm.

Locality: Collinson point, Alaska, June 22-23, 1914 (F. Johansen).

40 c < 'tinadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

This may he the species recorded as pubitarsis Zetterstedt, from Greenland,
by Lvindheck, but so many of the northern species of Orthocladius and Chirono-
•;;///x have the same habitus and general characters of colour and hairing of the
fore tarsi that it is not possible to say definitely whether Zetterstedt's species
occurs there or not without a careful comparison of a series of specimens of species
from Europe and Greenland.

Orthocladius, sp. 2.

A species represented by a number of specimens to which I have given
this name may not belong to Orthocladius in the restricted sense, but is related
to that genus.

The colour of the larva in life is greenish or yellowish. In general form
the body resembles that of Campocladius, tapering to the apex and being without
dorsal papillae and permanently protruded blood-gills. The head is small,
tapered anteriorly, about as long as its greatest width, with very minute, un-
protruded antennae, and well developed, distinctly toothed mandibles. The
labial plate is armed with about eight rounded teeth, the anterior four being
in an almost transverse line. Thoracic pseudopods very small, armed with a
fewr black hairs at apices. Anal pseudopods at extreme apex of last segment,
even smaller than the thoracic pair, armed with a few black hairs and some
curved thorns at apex. Body without surface hairs.

Length, 3-5-4-5 mm.

Locality: Demarcation point, Alaska, May 16, 1914, in mud of freshwater
ponds (F. Johansen).

Genus incertus.

A larva and pupa from the stomach of the Great Lake-trout (Cristivomer
namaycush) belong to a genus unknown to me. It is my opinion that the genus
belongs to Tanypinse, but so little is known of the immature stages of the aberrant
genera of Chironominse that I cannot be absolutely certain of the relationship
of the rather imperfect specimens before me.

LARVA. Testaceous; posterior margin of head, apices of mandibles, and
lateral portions of labium dark brown.

Mead with sparse, long, erect pale hairs; antennae either retracted or missing:
mandibles very long, apex terminating in a long, slender, sharp tooth, inner
margin with three widely spaced, short, truncated teeth; maxillary palpus
short, not over 1-5 as long as thick; labium without distinct teeth, minutely
irregularly serrated anteriorly, its anterior outline produced anteriorly in centre;
hypopharynx with eight to ten small teeth on each side above lateral dark
areas of labium; ventral surface of head with a narrow pale central stripe, bor-
dered on each side with blackish brown. Anterior pseudopods short and stout,
armed apically with many stiff hairs; body without noticeable hairs; anal
pH'iidopoiLs stout, with apical retractile claws; dorsal papillae about three times
as long as thick, each with about six apical hairs; two apical respiratory pro-
tuberances at base of pseudopods dorsally, their length about three times their
width, apices sharp.

Length, 15 mm.

IVi-A. Testaceous. Head missing. Prothoracic respiratory organs not
elevated (possibly missing); wings extending to middle of second abdominal
segment ; none of the tarsi exceeding apices of wings, the fore and hind legs with
the tibia- and tarsi straight, 1 he mid pair with the tibiie and tarsi forming a
double curve. Incisions between abdominal segments marked by a dark brown
line on dorsum and venter; each segment except first and last with three long,
slightly flattened hairs on each side; penultimate segment with two large down-
wardly projecting, posteriorly flattened, projections on posterior margin, which
are separated hy a distance about e<|iial to their own width; apical segment

Diptera 41 c

flattened on dprsum, laterally sloping ventrad and mesad, armed along the basal
two-thirds of its lateral margins with slender, slightly flattened hairs, and with
four long, flat hairs on apical third, venter of apical segment with a large bifid
protuberance.

Length, 13 mm.

Locality: Lake at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, June 2G, 1 '.»!.">
(F. Johansen).

In the vial with the specimens is a large sack-shaprd cocoon or pocket
of a very tough consistency which may belong to this species, li i- <>p<-n ;tt
one end and shaped somewhat like the cocoon of Simulium except thai it does
not taper so much at bottom. The surface is coated in part with small \<
of rotten wood.

There are several lots of larvse, pupse, and imagines of this family in tin-
collection. The imagines, with few exceptions, are in very poor condition.

The larva and pupa of one species, obtained at Bernard harbour, very closely
resemble those of Simulium vittatum Zetterstedt, but as is shown in th<
following it is specificially distinct.

The larvse of this family are found only in running water, some spccirs
preferring very swift streams with rocky beds, and particularly those part- of
the streams where there are falls or declivitous rock-surfaces over which tin-
water moves at an accelerated speed. Other species are found in streams wit h
only a moderate current, and since in these streams the bed is generally more
or less muddy and gives an opportunity for a weedy or grassy growth, the
larvse and cocoons are usually found attached to this growth or to roots or
fallen branches of trees in the stream.

The imagines are predaceous, usually feeding upon the blood of mammals,
and are a great pest in certain parts of North America and Europe. As a general
rule the flies do not bite man, but they cause great discomfort by flying precipi-
tately against the face, and by getting into the hair. Their bite is more painful
than that of a mosquito.

There are imaginal representatives of two genera and three species in the
collection.

Prosimulium Roubaud.
The only species of this genus in the collection is apparently undescribed.

Prosimulium borealis, n. sp.

MALE. Black, opaque. Thorax and abdomen with yellowish white hair.
Wings clear. Halteres brown.

Head as in hirtipes Fries, the antennse rather slender, postocular cilia dark
Thorax with long, but not very dense, subdepressed hairs, those on posterior
margin and scutellum longer than those on disc; mesopleura with a few long
hairs near upper margin. Fore tarsus with basal joint slender, not so thick
but 1-5 as long as basal joint of mid tarsus; basal joint of hind tarsus almost
as thick as hind tibia, and nearly four times as long as second, not produce*
at apex; second joint thickest a short distance before apex, three times as long
as its greatest diameter, and twice as long as third. Venation similar to that
of pecuarum Riley, the radial vein with third branch thickened at apex but not
distinctly furcate.

Length, 3 mm.

Type locality: Wollaston peninsula, Victoria island, summer, J

Jenness) .

42 c ('(uuuUnn Arctic Expedition. 1913-18

This species resembles plcnrale Malloch in having the mesopleura hairy
on the supper portion. The third branch of radius in pleurale is very distinctly
furcate, which is not the case in borealis.

A female which is in rather poor condition appears to belong to this species.
In colour it is identical with the male, but it is not possible from the condition
of the specimen to say whether the mesopleural hairs are present or not. The
daws are bifid, as in phiirale, but the third branch of radius is as in the male
of borealis. The basal joint of the hind tarsus is of equal thickness throughout
its length, its apex is not produced on posterior side, and its length equals 2-5
the length of second.

Locality: Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, August 25, 1916 (F.
Johansen).

Simulium Latreille.

Then; are imagines of two species of this genus in the collection. It is not
possible to definitely associate the larval and pupal material in the collection
with the adults as no specimens were reared. It is highly probable that the
pupa* I describe in the following pages belong to species represented in the adult
forms, but there appear to be three distinct species in the former and only two
in the latter. Unless the species which has sixteen-branched respiratory organs
is that of Prosimulium borealis, which does not appear probable from what I
know of the pupaB of that genus, there must be a third species that occurs at
Bernard harbour.

Simulium, sp. 1.

This species closely resembles venustum Say in colour, but is larger than the
average for that species, being nearly 3 mm. in length. The specimen is in such
poor condition that it is impossible to tell whether the scutum is marked or not.
The abdomen has the characteristic colouring of the venustum group, the basal
Four segments being opaque black and the apical five shining black dorsally.
The legs are black, with the fore coxa3, trochanters, bases' of all femora (narrowly ),
basal half of all tibiae, basal two-thirds of hind metatarsus, and basal half of
second joint of hind tarsus pale yellow. Mid tarsi missing. Wings clear.
Ilalteres yellow.

It is impossible to say anything about the structure of the tarsal claws as
the only pair that are left are stuck fast in the mounting medium, and are not
visible to the extent of showing if they are simple or not.

Locality: Hood river, Arctic sound, Northwest Territories, August 28, 1915
( H. M. Anderson).

Simulium similis, n. sp.

LK.MAU;. Similar to arcticum Malloch in general coloration and in structure
of tarsal claws.

Hlack, BUbopaque, covered with whitish pruinescence. Antenna1, palpi,
and proboscis entirely black; front and face with dense whitish pruinescence,
the former very faintly >hining; hairs of face and frons whitish yellow, those on
vertex and upper part of occiput partly brown. Dorsum of thorax, when seen
from the front, with an indistinct, broad, whitish pruinose vitta on each side of
median line, when viewed from behind with the vittse less distinctly whitish
than the area behind each anterior lateral angle; pile of dorsuni all hair-like,
rather short and depressed; no erect (lark hairs distinguishable. Abdomen with
basal four segments opaque; the apical five segments very faintly shining;
surface hairs all yellowish. Lcg.s black, basal two-thirds of fore tibia' dorsally,
ba.-al third of mid and hind tibia-, basal third or basal joint of mid tarsi, basal
two-thirds of basal and basal third of second joint of hind tarsi yellowish. The
tarsal claws are similar to those of nrrtinini Malloch, but besides the differences

Diptera 43 c

in colour evident from the above description there are no long erect dark hairs
on thoracic dorsum as in that species".

Length, 2-3 mm.

Type locality: Hood river, Arctic sound, Northwest Ten-it orie>. Augi,
1915 (R. M. Anderson). Paratypes, Bathurst inlet, Northwest Territories,
September 1, 1915 (R. M. Anderson).

This species is closely related to arcticum Malloch, described fn.m Briti-h
Columbia, but the points mentioned in the description should serve t.. -«• JIM m ti-
the species. ^

Simulium, sp. 2.

PUPA. — This species is similar to johannseni Hart in having the thoracic
respiratory organs each four-branched (PI. VI, fig. 4). There is also a Kuro-
pean species with this characteristic. From johannseni the present
differs in the armature of the abdomen. The third and fourth dorsal
each have eight stout anteriorly directed thorns near the posterior margin, in a
transverse series, four on each side, the space between each series of four about
three times as wide as the space between the thorns of each series; dorsal seg-
ments five to eight inclusive, each with a transverse series of weak, back wan 11 v
directed spines near anterior margin, the series of fifth segment much shorter
than that on sixth, those on other segments becoming progressively longer and
stronger as they near apex; apical segment with two short spines; fourth, fifth,
and sixth ventral segments each with two short spines on each side.

Length, 3 mm.

Locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Terri-
tories, August 16, 1915, in bed of river (F. Johansen).

Simulium, sp. 3.

PUPA. — Differs from the foregoing in having the thoracic respiratory organs
each with twelve or thirteen branches (PL VI, fig. 13) and the armature of the
abdomen as follows. Third and fourth dorsal segments each with eight very
small recurved thorns arranged as in the previous species, fifth segment with
the anterior transverse armature almost imperceptible, that on sixth, seventh,
and eighth consisting of a series of very small, closely placed spinules that
extends entirely across the surface from siole to side; apical segment with two
very conspicuous upwardly curved thorn-like processes, fifth ventral segment
with a pair of small thorns on each side near posterior margin, sixth and seventh
each with one such thorn similarly located.

Length, 3-5 mm.

•Locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and' Union strait, Northwest Terri-
tories, July 10, 1916 (F. Johansen).

Simulium, sp. 4.

PUPA. — Differs from the previous species in having sixteen-branched
thoracic respiratory organs (PL VI, fig. 12). The abdominal armature is as
follows: second dorsal segment with eight minute spines on each side — three in
a submedian transverse group, three in a sublateral similarly disposed group,
and two midway between these groups ; third and fourth segments each with
the same number of spines as second, but they are stronger, more appreciably
recurved apically, and the submedian and intermediate series are not so distinctly
separated and appear as a single rather irregular series of five thorns; fifth and
sixth segments without well-developed spinules anteriorly; seventh and eighth
each with a complete series of spinules near anterior margin; apical segment
wiih two to three small spines on each side; third ventral segment with two
thorns on each side, fourth with three, fifth with two, and sixth with one.

44 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Length, 4 -5 nun.

Locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Terri-
tories, August 16, 1915, in bed of river; same locality, July 10, 1916 (F. Johan-

>rll I.

With this last lot there a number of larva of which I dissected the heads
of two. In most respects these larvae resemble the larva of johannseni Hart,
but the anal respiratory gills are withdrawn in all the examples so that it is
not possible to say what they are like structurally.

I have drawn some of the cephalic parts as a better index to their structure
than a written description. One striking feature in the species is the very
conspicuously darkened third antenna! joint. In most species the antennae
are uniformly coloured. Structurally the larva is a true Simulium and very
likely that of the last described pupa; both probably belong to borealis sp. n.
For details of mandibles, labium, antennae, and maxilla, see PL VII, figs. 7,
3, 2, and 1. respectively.

In all specimens of the pupae of this species there are either fifteen or sixteen
thoracic respiratory branches, usually with two or three much shorter than the
others, and the arrangement differs noticeably from that in vittatum which
always has the branches paired to near base and very regular in arrangement
and length.

There is one specimen of a species of Ptiolina in the collection. I have
already described this species in a paper on the Diptera of Pribilof islands which
• \v in press.

Ptiolina arctica Malloch.

( hie male, Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories,
.July 18, 19, 1915 (F. Johansen).

EMPIDID^.

This family is usually well represented in collections from northern latitudes
and in the material before me there are over twenty specimens representing

pecies of the genus Rhamphomyia.

The larvae of the species which I have found in Illinois are predaceous, and
live in earth and decaying wood or leaves. Some species are aquatic in the
larval and pupal stages. The imagines of, the genera Empis, Rhamphyomyia,
and II Hard are met with in swarms similar to those of Chironomidae and Culicidae,
performing a rhythmical aerial up and down flight generally in the lee of a bush
or tree, l.ut some -pecies, especially of Hilara, fly over water, notably close to
the surface of pools in streams. The imagines of most species are predaceous,
and in some cases the males capture the prey, fly past a swarm of females with
it. inducing fVmales to pursue them, and in the process of transference of the
prey to the female copulation takes place.

Rhamphomyia Meigen.

This, the only genus of the family in the present collection, is represented
\ species and twenty-two specimens. 1 have experienced so much trouble
in alt emjttiiig to identify species of this genus through the lack of synopses
in the papers I have used that I have drawn up a key to those dealt with in
this paper in the hope that subsequent students may find it useful in identifying
collections from this region. With one exception I have failed to associate
the specie- before me with any previously described, and even in the case of the

Diptera 45 c

one I have identified I have a slight doubt as to the correctness of my identifi-
cation because I have not the male before me, and it was from that sex that
the species was originally described.

KEY TO SPECII;>.

MAI .1

1. Halteres black or black-brown L,

Halteres yellow

2. Femora very distinctly thickened; eyes separated by width acr rior ocelli: »ixth

vein extending to margin of wing; hairs on thorax ;ui<l abdomen thiVk

arinacundes. \.

femora not appreciably thickened, little stouter than iilii:i-; eyei contiguous or sub-
contiguous: sixth vein not extending to wing margin; hairs on thorax and abdomen fin.- :;

3. Hind tarsi with the basal joint thicker than tibia? at apices, and very nun-h tln.-k.-r ilian

basal joint of fore and mid tarsi; all tibiae and basal two joints of all tarn with

rather dense, long, fine hairs dorsally urrina n -n

Tarsi not as above, legs without long dense hairs on tibiae and basal two joints of al!

several of the hairs on basal joint of tarsi on all legs conspicuously stron»rr i|rin
the others, bristle-like rimSala. n'. sp

4. Hairs of thorax and abdomen yellowish albopilom Coquillct t

Hairs on thorax and abdomen black conservati/n n -.p

FEMALES.

1. Halteres black

Halteres yellow "j

2. Mid and hind femora with a series of squamulae along the postero-ventral margins; I.

joint of hind tarsi at least as thick as apices of tibiae; sixth vein extending to margin

of wing. herschclli, n. ftp,

Jbemora devoid of squamulse, at most with hairs or bristles; sixth vein not extending to
margin of wing 3

3. Tibiae and tarsi with dense short hairs of uniform strength, which nowhere exceed in

length the diameter of the part upon which they are situated ursina, n. sp.

Tibiae and tarsi with sparse, stout bristles, many of which exceed in length the diameter

of tibiae or tarsi, those on dorsum of basal joint of tarsi very unequal in length

similata, n. sp.

4. Ventral plate between bases of fore coxae with long pale hairs; hairs on thorax and abdo-

men yellowish albojrilosa Coquillett?

Ventral plate between bases of fore coxae bare; hairs on thorax and abdomen black

conservatives, n. sp.

Rhamphomyia erinacioides, n. sp.

MALE. Black, subopaque. Wings slightly brownish, veins dark brown.
Halteres black-brown. Hairs on entire insect fuscous.

Eyes separated by as great a width as distance across posterior ocelli;
antennae with basal two joints subequal in length, third joint broad at base,
tapered from near base to apex, its entire length slightly more than twic^ its
greatest width and 1 -5 as great as first and second combined; apical style thick,
one-third as long as third joint; proboscis slender, tapered to apex, its entire
length equal to 1-5 the height of head; palpi short; occiput with long, rather
thick hairs. Dorsum of mesonotum covered with long, rather dense, upright,
thick hairs; ventral prothoracic plate between fore coxae bare, the portions of
thorax immediately above base's of fore coxae with long hairs; hairs in front of
halteres numerous; scutellum with a closely set fringe of upright hairs along
posterior margin (24-30). Abdomen with dense erect stout hairs on entire
surface except on the hypopygium; hypopygium large, upper processes long,
directed cephalad over dorsum, as shown in PL VII, fig. 6, the filament not visil.h-
except near base. Femora very noticeably thickened, tibiae and tarsi more slen-
der than usual; all femora with rather dense hairs, which are not so thick as
those on abdomen, hind pair with the ventral surfaces devoid of long hairs except
on basal third, beyond that with dense microscopic pile; all tibiae with short
hairs on dorsal surfaces and dense erect microscopic pile on ventral surfaces;

46 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

tarsi not noticeably bristly; claws very long and much curved. Discal cell
dosed, normal in size, vein closing lower portion of apex much curved; sixth
vein faint, but traceable to margin.

Length. ~> mm.

Type locality: AYest of Kongenevik, Camden Bay, Alaska, July 4, 1914
(F. Johansen) Paratypc, Barter island, Arctic coast of Alaska, July 11, 1914
( D. Jenn>

Rhamphomyia ursina, n. sp.

MALE. — Black, slightly shining. Wings slightly brownish, veins black-
brown. Halteres brown, knobs black. Hairs on entire insect fuscous.

Eyes contiguous; third antennal joint longer and narrower than in the
preceding species; proboscis slender, slightly longer than height of head; palpi
small; occiput with numerous slender hairs. Hairs on dorsum of mesonotum
very fine, erect, and moderately dense; pleura and prothorax as in preceding
species; scutellum with marginal fringe of long hairs (12-16). Abdominal hairs
fine and short, moderately dense; hypopygium in type badly crushed, but in
general structure similar to that of preceding species, differing essentially in
having the two stout anteriorly directed processes covered with soft short hairs.
Femora slender, barely stouter than tibiae, fore and mid pairs with moderately
long hairs, hind pair almost bare; all tibiae and the basal two joints of all tarsi
with dense, long, fine hairs dorsally; basal joint of fore tarsi slender, thinner than
tibia and as long as joints two and three combined ; basal joint of mid tarsi thicker
and distinctly shorter than that of fore tarsi; basal joint of hind tarsi twice as
thick as mid pair, and distinctly thicker near apex than hind tibiae at apices.
Discal cell normal, the vein closing it on lower portion at apex nearly straight;
sixth vein not extending to margin.

Length, 4 mm.

Type locality: On sandy beach Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union
strait, Northwest Territories, July 19, 1915 (F. Johansen).

There are two females in the collection which probably belong to this species.
( )ne of them is in fair condition and is described herewith.

Identical in colour with the male.

Eyes separated by a space greater than distance across posterior ocelli;
antennae similar in structure to those of male of erinacioides. Thorax less densely
hairy than in male, the scutellum with about eighteen to twenty bristly hairs.
Abdomen pointed apically. Legs slender, tarsi not so much thickened as in the
male, the basal joint of the hind pair equal to hind tibia in thickness; hairs on
tiort, the longest ones not as long as diameter of tibia; no outstanding bristles
on basal joints or tarsi. Venation as in male.

Localities: Sandy beach, Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait,
Northwest Territories, July 19, 1915; Bernard harbour, July, 1916 (F. Johansen).

Rhamphomyia similata, n. sp.

MALI-:. Similar to the preceding species in colour.

Eyes closely contiguous for a considerable distance below ocelli; third
antennal joint about four times as long as its basal width ; style short, about equal
in length to greatest width of third joint ; proboscis nearly t wice as long as height
of head; occiput with long ; slender hairs. Dorsum of pronotum wit h dense, long,
erect, slender hairs; pleura and prothorax as in preceding species; scutellum with
ten to twelve long hairs on margin. Abdomen with raiher sparse hairs, which are
longer and more numerous on posterior margins of segments; hypopygium similar
to that, of 7//-.S//W. Legs rather stout; all femora, with short sparse hairs, those
on apical half on antero-vent ral surface of hind pair more dense and setulose;
basal joint of hind tarsi thicker than that of other pairs; all tibiae with numerous

Diptera 47 c

long hairs dorsally, which exceed in length the diameter of tibige, those on tin-
anterior sides less numerous and bristle-like; basal joint of all tarsi with two or
more of the hairs on dorsum conspicuously stronger than the others, ventral
surfaces with numerous erect setulse among the hairs. Venation similar m
that of ursina.

FEMALE. — Agrees in colour with the male.

Eyes separated by about twice the distance across posterior ocelli; antenna-
as in the male. Thorax less conspicuously hairy than in male, the dorsum slightly
brown pruinescent, centrally indistinctly bivitate, between the vittae with twn-
rowed acrostichals; scutellum with eight slender bristles. Alxlomcn pointed
apically, the ovipositor very slender. Legs similar to those of male, except that
the basal joint of hind tarsus is not as thick as tibia, and that the hairs arc li->>
numerous and more bristly, noticeably so on mid and hind tibia3 and tarsi.
Venation as in male, the wings darker.

Length, 4-5 mm.

Type locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest
Territories, July 18, 1915 (F. Johansen).

A male in the collection lacking abdomen differs slightly from the type, and
may belong to a different species.

Locality : Cockburn point, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories,
Canadian Arctic coast, September 5, 1914 (F. Johansen).

Rhamphomyia herschelli, n. sp.

FEMALE. — Black, shining. Wings slightly and evenly browned. Halteres
black. Hairs throughout fuscous.

Eyes separated by distinctly more than twice the width across posterior
ocelli; third antennal joint three times as long as its basal width; style one-
third as long as third antennal joint; proboscis 1-5 as long as height of head;
occiput with numerous hairs. Hairs on dorsum of mesonotum short, confined to
anterior half of disc, acrostichals two-rowed; scutellum with about ten bristles.
Abdomen pointed apically; ovipositor very slender. Legs rather stout, basal
joint of fore and mid tarsi each as thick as tibiae at apices; basal joint
of hind tarsus thicker than hind tibia at apex; mid and hind femora with a
series of squamulae along the postero-ventral margin; tibial bristles very weak
and sparse, none nearly equalling diameter of tibiae. Vein closing lower portion
of apex of discal cell very much curved; sixth vein extending to wing margin.

Length, 5-6 mm.

Type locality: Herschel island, Yukon Territory, July 29, 1916 (F. Johansen)
Two specimens.

This may be the female of erinaciodes, but it does not agree with the male in
such characters as the very slender tibiae and tarsi as, from previous experience,
I should judge it ought to do if it were the male of that species.

Rhamphomyia albopilosa Coquillett.

Rhamphomyia albopilosa Coquillett. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., vol. 2, 1900, p. 418.

What I take to be this species is represented in the collection by two females.
As the species was originally described from two males, taken at Berg bay, Alaska,
the female is described herewith.

FEMALE. — Black, slightly shining, distinctly grey pruinescent, especially on
pleura and abdomen. Wings slightly and uniformly brownish, veins dark brown.
Halteres pale yellow. Hairs on thorax, abdomen, and coxae and femora pale
yellow, scutellar bristles, most of the hairs on occiput, and all of those on palpi
and antennae black; tibial and tarsal bristles and hairs black.

48 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Eyes widely separated; third antennal joint conical, about 2-5 times as long
as its basal width; style slightly over one-third as long as third antennal joint;
proboscis fully twice as long as height of head. Hairs on thorax long and soft,
the acrostichal scries in two to three irregular rows; plate on venter between
fore coxae long-haired; scutellum with four bristles. Abdomen rather acutely
pointed apically. Legs very slender; femora with very short surface hairs; fore
tibiae without differentiated bristles; mid and hind tibiae with a few short bristles
on dorsal surfaces which are not as long as the diameter of the tibiae; tarsi
slender, all joints with stiff black setulse ventrally, and a few differentiated
setulae on dorsum of at least the basal joint. Wing venation normal; the vein
rinsing lower portion of apex of discal cell very oblique, almost straight; sixth
vein thick to apex, extending to margin of wing.

Length, 7 mm.

Localities: Herschel island, Yukon Territory, July 29, 1916; Cockburn
point, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, September 3, 1914
(F. Johansen).

Rhamphomyia conservativa, n. sp.

MALE. Black, subopaque. Wings brownish, more distinctly so basal ly.
Halteres yellowish. Hairs and bristles black.

Eyes contiguous; third antennal joint nearly three times as long as its
width at base; style stout, rather more than one-third as long as third antennal
joint; proboscis about 1-25 as long as height of head. Dorsum of mesonotum
rather densely hairy, the hairs upright, slender, and of moderate length; ventral
plate between bases of fore coxae bare; hairs in front of base of halteres long and
dense; scutellum with eight to twelve fine hairs on posterior margin. Abodmen
with rather sparse short hairs, which are longer near posterior margins of segments ;
hypopygium of the same general typeas that of erinacioides, but the portion that
is directed cephalad over dorsum reaches about three-fourths of the way to base
and is pale yellow in colour, contrasting strikingly with the dark abdomen;
lower posterior angle of hypopygium produced caudad in the form of a short
sul (triangular process; hypopygial filament very thick for a short distance at
base, then becoming abruptly setiform, hidden for the greater portion of its
length. Legs slender, femora with a number of very short setulae on ventral
surfaces, which are confined to basal third on hind pair; apical two-thirds of
hind femora and the whole of hind tibiae ventrally with very dense microscopic
pile, intermixed on the tibiae with short erect spinulcs; basal joint of hind tarsus
nearly as long as the next four joints combined, the entire tarsus much shorter
than tibia; dorsum of tibiae and tarsi with short setulae; tarsal claws very much
curved, sickle-shaped, of good size. Venation as in previous species except that
the vein closing lower portion of discal cell is distinctly curved.

I-' KM AM-:. Similar in colour to the male, the wings more distinctly brownish.

Kves separated by nearly twice the width across posterior ocelli. Dorsum
of niesonotuni with fewer and shorter hairs than in the male, the anterior
acrostichals four to six-rowed. Abdomen pointed at apex. Legs more setulosc
t han t hose of t he male, t he hind femora with sctulosc hairs on their entire vent ral
surface; ventral surface of hind tibiae with short regular setulae instead of erect
pile; l>;isal joint of hind tarsus longer than next four combined; tarsal claws
much shorter than in male. 'Wings broader than in male, the venation similar,
but vein closing lower portion of apex of discal cell less curved.

Length. (i-f) 7-:* mm.

Type locality: West of Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, North-
west Territories, July 14, 1916. Paratypes, Herschel island, Yukon Territory,
July L>(.». I'.mi; Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 10, 18, 19, and
August I 7, WIT); Young point, Northwest Territories, July 18, 1916 (F. Johan-
sen). Nine specimens.

Diptera 49 c

Rhamphomyia sp.

Two larvse of a species belonging to this genus are in the collection.

In length they are 13 mm., and in colour pure white, with the exception of
the cephalic parts which are black. The general structure of the head is the
same as that of Rhamphomyia dimidiata Loew, a species I have figured ami
described from Illinois.!

The mandibles are sharp and much curved, when fully protruded extend-
ing beyond apex of the sharply pointed labrum. The prothoracic spiracles are
small, rounded, and slightly protruded. Apical segment of abdomen ending in
four short, pointed processes, the two upper distinctly smaller than the two
lower; spiracles rather small, round, situated on the under side of base of upper
processes. No distinguishable hairs on body.

Localities: Demarcation point, Alaska, in wet moss-pillow, May 20, 1914;
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, June 28, 1915 (F. Johansen).

DOLICHOPODID^:.

The larvse of the dolichopodid genera in this collection are, as far as I
know, found in muddy streams or pools. The imagines are predaceous, those
of Hydrophorus and Scellus almost exclusively so, though Dolichopus is most
frequently found feeding upon the nectar or honeydew on plants.

Dolichopus Latreille.

There are only two specimens of this genus in the collection, one male
and one female, possibly representing only one species.

Dolichopus dasyops, n. sp.

MALE. — Blue-black, with a distinct cupreous tinge. Antennae and arista
black; face black, with dense yellowish brown pile; palpi yellow; proboscis
black; postocular cilia entirely black; hairs on eyes yellow. Dorsum of thorax
with coppery tinge; fringes of squamae black. Hypopygium black, lamellae
white, blackened on apical margins and with black hairs. Legs yellow, fore
coxae slightly infuscated at bases, mid and hind pairs black; apices of hind tibiae,
apices of basal three, and all of apical two, joints of fore tarsi, all but base of
mid tarsi, and entire hind tarsi fuscous. Wings clear, veins dark brown.
Halteres yellow.

Eyes hairy; antennae not elongated, third joint pointed, shorter than high
(PL VII, fig. 8) ; arista with second joint much elongated, third densely pubescent;
face parallel-sided, about one-sixth the head-width at its middle, not descending
to lowest level of eyes. Scutellum with two strong bristles and two weak hairs.
Hypopygial lamella as in PL VII, fig. 9. Fore coxae with short black hairs,
and a few long bristles near apex; fore tibia with three to four antero-dorsal,
two postero-dorsal, and three to four posterior bristles; fourth joint of fore
tarsi dilated from base to apex,, fifth very much broadened, its width about
equal to its length; mid tibia with one ventral, two to three antero-ventral,
four to five antero-dorsal, and five to six posterior bristles; mid tarsi simple,
with a few short bristles on apical half of basal joint, one of which on dorsal
surface is conspicuous; hind femora with inconspicuous black hairs on apical
portion of postero-ventral surface; hind tibia with short regular hairs on basal
two-thirds of antero-ventral surface and one long bristle beyond these, antero-
and postero-dorsal surfaces each with about eight long bristles; postero-dorsal
surface with a slit at apex which runs forward on to dorsum; posterior surface
densely black setulose on apical half; basal joint of hind tarsus with about

i Bull. Ill, State Lab. Nat. Hist., vol. 12, art. 3, p. 401, 1917.

Vol. iii— 46963— 4

50 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

x

eight bristles in two irregular series. Curve of fourth vein distinct but not
abrupt; apices of third and fourth veins subparallel; costa not noticeably swollen
at apex of first vein.

Length, 5-25 mm.

Type locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest
Territories, July 10, 1916 (F. Johansen).

This species is most closely allied to brevipennis Meigen, but differs in
having the hind femora without long pale hairs on ventral surface.

Dolichopus, sp.

A female in collection which is in very poor condition may belong to dasyops.
It agrees very well in colour with the male above described. The wing has a
knot-like swelling on the costa at end of first vein. The hind tibia has on basal
half of the pcstero-dorsal surface a distinct groove or channel which is evanescent
at its extremities, and at apex on dorsal surface another short groove; the bristles
on hind tibia are as follows: five almost exactly on the dorsal surface, six to
seven on antero-dorsal surface, and four to five on antero-ventral surface which
arc very weak but increase in strength to apex.

Locality: Nome, Alaska, August 21, 1916 (F. Johansen).

Scellus Loew.

The flies of this genus are predaceous. There are six described North
American species. The single species in the present collection was originally
described from northern Europe and was recorded from Fort Resolution, Hudson
Bay territory, by Loew. There are no subsequent records for North America.

Scellus spinimanus (Zetterstedt.)

Iluilrophorus notatus Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., sp. 701, 1838.
Hydrophorus spinimanus, Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand., vol. 2, p. 445, 1843.

Two males and ten females, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, August
26, 1915; two females, Cockburn point, Arctic coast, Northwest Territories,
September 7, 1914 (F. Johansen).

Hydrophorus Fallen.

There are three species of this genus in the collection. The imagines arc
predaceous and run with great facility upon water surfaces. The genus is

northern in its distribution.

Hydrophorus innotatus Loew.

Hydrophorus In.nolaln,* Lo<;w, Mon. X. Am. Dipt., vol.2, p. 212, 18(11.

Represented in the collection by three specimens: two males, Bernard
harbour, Northwest Territories, June, 1915; and one female, Collinson point,
Alaska, -June 20. 11) 1-1 (F. .lohansen).

Originally described from Sitka, Alaska. I have seen examples from
Pribilof islands.

Hydrophorus signiferus Coquillett.

Hydrophorus .s/V/////V/-//.s roqnillrtt. The fur seals and fur seal islands of the north Pacific
Ocean, veil. K p. 344, 1S'.»!».

Mdentily ag this species twelve specimens, representing both sexes.

The species was originally described from a female specimen, and several
important characters are omitted. I, therefore, redescribe the species from
both sexes.

Diptera 51 c

MALE AND FEMALE. — Black, with a distinct greenish lustre. Frons opaque
black-brown; antennae black; face greenish above, the surface with dense brown-
ish pollen which rarely obscures the entire surface in either sex, i'aee, In-low,
entirely silvery pilose in the male, but in the female the greater portion is brownish
pilose with normally a whitish area on each side; postocular region with numerous
black bristles and yellow hairs. Thorax almost black, with a cuprrous stripe
along line of dorso-centrals and a broad sublateral vitta each >idr. Al.domcu
with a more pronounced greenish tinge than thorax and usually slightly cupreous
on dorsum at base. Legs black, ^Kstinctly green-tinged, especially on dorsal
surfaces of tibiae. Wings clear, with a distinct brown spot on cross-vein and
another before middle of last section of fourth vein. Squamae wit h pale t'rinu« •-.

MALE. — Third antennal joint short, obtuse at apex; face in both sexes
broad, slightly widened below, the upper half slightly vertically rugose. Pro-
pleura with a group of bristly black hairs above coxa, among which the normal
bristle is barely distinguishable. Scutellum with four strong bristles. Fore
femora in male excavated at apex below, and with four to five short stout bri<t Irs
basad of the excavation, on the anterior side; base of femur slightly swollen,
and near its antero-ventral edge with a series of five to seven widely-placed
setulae: ventral surface of fore tibia with a series of closely placed spines; fore
tarsi normal; mid and hind femora not swollen, both pairs with a few bristles
on apical half of antero- and postero-ventral surfaces; mid and hind tibhr.
with a few widely placed bristles.

FEMALE. — Similar to male except that the fore femora are not excavated,
near apex and lack the group of bristles on the antero-ventral side, and the
fore tibia has less regular and slightly longer ventral/ bristles.

Locality: Teller, Alaska, two specimens, July 29, 1913, and ten specimens,
August 6, 1913 (F. Johansen).

Originally described from Commander islands, Bering sea.

Hydrophorus pilitarsis, n. sp.

MALE AND FEMALE. — Similar in colour to the preceding species, differing
only in having the postocular cilia on lower half almost entirely yellow, and the
fore coxa? with long yellow hairs and only a pair of black bristles at middle and
a few black setulae at apex instead of being almost entirely black setulose.

MALE. — Face widest below middle, slightly narrowed at lowest extremity;
antennae as in signiferus. Propleura with one black bristle and a number of
long yellow hairs. Fore femora more noticeably swollen than those of signiferus,
not excavated at apex near base, with seven to eight stout, closely placed,
rather short bristles on the ventral surface; a number of long black hairs on
apical half of posterior surface; fore tibia thickened on apical half, the antero-
ventral surface with dense microscopic pile and very minute spinules; fore tarsi
with long black hairs on antero-ventral margin of basal and dorsal surface of
next three joints; mid femora with four to five long, black bristles at base on
antero-ventral surface and moderately long, black hairs on apical two-thirds of
postero-ventral surface, the femora slightly bent; hind femora slender, straight,
with short setulose hairs; mid and hind tibiae with a few short bristles. Last
sections of veins three and four conspicuously convergent apically, the dark
spot on last section of four nearer middle of that section than it is in signiferus.

FEMALE. — Similar to male except that the fore femora are less thickened,
lack the basal series of strong bristles, and have the apical series of hairs on
postero-ventral surface less closely placed. The mid femora have two to three
strong bristles near base. The fore tarsi have only the normal hairs.

Length, 3-5-4-5 mm.

Type locality: Teller, Alaska, five specimens, July 29, 1913; one specimen,
August 6, 1913 (F. Johansen).

Vol. iii— 46963— 4£

52 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

This species may be distinguished from any previously described from
North America by the hairy fore tarsi of the male and the presence of bristles
near base of mid femora in both sexes.

The larvse of the group in the present collection are found in fungi, manure,
or decaying vegetation.

Aphiochaeta jBrurs.

Aphiochaeta alaskensis, n. sp.

MALE. — Black, subopaque. Legs black, fore tibiae and tarsi, except tip,
brownish yellow, bases of mid and hind tibiae brown. Wings clear, veins dark.
Halteres black, knobs testaceous yellow.

Post-antennal bristles four in number, the lower pair nearly as large as the
upper, lower frontal bristles in a nearly straight transverse line; antennae
above the normal size, third joint round, slightly less than half as large as eye;
palpi large, conspicuously setose; clypeus projecting, pointed; arista almost
bare, longer than width of frons; bristles on cheek long and strong. Dorsum
of thorax with rather dense setulose hairs; scutellum with two long apical
bristles and two weak lateral hairs; mesopleura with a number of weak, hair-
like bristles on upper posterior angle. Abdomen tapered to apex, with a few
bristles on apical segment; hypopygium rather large, with a long bristle on each
side near base, apical process large, oval. Legs slender; fore tarsi broad, hind
femora with short close fringe at base ventrally; hind tibia with a fringe of
.six to seven short setula3 on the apical three-fourths. Costa extending just
short of middle of wing, first division slightly longer than the other two combined,
third, half as long as second; costal fringe very long and widely spaced, the
bristles nearly twice as long as fork of third vein; fourth vein leaving just beyond
fork of third, gently curved at base, nearly straight for the remainder of its
length, slightly deflected at tip and ending slightly nearer to apex of wing than
• Iocs fifth.

FEMALE. — Similar to male. Differs in having the abdomen pointed at apex,
the antennae and palpi smaller, and the fore tarsi slender.

Length, 2 mm.

Type Locality: Nome, Alaska, August 24, 25, 1916 (F. Johansen). Eight
specimens.

This species closely resembles vulgata Malloch, to which species it runs
in my key to North American species.1 It differs, however, in the much darker
palpi, large antennas, and shorter costa, and in several other characters.

Aphiochaeta platychira, n. sp.

MALI;. Similar in colour to the preceding species except that the halteres
are entirely black.

('luetotaxy of head as in ulaxkensis except that the lower post-antennal
bristles are very little more than half as large as the upper pair; antenna1 normal
in si/e: palpi not as strongly bristled as in f/7a.s7,v//.s/.s'. Mesopleura bare; scutel-
lum with two long bristles. Abdomen narrow, apices of segments laterally with
a tew long bristles, sixth with a number of bristles on posterior margin; hypo-
pygiuiM small, with one to two short bristles on (Mich side, anal process small.
Blender; fore tarsi broad, basal joint as broad as apex of tibia, and not
over twice as long as broad; hind tibia with very short setulose hairs on postero-
dorsal surface. ( 1osta to very slightly short of middle of wing, first division
I -I'.") as long as next two together, third about two-thirds as long as second;
costal fringe very long, the bristles twice as long as fork of third vein; fourth
vein leaving beyond fork of third with a slight curve and running nearly straight,
to margin of wing, ending distinctly nearer to apex of wing than does fifth.

i Proc. r. S. \.-it. Mus., vol. 43, p. 452, 1912.

Diptera 53 c

Length, 2 mm.

Type Locality: Nome, Alaska, August 21, 24, and 25, 1916 (F. Johansen).

This species runs down to perplexa Malloch in the paper previously referred
to, but the colour of the legs, and the weaker tibial setulse are sufficient to warrant
their separation.

Aphiochaeta, sp.

A female in poor condition appears to be distinct from the previous species.
It has the hind tibial characteristics of that species as well as the l>:u<> meso-
pleura, but in venation it agrees more nearly with alaskensis. It is not possible
to satisfactorily describe the species.

Locality: Nome, Alaska, August 24, 25, 1916 (F. Johansen).

BORBORID^E.

The larvae of this family live in manure, fungi, decaying vegetation, or,
rarely, in putrid water in which there is decaying animal or vegetable matter.

Several species are commonly found in marshy spots, and I have seen the
imagines running upon the surface of stagnant water. In winter and early spring
some species occur under dry grasses amongst dead leaves, and when disturbed
jump violently about much as do springtails found in similar situations.

There is only one species of the family in the collection.

Leptocera Olivier.

The species in this collection seems to be undescribed.
Leptocera transversalis, n. sp.

FEMALE (alcoholic specimen). — Head yellow, ocellar triangle, upper half
of occiput, greater portion of third antennal joint, arista, and clypeus black.
Thorax black, lateral margins, centre of scutellum, and the pleural sutures
broadly, yellowish. Abdomen brownish black dorsally, venter largely yellow.
Legs black, trochanters, apices of femora, bases of tibise, and the tarsi yellowish.
Halteres pale. Wings clear.

Ocellar triangle large, sharp anteriorly, extending over midway from
vertex to anterior margin of frons; orbital bristles three to four on each side,
short but strong; interfrontalia with short setulose hairs, antennae rather large,
third joint rounded apically; arista very much shorter than in typical Leptocera,
not twice as long as antenna, thickened at base, distinctly tapered, microscopi-
cally pubescent; vibrissa weak, genal bristle absent, the marginal bristles very
short; cheek about one-third as high as eye. Thorax with numerous discal
setulose hairs and only one distinct pair of bristles in dorso-central series, just
in front of scutellum; posthumeral bristles absent; scutellum rounded, with a
few very short discal hairs and four moderately long marginal bristles. Legs
slender, without any distinct bristles, even on femora; hind tarsi with basal
joint twice as long as second. Wing venation as in PL VIII, fig. 20, differing from
that of most species of this genus in having the cross-veins very nearly directly
below apex of first vein.

Length, 2-5 mm.

Type Locality: Pond at Collinson point, Alaska, June 13, 1914 (F. Johansen) .
Two specimens.

This species differs so strikingly from others in Leptocera that it might be
placed in a new genus, but as several workers are now engaged in revising the
family I prefer to leave its removal from or retention in the genus to their decision.

The larvae of the species in the present collection are either aphidophagous
(Syrphus, etc.) or feed in sewage or decaying vegetable matter such as is found in
s,wampy places (Helophilus).

54 c Cnnndian Arctic Expsdition, 1913-18

Melanostoma Schiner.
There are tit least two species referable to this genus in the collection.

Melanostoma trichopus Thomson.

tricht>i>nx Thomson, Kongl. Svensk. Frogatton Eugenics Resa Pmk., lS(>,s.
Jordan's Diptera, p. 502.

Four specimens agree with the description of this species, which was originally
ibed from California and has since been recorded by Coquillett from Alaska.
Locality: Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 10 and 18-19, and
August Hi. '1915 (F. Johansen.)

Melanostoma, sp.

A Female differs from the preceding species in having the hind tarsi with the
apical four joints much flattened and in being larger — 8-5 mm. in length.

Locality: Herschel island, Yukon Territory, July 29, 1916 (F. Johansen).

Melanostoma, sp.

One male and one female, taken at Bernard harbour along with trichopu-x,
differ from that species in being slightly smaller, 4-5 mm. in length, in having the
long hairs absent on the fore and mid tibiae and fore metatarsi, and the hind
metatarsi less swollen in both sexes. The head of the male is missing, and that
of the female is so much crushed that it is impossible to tell what the profile is
like.

Locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories,
July 15, 1915 (F. Johansen).

Scaeva Fabricius.
Scaeva pyrastri Linne.

.U'/.sm ityraxtri Linne. Syst. Nat., Ed. 10, p. 549, 1758.

r ' . This Kuropean species seems to be generally distributed through o t the
northwestern and western portions of this continent. It is represented in the
present collection by two specirhens from Barter island, Alaska, June 10, 1914
(I). Jemi<

Sphaerophoria cylindrica Say.

»S'///7>////.s ci/liutlrirux Say, Am. Ent., vol. 1, pi. 11, 1824.

A single male specimen from Herschel island, Yukon Territory, Canadian
Arctic coast, August 13, 1914, differs from the normal .North American form in
the much darker abdomen and legs, the former having the second, third, and
fourth segments each with a narrow, centrally interrupted yellow band, and the
h'ftli segment with two small dorsal spots. Structurally the specimen differs not
at all from specimens taken in Illinois and other parts of the United States and
( 'anada.

Syrphus sodalis Williston.

N///7<//»/.s .Wf//./.s Williston, Synop. X. Am. Syrphiihr, p. 711, iSSli.

This species was originally described from Colorado. There are three
specimens in the present collection, one from Collinson point, Alaska, June 17.
11)1 L and two taken west of Koiigenevik, Camden bay, Alaska, June 27, 1914
( F. Johansen .).

The specimens agree in all particulars with the original description except
thai the third antennal joint is not distinctly reddish at base in the two last-
ment ioned examples.

Diptera 55 c

Syrphus sodalis, var., interruptus var. n.

A female taken west of Kongenevik, Camden bay, Alaska, July 4, I'M 1.
differs from the other specimens in having the abdominal yellow mark.- much
smaller, the basal segment having two short, spot-like marks' which do not reach
the lateral margins, and the other segments having narrow, almost linear, marks.
The antennae are entirely black, and the tibia- yellow. In other respects coloim-d
as type form.

Length, 8 mm.

Helophilus Moigen.

The larvae of species of this genus are as far as known found in mud and
decaying vegetable matter in or along the margins of ponds or stream-.

Helophilus dychei Wi Hist on.

Helophilus dychei Williston, Can. Ent., vol. 29, p. 135, 1897.

Two specimens" of this species are in the collection from Nome, Ala-ka,
August 24 and 25, 1916, and in that from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories,
on Dryas flower, July 6, 1916 (F. Johansen).

The species has previously been recorded from Alaska, being originally
described from Sitka.

Only three imagines of this family are in the present collection, but there
are a number of larvae of two species.

(Edemagena tarandi (Linne.)

Oestrus tarandi Linne. Faune Suecia, p. 1731, 1761.

FEMALE. — Three females of this species were taken.

The species superficially resembles Hypoderma lineata De Vill., but the
distinct palpi, and larger size, 15 mm, in addition to the differently coloured
abdominal hairs readily separate it from that species. A brief description of
the species is given as few descriptions in English are available to students.1

Head black, apex of second antennal joint and arista brown; hairs on frons,
parafacial, and the upper half of face black, on occiput except along margin
of eyes, on cheeks, and lower half of face pale yellow; palpi and proboscis black.
Thoracic dorsum with long, erect, pale yellow hairs in front of suture and on
postalar callosity, with black hairs caudad of suture; disc opaque black, with
two submedian linear vittae in front of suture which are evident behind suture
as two small spots, and with two broad lateral vittae behind suture which are
present in front of suture as two small spots; pleura and scutellum with long
pale yellow hairs. Abdomen with long pale yellow hairs on first segment,
and similar hairs of a bright reddish orange colour on segments 2, 3, and 4
both on dorsum and venter. Legs black, tibiae except bases, and the tarsi
tawny; all parts with black and yellow hairs intermixed, the pale hairs longer
and more conspicuous at bases of femora and on apical halves of tibaie.
Posterior basal cross-vein of wing distad of anterior; fourth vein continuing
parallel to third for a considerable distance beyond outer cross-vein before
curving forward.

Localities: Teller, Alaska, July 31, 1913; one specimen; Bernard Harbour,
Northwest Territories, July 14, 1916, two specimens (F. Johansen).

LARVAE. — I identify as of this species larvae taken from under the skin of
Barren Ground caribou. The species was originally described from northern
Europe and has been recorded from Alaska. The recorded host is the reindeer, but

1 For an account of (Edemagena tarandi see G. H. Carpenter, Tonon. Econ. Biol., vol. 5, pp. 149-156, 1910.

56 c ( 'an a (Han Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

I have no doubt that the specimens before me, all of which were taken from
caribou, belong to tarandi;.

Localities: Read island, Dolphin and Union strait, southern side of
Wollaston peninsula, Victoria island, May 4, 1915 (D. Jenness); Bernard
harbour, Northwest Territories, May 21, 1915 and Richardson sound, Corona-
tion gulf, between Richardson island and Victoria island, March- 21, 1916 (F.
Johansen).

The mouth-parts of this species are very much aborted, the chitinized
hooks so prominent in the larvae of Gastrophilus being entirely absent. The
only chitinized portions of the cephalopharyngeal skeleton that I find by dissec-
tion are two short rods that connect with the oral opening on its sides, and a
poorly chitinized plate which covers the upper portion of the mouth and shields
the opening of the oesophagus. The larvae of Hypoderma and those of this
genus are very similar, the only noticeable distinction being in the spinal arma-
ture of the body — the spines on dorsum of Hypoderma being much stronger than
those on venter, whereas in (Edemagena they are of equal strength.

The antennae in (Edemagena are small, their bases blackened, the distance
between their bases about four times the width of their diameter; immediately
above the antennae there is an irregular transverse series of strong thorns,
the bases of which are black and the apices yellow. Each segment has a circle
of strong backwardly directed thorns anteriorly and another of much weaker
forwardly directed ones posteriorly, both of which are interrupted at the trans-
verse depressions which run the entire length of the body. (PL VIII, fig. 17).
Posterior spiracles large, black, narrowly separated, structure as in PL VIII,
fig. 14, the minute pale dots more regularly rounded than in drawing.

Length in final stage, 25 mm. ; width, 10-12 mm.

Cephenomyia Latreille.

There are several larvae of a species from the nasal passages of caribou
which I identify as belonging to this genus. I can not identify the species
from the material before me, but possibly it is undescribed in the imago stage.

Cephenomyia, sp.

LARVA. Whitish testaceous, -the spinose armature black or black-tipped;
1 »< >>t rrior spiracles and mouth-hooks black. A few dots on segments of abdomen,
most conspicuous and numerous on apical three segments.

Body much more slender than in (Edemagena, slightly tapered at both ex-
t remi1 ies. Mouth-parts well developed, dorsal view as in PL VIII, fig. 16, the hooks
long and slender, curved, and sharp at apex. Each segment of body with stout,
backwardly directed thorns on anterior half; posterior half of each dorsal seg-
ment hare on greater portion of its width, with two small oval swellings on
each side, caudad of which there is a transverse series of stout thorns; mesad
of these swellings, on each side, there is another, less conspicuous swelling
In-hind which are no thorns; ventral segments similar to dorsal, but the sub-
median swellings are as distinct as the lateral; posterior spiracles in a very
distinct depression, the upper and lower margins of the segment produced,
the latter very decidedly elongated, and both evidently capable of retraction
BO as to shield the spiracles; caudal view as in PI. VIII, fig. 18.

Length in final stage, 30 mm.; width, !) mm.

Locality: Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, May 25, 1916 (F. Johan-
-CM i.

The larva- closely resemble specimens before me named by C. H. T. Town-
send Cephenomyia pmtti Hunter. They differ, however, in having on
most ,,f the ventral abdominal segments a small median raised area, cephalad
of the broad band of spines, upon which there are several strong spines. The

Diptera 57 c

penultimate ventral segment in the arctic species has more numerous anterior
spines than has pratti, and there are several spines along the latero-ventral
margin which I do not find in the latter. The apical spines are much Hum-
numerous in the arctic species than in pratti.

TACHINID^E.

The larvae of nearly all of the species of this family are internal par,-
in other insects, mostly in the larvae or pupae.
There are only two species in the collection.

Euphorocera gelida Coquillett.

Euphorocera gelida Coquillett, Revision of the Tachinidse. Tech. Ser., No. 7, I'. S. Dept.
Agr., Bur. Ent., p. 101, 1897.

There are thirteen specimens of this species in the collection.

Four of the specimens differ from the others, and from the original descrip-
tion, in having only three pairs of postural dorso-centrals. In other respects
the specimens of both lots agree perfectly.

Pinned with several of the imagines is the empty puparium from which the
insect emerged. A comparison of these puparia with those of Euphorocera
claripennis Macquart shows that the two species are not congeneric. The
characters of the puparium of gelida are as follows: —

Brownish red, subopaque; posterior spiracles black-margined, glossly.

Surface microscopically, transversely striated; incisions between segments
defined by a single series of short stitch-like impressions; each abdominal
segment with three small depressed areas on centre of side, in each of which
there is an irregular line of minute elevations visible only under a high-power
lens; no respiratory elevations at base of abdomen; anal opening minute, consider-
ably proximad of apex of abdomen, surrounded by a poorly defined granulose
area; spiracles large, slightly elevated, especially above, general appearance and
slits as in PL VIII, fig. 15.

Length, 8-9-5 mm.; width, 3-3-75 mm.

The puparium of claripennis differs in having the posterior spiracles with
openings very pronouncedly sinuous, almost W-shaped as in Muscidae, the
segments with distinct though miscroscopic locomotor spinules, and the respira-
tory organs at base of abdomen in the form of stalks.

Locality: The specimens of gelida are from Camden bay, and Demarcation
point, Alaska, June and July, 1914 (F. Johansen).

The puparia were from inside of the cocoons of a lepidopteron, Dasychirus
sp. (?), sometimes as many as six in one cocoon. The records show that the larvae
of the host do not succeed in pupating. (Rearing 10).

Peleteria Robineau-Desvoidy.
This genus is represented in the collection by a single female.

Peleteria arctica, n. sp.

FEMALE. — Black, shining. Head black, cheeks except near posterior margin,
face and its sides reddish yellow, densely white pruinose; interfrontalia reddish;
orbits black, shining, but obscured by grey pruinescence; antennae and arista
black; proboscis black, palpi ferruginous.

Thorax slightly grey pruinose, not distinctly vittate; scutellum reddish
yellow. Abdomen black, slightly grey prujnescent on bases of segments; sides of
second and third segments broadly reddish. Legs black, hind tibiae reddish.
Wings slightly greyish. Calyptrae white. Halteres dark brown.

58 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Frons bristled as in robusta; cheek with four well-differentiated bristles,
two of which are much stronger than the others, the normal hairs strong; third
antcimal joint very little shorter than second; arista short, thickened to distinct-
ly beyond middle; profile as in PL VIII, fig. 21. Dorso-centrals irregular in type,
three strong ones on one side and three strong and one weak one on the other;
three stenmplurals. Abdominal segments two to four with discal macrochaetse.
Wings as in ntlmxta. Fore tarsi dilated.

Length. '.)-7">mm.

Typo Locality: Cockburn point, Northwest Territories, Canadian Arctic
coast, Sept ember o, 1914 (F. Johansen).

The only species I find record of from the arctics is aenea Staeger, described
from Greenland. This species has the abdomen entirely black and is apparently
distinct from nrdica.

CALLIPHORID^:.

This family contains a number of genera the larvae of which feed normally in
carrion. The flies are popularly known as flesh-flies, bluebottles, and blow-flies.

Originally the genera now included here formed part of the family Musci<he
but within recent years the latter has been divided, several families now contain-
in'; genera that at one time formed part of the Muscidse. It is at present, accord-
ing i o some entomologists, a debatable point whether our concept of the Muscidse
should not be revised to the extent of applying the name to what is now called
Anthomyiidse and dropping the last name entirely. With this view I do not
agree, but the present paper is not the proper place to discuss the question, more
especially as there are no true Muscidse in the collection.

Cynomyia Robineau-Desvoidy.
There is but one species of this genus in the collection.

Cynomyia cadaverina Robineau-Desvoidy.
Cynomyia cadaverina Robineau-Desvoidy. Essai sur les Myodaires, p. 365, 1830.

Twenty-four specimens with data as follows: thirteen specimens, Bernard
harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, May, June and -July,
11)1") and 1916 (F. Johansen) ; six specimens, Barter island, Arctic coast of Alaska
June, 20 and 23, and July 2, 1914, and June 15, 1914 (D. .lenness) three speci-
mens, west of Kongenevik, Camden bay, Alaska, June 4, 1914 and two speci-
mens. Nome, Alaska, August 24, 25, 1916 (F. Johansen).

Calliphora Robineau-Desvoidy.
There is one species in the collection, represented by three specimens.

Calliphora viridescens kobineau-Desvoidy.
Cattipkora viridescens Robineau-Deavoidy. Kssai sur les Myodaires, p. 537, 1830.

This species occurs in Europe and North America. Like Hie. preceding
species it is generally distributed throughout North America, and has been pre-
viously recorded from Alaska.

Data on specimens: Nome, Alaska, June 21, 1916 (F. Johansen).

Phormia Robineau-Desvoidy.

There are two -pecies in the collection, one of which, terrce-novce, occurs
generally throughout North America, and has been reported from Greenland and

Alaska.

Diptera .-,!> <•

Phormia terrae-novae Robineau-Desvoidy.

Phormia term-novae Robineau-Desvoidy. Essai sur les Myodaires, p. 467,

Thirty-eight specimens with data as follows: sixteen specimen-.
harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, June. .July and At-
1915; one specimen, same locality, July 10, 1916; eight specimens, same locality ,
June and July, 1916; three specimens, Nome, Alaska. August 24, 25, llilii:
five specimens, Teller, Alaska, July and August, 1913; three specimens, Coliin-
son point, Alaska, June, 1914; two specimens. Demarcation point. Al
May 13, 1914 (F. Johansen).

Phormia caerulea, ri. sp.

MALE AND FEMALE. — Dark metallic blue, without pruinescrnce. II..M
black, frons opaque, orbits slightly shining; third antennal joint sometime.-
brownish; palpi yellow, usually fuscous at apices in male. Dorsum of thorax
with two slender, widely separated vittse on anterior portion mesad of dorso
centrals. Legs black. Wings clear, slightly infuscated at extreme I
Squamse brown. Halteres fuscous, paler in female.

MALE. — Frons narrowest at centre, where it is one-fifth the head-width.
orbit at widest part, just below ocelli, narrower than interfrontalia; orbit -
hairy, bristles differentiated but not very strong; arista rather short-plumed,
apical third bare; profile as in Plate VIII, figure 19. Thorax not so noticeably
depressed as in other species, the postsutural dorso-centrals sometimes well
developed, the posterior pair usually so; both spiracles very large, the prothoracic
one extending from close to upper margin of pleura to within a short distance
of coxa, the covering of both spiracles deep black; lower margin of anterior
spiracle with many long bristly hairs; upper calypter with long hairs on upper
side, when closed. Hypopygium small; fifth sternite as in terrce-novce. hegs
as in terrce-novce. Inner cross-vein very little proximad of apex of first vein;
outer cross-vein less distinctly curved than in terrce-novce', fourth vein almost
rectangularly bent, usually with a short appendiculate vein at angle.

FEMALE. — Similar to the male in colour.

Differs in structure by having the frons two-fifths the head-width, the orbit
half as wide as interfrontalia, with two distinct supraorbital outer bristles.

Length, 6-8-5 mm.

Type locality: Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, May 24, 1915
(F. Johansen). Paratypes, same locality, May, June, and July, 1915, 1916
(F. Johansen).

This species resembles Phormia terrce-novce very closely in some respects.
but is undoubtedly distinct. Zetterstedt described a species from Greenland
under the name groenlandica, which has been sunk as a synonym of terrce-novce.
As both species probably occur in Greenland it is not possible to decide the
validity of the accepted synonymy without an examination of the type of
Zetterstedt's species.

The appended key gives a summary of the distinguishing characters of the

species.

KEY TO SPECIES.

MALES.

1. Eyes separated by a narrow line; anterior thoracic spiracle with yellow-haired covering-

flaps ............................................ ; • • regina Meigen.

Eyes separated above by a space at least twice as broad as distance across posterior ocelli;
anterior thoracic spiracle with black-haired covering-flaps ...............

2. Narrowest part of frons about one-half as great as width of eye seen from above; anterior

thoracic spiracle very large; outer cross-vein of wing very slightly curved. caerula, n. sp.
Narrowest part of frons not over one-fourth as great as width of either eye; anterior
thoracic spiracle not very large; outer cross-vein of wing abruptly bent .......

terrce-novce Robineau-Desvoidy .

60 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

FEMALES.

1. Anterior thoracic spiracle with yellow-haired covering-flap; calyptrae white, .regina Meigen.

Anterior thoracic spiracle with black-haired covering-flap; calyptrse brown 2

'_'. Anterior spiracle very large; orbit about one-half as wide as interfrontalia, face much

produced below caerula, n. sp.

Anterior spiracle not very large; orbit less than one-third as wide as interfrontalia below
anterior ocellus; face moderately produced below ternr-novce Robin eau-Desvoidy .

ANTHOMYIID^:.

The larvae of this family are in most cases either scavengers or phytophagous,
the greater number belonging to the former category. A few species are aquatic
in the larval and pupal stages, and some in the present collection belong to this
group.

The imagines of the genus Fucellia, and those of the subfamily Coenosiinse
are predaceous, feeding upon other insects, especially Diptera.

Recently I published a key to the subfamilies of Anthomyiidse in The
Canadian Entomologist, which key may be used to advantage in connexion with
the present paper, as the characters used in the key are the basis for the sub-
family groupings in this paper.1

As two of the genera dealt with in this paper are now described for the
first time I have given a key to the genera dealt with as an aid to the recognition
of the new forms.-

KEYS TO GENERA OF PHAONIN^E IN COLLECTION.

MALES.

1. Hind tibia with a long bristle beyond middle on the postero-dorsal surface Phaonia.

Hind tibia either without any. bristle as above, or there are several of equal length in a

series on postero-dorsal surface 2

2. Hind tibia with several long bristles on postero-dorsal surface 3

Hind tibia with at most a few short bristles on postero-dorsal surface 4

3. Pteropleura hairy; anterior intra-alar bristle absent or very weak; joints of fore tarsi

without long bristles at apices ventrally Pogonomyioides.

Pteropleura bare or with one or two weak hairs; anterior intra-alar bristle strong; basal
four joints of fore tarsi with long bristles at apices ventrally Pogonomyia.

4. Third antennal joint very little longer than second; arista much thickened and densely

short-haired basally; facalia hairy more than mid-way to antenna1; bristles on tibiae

very weak; lower scale of calyptera attenuated posteriorly Mydaeina.

Third antennal joint much longer than second; species without the above combination of

characters 5

."). Abdomen with dor so-central stripe; mid tibiae with a number of bristles on posterior and

postero-ventral surfaces Aricia pt.

Abdomen with paired spots on dorsum; mid tibia1 with two or three postero-dorsal bristles

Limnophbra.

FEMALES,

1. None of the orbital bristles directed forward; cruciate frontals absent 2

At least the lower one of the supraorbital bristles directed forward; cruciate frontals

pn-sent 5

'2. Hind tibia- with long, preapical postero-dorsal bristle Phnnnin .

Hind tibia- without a Jong, preapical postero-dorsal bristle, sometimes a few short bristles
present 3

3. Orbits hairy and with lonjr, slender bristles in two series, the outer series on upper portion

of Irons directed outward Mydceina.

< >rbits hairy or almost bare, with only one series of bristles 4

4. Mid tibia- without short bristles on postero-ventral surface Limnophora.

Mid tibia- with one or two bristles on poster-ventral surface \ricin.

"). Pteropleura hairy <m centre; anterior intra-alar bristle absent Pogonomyi&ides .

Pteropleura bare, rarely with a few hairs on disc; anterior infra-alar bristle st rung. Po</ono>nt/i(i

ui. Knt. vol. I'.), p. 100, 1«»17.

Diptera 61 c

Phaonia Robineau-Desvoidy.

The larvae of this genus are very little known. The .-pe<-ie> th:tt have been
reared are scavengers in the larval stages, feeding in decaying vegetable maii< T.

There are several specimens in the collection that are reteral.l-
accepting as the criterion the character furnished by the l»ri>iling «•!' the hind
tibia.

Phaonia minima, n. >p.

MALE, — Black, shining. Thorax in type so badly crushed ihat ii i- impo>-
sible to say whether or not it is vittated Abdomen with -light pniineseene.-
and a dark central longitudinal stripe. Legs black. Squanue and h;i
yellow. Wings yellowish brown on anterior half.

Eyes bare, narrowly separated above, interfrontalia linear on upper half.
not wider than orbit; antenna? short, third joint not twice us loim ad >ec<md;
arista microscopically pubescent on basal half; cheeks high, but the. head i- in
such poor condition that their armature and comparative height cun not in-
definitely ascertained^ palpi broader than normal. Presutural acrostichaU
strong, with one to two series of shorter hairs between the series; postsutural
dorso-centrals four; prealar bristle very small; hypopleura and pteropleura
bare. Abdomen narrow, subcylindrical; hypopygium small, fifth ventral
sclerite with a rounded excavation, the lateral extensions small, glossy at apex.
Legs rather slender, the tarsi noticeably so, and especially the basal joint of
fore pair; fore tibia without bristles; mid tibia with one bristle near apex on
posterior surface; hind femora slightly curved, thickened apically, the apical
third on antero- and postero-ventral surface with a graduated series of long
bristles; hind tibia with two antero-ventral, one antero-dorsal, and one long
postero-dorsal bristle. Costal thorn small; outer cross-vein straight; last
section of fourth vein barely twice as long as preceding section.

FEMALE. — Colour as in the male except that the wings and calyptrae are
more conspicuously yellowish.

Eyes more than one-third the head-width, orbits shining, each one-fourth
the width of inter-frontalia, orbital bristles normal, rather weak above, strong
below; antennae as in male; cheeks one-fourth as high as eye, invaded on lower
half by the bristles of margin, those on margin of moderate length, vibrissae
well differentiated, one strong bristle below vibrissa. Thorax as in male. Legs
similar to those of male but the tarsi stouter, the hind femora less distinctly
swollen apically, and with fewer bristles.

Length, 4-5 mm.

Type Locality: Nome, Alaska, August 21, 24, and 25, 1916 (F. Johansen).

This species is the smallest known to me.

Phaonia imitatrix, n. sp.

MALE. — Black, distinctly shining, thorax and abdomen unmarked. Frontal
and facial orbits with dense, silvery pile; cheeks and face very slightly pilose;
inter-frontalia opaque black. Wings- slightly fuscous, noticeably so at base.
Squamae white. Halteres black.

Eyes hairy, separated by about one-sixth the head-width, orbit about one-
third as wide as interfrontalia, bristles strong, with the exception of the upper
backwardly directed one, directed inward; antennae short, not extending below
lowest fourth of face, third joint 1-5 as long as second; arista subnude, with an
elongate tapered swelling at base; orbits in profile projecting beyond eye as
far as width of third antennal joint; cheek as high as one-third the eye-height,
protruding at anterior angle further than frons at base of antennae, margina
bristles numerous, of average strength, a few weak hairs above margin; palpi

(>2 C Canndidn- Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

about as long as apical portion of proboscis, slender. Dorsum of thorax with
long setulose hairs; presutural acrostichals long but not strong, irregularly
four-rowed; post sutural dorso-centrals four; prealar bristle very long. Abdo-
men n rirrow, sul) cylindrical, slightly tapered posteriorly; hypopygium small;
fifth ventral segment almost transverse apically; dorsum with strong setulose
liairs, apical and discal bristles on segments three and four. Legs stout; fore
tarsi similar to those of Trichopticus, short, and densely short pilose ventrally;
fore tibia unarmed; mid femora with slender bristles on postero-ventral s rface
which inv longest on centre; mid tibia with two or three posterior bristles; hind
femora with short bristles on basal half ventrally, and an antero-ventral series
of long, stout bristles; hind tibia with four to five short antero-ventral, two to
three longer antero-dorsal, and one long postero-dorsal, bristles. Costal spine
short but distinct; third vein bare, outer cross-vein nearly straight; last section
of fourth vein less than 1 -5 as long as preceding section.

Length, 7 •;"> mm.

Type Locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest
Territories, July, 1916 (F. Johansen).

This species resembles in general appearance species of Trichopticus, but
the hind tibiae are not fringed, the tibiaB of all legs are less bristly, and the mid
femora are normal in shape.

Mydaeina, n. gen.

(•<>/</•/(• Characters: MALE. — Eyes distinctly separated, narrowest part of
f nms about one-sixth as wide as head, orbits with long hairs on entire length
from base of antennae to vertex; face and frons slightly projecting; an ten me
short, third joint equal in length to second; arista tapered, second joint much
thickened, as broad as long, third much thickened at base, gradually tapering
to a hair at apex, the pubescence dense and short; facial ridges with moderately
long hairs which are carried upward half-way to base of antennae; vibrissae
poorly differentiated from the long bristly hairs; proboscis stout; palpi slender.
Dorsum of thorax with long hairs among which the dorso-centrals are hardly
distinguishable; lower scale of calyptrae much larger than the upper, narrowed
posteriorly. Abdomen subcylindrical, with four distinct dorsal segments;
hypopygium small (PL IX, fig. 31); fifth ventral segment with a broad central
emarn ination (PL IX, 29). Legs stout, with few distinct bristles, ventral
surface of fore tarsal joints with dense erect pile, the bristles sparse short, con-
fined to margins; preapical dorsal bristle of hind tibiae absent or represented
by a weak setula. Wing venation as in Mydaea, the veins without bristles.

LI;\I AI.K. Differs from the male in having the frons nearly half the head-
width, each orbit nearly as wide an interfrontalia and with numerous long hairs,
an inward series directed inward, and an outer series, directed outward, longer
than the others; head in other respects as male, but the arista is slightly less
conspicuously swollen and less hairy. Thorax with the dorso-cent nils 'more
distinct than in male.

Mydaeina obscura, n. sp.

MALI; \\i> IM;MAI/K. Black, opaque, the surface obscured by brownish
pruinescence, Calyptra- in male subfuscous, in female yellowish'. llalteres
yellow. Wings slightly greyish, subfuscous at base,

IL'ad of male as in PL IX, fig. 2S. Four poorly distinguished postsutura]
dorso-centrals present; disc of scutellum hairy, margin with four bristles; sterno-
pleura with one 1,-irge posterior bristle, and many long hairs. .Legs with very few
bristles, those on femora long but hair-like, the tibia1 without well-developed
apical bristles, one Me;ir apex of dorsal surface of hind pair about as long as
diameter of tibia : the bristles on tibia- that are sometimes distinct are as follows

Diptera 63 c

— one on the posterior side at middle of fore pair, one to two on antero-vcnt ral.
one to two on antero-dorsal, and one to two on postero-dorsal surface of mid
pair, one on antero-ventral, one on antero-dorsal, and one on posterior sill
of hind pair. Outer cross-vein in male at its own length from inner and .-it more
than that length from end of fifth vein, in female it is slightly more than its own
length from inner, and at its own length from end of fifth; last section of fourth
vein four times as long as penultimate in male, three times in female.

Length, 6-7 mm.

Type Locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, North \\«-i
Territories, June, 1916, one male specimen (F. Johansen). Paratypes. same
locality, August 4, 1915 (F. Johansen); and Colville mountains, \\Oll.-iMon
peninsula, Victoria island, July 22, 1915 (D. Jenness).

In the collection I find one larva, and several puparia that agree with the
puparium mounted on the pin with the type specimen. These pnparia < 1M. IX.
fig. 22) differ from any others in the family that I have seen. Descriptions of
larva and puparium follow.

LARVA. — Whitish testaceous. Cephalopharyngeal skeleton, locomotor
spines, and posterior spiracles black.

General form similar to that of Anthomyiinse but the apical segment is
slightly more elongate, noticeably tapered towards apex, and the spiracles are
pedunculate, and situated upon two rounded fleshy elevations (PI. IX, fig. 25).
Antennae very minute; cephalopharyngeal skeleton well developed, mouth-
hooks paired, long and slender (PL IX, fig. 24). Prothoracic spiracles not
developed; body very minutely striated, the segments well differentiated;
lateral fusiform area well defined; each segment except apical with four short
lateral longitudinal series of dark spot-like markings showing through the skin
(PL IX, fig. 26); apical segment unmarked, anal opening at anterior margin,
with a pseudopod-like protuberance on each side which is about as long as its
basal diameter, tapered apically, and armed at apex with numerous short
thorns; the ventral surface of each of the other segments with three short
transverse series of dark spots, about three in number, the two outer situated
at middle, the central one slightly cephalad of these; locomotor spinules on all
except apical segment not noticeably elevated.

Length, 10 mm.

PUPARIUM (PL IX, fig. 22). Reddish brown, slightly shining, posterior
spiracular region black.

Surface minutely transversely striated, and with much less distinct and less
regular wrinkles transversely on segments; anterior spiracles not distinguishable;
thoracic segments much less distinctly striated than abdominals, and with
microscopic locomotor setulse; each abdominal segment with an oval clump of
short black thorns on each side of median line on ventral surface, on each side of
the incisions also with a band of more minute spinules; antepenultimate segment
much constricted and more closely and distinctly longitudinally striated than the
others; anal opening in the form of an elongate slit- surrounded by a slight rim
which encloses a broadly rounded dark brown area 1-5 times as wide as long: on
each side of the anal opening and at a considerable distance from it there is a
small clump of short, black spines on a slight eminence; posterior spiracles
elevated, surrounded by a coarsely granulose blackened area, the openings small,
as shown in PL IX, fig. 23.
Length, 12-5 mm.

The larvae live in ponds and are truly aquatic. The principal characteristics
of the larvae are the clumps of locomotor spines on abdomen, the pseudopod-like
anal locomotor organs, and the absence of prothoracic spiracles. The caudal
part beyong the constriction in puparium is not occupied by any part of the
enclosed imago after the induration of the larval skin, and forms an air chamber
which serves to keep the puparium at the surface, the posterior spiracles being in
this position and so held that they have direct contact with the atmosphere.

64 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Johansen in his notes sketches one of the puparia so curved that the cephalic
exiermity extends to or almost to the surface, which is assumably the position
immediately before the emergence of the imago, but all the empty puparia in the
collection are nearly straight. (Rearing 78).

The puparimn of Hydrophoria, an aquatic genus, is not conspicuously
dissimilar from those of terrestrial Anthomyiidffi, showing no caudal modification
or specialization such as is shown in the present genus.

The imago bears a resemblance to some species of Aricia, but differs in
having the faealia hairy for a greater length above the vibrissae, the third antennal
joint much shorter, the under scale of calyptrae much narrower, and the fore tarsi
without spines on ventral surfaces. The female resembles Aricia also, but has,
in addition to the differences present in the males, the orbits much more hairy,
the upper portion with a double series of long, hair-like bristles, the outer series
directed out over the eyes.

In some respects the genus resembles Trichophthicus, especially in the
character of the fore tarsi, but the tibiae in Trichophthicus are strongly spinose,
the third antennal joint is much longer than the second, and the hind coxae
have hairs above at apex.

Aricia Robineau-Desvoidy.

I refer one species in this collection to this genus, although the male differs
in many respects from the genotype, and in general habitus resembles Trick-
npticHx Rondani. From Trichopticus the present species differs in having the
posterior coxae bare above at apices.

Aricia borealis, n. sp.

MALE. Black, shining. Interfrontalia opaque black, orbits silvery pilose.
Thorax very slightly greyish priunescent, not distinctly vittate. Abdomen
when viewed from behind, with brownish pruinescence and a black median
longitudinal stripe. Legs black. Wings slightly greyish, fuscous at bases.
Squamae yellow. Halteres black.

Eyes bare, separated by about one-seventh the head-width; orbits linear
above, not one-third as wide as interfrontalia at its narrowest point; antennae
short, third joint 1-5 as long as second; arista almost entirely nude; cheek with
many long hairs; vibrissa poorly differentiated; orbit in profile projecting
beyond eye farther than width of third antennal joint. Presutural acrostichals
irregularly four-rowed; postsutural dorso-centrals four in number; prealar
bristle weak but distinguishable; sternopleura with long hairs and two strong
bristles; pterbpleura and hypopleura bare. Abdomen subcylindrical, slightly
taperino to apex; fifth sternite with small rounded central excavation in posterior
margin. Fore t ibia with three to four bristles in a single series on apical third of
posterorventral surface; mid femora slightly attenuated apically, with two to
three long bristles at base on anterior side; mid tibia with almost the entire
length of the postero-dorsal surface with short bristles, two to three on posterior
Mirface, and three to four on postero-ventral surface beyond middle; hind
femora with bristles on entire length of antero-ventral surface, the postero-
vental surface unarmed; hind tibia slightly curved, the apex on ventral side very
distinctly produced, anterior and posterior surfaces with short, regular, setulose
hairs, those on postero-dorsal surface longest (PI. IX, fig. 27); hind tarsi with
a paii' of bristles at base of first joint noticeably longer than the others. Last
sections of third and fourth veins parallel; outer cross- vein slightly curved, last
section of fourth vein 2-5 as long as preceding section.

Length, 7-5 mm.

Type locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union, strait. Northwest
Territories, July, 1916 (F. Johansen).

Diptera 65 c

With the male are several females which I consider to be of this species.
The description is as follows : —

Black, less distinctly shining than the male, the thorax very densely pruin-
escent, the centre with two narrow, pale grey vittse, and the lateral margin-
broadly pale grey. Abdomen immaculate. Wings slightly greyish. Calyptrse
white. Halteres yellow.

Frons, at vertex, about two-fifths the head-width, slightly broadened
anteriorly, each orbit at middle about one-third as wide as interfrontalia, tin-
surface with many short hairs, four to six incurved bristles on lower portion
and two slightly outwardly-directed ones on upper portion; chicks hi^h<-r
than in male and with very few short hairs above the marginal brist lea. Thorax
much less hairy than in the male, the prealar bristle absent. Abdomen pointed
at apex. Bristling of the tibiae very variable, fore pair with zero to three pos-
terior and zero to three postero-ventral bristles, and very rarely one antcro-
dorsal; mid pair usually with one or more ventral, two to four antero-dorsal,
three to four postero-dorsal, and three to four postero-ventral bristles; hind
pair with from two to five bristles on antero-ventral, antero-dorsal and postero-
dorsal surfaces.

Localities: one specimen with same data as male; one specimen same
locality as foregoing but with date of July 10, 1916; one specimen, Young point,
Northwest Territories, July 18, 1916; one specimen, cape Bathurst, Northwest-
Territories, July 26, 1916; one specimen, west of Konganevik, Camden bay,
Alaska, July 4, 1914 (all F. Johansen).

This species differs from any member of this genus known to me in the
structure and armature of the hind tibiae, the bare eyes, almost bare arista, and
black halteres.

Limnophora Robineau-Desvoidy.

There are two specimens in the collection referable to this genus, a male
and a female, neither of which it is possible to identify conclusively because
of the poor condition. The only species of the genus which I have previously
seen from the arctics of this continent is nobilis Stein. Neither of the specimens
before me belongs to that species, and apparently they differ specifically from
each other also.

The immature stages of the genus are unknown. The flies are commonly
found close to water, being usually abundant on the shores of lakes and rivers,
and some of the most aberrant forms occur on the seashore.

I have found one species in Scotland feeding upon insects, but whether it
killed the specimens itself or merely appropriated the discarded prey of other
predators I can not say as I did not see it catch any flies. The proposcis is
not adapted for piercing, though armed at apex with chitinous rods which may
serve to abrade the integument and so enable the insect to feed in a predatory
manner.

Limnophora, sp. 1.

A male specimen taken at Cockburn point, Dolphin and Union strait,
Northwest Territories, September 7, 1914 (F. Johansen), has the eyes separated
by slightly more than the distance across posterior ocelli, the orbits narrower
than interfrontalia at its narrowest point; arista pubescent; thorax with three
strong pairs of postsutural dorso-centrals; presutural acrostichals irregularly
four-rowed; abdomen with large, subtriangular, separate, brown spots; fore
tibia with one posterior bristle; mid tibia absent; hind tibia with two antero-
dorsal, and two weak postero-dorsal bristles ; third vein bare at base ; veins three
and four divergent apically, last section of four about 2-5 as long as preceding
•section; outer cross- vein straight.

Length, 4-5 mm.

Vol. iii— 46963— 5

66 c Ca nailian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

This species differs from any I have seen from North America, but owing
to the very close resemblance between species of this genus and the. poor state
of preservation of the specimen I do not consider it advisable to give it a name.

Limnophora, sp. 2.

A female taken on Herschel island, Yukon Territory, July 29, 1916 (F.
Johansen), differs from the foregoing in having four pairs of postsutural dorso-
centrals. the acrostichals two-rowed, dorsum of thorax distinctly trivittate,
mid tibia with two antero-dorsal and three postero-dorsal bristles, hind tibia
with one antero-ventral, two antero-dorsal, and two postero-dorsal bristles,
and the last section of fourth vein comparatively longer.

Length, 4- 75 mm.

Fogonomyia Rondani.

This genus has much in common with Trichopticus. In fact it is difficult
TO separate the males of some species from those of Phaonia and Trichopticus.
The male of Pogonomyia nitens Stein was described as a Spilogasier, though
the author of that description recognized the female as a Pogonomyia — an
error which led me into describing the species in that genus under the name
Pogonomyia flavinervis.

The characters which are of service in separating Pogononnjia from Tri-
cftopticus are summarized as follows: —

MALE. — Eyes bare; j>realar bristle long; fore tarsi short and with erect
short pile ventrally, the other tarsi spinose vent rally; hind tibiae not curved,
with long and short bristles, without fine hairs; hind coxse bare above at apices.

FEMALI^ — Differs from the male by the widely separated eyes; in other
respects similar, but with the lower supraorbital bristle directed forward and
with cruciate frontal bristles, characters which separate the genus from both
Phaonia and Aricia.

There is one species in the collection, represented by one female, which
lacks the abdomen but is otherwise in good condition. The species resembles
a] pi cola Rondani, a European species reported as occurring in North America.

Pogonomyia quadrisetosa, n. sp.

F KM ALE. — Black, shining. Orbits, ptilinum, and upper portion of cheeks
silvery pilose, face and lower portion of cheeks less distinctly silvery. Dorsum
of thorax slightly greyish brown pruinescent, with three poorly defined vittse
anteriorly. Abdomen missing. Legs black. Wings clear, veins yellowish
except cost a and base of first. Calyptrse whitish yellow. Halteres black.

Cruciate frontal bristles strong; orbitals as in nitens Stein, except that
the weak hairs are more numerous; orbits in profile projecting as far beyond
eye as half the length of eye — much farther than in nitcnx: anterior angle of
cheeks protruding farther than frons at base of antennae; third antennal joint
slightly longer than second; arista microscopically pubescent; vibrissa very
little stronger than the other bristles, the latter covering a larger area than in
nitens; palpi much shorter than in nitens. Thorax with presutural acrostichals
weak, irregularly two or three-rowed; postsut rual dorso-cent rals four in number
rather weak; presculellars as strong as dorso-cent rals; pteropleura in type
with a long hair near middle. Fore tibia with three to four bristles on apical
half of postero-ventral surface; mid femora with a series of long bristles on
antero-ventral surface; mid tibia with three to four antero-ventral, four to

antero-dorsal, five to six postero-dorsal bristles, and three to four
postero-ventral bristles; hind femora with a series of long bristles on antero-
ventral surface; hind tibia with five to seven long bristles on antero-ventral,
antero-dorsal, and postero-dorsal surfaces. Venation as in nitens.

Length, (> 7 mm.

Diptera 67 c

Type locality: West of Bernard harbour, Dolphin and I'mon straits,
Northwest Territories, July 14, 1916 (F. Johanseni.

The type specimen differs from any previously described species of the
genus in having four postsutural dorso-centrals. If the specimen i> at.n.
in this respect it can be separated from nitens by tin- presence of the long l»i
on the antero-ventral surface of the mid femora; from the speciee i»l<-niifi<
Stein as alpicola Rondani, by the yellowish wings, almost hare arista, and (he
mid-femoral bristles.

A third species which occurs in the United States, and which
alpicola, is separable from quadrisetosa by the more loosely pih.-e ton tarsi, the
more widely spaced and longer bristles on latero-ventral margin- of tin
and hind tarsi, the darker wings, and the shorter papli, the latter being les> than
half as long as the apical portion of the proboscis.

A fifth, and probably a sixth species, found in Colorado, are very di.-i n«-t
from quadrisetosa.

Pogonomyioides, n. gen.
Generic Characters.

FEMALE. — Resembles Pogonomyia, differing principally » i the prealar
bristle being weak or absent and in having the pteropleura with a number of
long hairs on centre. The only species of Pogonomyia in which I have seen
any hairs on the pteropleura is the one described in this paper. In addition to
the above characters the intra-alar bristles are practically absent in Pogonomy-
ioides, usually only the posterior one being distinguishable and that very
weak, and there is no long bristle at apex of fore tibia on venter, nor are there
any conspicuous bristles at apices of fore tarsal joints vent rally.

In other respects as Pogonomyia.

Type, Pogonomyioides atrata, n. sp.

Pogonomyioides atrata, n. sp.

FEMALE. — -Puparium: Brownish red, slightly shining. Surface microscopic-
ally granulose, almost without stria? above, finely but very distinctly transversely
striate ventrally, becoming more coarsely so posteriorly. Posterior portion of
cephalopharyngeal skeleton very slender, as shown in PL IX, fig. 30; dorsal
half of thoracic segments absent; apex with a concentrically ridged rim sur-
rounding a small but deep cavity; locomotor processes apparently lacking,
except in center of each ventral segment, where there is a single transverse
series of microscopic elevations extending nearly across the segments; a single
series of small, stitch-like impressions between all segments, which is duplicated
and surrounds the lateral fusiform area, three or four, short, irregular, longitudinal
series of minute elevations on each segment laterally; base of abdomen with
the pair of respiratory tubercles well developed, slender, about six tinn
long as thick at base; apical segment irregularly shrunken (possibly abnormal),
a large depression caudad of spiracles and extending forward to posterior margin
of penultimate segment, a subtriangular depression situated in extreme apex,
and a large one .on lateral area; spiracles slightly elevated, separated by less
than three times their own diameter, the openings directed dorsad, ventrad,
and laterad respectively.

Length, 6-5 mm.

Imago: Black, slightly shining. Orbits and upper part of cheeks silvery
•pilose. Thorax with slight greyish pruinescence, distinctly but not conspicu-
ously quadrivittate. Abdomen slightly and evenly grey pruinose. Wings clear.
Calyptrse yellowish. Halteres black.

: Frons about two-fifths the width of head, each orbit above about one-fifth
as wide as interfrontalia; interfrontal cruciate bristles strong; orbitals as m

Vol. iii— 46963— 5*

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

•'onti/iii (jiiinlr/ilctuxii; antennae short, third joint less than twice as long

rond; arista bare1, second joint as long as thick, third swollen for about
one-third of its length; cheek about one-fourth as high as eye, densely haired
on lower half, the bristly hairs almost uniform in length and strength, vibrissse
well differentiated; palpi slender, nearly as long as apical portion of proboscis.
Dorsum of thorax not very conspicuously hairy; presutural acrostichals weak,
irregularly four-rowed; postsutural dorso-centrals four, prealar bristle very
small; a group of numerous bristly hairs above fore coxae; sternopleura with
very long hairs and two strong bristles, one in front and the other behind.
Abdomen with short bristly hairs and no long bristles. Legs similar to those of
Pogonomyia in form; fore coxae without stout bristles; fore tibia with two to
three weak posterior bristles, apical spines short ventrally; mid femora with a
few weak bristles on basal half of antero-ventral surface; mid tibia with two
to three antero-ventral, two to four antero-dorsal, four to six postero-dorsal,
and two to three postero-ventral bristles on surface; hind femora with rather
weak bristles on greater portion of antero-ventral surface; hind tibia with
three to four antero-ventral, three to five antero-dorsal, and six to eight postero-
dorsal bristles, none of which are very long; mid and hind tarsi with short,
rat her closely placed bristles. Costal thorn indistinct; outer cross-vein straight;
last section of fourth vein about 1-75 as long as preceding section.

Length, 7 mm.

Type locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest
Territories, July 7, 1915 (F. Johansen).

I have seen a series of specimens of this species from the arctic region in
another collection, and find that the pteropleural hairs are rarely absent. The
characterization here given holds good throughout the series.

GOENOSIIN^.

There are two imagines of this sub-family in the collection. Both belong
to the genus Coenosia and represent different species, but only one is in good
enough condition to permit of its identification.

Coenosia octomaculata Zetterstedt.

Coenosia octomaculata Zetterstedt. Ins. Lapp., p. 141, 1840.

This northern European species has not hitherto been recorded from this
continent. Although very closely resembling geniculata Fallen, it is very
readily separated from it by the much smaller lower squama, which barely
projects beyond the upper. In the specimen before me the mid tibiae have the
antero-dorsal and postero-dorsal bristles at the same height, whereas in my
specimens of geniculata from Illinois the antero-dorsal one is much nearer apex
of tibia.

Locality: Nome, Alaska, August 24 and 25, 1916 (F. Johansen).

Coenosia, sp.

One female in very poor condition. The legs appear to be "black or fuscous,
witli only the bases of the tibiae pale.

Locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Terri-
tories, July 10, 1915 (F. Johansen).

ANTHOMYIIN^:.

There is one genus in this collection which has been previously known from
arctic Europe only, and another has been listed as belonging to Anthomyia. In

Diptera 69 C

order to make clear the generic relations of these I have drawn up an abridged
key to genera which is presented herewith.

KEY TO GENERA IN COLLECTION AND THE GENERA MOST CLOSELY ALLIED mi i:

1. Eyes hairy.

Eyes bare

2. Abdomen broadly ovate, little longer than broad; eyes in male distinctly separated; in

female the width of frons is very little more than that of male Allioptiia S. and 1 >

Abdomen narrow, almost parallel-sided, much longer than brn.-id; eyefl in in:d<- contiguous,
in female separated by at least one-third the width of head Lariopt M-

3. Calyptra decidedly unequal in size, the under one projecting beyond upper ... 4
Calyptra not as above, the lower one not projecting .",

4. Lower calypter very much longer than upper; arista plumose ///////-o^Ao/-/,/ |{ -I )

Lower calypter not much longer than upper; arista almost bare Egle li.-l)

5. Legs black; arista pubescent or bare Phorvia 1 ; - ! »

Legs black, or with tibiae pale; arista hairy or plumose Hylemyia Meigen.

Legs with at least the tibiae pale; arista pubescent or bare Pegomyia R.-D.

The last three genera are poorly defined and overlap considerably, but my
studies of the family have not been brought to the point where I am prepared to
publish reliable characters for their differentiation, sa I use the generally accepted
characters. I have in preparation a generic synopsis of this and other sub-
families which I hope to publish shortly.

Hydrophoria Robineau-Desvoidy.

The only species of this genus on which I possess information concerning the
early stages is aquatic. The flies are always found in the vicinity of rivers or
ponds.

There is only one species in the present collection, which is described as new.

Hydrophoria arctica, n. sp.

MALE. — Black. Frontal triangle opaque black, orbits, cheeks, and face
white pilose. Legs black, tibiae slightly brownish. Wings greyish, veins black.
Squamae white, with yellow margins. Halteres brownish yellow.

Interfrontalia obliterated below ocelli, the orbits at this point linear; third
antennal joint about 1-5 as long as second; arista tapered on basal half, long-
haired to middle, bare apically; orbit in profile extending beyond eye as far as
width of third antennal joint; cheek 1 • 5 as high as width of orbit; vibrissa long,
marginal bristles on cheek long and strong. Presutural acrostichals weak,
hardly distinguishable among the irregularly four rowed hairs, prescutellars hair-
like;, prealar bristle about one-fourth as long as the bristle behind it; sternop-
leurals two: two, the lower anterior one weak; upper margin of hypopleurse
hairy proximad of spiracle. Abdomen short and broad, cylindrical, segments
with long bristles on posterior margins; hypopygium with basal segment polished,
the apical, recurved one slightly prominent, armed with many long strong bristles;
fifth ventral segment densely covered with setulose hairs. Fore tibiae with two
bristles; mid tibia with two to three antero-ventral, three to four antero-dorsal,
two to three postero-dorsal, and three to four postero-ventral bristles; almost the
entire length of mid-femora with long bristles on the anteroand postero-ventral
surfaces; hind tibia with five to six short bristles on antero-ventral surface,
seven to eight irregular ones on antero-dorsal, seven to eight on postero-dorsal
surface, one beyond middle being very long. Costal thorn at least as long as inner
cross-vein; outer cross- vein very much flexed; last section of fourth vein about
1-5 as long as preceding section.

FEMALE. — Similar in colour to the male.

Frons opaque black, densely brown pruinescent, nearly half as broad as lira.
orbits broad, each at broadest part nearly as broad as orbit at same part; cruciate
bristles strong; supra-orbital bristles four in number, the lower one directed

70 c ('tuntilnui Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

slightly outward and forward, the others directed outward: orbital hairs
numerous and nearly as long as the bristles; one to two long bristles situated
above vibrissa. Abdomen tapered at apex; last segment not exposed, making
it impossible to say if it is armed with curved thorns. Legs and wings as in male.

Length, (i mm.

Type locality: Cockburn point, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest
Territories. September 5, 1914 (F. Johansen). Allotype, .Bernard harbour,
Northwest Territories, June 1915, (F. Johansen).

This species agrees with divi^i Meigen in having the hypopleura with hairs
on upper portion, but differs from it and all other species known to me in having
the orbit in the female armed with long hairs in addition to the bristles, and in the
very conspicuously bristly hypopygium and long costal thorn.

A female specimen, in very poor condition, from Collinson point, Alaska,
June 22-23, 1914, may represent a distinct species. The mid tibia on one side is
gone, but the one remaining is reddish and less bristly than in arclica, but without
better preserved examples it is impossible to say definitely as to its specific

tity .

Alliopsis Schnabl and Dziedzicki.

Generic Characters.

MALK. — Very robust. Head large, eyes long-haired, narrowly separated
above; antennae shorter than face; arista almost bare; cheeks with very
numerous long bristles on lower margin and anteriorly, the vibrissae not
differentiated. Thorax with three pairs of postsutural dorsocentrals;
calypt rap of moderate size, lower scale not projecting. Abdomen broad ovate,
ii> length barely exceeding its greatest width; hypopygium small; apical
visible ventral segment with a wedge-shaped central incision. Legs stout,
strongly bristled. Sixth vein extending to margin of wing.

FEMALE. — Head as in male but the eyes are more widely separated; orbital
bristles numerous, hair-like, erect and slightly inwardly directed, outer supra-
orbitals and cruciate interfrontal bristles absent. In other respects similar
to male, the abdomen not so broad and more pointed apically.

Alliopsis obesa, n. sp.

MALE. -—Black, shining. Wings slightly greyish, fuscous at base. Squaime
grey, margins brown. Halteres yellow, knobs brown.

Narrowest part of frons as wide as distance across posterior ocelli, the orbits
linear above and not over one sixth as wide as interfrontalia; profile as in PI. X,
iig. />:> ; hairs on eyes pale. Dorsum of thorax with long hairs; acroatichals
long and hair-like, irregularly four rowed cephalad of suture; post humeral and
presutural bristles strong, the latter duplicated on both sides, and the former on
one side, in type1; prescutellar bristles weak; scutellum with four long marginal
bristles, numerous long discal hairs, and very distinct ventral pile; propleura
above coxa- with a conspicuous clump of long bristly hairs; sternopleurals three
in number; hypopleura bare. Abdomen with long setulose hairs on entire
surface, those at apices of segments bristle-like; fourth segment the shortest;
hypopygium very small, globose, glossy. Legs rather densely covered with
moderately long setulose hairs; bristles on fore and mid tibiae hardly distinguish-
able from the hail's but apparently as follows: fore tibia1 with two to three on
postero-dorsal surface; mid tibia' with two to three on each of the following
surfaces antero-dorsal, postero-dorsal, and postero-ventral; hind femora
with long bristly hairs from base to well beyond middle of postero-dorsal sur-
and much stronger bristles on the whole length of antero-ventral surface;
hind tibia- with four to five short bristles on apical half of antero-ventral surface,
six to eight longer bristles on entire length of antero-dorsal surface, and six to
s<'veii long slender bristles on post ero-dorsal surface, the so-called preapical bristle
very long, and very slender at apex; tarsi normal. Wings greatly exceeding

Diptera 71 <

apex of abdomen, the length of wing equal to that of entire insect; costa with
short black setulae, the costal spine not differentiated; outer cross-vein curved;
last section of fourth vein twice as long as preceding section.

Length, 8 mm.

Type locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest
Territories, June, 1915-16 (F. Johansen).

Alliopsis, sp.

FEMALE. — Similar in colour to obesa.

Frons at narrowest part about one-eighth the width of head, tin- orbit-
linear and about one-fifth as wide as interfrontalia, bristles as in preceding
profile as PI. X, fig. 32, Thorax much less conspicuously haired than in obesa,
the dorso-centrals stronger and well differentiated; presutural acrostichal>
irregularly four-rowed, presutural bristle single; prealar as in obesa, nearly as
long as the bristle behind it; scutellum with a differentiated discal pair of bri>t !«•>
in addition to the marginals. Abdominal hairs very long on lateral margins of
segments and on apical two, short on disc, the contrast more striking than in
obesa', apical genital segment without thorns. Legs less hairy than in obesa, the
bristles on tibiae strong and distinct; fore tibiae with three long bristles, one on the
anterior dorsal surface and two on the posterior; mid tibiae with three antero-
dorsal, four to five postero-dorsal, and three postero-ventral bristles; hind
femora as in obesa, but hind tibiae with four to five long bristles on the basal half
of posterior surface in addition to those on the other surfaces, the latter stronger
than in obesa. Wings as in obesa, but the costal setulae are longer, the costal spine
is distinct, and the outer cross-vein is straight.

Length, 7 • 5 mm.

Locality: Camden bay, Alaska, June, 1914 (F. Johansen).

It is possible that the two foregoing forms represent only one species.

The genus Alliopsis was erected for the reception of the European arctic
species glacialis Zetterstedt, and is closely allied to Lasiops Meigen, both having
the eyes very distinctly hairy, but it may be separated from that genus in the
male by much more widely separated eyes, those of Lasiops being subcontiguous,
and by the very broad abdomen. The female of Lasiops has the frons similar to
that of Phorbia, whereas that of Alliopsis is not much wider in the male and all
the orbital bristles are directed slightly inward, none directed forward.

Egle Robineau-Desvoidy.

This genus contains several species that have been placed in Anthomyia by
most authors. From the type of the latter Egle differs — at least the species
known to me — in having the prothorax bare below and in front of the spiracle.

One species is present in this collection.

Egle radicum (Linne).
Musca radicum Linne, Fauna Suec., 2d ed., p. 454, 1756.

Six specimens, with data as follows: .Nome, Alaska, August 21, 1916, two
specimens, and August 24-25, 1916, three specimens; and Teller, Alaska, July
29, 1913 (F. Johansen).

This is a European species which occurs throughout North Amo]
has previously been recorded from Alaska.

Schnabl and Dziedzicki have erected the genus Paregle for the reception o
the above species and several others, but I do not think the separation warranted.

72 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Hylemyia Robineau-Desvoidy.

This genus is not well defined, and it is very difficult, in fact almost im-
possible, to separate some species from the genus Phorbia by the application of
characters given in published keys to the genera of the family.

The larvae are very little known; those that are known live either in decaying
vegetation or, rarely, in living plants such as wheat.

Hylemyia variata (Fallen.)

Mimca variata Fallen. Dipt. Suec., Muse., p. 59, 1820.

There is one female of this species in the collection, taken at Nome, Alaska,
August 24 and 25th, 1916 (F. Johansen).

There are records of this European species from many states in North
America, its range extending from Massachusetts to Idaho, and south to
Louisiana. It has also been recorded from Ontario and Alaska, so that in all
probability it is to be found throughout the entire area of North America.

Hylemyia acrostichalis, n. sp.

MALE. — Black, shining. Wings clear. Calyptra white. Halteres yellow.

Eyes separated by not more than width of anterior ocellus; frons not
buccate; antennae nearly as long as face, third joint narrow, about twice as long
as second; arista with short, rather dense hairs, the longest hairs longer than
diameter of arista at base; cheek not much higher than width of facial orbit in
profile, and about one-seventh as high as eye, bristles confined to margin, one
short bristle above vibrissa; proboscis not very stout. Prealar bristle long and
strong; two pairs of long presutural acrostichals present. Abdomen in type
crushed; fifth sternite with a deep central excision, the lateral extensions with a
fringe of front hairs on inner margin, and a number of bristles on surface, the
longest of which does not exceed in length the lateral extension (PL X, fig. 39);
hypopygium small (PL X, fig. 40). Legs slender; fore tibia with one posterior
and a weaker antero-dorsal bristle near middle, and a small sharp bristle at apex
on posterior side which is directed downward and slightly backward; fore tarsi
slender, longer than tibia; mid femur with five to six bristles on basal half of
postero-ventral surface ; mid tibia with one to two bristles on each of the following
surfaces: — antero-dorsal, postero-dorsal, and postero-ventral; mid tarsus normal,
not longer than tibia; hind femur with long widely-spaced bristles on antero- and
postero-ventral surfaces, those on the latter weaker and not carried to apex; hind
tibia with three to four bristles on each of the following surfaces — antero-ventral,
antero-dorsal, and postero-dorsal, those on the latter surface much stronger
than the others, especially the one nearest apex, posterior surface with one
bristle near middle; hind tarsus normal, shorter than tibia. Costa with weak
setulee, the costal thorn distinct but not very long; last section of fourth vein
] -7.") times as long as preceding section.

FEMALE. — Similar to male in colour.

Frons nearly one-half the head-width; cruciate bristles long; each orbit
wit h one strong bristle below the fofwardly directed supraorbital; cheek narrower
than in male. Thorax as in male, the bristles stronger. Genital segments not
armed with strong spines. Legs similar in armature to those of male. Costal
thorn longer than in male, the upper exceeding the inner cross-vein in length;
last section of fourth vein very little longer than preceding section.

Length, 6-5 mm.

Type locality: Nome, Alaska, August 21, 1916 (F. Johansen).

This species bears a resemblance to marginata Stein, but differs in armature
of fifth abdominal sternite, almost contiguous eyes, and armature of legs. From
simpla Coquillett, an Alaskan species, it is readily separated by the bristling of
the hind tibia.

Diptera X3 c

Phorbia Robineau-Desvoidy.

There are apparently four species of this genus in the collection, none o
which are in good condition.

Phorbia brevitarsata, n. sp.

MALE.— Black. Anterior portion of interfrontalia, facial orbits, and the
greater portion of cheeks rufous. Wings clear. Calyptra yellow. Halteres yellow.

Eyes separated at narrowest part of frons by a distance more than equal
to width across posterior ocelli; cruciate bristles long and hair-like; antennae
short, third joint 1-5 as long as second; arista much swollen at base, tapered
to near apex of basal third, almost bare; facial orbit in profile nearly as broad
as height of cheek, the latter one-third as high as eye; vibrissal angle weak,
almost on a level with lower margin of eye, the portion ventrad of it nearly vert i-
cal; cheek with a few weak marginal hairs. Prealar bristle very short; three to
four pairs of weak,acrostichals in front of suture. Abdomen subcylindrical. hut
little tapered posteriorly. Legs rather short and stout; mid tibia with one to
two bristles on antero-dorsal and postero-dorsal surfaces; hind femur with an
almost complete series of widely spaced bristles on antero-ventral surface and
a number of similarly disposed bristles on basal half of postero-ventral surface;
hind tibia with long slender bristles on antero-ventral, antero-dorsal, and postero-
dorsal and postero-ventral surfaces, those on the dorsal surfaces stronger, -more
irregular, and more widely spaced than those on ventral surfaces, the postero-
ventral surface with the bristles very fine and hair-like and in a double series
on basal half; hind tarsus distinctly shorter than hind tibia, the basal joint
less than one-third the tibial length. Outer cross-vein of wing oblique; last
section of fourth vein about 1 • 5 as long as preceding section.

FEMALE.- — Similar to the male in colour.

Interfrontalia not much wider than orbit; cruciate bristles long and strong;
two bristles proximad of anterior supraorbital; facial orbit in profile nearly
as wide as height of cheek, the latter half as high as eye. Thorax showing traces
of pollinose vittse, a slender one on each side of anterior acrostichals. Abdomen
tapered posteriorly; apex of last genital segment with numerous short stout
bristles. Fore tibia with one posterior and one antero-dorsal bristle; hind
tibia with fewer hair-like bristles on ventral surfaces than male, those on postero-
ventral surface confined to basal half. Costal and radial veins noticeably
paler than others; costal thorn of moderate length.

Length, 5 mm.

Type locality: West of Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, July 4, 1914,
and June 1914 (F. Johansen).

The much-protruded face, pale colour of orbits and cheeks, and armature
of the hind tibia of male separates this species from any known to me.

Phorbia, sp. 1.

This species closely resembles substriata Stein, but differs in having the
facial orbits in profile about as wide as height of cheek, the presutural acrostichals
more numerous and much weaker. None of the specimens are in good enough
condition to ensure accurate identification.

Locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Terri-
tories, July 18-19, 1915, and July 1916 (F. Johansen).

Two males and three females.

Phorbia, sp. 2.

Closely resembling the preceding species. Differs in having the frons
entirely black, the wings less conspicuously yellow at base, and the costal
thorn much snorter.

74 ( C<i//<i(i/(iti Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories,
August 1-7.' 19 lf>. and July, 1916 (F. Johansen).

Phorbia, sp. 3.

One male in very poor condition. Resembles brevitarsata in armature
of the legs, but differs in having the abdomen depressed, and the hind tarsi
about as long as the tibia.

Locality: On sandy beach, Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait,
Northwest Territories, July 19, 1915 (F. Johansen).

Phorbia, spp.

Five specimens belonging to this genus are in such poor condition that
I cannot satisfactorily assign them to any of the preceding species or to any
known to me.

Locality: Herschel island, Yukon Territory, July 29, 1916, one female;
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 10, 19 If), one male, one female;
same locality, June 18, 1915, one female; Collinson point, Alaska, June 20,
1914 (F. Johansen).

Pegomyia Robineau-Desvoidy.

This genus as at present constituted contains species which are very dissimilar
in habitus, and my knowledge of the larval habits of a number of the species
leads me to consider certain that such species as unicolor Stein, a finis Stein,
and bicolor Wiedemann are not congeneric. The first-named I have reared
from mushrooms, and the larva resembles much more closely that of Anthomyia
/;////'/////* Linne than that of bicolor, which is a leaf-miner. The larvae of
ajfinix are found in burrows of rodents and in caves or holes in the ground which
mammals or birds frequent and are essentially scavengers; their structure
is unknown to me. Both species in the present collection are more closely
related to unicolor than to bicolor and may have the same larval habits.

Pegomyia flavipes (Fallen.)

Ai<tfn»niji.(i JlaviiH'x Fallen. Dipt. Sure., Muse., p. 90, sp. 12."). l.S'Jii.
Aiilho/iii/i/i j»dchripes Loew. Zeitschr. f. Ges. Xutunviss, 104. 1S."7
Pegomyia flavipes (Fallen) Stein, Wien Ent. Zeitg., vol.25, p. 69, 1906.

Tliis species has the general habitus of unicolor Stein, but is considerably
darker in colour and is separable from its congeners by the remarkably long
bristles on the antero-ventral surface of the hind femora, the longest one being
at least three times as long as the diameter of the femora where it is situated.
The lower bristle on the postero-dorsal surface of the hind tibia is about half
as long as the tibia.

One male specimen in very poor condition, Nome, Alaska, August 21,
I'.Hr, (F. Johansen).

Pegomyia albimargo Pandell.

/V,/,,,,/,//,, ,///,;„„;,•,/« Pandell, Rev. Knt. Fnmee, vol. 20, p. 296, 1901.

Phorbia obscura Meade (nee Macquart). Knt. Month. Mug., vol. !*>, p. 216. iss:;.

This species is one of the smallest and most variable in colour in the group.
Sometimes the whole insect, including the legs, is black, but commonly the
abdomen and at least the tibiae are reddish, or t ranslucent. The thorax is always
black and in front is marked with four short vittir, between which the dorsum
is conspicuously white pruinescent. The black antenna and palpi serve to
distinguish the species from riniyrni Zetterstedt, which it most closely resem-
bles in the cha'totaxy of the legs.

Diptera 75 c

Locality: Three male specimens, Nome, Alaska, August 21 and 24, l!>ir>
(F. Johansen).

Both these European species are recorded herein for the first time from
North America.

FUCELLIN^:.
Fucellia Robmeau-Desvoidy,

The species of this genus are found along the margins of >tream>. on tin-
seashore, and on the shores of lakes.

Fucellia punctipennis H< -ckci -.

Fucellin inincti [H-niiix Becker, Middel. om Gronland, vol. 29, p. 411, 1'JOv

This species was described from east Greenland and has not since !>een
recorded. All the specimens in the present collection were obtained at Bemanl
harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, May I'.lKi. and June
18, 1915. Eleven specimens (F. Johansen).

Fucellia ariciiformis Holmgren.
Fucellia ariciiformis Holmgren, Kongl. Vetenskap. Forhandl., 1872, No. 6, p. 103.

This species was originally described from Greenland. I have seen examples
from Pribilof islands. There are twenty-nine specimens in the present collec-
tion: nine from Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Terri-
tories, taken May 19, 1916, May 20 and 22, June 25, and July 11, 1915; nineteen
from Demarcation point, Alaska, May 15, 1914; and one from Collinson point,
Alaska, June 20, 1914 (F. Johansen).

SCATOPHAGID^E.

The larva? of most species of this family feed upon decaying vegetable
matter and manure. One North American species, Hydromyza confluens Loew,
mines, in the larval stage, in the stems of Nymphaea americana. The imagines
of many species are predaceous, feeding upon other small insects, and most of
them are found near water, particularly on the shores of rivers, lakes, and on
the seashore. Many species can be obtained only by very thorough sweeping
with an insect net over grasses and other herbage growing in ponds and along
their extreme margins.

The literature on this family is in deplorable condition from the point of
view of one who has to identify species, and in order to make clear the generic
concepts of the writer I have drawn up a key to the genera, which is included
in this paper.

Very many species of the family occur in northern latitudes — in fact the
family is essentially a northern one — and this key will be found useful in future
work on arctic Diptera.

Some of the genera are proposed herein for the first time, and several are
recorded for the first time from this continent.

KEY TO GENERA.

1. Species with three sternopleural bristles

Species with two sternopleural bristles

Species with one sternopleural bristle

2. First wing-vein bristly on apical half; palpi without long apical britsle; arista short-

haired or pubescent; scutellum with two or four bristles; fore femora without
closely placed or very strong antero-ventral bristles .
First wing-vein bare, or the species does not have all of the above characters .

76 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

KEY TO GENERA — Con.

3. Palpi with long apical bristle which is about as long as the palpus; scutellum with

six bristles Pleihochaeta Coquillett. . . .

Palpi without long apical bristle; scutellum with two or four bristles 4

4. Arista plumose Pycnoglossa Coquillett . . .

Arista alomost bare 4a

4a. Fore femora with anterior and antero-ventral surfaces armed with closely placed

black bristles Amaurosoma Becker. . . .

Fore femora without such bristles Pselaphcphila Becker.

5. Third antenna! joint with apex rounded; scutellum with two bristles Hexamitocera Becker.
Third antennal joint with upper portion of apex acute or angulate; scutellum with

four bristles 6

6. Arista much thickened on basal half, the second joint much longer than thick, genicu-

lated with third Gonatherus Rondani.

Arista thickened at base, second joint about as long as thick, not geniculated apioally

Trichopalpus Rondani, pt.
(Chaetosia Coquillett)

7. Pteropleura bare 8

Pteropleura hairy on at least part of its surface 22

8. Head much longer than high, face much retreating below; palpi with long apical

bristle, third antennal joint with a long hair on outer side near base of arista. . . .

Acicephala Coquillett.

Head at least as high as long, face not much retreating below; third antennal joint
without long hair as above 9

9. Orbital bristles very short, distinguishable only with strong lens; cross-vein absent

from base of discal cell1 Hydromyza Fallen .

Orbital bristles long; discal cell closed at base 10

10. Fore tibiae with a short, stout, rectangular spine near apex on under side

Acanthocnema Becker.

Fore tibiae without such rectangularly projecting spine lOa

lOa. Fore femur and fore tibiae each with a series of strong bristles on antero- and postero-

ventral surfaces Norellia Robineau-Desvoidy .

Fore femur without strong bristles on antero-ventral surface; bristles on tibia not in

two series lOb

lOb. Third and fourth wing-veins curved downward on their penultimate sections, the first
posterior cell proximad of inner cross-vein distinctly broader than at any other
point; stigmatal bristle absent; arista pubescent; palpi with long apical bristle;

first vein bristly at apex Scoliaphleps Becker.

Wing venation normal, first posterior cell proximad of inner cross-vein not broader

1 ban at any other point lOc

lOc. First wing-vein bristly on apical half 11

First wing-vein bare on apical half 16

11. Palpi long and slender, armed at apices with a long bristle; arista plumose 12

Palpi not armed at apex with a long bristle, or if so the arista is bare or almost so. . 13

12. Presutrual dorso-central, prothoracic, stigmatal, humeral, and tibial bristles strong;

legs stout , Cordylura Fallen, pt . .

Presutural dorso-central bristles weak or absent, prothoracic and stigmata! bristles weak;
humeral usually absent; tibiae usually with very weak bristles . Paralleloma Becker, pt.

13. Scutellum with six bristles; lower margins of cheeks with numerous long bristles. . . .

Bucephalina, n. gen.
Scutellum with two or four bristles 14

14. Male genitalia with very long curled bristles on each side which are directed upward

and slightly forward; fore tibiae with short, black spines on inner side

Pogonota Zetterstedt.
Male genitalia without such bristles; fore tibiae without short black spines on inner side 15

15. Ari<ta sulnmde; intra-alar bristles absent Gimnomera Rondani.

Arista plumose, the hairs widely separated; intra-alar bristles distinct

M>(i»l>}itfi(dma Becker.

lt'». Sixth wing-vein not extending to margin 17

Sixth wing-vein extending to margin 18

17. Arista plumose; eyes concave on lower posterior margin; legs long and slender

I'nnillclnnin Becker, pt.
Arista almost bare; eyes rounded; legs short Cordylurella, n. gen.

18. Prealar bristle more than half as long as the bristle behind it; thoracic and leg bristles

long and atrong 19

Prealar bristle nnu-li less than half as long as the one behond it; thoracic and !«•»
bristles of moderat" length 20a

"This last diameter ilof-s not apply to the European species.

Diptera 77 c

KEY TO GENERA — Con.

19. Cheek much less tnan half as high as eye; palpi with very long apical bristle

Cordylura 1 alien, pt .
L-neek about nan as high as eve ; palpi without a long apical bristle .....

20. Mid femur with a long stout bristle at middle on anterior surface. . <
Mid femur without such bristle ............................... Sactop)

20a. Third antennal joint rounded at apex; arista almost baro; for*- til>i:e *

bristles, the inner surface with minute black setulae ......... \ficropro9&p

Third antennal joint angulate'or pointed on upper side at apex ...... j 1

21. Area between dorso-centrals cephalad of suture with more than

Area between dorso-centrals cephalad of suture with only two series of

rj'ricfni]iiiljiii.^ Hundaiii, pt .

•itli/nl ( '(MjllilJctl j

22. Fore tibiae 'with ventral surfaces armed with short stout spines on their cut in- length;

male with a large bifid chitinous plate on each side of apical expnx •<! .-ternite. . . .

Allontijin, n. p-n.

Fore tibiae without short stout ventral spines; apical abdominal sternitc not as above. 23

23. Apical half of first wing-vein bristly; sixth vein not extending to margin ..........

Dasypleuron, n. gen.
Apical half of first wing-vein bare; sixth vein extending to margin ............. '. . . . 24

24. Wings with a number of dark spots, those between third and fourth veins usually

enclosing rudimentary veinlets ................................ Ernoneura Becker.

Wings clear, sometimes with the cross-veins clouded, but never with small dark spots
enclosing veinlets as above ................................ Scatophaga Fallen, pt.

The genotype of Bucephalina, gen. nov., is Cordylura megacephala Loew,
a species originally described from the District of Columbia, which I have seen
from Illinois, and from Plummer's island, Maryland.

Gonatherus Rondani.

I refer one species to this genus. It agrees with the general description
of the genotype very well except that the female genital segments are not com-
pressed. Nothing has been known up to this time of the immature stages of
this genus.

Gonatherus atricornis, n. sp.

PUPARIUM. — Terra-cotta, almost opaque; apices of posterior spiracles
glossy black.

Cephalic and thoracic segments missing. Surface rather closely covered
with slight, linear, discontinuous, transverse ridges. No protuberances on base
of dorsum of abdomen; each segment with a broad transverse band of very
minute locomotor spinules on dorsum and venter; apical segment irregularly
rugose on surface, viewed from behind with eight distinct marginal and sub-
marginal protuberances, as follows: a large one slightly below transverse line
of spiracles, a smaller one below it on margin and another, still smaller, sub-
marginal one slightly ventrad of the lower one, and a large marginal one laterad
of anus; spiracles elevated, their height equal to their apical diameter, separated
by about three times the width of their diameter, the openings three in number,
the upper and lower ones directed straight dorso-ventrad, the outer directed
straight laterad, on inner side of disc there is a rounded depression.

Length, 5 mm.

IMAGO. FEMALE. — Black, densely grey pruinose, only the abdomen and
legs slightly shining. Head yellowish testaceous, densely whitish pruinose,
upper part of occiput and greater portion of frons fuscous, anterior portion
of interfrontalia slightly reddish; antennae deep black; proboscis glossy black;
palpi whitish yellow, fuscous at apices. Dorsum of thorax with two poorly
defined, narrow vittse on anterior half between the acrostichals and dorso-
centrals. Legs black; apices of femora below, and all of tibiae reddish, tarsi
fuscous. Wings clear, veins dark brown. Calyptrse white. Halteres brown.

78 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Frons about half the width of head, each orbit nearly half as wide as inter-
frontalia; lower supraorbital bristle directed forward, the upper two slightly
backward; antenna' large, third joint broad, its width over half that of eye,
apex not acute, entire length on inner side nearly four times that of second;
arista microscopically pubescent, second joint about one-fourth as long as
third, the latter swollen on its basal two-fifths; profile as in PI. X, fig. 34;
hairs of lower part of occiput mostly white. Dorsum of thorax with two +
three dorso-cent rals; acrostichals irregularly two-rowed before suture; discal
setuhe sparse and long; scutellum with four long bristles and a number of long
setulose discal hairs; sternopleura with two long posterior bristles placed verti-
cally and many long strong hairs; prothoracic and stigmatal bristles strong.
Abdomen with numerous long hairs, those on posterior margins strong but not
macrochaeta1. Legs normal: fore tibia with two antero-dorsal, two postero-
dorsal. and one posterior bristle: mid tibia with one ventral, two antero-dorsal,
two postero-dorsal, and one posterior bristles; hind tibia with one large and
one to two small antero-ventral, three antero-dorsal, and four to five postero-
dorsal bristles. Costa with fine setulse and more widely spaced spinules; outer
cross vein straight, situated at nearly its own length from end of .fifth vein,
last section of fourth vein nearly twice as long as preceding section.

Length, n • ,5 mm.

Type locality: Bernard harbour and cape Krusenstern, Dolphin and Union
strait. Northwest Territories, July 3, 1916 (F. Johansen).

I have seen a specimen which I consider belongs to (lonather-nx planiceps
Fallen, the genotype, in another collection from Alaska. From atricornis it
differs in having the palpi entirely whitish, the legs paler, the wings conspicuously
brown along costa and on each side of longitudinal and cross-veins, and in being
much less strongly bristled, the acrostichals in front of suture being less numerous
and weaker. The two species are very closely related but in my opinion readily
>eparable by the characters indicated herein.

Cordylurella, n. gen.
Generic Characters.

F KM ALE. — Head, viewed from above, subspherical, slightly flattened
posteriorly; frons one-third or more than one-third the head-width; orbits
differentiated; the bristles well developed, similar to those of Cordi/lnra; antennae
slightly shorter than face, third joint rounded apically, arista pubescent; palpi
without strong apical bristle. Thoracic chactotaxy as in Cordt/lura,. First
wing-vein bare; sixth not reaching margin of wing. Legs similar to those of

( lenot ype: Cordyiura nebulosa Coquillett .

There is a male specimen of a species which I refer to this genus in the
collection. I can not ident ify it as any previously described species, and describe
it herewith as new.

Cordylurella subvittata, n. sp.

MALI-;. Black, glossy. Head yellow; occiput, ocellar triangle, and greater
portion of frontal orbits glossy black, the orbits and triangle slightly pollinose;
face and cheeks with distinct white pniinescence: antenna' yellow; arista black;
palpi yellow; proboscis yellow at base, .becoming brown at apex. Thorax glossy
black, lateral margins, a narrow line along course of dorso-cent rals. and a broad
central vitta covered with very short grey pile, giving the dorsum a subvittate
appearance. Abdomen glossy black; surface with long but not dense yellow
hairs, bristles On penultimate dorsal segment black; hypopygial forceps yellow
except at base. Legs yellow, mid and hind coxa' brown. Wings clear, veins
brown. Halteres brown.

Diptera 7«i ,-

Frons over one-half the width of head, orbits narrowed anteriorly; im>ia
much swollen on basal fifth of third joint, microscopically pubescent; palpi
slightly dilated, weakly bristled. Thorax without presutural acrostichals ; d<
centrals weak. Sctitellum with two apical bristles. Abdomen someu -hat
incrassated apically, the hypopygium large, forceps long, curved forward, ratlin-
slender. Legs normal, so placed in type that it is not possible to say definitely
what the arrangement of the bristles is, but they are weak and not numerous, i In-
fore tibia lacking them on posterior surface. Wings extending beyond ap
abdomen, inner cross-vein slightly beyond apex of first vein and almost exactly
at middle of discal cell; penultimate section of fourth vein three-fifths aa l<
ultimate section.

Length, 4 mm.

Type Locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Nortliwe>t
Territories, July 18-19, 1915 (F. Johansen).

This species agrees better with Cordylurella than with any other in tin-
appended key to genera though with better material and both sexes available it
may be necessary to separate it generically from nebulosa. The latter is readily
distinguished from subvittata by its densely pruinose thorax, more strongly
spined legs, the antero-dorsal bristles on the femora being noticeably stronger and
more numerous, and the presence of a strong posterior bristle on the fore tibia.
The scutellum in nebulosa has four bristles.

Dasypleuron, n. gen.
Generic Characters.

Head in type-species so badly crushed that it is not possible to give full
description; in general it appears to resemble that of Cordylurella but the
antennae are not visible owing to the face being crushed in, the apical portion of
one arista, which is distinctly pubescent, alone being visible. The thorax has t In-
same chsetotaxy as Cordylura latifrons Loew., but the pteropleura has a
number of long soft hairs on the middle. Abdomen short and stout, hypopygium
occupying over half of the ventral surface, the forceps chitinized and stout,
similar to, but larger than, .those of Cordylurella subvittata. Legs normal. First
wing- vein bristly on apical portion; -sixth vein incomplete.

Genotype: Dasypleuron tibialis, n. sp.

Dasypleuron tibialis, n. sp.

MALE, — Glossy black. Head black; frons brownish red, orbits and triangle
black, slightly grey pruinose; palpi black; proboscis glossy black. Thmax
slightly pruinose on dorsum, not vittate. Abdomen entirely glossy. Legs
black; apices of fore femora, and all tibiae reddish yellow, the mid and hind pair
darker apically. Wings clear, veins black. Halteres black. Bristles black,
hairs fuscous, those on ventral surfaces of femora paler.

Orbital bristles -long and slender; palpi spindle-shaped, with rather weak
bristles; proboscis normal. Dorsum of thorax with numerous long set u lose
hairs on front margin laterally, and laterad of presutural dorso-centrals;
presutural acrostichals strong; anterior postsutural dorso-central duplicated
in type so that there appears to be two strong and two weak post-suturals;
scutellum with four subequal bristles; hairs on pleurae long; prothoracic
and stigmatal bristles long and slender; almost entire surface of mesopleura
hairy. Abdomen with rather long hairs, basal hypopygial segment with a
number of strong bristles; apical visible ventral segment armed with long
hairs. Legs normal; femora with long hairs on the ventral and anterior surfaces.
those on anterior surface of mid pair and antero-ventral surface of hind pair
bristle-like; fore and hind tibiae apparently without bristles, mid pair with one

80 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

bristle on dorsal surface near apex. Inner cross-vein distinctly beyond apex of
first vein and at three-sevenths from apex of discal cell; penultimate section of
fourth vein about half as lofig as ultimate section.

Length, 4-5 mm.

Type Locality: Collinson point, Alaska, June 20, 1914 (F. Johansen).

Allomyia, n. gen.

I described this genus in a paper, which was completed some time ago, on
Pribilof Island Diptera, but it will not go to press until after this paper. I had in
that collection the female only. The generic synopsis in this paper and the
following description may be accepted as embodying characters of the genus,
though it is possible that the furcate processes of the fifth abdominal sternite are
not present in the male of the other species.

Allomyia unguiculata, n. sp.

MALE. — Black, thorax and abdomen greyish pruinose. Head brownish,
black, anterior portion of frons, lower half of face, and anterior part of cheeks
yellowish; antennae black; palpi yellow; proboscis black. Legs black, tibiae
brownish, yellow at bases, tarsi brown. Wings clear.

Orbital bristles rather weak; antennae large, third joint about twice as long
as second, subangulate at apex on upper side (PL X, fig. 37) ; arista bare, tapered
on basal third of apical joint; cheek about one- fourth the eye-height. Dorsum
of thorax with five well-developed dorso-centrals; scutellum with short discal
hairs and four strong marginal bristles; pteropleura with hairs on centre; sterno-
pleura with long hairs and one strong bristle. Abdomen subcylindrical, narrow,
fifth sternite with a large bifid plate on each side (PL X, fig. 38), hypopygium
small (PL X, fig. 36). Legs as in Dasypleurvn, but the fore tibia? with short
ventral spines; tibiae with the bristles as follows — fore tibia with one antero-
dorsal and one to two posterior, mid tibia with one antero-dorsal, one postero-
dorsal, and one posterior, hind tibia with two antero-ventral near apex, two
antero-dorsal, and one postero-dorsal. Inner cross-vein well beyond apex of
first and at less than two-fifths from apex of discal cell.

Length, 3-5 mm.

Type locality: Chantry island, Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union
strait, Northwest Territories, June 17, 1916 (F. Johansen).

This specimen was in very poor condition, and in order to get the structures
into condition for examination I had to boil it. Originally pinned, it is now
preserved in alcohol, in a fragmentary condition.

The foregoing species differs from the genotype in the colour of head and
legs, in having the palpi narrower, and the wings longer and with thinner veins.

Ernoneura Becker.

This genus has only once previously been recorded from the western hemis-
phere. There is only one species of the genus, which was originally described
by Zetterstedt frowi the European arctics.

Ernoneura argus Zetterstedt.

Represented by five specimens taken at Bernard harbour, Dolphin and
Union strait, Northwest Territories, three specimens, .July 19, 1915, and two
specimens, July, 1916.

Becker states th:it there is no sternopleural bristle present, but it is well
developed in the specimens before me.

Diptera 81 c

Scatophaga Fallen.

The members of this genus are much more common in temperate latitudes
than in subtropical or tropical, and are, judging from collections I have examim •<!.
particularly abundant both in individuals and species in the extreme northern
portions of the western hemisphere. In the present rolled inn ii, three

species represented by thirty-seven specimens.

The larva? feed upon decaying vegetable matter and in manure; the Mies
are predaceous, but also feed on the same substances as the larvae.

In order to make it possible for students of the order to recogni/.e t he sprm-
before me, I give a key for their identification, using characters similar to those
used in a key to part of the same genus in a paper written for the I . S. linn- an
of Biological Survey on Pribilof Island Diptera, which at time time of writing
4s ready to go to press.

KEY TO SPECIES.

1. Mid and hind tibise with a number of strong outstanding bristles in addition to tin-

long, soft hairs • '1

Mid and hind tibiae without strong bristles, with only soft hairs (Group min-pn-x-ntrd /

2. Cross-veins of wings not infuscated; legs almost entirely black (Unrrpn-x-nti-d;

Cross-veins of wings very noticeably infuscated; legs almost entirely, or entirely, yellow-
ish or reddish 3

3. Arista long haired at base; antennae entirely reddish yellow; apical ventral abdominal

segment of male as in PI. X, fig. 35; pteropleura bare suilla Fabricius.

Arista bare 4

4. Hind femur with several long bristles on antero-dorsal surface of apical half; ptero-

pleura and hypopleura bare furcata Say .

Hind femur without such bristles; pteropleura sometimes with a few long hairs on

centre; upper portion of hypopleura with a few long hairs rubicunda Malloch.

Scatophaga suilla (Fabricius).
Musca suilla Fabricius. Ent. Syst., vol. 4, p. 343, 1794.

One male and one female, Nome, Alaska, August 21, 1916 (F. Johansen).

A European species previously reported from Alaska.

I have figured the fifth sternite of suilla and lutaria Fallen to illustrate
the specific distinction (PI. X, fig. 5, 35 and 35a). Lutaria occurs in Alaska,
Ohio, and New Hampshire.

Scatophaga furcata (Say).

Pyropa furcata Say. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 3, p. 98, 1823.

Thirty-two specimens from the following localities: Nome, Alaska, August
21-25, 1916, eight specimens (F. Johansen); Barter island, Alaska, July 2,
1914, twelve specimens, June 8, 1914, twelve specimens (D. Jenness); Collinson
point, Alaska, June 15, 1914, twelve specimens (F. Johansen); point Pullen,
Wollaston peninsula, Victoria island, August 18, 1915, one specimen (D. Jenness).

This very common species occurs throughout North America well into
the arctics, and is equally common in Europe.

Scatophaga rubicunda Malloch.

Scatophaga rubicunda Malloch, in press.

This species is represented in the collection by three specimens, one male
from Cockburn point, Dolphin and.Union strait, Northwest Territories, Canadif
Arctic coast, September 7, 1914, and one male and one female from Bernard
harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, June 17, 1915, am
June 20, 1916 (F. Johansen).

I have previously seen it from Pribilof islands, Bering sea.

Vol. iii— 4696b—6

82 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

HELOMYZID^E.

The larvip of this family live in carrion and manure. Some of the species
a iv found in caves and in underground nests of rodents.

The family is represented in this collection by imagines only. In order to
facilitate the indent ificat ion of the genera in this paper a generic synopsis is
given herewith.

KKV TO

1 . Humeral bristle present ......................................................... 2

Humeral brist le absent ......................................................... ^

2. Thorax with live dorso-centrals ...................................... Ihiotnijza Loew.

Thorax with two dorso-centrals ................................ AdhtietomUS ( Y>quilleU .

3. Thorax with one pair of tlorso-centrals ........................... J'orxciitix Darlington.

Thorax with at least two pairs of dorso-centrals .................................. 4

4. Mid tibia4 with long bristles on middle ........................ ^. ..... Occothea Haliday.

Mid tibia- without bristles except, at apex ........................................ 5

5. Thorax witli five or more pairs of dorso-centrals .................................. 6

Thorax with two pairs of dorso-centrals ................................ Neoleria, gen. n.

Thorax with three pairs of dorso-centrals ......................... TephrochUwnys Loew.

Thorax \vith four pairs of dorso-centrals .......................................... 8

(i. Scutellum with six bristles; inner cross-vein much before end of first vein; mesopleura

ban- ................................................. Anorostomoides Malloch.

Scutellum with four bristles ..................................................... 7

7. Inner cross-vein distinctly before end of first vein; frons in male very narrow; propleural

and mesopleural bristles present ............................... Hc/cronii/za Fallen.

Inner cross-vein at or beyond end of first vein; propleural and mesopleural bristles

absent ; eyes of male widely separated ............................ Allopltijla Loew.

8. Eyes very small, not much larger than antennae; arista remarkably long; vibrissae

strong ..................................................... Eccoptomera Loew.

Eyes much larger than antennae; arista short; vibrissae short and weak; face receding,

oral margin not developed. . .................................. Anorostoma Loew.

Eyes large; arista long; vibrissse strong; mouth margin well developed ....... Leria Loew.

Oecothea Haliday.

There is a large series of a species of this genus in the collection. I cannot
identify it with any of the previously described European species and it differs
essentially from fenestralis Fallen — a species occurring in Europe and North
America.

Oecothea aristata, n. sp.

MALE AND FEMALE. — Head, anterior lateral angles of thorax, greater portion
of srutelluin, hypopygium of male, genital segments of female, and the legs
reddish testaceous; upper portion of head and greater portion of occiput, thorax
abdomen, coxae, sometimes median portion of femora, and whole of tarsi fuscous.
AVings yellowish, cross-veins not infuscated.

Frons about two-thirds the width of head, orbits with one brislle near
middle; Lnterfrontalia with sparse, short hairs; antenna' small, third joint barely
longer than second; arista very slender, nearly bare, about 2-5 as long as head,
with a Very short swelling at base; face with a broad central carina which is
flattened and broadened below, covering the entire centre of face, cheeks with
one strong vibrissa and a number of short- setuhe; eye about equal in height
to cheek at posterior margin. Three pairs of postsuturals present; propletira
with one bristle; a few short setula? below anterior spiracle; mesopleura with
or without a short bristle; sternopleura with out' long bristle and a number of
short setiihe; pteropleura bare; hypopleura with a number of minute1 setulae
below spiracle; scutellum ban- «m disc, margin with four bristles. Abdomen
of male <nbr\Tndrcal, fifth sternite with short, stubby setulse on apical half;
bypopygium large, knob-like; abdomen of female more flattened, genital
segments small. All femora of male slightly thickened, their antero- and postero-
ventral surfaces each will) a aeries of short black bristles; femora of female not

Diptera g3 c

so stout and with much weaker and more widely Bpafted bristles; mi,l tib«
in both sexes with one to four strong antero-dorsal bristles and three to five
irregularly placed unequal-sized posterior bristles; hind til, in of male vljghtlv
curved, with a very pronounced apical callosity on ventral surface the entire
ventral surface with dense, short, erect hairs; hind tibia of female without a
pronounced apical callosity and with much le» distinct ventral hair-
spines long and widely spaced; last section of fourth vein about I -5 M loi
preceding section.

Length, 5-7 mm.

Type locality: Bernard harbour. Dolphin and Tnion strait. Xorti
Territories, July 10, 1916 (F. Johansen). Paratypes. same loeafity afl type
August 1-7 and 14, 1915, and September, MM 5 (F. Johanaen), Thirty-five
specimens.

Differs from fenestralis Fallen, in being much larger and, in the male,
in having the hind tibse with a very decided apical production or callosity, and
in both sexes in having the cross- veins not infuscated.

Leria Robineau-Desvoidy.
Represented by one species in the collection.

Leria fraterna (Loew).

Scoliocentra fraterna Loew. Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., 1863, p. 27.

A male specimen, with data as follows: Nome, Alaska, August '2\. 20, 1910
(F. Johansen).

This species has. previously been recorded from Alaska, and is generally
distributed in the United States and Canada.

Neoleria, n. gen.
Generic Characters.

Similar to Leria, differing in having only two pairs of well-developed,
postsutural; dorso-central, thoracic bristles.
Genotype: Neoleria rotundicornis, n. sp.

Neoleria rotundicornis, n. sp.

MALE. — Reddish testaceous, subopaque, upper portion of frons, occiput,
dorsum of thorax except humeri and scutellum, greater portion of pleura', and
abdomen except the hypopygium, fuscous, with grey pruinescence. Wings
faintly yellowish, veins pale brown.

Frons less than one-half the head-width, orbits differentiated, each with
two strong bristles and a few short setulaB, interfrontalia with short setulse;
antennae large, third joint almost orbicular, second very small; arista about
as long as length of frons, with a short swelling at base, apical part not as slender
as in Oecothea, with microscopic pubescence; eyes almost round, of moderate
size; face almost perpendicular; cheek about half as high as eye, with a feu-
short marginal bristles and one long vibrissar; proboscis stout; palpi normal.
Dorsum of thorax with numerous moderately long setulose hairs and two pairs
of postsutural, dorso-central bristles; scutellum short and broad, rounded in
outline and subconvex on disc, bare except for the four marginal bristles; pro-
pleural bristle strong; mesopleura bare except for a few setulse on anterior
lower angle; sternopleura with one strong bristle and a few setulose hairs;
pteropleura and hypopleura bare. Abdomen with short setulip and a few

Vol. ii— 46963—

84 c Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

longer bristles on posterior margins of segments; hypopygium of moderate size,
subglobose. Legs with a few bristles but with numerous short setulose hairs;
fore femora with long bristles on postero-dorsal and postero-ventral surfaces;
mid femur with at least one moderately strong bristle on anterior surface at
middle; mid and hind tibia* with preapical dorsal bristle, fore pair not visible.
Inner cross-vein before extreme apex of first vein and slightly beyond middle
of discal cell: outer cross-vein straight, xat more than half its own length from
end of fifth; last section of fourth nearly 1-5 as long as preceding section; costal
spines very 1 it-tie longer than diameter of costal vein.

Length, 4 mm.

Type locality: Nome, Alaska, August 24 and 25, 1916 (F. Johansen).

PIOPHILID^.

The larvae of all species of this family known to me feed in carrion, or on
preserved meats, cheese, etc. I have found some species in numbers on dead
animals, especially on the seashore and on the banks of rivers. Then; is only
one specimen in the present collection, which is herein described as new.

Piophila borealis, n. sp.

MALE. — Glossy black.

Head black, interfrontalia, lower part of orbits, face, cheeks, and palpi
reddish yellow. Thorax black, humeri, lateral portions of scutellum, and
posterior lateral angles of mesonotum translucent red; prppleura grey pruinose.
Abdomen black. Legs black, trochanters, extreme apices of femora, bases
(broadly) and apices (narrowly) of all tibia3, basal four joints of mid, and three
joints of hind, tarsi reddish yellow. Wings clear, veins yellow. Halteres
yellow.

Frons plain, with weak setulse proximad of triangle; anterior orbital bristle
very small; central postvertical pair of bristles twice as long and strong as
laterals; vibrissa strong; cheek almost as high as eye. Thorax smooth, rather
densely covered with short dark hairs; scutellum subtriangular, convex in centre
of disc; apical bristles distinctly longer than laterals; propleural bristles of
moderate length. Abdomen broad, the surface granulose and armed with
rather closely placed short setulose hairs; hypopygium small. Legs normal
both in strength and armature. Inner cross-vein slightly beyond apex of first;
sections of fourth vein 6: 5 : 7 from base to apex.

Length, 3 mm.

Type locality: West of Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, July 4, 1914
(F. Johansen).

This species differs in the colour of the humeri and scutellum from any
described in the recent paper on the family by Melander and Spuleri.

EPHYDRID^:.

The members of this family are found in the vicinity of water, the larva1
being almost without exception aquatic.

There is only one species in this collection.

Scatella brunnipennis Malloch.

I described this species in the paper on Pribilof Island Diptera previously
referred to, but which has not yet appeared in print.

Localities: Demarcation point, Alaska, and Collinson point, Alaska, May
Mi. and June '20, I'M 1; Collinson point, Alaska, September, 22, J!)13; Bernard
harbour. Northwest Territories, July, MM;") (V. Johansen).

1 Hull. 14:i Wash. Agr. Kxp.-r. Station, 1<>1 7.

Diptera 85 c

CHLOROPID^E.

There is only one species of this family in the collect ion.
The larvae of this species feed in stems of wheat ami

Botanobia (Oscinis) frit d/mm

Muscafrit Linn. Fauna Suecia, 1761, p. 1851.

One specimen in very poor condition.

This European species occurs throughout Hit- I'niir.l Staio ;m<l Canada,
extending into Alaska.

Locality: West of Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska. July -I, l'.U4 (F.
Johansen).

Sit c ' tui«tnnn Arctic A'.r/>f(////<m, HH3-18

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII,

Fig. 1. Sinniliiiin, sp. 4. maxilla of larva.

'_'. Same, labium of larva.

" :•!. Same, mandible of larva.

I. Xi.innl.imn, sp. 2, thoracic respiratory organ of pupa.

."). rxil.otdni/i>H*. sp.? caudal fin of pupa.

" (). Rhaniphonnfm n ittaciniflfx, apex of abdomen of male, lateral view.

" 7. SiniH!inni, sp. 4, antenna of larva.

s. Dolichopiix aasyops, antenna of male.

" <». Same, hypopygial lamella of male.

10. /'.x/7o/Y//////m.s-, sp.? thoracic respiratory organ of pupa, front view.

11. Same, lateral view.

" 12. Sit/iuiiutH, sp. 4, thoracic respiratory organ of pupa.
" Kj. Situ uli a in, sp. ;•;, same as above.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Fig. 14. ()('<l(tnni(]<:n(t tnr<ni(li, anal spiracles of larva, one outlined only.

I."). Kiii>liur<n-<'i-n (/clidii, spiracles of puparhim.

Hi. C('i)ft<'H<»ni/i(i sp.? cephalopharyngeal skeleton of larva, dorsal view of one-half.

17. Ocddttitn/cHti Id/'dUd1!, larva, dorsal view.

IS. CcpltcnoHii/id sp.? caudal end of larva.

H». rhontini cnrnlrn, lateral view of head of male.

20. Leptocera transversolis, wing.

" 21. /'r/r/r/vV/ (irclicn, h(>ad of female, lateral view.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

22. Mi/dd'ind dlwunt. jMipariuin, lat(>ral view.

2)5. Same, anal spiracles.

24. Same, cephalopharyngeal skeleton of larva, lateral view.
2"). Same, apical segment of larva, dorsal view.

21). Same, antepenultimate segment of larva, lateral view.

27. Ari.rid lidrcdlix, posterior tibia of male, lateral view.

25. Mi/flirind ohNctmi, head of male, lateral view.
2(.t. Same, fifth sternite of male, ventral view.

•'!(). Pogonomyioidzs atrata, posterior portion of cephalopharyngeal skeleton of larva,

lateral view.
:il. Mi/fid ind ohxcurd, a])(>x of male adbomen, lat(>ral view.

EXPLANATION KOH PLAT1-; X.

FiU :!2. .I//./O/AS/.S, s|>.? head of female, lateral view.
'•\'.*>. /l///o/;.s/.y oltcxa, head of male, lateral view.
•'11. (;<>ndl.}n-rnx dlricnrnix, head of female, lateral view.
:{"). Scatophaga xniUti, fifth sternite of male, ventral view.

Scatopkaga Inl/in/i, same as above.
:'>('). Allintii/in Htidiiiciil.dld, apical segments of abdomen of male, ventral view.

me, antenna, let era! view.

Same, apical segments of abdomen of male, lateral view.
: '•'.». Hylemyia tirroxlicltdlix, fifth abdominal sternite of male, ventral view.
10. Same, hypopygiiini of male, one side, caudal view.

Diptera

I'LATK VII.

Diptera collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-lb'.
(Excluding the Tipulidae and Culicidse).

88 c

Canadian Arctic Expedition, l'J13-18

PLATE VIII.

Dipfrra collected by the ( 'anadiaii Arctic, Expedition, 1913-16.
• I iu ling the Tipulidac and Culicidae).

Diptera

V.I ,

PLATE IX.

Diptera collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition', 1913-16.
(Excluding the Tipulidae and Culicidae) .

90 c

Cnutnlioti Arctic K.r/H'd/t/oti. If) 1.1- IS

PLAT!.'. X.

34-

40

Dipteni collected l>v the ( ':tiiadi;in Arctic Kxpedition, l(.H:j- 1<>.
the Tipulidir :uid

/ D.

REPORT

OF THE

CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION

1913-18

VOLUME III: INSECTS

PART D: MALLOPHAGA AND ANOPLURA

Mallophaga

Annnlura
An°plUra

A- W- Baker

• G- F- Ferris and
G. H. F. Nuttall.

Vol. iii— 62183— 1

OTTAWA

J. de LABROQUERIE TACHE

PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY
1918

Issued September 12, 1919

3 Q

Mallophaga of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18.

A. W. BAKER, Ontario Agricultural College, Guelph.

The Mallophaga taken on the Canadian Arctic Expedition comprise a
small collection of twenty species occurring in eleven genera. These parn
were taken from thirteen species of bird hosts and one mammal. The collection
shows three new records for America, and a considerable number of new ho>t
records. The specimens were collected by Mr. Frits Johansen and other
members of the expedition.

In preparing this list I have followed Harrison's generic classification, and
also have followed his specific synonymy. The result is that a number of
common species appear under names which have not previously been given
them in papers from this continent. I have also followed Harrison in giving
the original bibliographical record for Nitzschian species.

Since the districts where the collections were made are so infrequently
worked over I have included the dates of collections for the possible benefit of
future collectors. Considerable collections of Mallophaga from Alaskan birds
have been worked over by Kellogg and others, and where these workers have
made previous records from Alaskan birds of one of the species occurring in
this collectioi, I have made mention of the record.

I append figures of several forms which are new American ecords or of
which descriptions and figures may not be readily available to Canadian students.

I am much indebted to Mr. G. F. Ferris, of Leland Stanford Junior Uni-
versity, for examining a number of species in the collection and comparing them
with material in the University collections. I am also indebted to Mr. H. G.
Crawford, of the Department of Entomology, Ontario Agricultural College, for
preparation of the material for microscopic examination.

Genus Menopon.

Menopon striatum Kellogg,
New Mallophaga III, 1899, p. 44, PL IV, f. 6.

Numerous specimens, males and females, from Rock Ptarmigan, Lagopus
rupestris (GmeL), taken at Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest
Territories, in October, 1915, and from Willow Ptarmigan, Lagopus lagopus
(Linn.), taken at Bernard harbour, in March, 1915.

Recorded by Kellogg from Lagopus lagopus taken at Kodiak island, Alaska.

Menopon sp.

One specimen too immature for specific identification from a Horned Lark,
Otocoris alpestris (Linn.), taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, in
August, 1915.

Genus Myrsidea.
Myrsidea brunnea Nitzsch.
Zeit. f. ges. Nat. XXVII, 1866, p. 120.

Numerous specimens, males and females, from American Raven, Corvus
corax principalis (Ridgw) . ,taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, in
August, 1915.

62183—2 3D

4o Can<t<li<in Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

The expedition specimens under this record approach most nearly to the
above species, which was described by Nitzsch from a Nutcracker, Nucifraga
carijocatactes Linn.

Genus Trinoton.
Trinoton anserinum Fabricius.

Anil., 1805, p. o I."..

One female from a Hutchins Goose, Brantacanadensi hutchinsi (Richardson),
taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, in June, 1915.

Recorded by Kuropean writers (T. conspurcatum N.) from various species
of geese and swans. Recorded by (Virriker from a Whistling Swan, Olor coliiin-
hitnmx (Ord), taken in Nebraska.

Trinoton querquedulae Linne.
Sys. Nat., 17r>8, p. 612.

One female from a Pintail, Dafila acuta (Linn.), taken at Barter island, Alaska,
in June, 1914.

Recorded by various writers (T. luridum N.) from this and many other
species of ducks.

Genus Ricinus.
Ricinus clypeatus Mjoberg.

Arkiv. f. Zool., VI, 1910, p. 60, PI. II, f. 1.

( )ne female from a Horned Lark, Otocoris alpestris (Linn.), taken at Bernard
harbour, Northwest Territories, in August, 1915.

Described by Mjoberg from two females from the same host in the Museum of
( iothenburg.

Genus Trichodectes.
Trichodectes sp.

Included in the records of the collection is a statement that a red fox,
Vulpes alascensis (Merriain), taken along the Sadlerochit river, in northern
Alaska, had a species of Trichodectes (?) in its fur. Unfortunately no specimens
were preserved.

Genus Goniodes.

Goniodes mammillatus Rudow.
Zrit, f. ges. Nat. XXXV, 1870, p. 483.

Numerous specimens, males and females, from Rock Ptarmigan, LagopUR
7'///>f.s-//-/.v ('(Iiiiel.), taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest, Territories, in June,
P.Mf>,and May, PM(i. and at Demarcation point, Alaska, in .May, P.) 11 ; and from
Willow Ptarmigan, 7,m/«/>//.s /m/o/;//.v (Linn.), taken at Bernard harbour,
Northwest Territories, in February, P.M."), and March, 1915, and at
Demarcation point Alaska, in May, P.) 14.

Recorded by Kellogg from Luyopus lagop-nx taken at Kodiak island, Alaska.

Mallophaga 5D

Genus Lipeurus.
Lipeurus protervus Kellogg.

New Mallophaga, III, 1899, p. 31, PI. Ill, f. 4.

Many specimens, males and females, from Rock Ptarmigan, /,////<;/,//>• nq
(Gmel.), taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, in November, I'.ii:.,
and May, 1916, and at Demarcation point, Alaska, in May, 1911: an. I tK.in
Willow Ptarmigan, Lagopus lagopus (Linn.), taken at Bernard harbour, in
February, 1915, and March, 1915, and at Demarcation point, Alaska, in May,
1914.

Also several males and one female from a Lapland Longspur, ('ul,
lapponicus (Linn.), taken at Demarcation point, Alaska, in May, 1!M 1. Sin<-«-
the species is typically a parasite of grouse, one is led to" question tin-
authenticity of this record.

Recorded by Kellogg, and Kellogg and Kuwana from Lagopus lagopus from
Alaska.

From a comparison of the expedition specimens with the description- of
European writers, I am led to the conclusion that L. protervu* is closely related
to, if not identical with, the Nirmus quadrulatus of Nit/sch. This' species,
which Harrison looks on as a synonym of Degeeriella camerata Nitzsch., has
been recorded by a number of European writers from various species of Tctmn
and Lagopus.

Genus Philopterus.
Philopterus ceblebrachys Nitzsch.

In Denny, Anoplur. Brit., 1842, p. 92, PI. I, f. 3.

Numerous specimens, males and females, from Snowy Owl, Nyctea nyctea
(Linn.), taken at Barter inland, Alaska, in June, 1914.

Recorded by Kellogg from the same host taken at point Barrow, Alaska.

I have numerous specimens of this species from the same host taken in
Ontario. These specimens are uniformly paler and stouter and the clypeal front
more broadly truncate than the expedition specimens. The latter approach
more nearly to the descriptions and dimensions given by European writers,
especially Piaget, than do my southern specimens. It is doubtful, however, if
the two can be separated.
<

Philopterus cursor Nitzsch.
In Burmeister Handbuch II, 1838, p. 426.

Mature male and female and numerous immature specimens of both sexes
from Short-eared Owl, Asio flammeus (Pontoppidan), A. actipitrinus (Pall.),
taken at Barter island, Alaska, and Demarcation point, Alaska, in May, 1914.

Recorded by Kellogg from the same host taken at point Barrow, Alaska.

Philopterus dentatus Scopoli.

Ent. Cam. 1763, p. 383.

One female from a Hutchin's Goose, Branta canadensis hutch in*i
(Richardson), taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, in June. 11)1.").

Recorded by European and American writers (P. icterodes) from various
species of ducks and geese; by Kellogg from Merganser serrator Linn., taken
at Kodiak island, Alaska.

6o Caiuidnui Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Philopterus pustulosus Nit/scli.

in Giebol, Zcit. f. gos. Nut., XXVIII, 1866, p. 363.

Two mature males and one female and numerous immature specimens
of both sexes from a Parasitic Jaeger, Stercorarius (Lestris) parasiticus (Linn.),
taken at Camden bay, Alaska, in June, 1914.

Recorded by various European writers from the same host.

Philopterus subflavescens Geoffrey.

Hist. Abr. Ins., II, 1762, p. 599.

.Numerous specimens, males and females, from Snow Bunting, Plectrophenax
(Emberiza) nivalis (Linn.), taken at Demarcation point, Alaska, in May, 1914, and
at Bernard harbour. Northwest Territories, in June, 1916; from Lapland Long-
spur, Calcarius lapponicus (Linn.), taken at Demarcation point, Alaska, in May,
1914; and from Gambel's Sparrow, Zonotrichia leucophrys gambeli (Nuttall),
taken at Demarcation point, Alaska in May 1914. The latter form is somewhat
smaller than those from the other two hosts.

Recorded by European and American writers (P. communis) from many
species of passerine birds.

Philopterus sp.

One immature female from Baird's Sandpiper, Pisobia (Actodromas) bairdi
(Coues), taken at Bernard Harbour, Northwest Territories, in June, 1916.

The above specimen is too immature for final specific identification. It
may be Philopterus fusiformis Denny, recorded by different writers from various
Sandpipers.

Philopterus sp.

One specimen too immature for specific identification, from a Horned Lark,
Otocoris alpestris (Linn.), taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, in
June, 1915.

Genus Degeeriella.

Degeeriella complexiva Kell & Chap.,
New Mallophaga III, 1899, p. 75, PI. VI, f. 3.

Two mature males and one immature specimen from Baird's Sandpiper,
Pisobia (Actodromas} bairdi (Coues), taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest
Territories, in June, 1916.

Recorded by Kellogg and Kuwana from Tringa canutus, from Alaska and
by Kellogg and Chapman from Tringa (Arquatella) couesi from Alaska.

Degeeriella vulgata Kellom;.

X. w Mallophaga II, 1896, p. 496, PI. LXVII, f. 3.

OIK' female of this common parasite of Passrn-s taken from a Gambel's
Sparrow, Zonotrichia leucophrys gambeli (Nuttall), at Demarcation point, Alaska,
in May. 1914.

Mallophaga 7o

Genus Ornithobius.

Ornithobius goniopleurus Denny,
Anoplur. Brit. 1842, p. 184, PL XXIII, f. 2.

Two females from Hutchin's Goose, Branta canadensis hutch / n *> i Kirh;inl-<»ii .
taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, in June, 1915.

Recorded by several writers from Branta canadensis and other sprrics nt'
geese and swans.

Genus Esthiopterum.

Esthiopterum anseris Linne,

Syst. Nat. 1758, p. 612.

One female from a Hutchin's Goose. Branta canadensis hutchinsi (Richardson; .
taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, in June, 1915.

Recorded by European and American writers (E. jejunum N.) from various
species of geese, including Branta canadensis.

LIST OF HOSTS WITH PARASITES.

BIRDS —

Stercorarius parasiticus (Linn.).

Philopterus pustulosus Nitzsch.
Dafila acuta (Linn.).

Trinoton querquedulae Linne.
Branta canadensis hutchinsi (Richardson).

Trinoton anserinum Fabricius.

Philopterus dentatus Scopoli.

Ornithobius goniopleurus Denny.

Esthiopterum anseris Linne.
Pisobia bairdi (Coues).

Philopterus sp.

Degeeriella complexiva Kell & Chap.
Lagopus lagopus (Linn.).

Menopon striatum Kell.

Goniodes mammillatus Rudow.

Lipeurus protervus Kell.
Lagopus rupestris (Linn.)

Menopon striatum Kell.

Goniodes mammillatus Rudow.

Lipeurus protervus Kell.
Asio flammeus (Pontoppidan).

Philopterus cursor Nitzsch.
Nyctea nyctea (Linn.).

Philopterus ceblebrachys Nitzsch. *
Otocoris alpestris (Linn.).

Menopon sp.

Ricinus clypeatus Mjoberg.

Philopterus sp.
Corvus cor ax principalis (Ridgway.)

Myrsidea brunnea Nitzsch.
Plectrophenax nivalis (Linn.).

Philopterus subflavescens Geoffrey.

SD Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

C<ilc<iri-uK hipponicus (Linn.).
Lipeurus protervus Kell.
Philopterus subflavescens Gooffrov.
Zonotrichia leucophrys gambeli (Nuttall).
Philopterus subflavescens Geoffrey.
Degeeriella vulgata Kell.
MAMMALS —

luwHxi* (Merriam.)
Trichodectes (?) sp.

Mallophaga

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

Fig. 1. Myrsidea brunnea Nitzsch.

Fig. 2. Philopterus pustulosus Nitzsch.

Fig. 3. Ricinus clypeatus Mjoberg.

Fig. 4. Ornithobius (joniopleuru? Denny.

Anoplura of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18.

G. F. FERRIS, Stanford University, California.

The material submitted to me for examination contains .two sp«-e •;•
addition to specimens ot the human louse Pediculus humanus capiti* which have
been examined by Prof. G. H. F. Nuttall and are recorded in this n-port. The
species are as follows: —

Linognathus setesus (Olfcrs).

Great numbers taken from a white fox, Alopex lagopus innuitus (Merriam),
Cross island, north coast of Alaska, January 18, 1918, by A. Castel.

This is the first published record of the occurrence of this species from
fox, as it had previously been recorded only from the domestic dog; but I have
at hand specimens from a captive fox in Massachusetts. The specimens from
foxes differ not at all from those taken from the dog. The species ordinarily
passes under the name of Linognathus piliferus (Burm.).

«
Echinophthirius horridus (Olfers).

Specimens from Phoca hispida, Schreber. Collected by F. Johansen.
Beaufort sea; Alaska, April, 1914.

These specimens are quite inseparable from others from Phoca vitulina
Linneus, Shetland islands, and Phoca richardii geronimensis Allen, coast of
California. The species was ordinarily passed under the name of Echinophthirius
phoco3 (Lucas).

REPORT ON Pediculus COLLECTED FROM ESKIMOS.

On the 22nd of November, 1917, I received six specimens of lice from Dr.
C. Gordon Hewitt, Dominion Entomologist, Department of Agriculture, Ottawa,
the same bearing a label stating that they had been collected from the head
hairs of Copper Eskimos, Dolphin and Union straits, Coronation Gulf region,
by F. Johansen, of the Canadian Arctic Expedition during the winter of 1915-161.

On examination they proved to be 3 males and 3 females Pediculus hu manus
capitis, typical specimens and fairly dark in respect to pigmentation. So far it has
been impossible to detect any difference between these and other head lice
from different parts of the world.

G. H. F. NUTTALL,

Quick Professor of Biology, Cambridge. England.
November 30, 1917.

Specimens of Pediculus were also collected on Copper Eskimo by Mr. D. Jenness, ethnologist, of
the expedition.

llD

J2D Canadian Ardtic Expedition, 1913-18

FLEAS.

A siiuill collection of fleas, of great interest on account of the meagre char-
of our knowledge of the fleas of the Canadian Arctic, was sent to Hon.
X. <'harle> Rothschild, London, England, for identification and report. Un-
fortunately, however, they have been lost, and consequently no report on this
group has been prepared. They were collected from the following hosts:

Continental Arctic Fox. Alnp?x lagopus in.nu.itnx (Merriam).

Parry's (.-I round Squirrel, Citellus parryii (Richardson).

Keewatin Arctic Hare, Lcpux arcticus canus Preble.

C. GORDON HEWITT,

Domfnion Entomologist.

0

/ E
REPORT

OF THE

CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION

1913-18

VOLUME III: INSECTS

PART E: COLEOPTERA

Forest Insects, including Ipidse, Cerambycidae, and Buprestidae J. M. Swaine
Carabidse and Silphidse . . . . . H. C. Fall

Coccinellidse, Elateridae, Chrysomelidae, and Rhynchophora

(excluding Ipidse) ....... C. W. Leng

Dystiscidae . J. D. Sherman, Jr.

OTTAWA

J. de LABROQUERIE TACHfi

PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY
1919

Issued December 12, 1919

65861- 1

3 E

The Coleoptera collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition,

1913-18.

FOREST INSECTS.

The Families IPIDAE, CERAMBYCIDAE and BUPRESTIDAE.

By J. M. SWAINE,

Chief, Division of Forest Insects, Entomological Branch, Department of Agriculture, Ottawa.

The forest insect collection was made principally at " Camp creek " and
along; the adjoining river banks, on the east side of the Coppermine river,
Northwest Territories, just below Sandstone rapids. Only a few isolated
specimens were obtained in other localities. Along the river near Sandstone
rapids is the northern limit of forest trees and to examine this Mr.
Johansen made a special trip of over 50 miles. The trees here are white
spruce, mostly stunted and growing in a very open stand, as is well shown
in the accompanying illustration. Plate I. The examination was made in
February at a temperature of about 50 degrees below zero. In addition to
pieces of bark containing many dead beetles a section of a trunk and part of a
dying branch were brought back by Mr. Johansen.

A large number of trees were dead or showed dead and dying parts, and a
superficial examination of these suggested that many of the dead standing
trees had been killed by the bark-beetles whose galleries were extremely abundant
on the wood surface wherever this was laid bare.

Of the bark-beetles a species of Dendroctonus was found at the base of
one dead tree; Polygraphs rufipennis Ky. and Pityophthorus nitidus Sw. appar-
ently occurred in abundance, while an undescribed species of Carphoborus
was probably less numerous and is represented in the collection by only two
specimens exposed in a tunnel in one of the specimen sticks while removing
the bark in the laboratory. Polygraphus rufipennis and Pityophthorus nitidus
were the most numerous in the dead trees and occurred throughout the trunk.
Usually they were well chitinized and dark in colour. These species were
found chiefly in timber of medium size, rarely in very young or very old trees.
The Dendroctonus beetles came entirely from the base of one large spruce which
also carried the two smaller species (Polygraphus and Pityophthorus} in the
upper part. There were many adult Dendroctonus beneath the bark, chiefly
in cells in a compressed layer of frass lying, upon the surface of the wood. They
were all very light in colour and had died before maturity. Mr. Johansen
believes that all these beetles were dead when he collected the wood. The
cause of their death was not apparent, but was probably due to adverse weather
conditions.

Cerambycid tunnels cut by larva of several species were also abundant
in these dead trees, and had apparently been responsible, in part, for their
death. The larger trees were usually quite without bark or had retained it
only in patches, particularly about the base of the trunk. The wood surface
showed many surface tunnels of cerambycid larvae, and although no living
larvae were found, several dead adults of Mereum proteus Ky. were taken from
these tunnels beneath the bark. Larval skins were found and dead larvae
which had apparently been killed by parasitic hymenoptera whose cocoons,
usually empty, were found beside them. The galleries of wood-boring ceram-
bycid larvae were also numerous in these trees, and several dead adults were
taken from the tunnels by Mr. Johansen.

4E ('(tinuiinn Arctic A'.r/W/7/o//, 1913-18

In his field notes Mr. .Johansen says of these tunnels: " The origin of this
burrow could always he traced to a wound on the tree, a branch broken off
by storms, a fire wound, or bare patch on which the birk had been killed by
bark-beetles."

Many of the living trees were examined by Air. Johansen, and although
the young trees and those growing in a close stand were but little affected by
insects, numbers of the others had dead and dying parts attacked by bark-
beetles or cerambycid grubs.

Jhndrnctunn* was not found at all in these living trees and the" tunnels of
Polygjraphus and Pityophthorus were less numerous than in the dead timber
just described. The cerambycid larva1 appeared to be more1 destructive. Trees
were found with the top dead ar.d the Imse sound, with fresh cerambycid tunnels
in the area between the dead and the healthy wood and extending down into
the latter. Many of these tunnels were apparently confined to the inner bark
and surface of the wood, while others were started on the wood surface and
extended dee)) into the wood itself.

From the surface tunnels six larva1 were taken, varying in length from
(> mm. to 20 mm. These were kept frozen for eventual roaring;; but when
thawed out in A lay, 1916, only two (10 mm. and 15 mm. long) were alive, and
these died later before- transforming. Dead adults of Merium proteus Ky.
were found in pupal cells at the ends of these surface tunnels, or in exit tunnels
leading from them, so that this species was apparently responsible. Alany
empty hymenopterous cocoons wore found in these1 tunnels beneath the bark.
Mr. .lohansen says: " often I would find, instead of the cerambycid larva and
adjacent to the larval skin, the cocoon of the parasitic hymenoptor; those cocoons
were empty or contained dead pupa\, excepting one which held a living larva."

The tunnels extending into the wood were of two sizes and doubtless made
by distinct species. The larger of the two was like those in the dead trees
already described from which adults of Xylotrechus undulatux Say were taken.
Only two living larvae of this wood borer were found; these were lying fro/en
stiff in the inner ends of the burrows. These1 Xylotrechus tunnels always
originated at a wound or other exposed surface. They lie on the outer surface
for a short distance and are there filled with boring dust, but extend later
deep into the wood, eventually becoming longitudinal; there was practically
no boring dust in the part of these uncompleted tunnels lying below the wood
surface. This species was also heavily parasitized. In the ends of the larval
galleries Air. Johansen often found, instead of the beetle larva, an empty cocoon
of a hymenopterous parasite, and the large number of these, together with
the scarcity of the cerambycid larva1, indicated th it the parasites were exerting
effective control.

Several s.iwfly l-irva1 were using these wood tunnels as a winter retreat.
They are discussed elsewhere in the reports of this expedition.

The smaller wood tunnels just referred to were cut by Xcoch/h^ mitrictihdna
Ky. One dead adult of this species was removed from a tunnel below the wood
surface after the matetial reached our laboratory. These tunnels, in so far as
represented in the collection, are on a dead stub projecting from a branch still
living when it wa- collected, but containing tunnels of the X i/lolrcc/ni*.

In closing his field notes Air. Johansen states that forest injects, including
bark-beetles and cerambycid larva-, have caused serious and extensive injury
to the white spruce, even in that region, p'-actically the northern limit of trees
on the ( 'oppermine river. He considers that those insects Ind killed the majority
of the numerous dead trees he saw in that locality; and he suggests that the
injuries to the most northern trees previously ascribed by Richardson and
others to fires and unfavourable climatic conditions may have1 been really
caused by similar insect outbreaks.

Coleoptera 5 E

Family IPIDAE (Scolytidse).

Four species of this family were taken by Mr. Johansen in white spruce
on the Coppermine river in latitude 67° 30', and another in hemlock bark at
Latouche, Alaska.

Genus Dendroctonus Erich.
Erickson, Weig., Archiv., 1: 52, 1836.

Dendroctonus johanseni, n. sp.

Plate II, figure 6.

Length 7 mm.; width 3 mm.; colour yellowish brown (immature); rather
abundantly clothed with reddish hairs of moderate length; closely allied to
punctatus Lee.

The head has the front convex, broadly transversely impressed towards
the epistoma, coarsely, closely irregularly rugosely punctured and hairy; the
dorsal process of the epistoma with the sides oblique, not attaining the epistomal
margin, followed behind by a short, acute, median, longitudinal carina; the
vertex with the longitudinal line impressed; the eyes narrow, wider above;
the antennal club slightly longer than wide, the first segment nearly as long
as the rest united.

The pronotum wider than long, slightly narrower than the elytra, the sides
nearly straight on the caudal two-thirds narrowed from the hind angles con-
stricted in front on the sides and dorsum bisinuate on the front margin with
wide, oblique, impressions behind the middle; moderately closely and deeply
punctured, the punctures irregular, of medium and small sizes, closer on the
sides; with a narrow, acute, median carina from the base nearly to the front
margin clothed with subrecumbent, short, reddish hairs.

The elytra one and one-half times as long as wide; the striae impressed
moderately throughout more strongly towards the suture and on the sides;
the strial punctures rather coarse, not deep, rather close, smaller at the base,
very little reduced in size on the declivity; the interspaces moderately convex,
hardly wider or sometimes narrower than the striae confusedly roughened with
acute granules, moderate in size, becoming more numerous, larger, transverse
asperities at the base, and sparse and acute behind; the larger granules uniseriate
towards the declivity, reduced in size upon the declivital face with irregular
small, feebly granulate punctures on the declivital interspaces; the granules
smaller and the punctures more numerous on the lateral interspaces than on
the disc; the suture wider with the granules confused throughout; the punctures
of the declivital striae distinct, almost as large as upon the disc; rather sparsely
clothed throughout with long, erect, reddish hairs longer upon the declivity.
The ventral surface finely granulate punctate. The proepisternal area dis-
tinctly moderately punctured, not strongly granulate.

The male declivity is brightly polished with the strial punctures somewhat
smaller.

Type No. 152, Sandstone rapids, Coppermine river, Northwest Territories,
F. Johansen, collector; Feb. 15, 1915, 2510. Host, Picea canadensis.

This species together with micans, of Europe, and punctutas Lee., of the
Eastern States, forms a sharply isolated group, distinguished by the coarse
strial punctures of the elytral declivity. It is closely allied to punctatus Lee.
but appears to be distinct. The pronotal carina is barely indicated in punctatus,
the elytral striae are only feebly impressed on the disc, the strial punctures
smaller and tfhe elytral interspaces wider than the striae and less coarsely granu-

65861—2

6 E Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

late than in Arctic species. D. punctatus Lee. has .been recorded from West
Virginia, New York, and Pennsylvania, but has apparently never been taken
in Kastern Canada.

Described from about sixty immature adults, taken by Mr. Johansen,
dead, in the dried bark at the base of a large dead tree, in February. The
beetles had evidently been dead sometime and were brittle, so that many are
in poor condition. Mr. Johansen considers these beetles the primary cause
of the death of the tree. It appears that some agency, probably _ abnormal
weather conditions, had killed the broods that he found before they emerged
from the bark.

Genus Carphoborus Eichh.
Eichhoff, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 8: 27, 1864.

Carphoborus andersoni, n. sp.

Plate II, figure 1.

Length, 2-5 mm.; width, 1 mm.; colour, pale reddish (immature).

DESCRIPTION OF THE FEMALE : The head has the front flattened and densely
clothed with a brush of rather short yellow hairs; the antenna? slender, the club
longer than wide.

The pronotum is slightly wider than long, with the sides arcuately narrowed
from base to apex, only feebly constricted in front; the front broadly rounded;
the disc closely and deeply but not coarsely punctured, the median line very
faint; the pubescence very small, scale-like, not concealing the surface.

The elytra are elongate, the sides subparallel, broadly rounded behind;
the bases very strongly elevated and rugose as usual; the stria? distinctly im-
pressed, as wide as the interspaces, the strial punctures coarse and closely
placed; t he interspaces convex, feebly granulate, clothed with abundant rather
slender pale scales which do not entirely hide the surface; the declivity with
the 1st interspace but little more elevated than the 2nd and only feebly granulate,
the 2nd interspace convex, nearly smooth, narrower behind; the 3rd interspace
rather strongly elevated and armed with 5 or 6 rather coarse acute serrations;
5th and 7th interspaces united in a rather broad curve slightly elevated behind
.'iiid together bearing 3 or 4 acute serrations. This species will go in my key,
Dom. Ent. Br. Bull. 14, pt. 2, p. 57, under AA, BB, but is widely separated
from bicristatus and bifurcus by the large size, coarse declivital serrations, less
elevated declivital alternate interspaces, and characters of the front.

Type No. 153, Sandstone rapids, Coppermine river, Northwest Territories,
F. Johansen, collector; Feb. 15, 1915; 1 paratype (a few fragments); lot 2908.
Host, Picea canadensis.

One set of tunnels was found in a white spruce limb about one inch in
di;i meter. The nuptial chamber is 6 mm. in diameter with the entrance tunnel
indicated and three egg-tunnels; one of these is possibly complete, 6 cm. long,
1 mm. wide, with 28 egg-niches and larval mines developed from 16 of these.
The second egg-tunnel is 1 cm. long, with 3 egg-niches cut, and the third tunnel
is only started. The egg-niches are small and alternately arranged. The
mines are probably not completed; the longest is slightly more than 2 cm
in length. Some are model ately elongate and some widen very rapidly. All
are filled with white boring dust mixed with red excrement. The species had
overwintered as immature larvae and two young immature adults. The stick
was collected in February, 1915.

Coleoptera 7 E

Genus Polygraphus Erich.
Erichson, Weig. Archiv., 1 :57.

Polygraphus rufipennis Ky.

Plate II, figure 2.

Kirby, Faun. Bor. Amer., 4:193, tab. 8, fig. 2, Apate (Lepisomus) 1837,
Apate (Lepisomus) nigriceps Ky. Kieby, loc. cit. 194, Polygraphus saginatus
Mannh. Mannerheim, Bui. Mosc., 237, 1853; Apate (Lepisomus) brevicornis
Ky. Kirby, loc. cit., 194, (Probably not rufipennis, but injured and unrecog-
nizable.)

A stout cylindrical species, clothed with scales. Length, 2 mm. to 3 mm.,
colour black, elytra very dark piceous.

DESCRIPTION OF THE FEMALE. — The head has the front flat, shining,
finely and closely punctured, and rather densely clothed with short yellow
hairs, denser in a subcircular fringe about the margin of the front, extending
about the base of the mandibles and between the sections of the eyes; the vertex
and gense with dense and minute punctulations and a few large, shallow punc-
tures, almost glabrous; the eyes completely divided and surrounded by a narrow
shining border; the epistomal margin raised, shining, and very broadly emar-
ginate; the antennal funicle usually with six segments, the pedicel large, the
club unsegmented, subacute at the tip, closely pubescent. The pronotum is
two-thirds as long as wide; the caudal margin sub truncate, bisinuate, the sides
on caudal half straight, slightly convergent, deeply, suddenly constricted in
front of the middle, front margin broadly arcuate, feebly emarginate at middle
line; closely finely granulate-punctate and clothed with short scale-like hairs;
with a very fine indistinct median raised line.

The elytra are two and one-half times as long as wide; as wide as the
pronotum at the base; the bases individually moderately arcuate, finely raised
and crenulate, the striae very faintly indicated; the elytra closely, finely asperate-
punctate, with a row of coarser asperities along each interspace and these
larger asperities confused and numerous towards the base of the disc; the strial
punctures with minute slender inconspicuous setae; the numerous punctures of
the interspaces with short, blunt, stout, scale-like hairs, with those from the
row of coarser asperate punctures longer, particularly towards and upon the
declivity and on the sides; so the pubescence is rather closely subscale-like,
with a row of longer, lighter coloured, stout hairs on each interspace, and the
finely asperate surface showing through.

THE MALE. — The male has the front convex above with two small approx-
imate tubercles arranged transversely on the middle line; impressed cephalad of
the tubercles; the pronotum usually shorter, and more deeply constricted in
front.

VARIATIONS. — The size varies from 2 mm. to 3 mm. in length. The colour
varies from piceous to nearly black. The front of the male has sometimes
only one frontal tubercle and the anterior impression varies in depth. The
most interesting variation is in the segmentation of the antennal funicle. This
is typically six-segmented, with the second segment small and the distal segments
widened. Not infrequently however, we find a reduction in the number. Two
more common conditions are with four segments on the outer part of the funicle
of which the second segment is partly divided by a deep suture, or with the
second and third segments almost entirely fused. It is very evident that the
segmentation of the antennal funicle is a variable character in this species,
as in other allied species. This subject is further referred to under the Genus
Polygraphus, Dom. Ent. Br., Bull. 14, Part 2.

65861— 2£

8 E Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

This species is abundant throughout the spruce forests of Canada, from
the Pacific Coast eastward to Newfoundland. It is rare in pine, and rather
commonly found in larch.

About forty specimens were received in the bark of a section from a dead
white spruce trunk collected by Mr. Johansen at Camp creek, below Sandstone
rapids, Coppermine river, Northwest Territories, February. 15, 1915.

The tunnels of this species, associated with those of Pityophthorus, were
numerous on the exposed wood surface of dead standing trees and beneath
the patches of bark which remained, particularly on the upper portions of the
trunk; numbers of dead adults were taken in the tunnels beneath these patches
of bark. On the dead and dying parts of the living trees these Polyyraphus
and PUyophthorus tunnels were also found, but they were not so numerous
here as on the old dead trees, and were not found at all in some of the dying
branches and trunks examined. It was evident that cerambycid larvae had
been more injurious than bark-beetles during the season previous to the exam-
ination.

Genus Pityophthorus Eichh.
Eichhoff, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 8; 39, 45, 46, 1864.

Pityophthorus nitidus Sw.

Plate II, figures 3, 4, 5.

Swaine, Dom. Ent. Br., Dept. Agric. Bull. 14, pt. 1, p. 26, 1917.

DESCRIPTION OF THE FEMALE.— The length, 2.1 mm.; 2f times as long
as the width; the elytral striae not impressed, the strial punctures small; the
declivity sulcate-retuse, not acuminate.

The head has the front flattened, the flat area bounded by a semi-circular
line behind, very densely, minutely punctured and densely pubescent with
short yellow hairs: the median carina nearly obsolete except the cephalic end which
forms a rather prominent carinate tooth on the epistoma; the eyes rather finely
granulate, deeply narrowly emarginate; the antennal club very wide, short
oval almost subcircular, the sutures broadly arcuate the third most strongly,
the first two segments each distinctly shorter than either of the last two; rather
closely pubescent.

The pronotum is as long as wide; very broadly rounded behind, strongly
arcuate on the sides behind; moderately constricted before the middle, broadly
rounded on the front margin which is finely serrate, the asperities slightly
stronger at the middle; the summit slightly in front of the middle with a wide
transverse impression across the disc immediately behind the summit; finely
subconcentrically asperate in front, rather coarsely, very densely, subgranulately
punctured behind, the punctures smaller towards the lateral margins; with a
small impunctuate spot on the middle of the side, and a smooth median space.

The cli/tra are slightly less than twice as long as the pronotum, 9:5, faintly
narrower than the pronotum; truncate at the base; the sides subparallel for
over two-thirds the length then narrowed and rather broadly rounded behind,
very faintly sulcat e-'vt use .is viewed from above; the upper part of the declivity
distinctly sulcate-retuse; the sutural striae finely impressed; the remaining
striae only very faintly indicated, except near the lateral margins the last two
strongly impressed, especially behind; the strial punctures small, fairly close
and deep, in only moderately regular rows; the interspaces not convex, sparsely
uniseriately punctured in the interspaces of the disc, more closely punctured
about the base and lateral margins; the ninth interspace moderately convex
behind. The declivity is broadly sulcate above, the sulcus wide, not deep,
not widened behind, shining, the sides feebly retuse, with a row of minute

Coleoptera 9 E

granules on the suture and along the region of the third interspace; the whole
declivity smooth and brightly shining, with the punctures extremely minute,
hardly visible except towards the sides. The disc and the declivity are almost
glabrous, with only minute very sparse pubescence; the pubescence about the
lateral margins very short but distinct. The last sternite is rather deeply,
broadly emarginate.

The male has the front flattened as before, but coarsely, fairly closely
punctured with a well-developed median carina, and the pubescence almost
invisible, the last ventral is emarginate as in the female.

Described from Quebec Province, Tullochgoram; Picea canadensis. Other
localities: Ste. Anne de Bellevue, Que.; Truro, N.S.

About fifty specimens were received from the bark of a section of a dead
white spruce trunk, collected by Mr. Johansen at "Camp creek," below Sandstone
rapids, Coppermine river, Northwest Territories, February 15, 1915, in associa-
tion with Polygraphus rufipennis Ky., page

The Coppermine specimens are constantly somewhat larger than the
typical form and the elytral striae are usually more finely punctured, but they
are left for the present under nitidus Sw.

Genus Pseudohylesinus Swaine.
Dom. Ent. Br., Dept. Agric., Bull. 14; 11, 1917.

Pseudohylesinus tsugae Sw.

Latouche, Alaska, C.A.E., Sept. 13, 1916, F. Johansen, collector. One
broken specimen, taken in hemlock bark, is doubtfully referred to this species.

OTHER NORTHERN RECORDS IN OUR COLLECTION.

Dendroctonus valens Lee.

Fort Chipewyan, Alta., June 13, 15, 1914, F. Harper, collector, 9 speci-
mens.

Dryocoetes affaber Mannh.

Yukon Territories; lat. 62° 31'-63° 06' N., long. 137° 30/-1.39° 30' W.,
1916; D. D. Cairnes, collector, 1 specimen.

Orthotomicus vicinus Lee.

Yukon Territories; lat. 62° 31'-63° 06' N., long. 137° 30'-139° 30' W.,
1916; D. D. Cairnes, collector, 1 specimen.

Ips perturbatus Eichh.

Yukon Territories; lat. 62° 31'-63° 06' N., long. 137° 30'-139° 30' W.,
1916; D. D. Cairnes, collector, 3 specimens, small Arctic race. This is probably
the species referred to by Children* as Bostrichus typographies.

Back's Overland Expedition, London, 1836, page 532.

10 E Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Family CERAMBYCIDAE.

Only four species of this family were obtained in the extreme north including
seven specimens in all.

Genus Criocephalus Muls.
Criocephalus agrestis Kirby.

Fn. Bor. Am., IV, p. 140, 1837; Leconte, J. A. P., ser 2, 11, 36, 1850; Leng.,
Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., VII, 64, 1884; Blatchley, Col. of Indiana, 1015, 1910.

One male from the Arctic coast; length, 2.1 cm., width 5.5 mm. at base
of elytra, length of elytra 16.5 mm.; width of pronotum 4.5 mm.; length of
pronotum 4 mm. The pronotal impressions moderate; the sides narrowly
rounded, with only a few rugosities; punctuation close and minutely granulate.
The elytra densely punctured and minutely granulate; the two costse rather
strongly developed. More densely and coarsely granulate-punctuate than
usual, but probably conspecific with the more southern forms.

Cape Bathurst, Northwest Territories, August 22, 1914, R. M. Anderson,
collector, 886; crawling on beach, probably from driftwood which had come
down the Mackenzie river or the Anderson river.

Other northern records: Rampart House, Yukon Territory (18 miles south),
D. H. Nelles, collector, 9 specimens; 3 much smaller specimens from the same
place may be distinct 14 mm. in length; slender, the pronotum subcircular
from above, Dawson, Y.T., VIII, 1909, one specimen.

Genus Merium Kirby.
Merium proteus Kirby.

Fn. Bor. Am. LV, p. 172, t.s.; f.s. 1837; Mannerheim, Bull. Mosc. Ill,
1853, 247; Leconte, J. A. P., ser. 2, II, p. 32; Leng, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc.,
VII, p. 100, 1885; Blatchley, Col. of Indiana, p. 1019, 1910; Casey, Memoirs, III,
286, 1912.

Three dead specimens of this well known species were taken from the bark
of dead white spruce. One specimen has only faint traces of the pale lines
on the elytra; otherwise they need no description.

Coppermine river, below Sandstone rapids, Northwest Territories, February
17, 1915, F. Johansen, collector.

Other northern records: Fort Cudahy, Yukon Territory, August 25, 1896,
W. Ogilvie, collector, 3 specimens; Dawson, Yukon Territory, May 17, 1908,
1 specimen.

Genus Neoclytus Thomson.
Neoclytus muricatulus Kirby.

Fn. Bor. Am., IV, p. 177, 1837; Leng, Ent. Am., Ill, 8; Wickham, Can.
Ent., XXIX, p. 152, 1897.

Length, 9 mm.; width, 2.5 mm.; brown with grayish white markings;
the pronotum as wide as long.

Below Sandstone rapids, Coppermine river, Northwest Territories, February
15, 1915, F. Johansen, collector; one specimen, taken from the pupal
cell in small limb of white spruce.

The tunnels of Neoclytus muricatulus are numerous on a short dead branch
from a living tree. Part of the bark had fallen; the branch had been dead for

Coleoptera HE

at least a year; and some of the tunnels were evidently several years old. The
tunnels of this species are slender, elongate, winding, more or less longitudinal
upon the surface, scoring the wood, then entering the wood through an oval
hole to continue below the surface for two or three inches. The pupal period
is passed in this tunnel and the adult emerges eventually through a round exit
hole. The larvae of this species had evidently been heavily parasitized, for
many empty cocoons of a hymenopterous parasite were attached to the tunnels
beneath the bark. One dead adult beetle was found in an exit tunnel just below
the wood surface.

Genus Xylotrechus Chevr.
Xylotrechus undulatus Say.

Long's Expedition, II, p. 291, 1820; Leng, Ent. Am., II, p. 200.

Length of the elytra, 1 cm.; width of pronotum, 4 mm.; length of pronotum,
3.5 mm.; colour dark brown with the transverse markings yellowish white;
pronotum with apical band interrupted only at median line, caudal band feebly
indicated on the sides, sides of pronotum grayish from superimposed fine gray
hairs; elytra with basal line feeble, discal spot strong, median transverse line
strong and continued along the suture and side margin forward nearly to the
base. The subapical transverse line strong complete (this line almost invariably
interrupted in the middle in our collection of over 60 specimens) apical marking
strong; longitudinal grayish tracings very faint. One specimen below Sandstone
rapids, Coppermine river, Northwest Territories, February 15, 1915; F. Johansen,
collector.

One specimen was removed in fragments from tunnels in the wood of a white
spruce; it had been working in a dead patch on a living tree. A second specimen
found in the same stick is lighter brown, and lacks the longitudinal grayish
markings.

Cerambycid tunnels which may be those of Xylotrechus undulatus are
numerous in a part of a branch dying at the time of collection. The surface
tunnels are wide and flat, scoring the wood, and filled with frass, freely winding,
and very irregular in width. They eventually enter the wood through an oval
hole, penetrate to the centre of the branch and continue longitudinally for
about two inches. In this last portion the larvae pass the winter. There were
no exit holes.

Monochamus tunnels, probably those of scutellatus, were on the large stick.
Two larvae had entered the wood but neither of them emerged. There were
no adults in the collection.

OTHER NORTHERN RECORDS IN OUR COLLECTION.
Monochamus scutellatus Say.

Fort Cudahy, Yukon Territory, 25-VIII-96, W. Ogilvie, collector, Id1, 19 ;
Upper Stewart river, Yukon Territory, Jos. Keele, collector, 1881, 1905, 19 ;
Rampart House (18 miles south), Yukon Territory, D. A. Nelles collector;
Yukon Territory, lat. 62° 31' to 63° 06' N., long. 137° 20' to 129° 30' W., 2 <? 's,
D. D. Cairnes, collector; Fort Chipewyan, Alta., June 23, 1914, F. Harper,
collector; Hudson bay, 1887, J. M. Macoun, collector, 2 9's.

Pachyta liturata Ky.

Dawson, Yukon Territory.

12 E Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1918-18

Acmaeops proteus Ky.

Yukon Territory; hit. 62° 31'-63° 06' N.; long. 137° 30'-139° 30' W., 1916;
D. D. Cairnos, collector, (i specimens.

Acmaeops pratensis Laich.

Yukon Territory, latitude and longitude as above; 1916, D. D. Cairnes,
collector, 1 specimen. 'Near Sixtymile river, along meridian 141° W., 1907,
T. P. Reilly, collector, 1 specimen. Rampart House (18 miles south), Yukon
Territory, D. H. Nelles, collector, 1 specimen. Fort Cudahy, Yukon Territory,
25, VIII, 1896, W. Ogilvie, collector, 2 specimens.

Genus Callidium Fabr.
Callidium subopacum, n. sp.

Length, 9 mm.; body piceous, above dull greenish; antennae reddish except
first segment very slender; above subopaque; head rather obscurely punctured
and reticulate, punctures coarser and more distinct behind; median line finely
impressed, a wide transverse impression between the eyes; the pronotum much
wider than long, nearly as wide as the elytra, widest about the middle, the
sides broadly arcuately narrowed in front and more strongly narrowed behind
the middle, the sides spongy from exceeding by dense, very deep, subcircular,
margined punctures, with rather numerous long brownish hairs, a median
amphora-shaped area impressed, the margins rather indefinite, nearly smooth,
finely reticulate, the punctures coarse but very shallow, the pubescence red,
short and erect, longer in front; the elytra thin, coarsely irregularly punctured,
margins of the punctures indefinite, with minute setose punctures in their depth,
these feebly granulate only towards the base.

Type, south of Rampart House, Yukon Territory, D. H. Nelles, collector;
one paratype, same labels. Two other allied undescribed species are in our
collection from southern British Columbia.

Tetropium cinnamopterum Ky.

Fort Cudahy, Yukon Territory, 25-VIII-96, W. Ogilvie, collector, 4 speci-
mens.

Length, 9-10 mm.; slender, piceous below, head and pronotum black,
elytra smoky brown; pronotum subangularly rounded on sides, closely punctured
and granulate on the sides, smooth, shining, and very sparsely punctured over
nearly whole of disc, with a broad and strong anterior impression; the antennae
rather slender.

FAMILY BUPRESTIDAE.

Only one specimen of this Family was included in the collection:
Melanophila longipes Say.

Near Langton bay, Northwest Territories, 1910-11, R. M. Anderson,
collector, 1632.

Other northern records in our collection: Near Sixtymile river, along 141st
meridian, Yukon Territory, 1907, T. P. Reilly, collector, 1 specimen; Stewart
river, Yukon Territory, 1909, D. H. Nelles, collector, 1 specimen.

Occurs throughout Canadian forests from Nova Scotia to British Columbia
and the Yukon.

Coleoptera 13 E

RECORDS OF OTHER NORTHERN SPECIES IN OUR COLLECTION.
Melanophila drummondi Kirby.

Yukon Territory, lat. 62° 31'-63° 06', long. 137° 30'-139° 30', 1916, D. D.
Cairnes, collector; near Sixtymile river, along 141st meridian, Yukon Territory,
1907, T. P. Reilly, collector, 2 specimens. Abundant throughout British
Columbia, extending south into the United States and northward into the
Yukon and Alaska. I have taken a series of thirteen near Lesser Slave lake
in Alberta, and rarely in the east (Fort Coulonge, Que., in Pinus strobus).

Chrysobothris trinervia Kirby.

Near Sixtymile river, along 141st Meridian, Yukon Territory, 1907, Thos.
P. Reilly, collector, 1 specimen.

There are two specimens in our collection from Fort Yukon, Alaska. Repre-
sented in our collection from Halifax, N.S., across Canada to Alaska and the
Yukon.

Buprestis nuttalli Kirby.

Stewart river, Yukon Territory, 1909, D. H. Nelles, collector, 1 specimen.

There are only two small reddish-yellow spots on each elytron and the
posterior of these almost obsolete on the right side; the spots on the outer faint
but distinct on abdominal segments and coxae. Represented in our collections
from Quebec, Ontario, Alberta, southern British Columbia, Alaska, and the
Yukon.

Dicerca prolongata Lee.

Fort Chipewyan, Alta., 15-VI-1914, lake Athabaska, Alta., near shore
on portage to lake One, 29-VI-14, F. Harper, collector, 1 specimen.

Dicerca tenebrica Ky.

Stewart river, Yukon Territory, D. H. Nelles, collector, 1909; Yukon
Territory, latitude 62° 31'-63° 06' N., long. 137° 30/-139° 30' W., D. D. Cairnes,
collector; lake Athabasca, Alta., near shore on portage to lake One, 29-VI-14,
F. Harper, collector, 1 specimen; Dawson, Yukon Territory, 20-VI-08, 1 specimen.

Poecilonota, undes. sp.

Stewart river, Yukon Territory, D. H. Nelles, collector, 1909.
Length, 17 mm.; black above, eyes red, venter black with coppery reflections,
apparently distinct, 1 specimen.

14 E Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Family CARABIDAE.
By H. C. FALL.

Of the Carabidse collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, a repre-
sentative lot of 206 specimens has been sent me for identification by Dr. C. Gordon
Hewitt, Dominion Entomologist. The number of species in the lot is not
large — about fifteen — but of some of them considerable series were evidently
taken, only a part of which were submitted.

The chief difficulty encountered in determining any collection of Arctic
Carabidse, centers in that complex of small Pterostichi belonging to the subgenus
Cryobius, which constitute so characteristic a feature of the Carabid fauna
of those regions. The species are numerous, but are still very imperfectly
known and to a great extent opinionative, and are not satisfactorily determined
in any American collection. Their identification therefore in the following
list must for the present be regarded as tentative.

Genus Carabus Linn.
Carabus chamissonis Fisch.

Langton bay (Franklin bay), Northwest Territories, summer, 1911, R. M.
Anderson, collector, 19 ; cape Barrow, Coronation gulf, Northwest Territories,
August 4, 1915, J. J. O'Neill, collector, 1^, 19.

Genus Elaphrus Fab.
Elaphrus riparius var. gratiosus Mann.

Teller, Alaska; July 31, 1913, F. Johansen, collector, two examples in
badly damaged condition.

Genus Nebria Lat.

A single female of this genus was collected which cannot well be referred
to any species thus far recorded from the American continent. It seems in
most respects nearest to obliqua and suturalis, but, unlike them, has elytral
interspaces 3.5.7. punctuate. It bears the label — Collinson point, Alaska,
May 9, 1914, D. Jenness, collector.1

Genus Pelophila.
Pelophila eschscholtzii Mann.

Teller, AJaska, July 29, 1913, F. Johansen, collector. A single specimen
in poor condition.

'This specimen was submitted to Dr. E. C. Van Dyke for examination and he believes that it is a
variety oibifaria, the typical forms with red legs being found in the Lower Yukon Valley.

Coleoptera 15 E

Genus Asaphidion (Tachypus of our lists.)

West of Collinson point, Alaska, June 12, 1914; F. Johansen, collector.
A single sample, which, judging from the description, can hardly be T. elongatus,
the only recorded American species.

Genus Bembidium Latr.
Bembidium complanulum Mann.
Nome, Alaska, August 21-24, 1916. F. Johansen, collector, 1 specimen.

Genus Pterostichus Bon.
Pterostichus agonus Horn.

Seven examples — all 9's — from the following localities: Konganevik,
Camden bay, Alaska, June 27, 1914, F. Johansen, collector; Collinson point,
Alaska, September 27, 1913, and June 1, 1914, F. Johansen, collector; Barter
island, Arctic coast of Alaska, June 11, 1914, D. Jenness, collector; Demarcation
point, Alaska, May 20, 1914, F. Johansen, collector; Langton bay (Franklin
bay), Northwest Territories, summer, 1911, V. Stefansson, collector.

Horn's statement that the elytral striae are fine, and the intervals flat, does
not apply very well to any of these examples, nor to a specimen in my collection
taken by Dr. F. E. Blaisdell at Nome, Alaska. The unique type was from the
Yukon river, Alaska.

Pterostichus vindicatus Mann.

Nome, Alaska, August 21 to 24, 1916, F. Johansen, collector; Teller, Alaska,
July 24, 1913, F. Johansen, collector.

Pterostichus sp., near the preceding.

Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, June, 1914; Demarcation point, Alaska,
May 16, 1914; Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, June 20, 1916; all
collected by F. Johansen.

Pterostichus hyperboreus Mann.

Langton bay (Franklin bay), Northwest Territories, summer 1911, V.
Stefansson, collector, 3d"'s, 19.

Pterostichus similis Men.
Teller, Alaska, July 24, 1913; F. Johansen, collector.

Pterostichus mandibularis Kby.

Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, June 27, 1914; Collinson point, Alaska,
September 22 and 27, 1913; Boundary Zone, Demarcation point, Arctic Alaska
and Yukon, May 6, 1914; Demarcation point, Alaska, May 14-20, 1914; Cock-

16 E Canadian Expedition Arctic, 1913-18

burn point, Dolphin and Union strait, September 7, 1914; Bernard harbour,
Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, June 15, 2 specimens, June
20, 1910, 1 specimen. All collected by F. Johansen. The specimens from the
la>t two named localities have the hind angles of the thorax more obtuse and
perhaps represent a distinct species; some variation in this respect however
is noticeable among the others.

Genus Amara Bon.
Amara haematopa Dej. (similis Kby.)

Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, May 22, 1915; June 20, 1916;
Jul}- 9, 1916; 2d"'s, 39 's; F. Johansen, collector.

Of these specimens Id1 and 29 's are quite black, Id1 metallic, the third with
faintly greenish elytra. The general form of body is quite like that of Pterostichus
agonus and it seems not to have been observed by Horn that the penultimate joint
of the labial palpus is bisetose in front as in Pterostichus, not plurisetose as in
the rest of the AmaraB.

Amara brunnipennis Dej.

The material sent me contains ninety-three samples of this common and
widespread boreal species. The following localities are represented, all speci-
mens collected by F. Johansen unless otherwise stated. Nome, Alaska, August
24-25, 1916; Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, June 27, 1914; west of Collinson
point, Alaska, June 12, 1914, E. deK. Leffingwell, collector; Langton bay
(Franklin bay), Northwest Territories, summer of 1911, V. Stefansson, collector;
Cockburn point, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, September
7 and 26, 1914; Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, May 18-September 1,
1915, and 1916; Kugalik river, Wollaston peninsula, Victoria island, August
18, 1915, D. Jenness, collector. Probably Armstrong point, west side of Victoria
island, June, 1916, J. Hadley, collector.

Amara glacialis Mann.

( 'ocklmrn point, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, August
30 and September 7, 1914, twelve cf's, eleven 9's; Bernard harbour, Northwest
Territories, June and July, 1915 and 1916, sixteen cf's, nine 9's; all collected by
F. Johansen.

Lebia (?) sp.

Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, May 2, 1915, F. Johansen, collector.
A mere wreck with dorsum of thorax and all appendages missing. Evidently
found in this condition and perhaps not an inhabitant of the region explored.
It does not appear to be identical with any of our American species of this
genus, none of which have ever been reported from so far north.

Family SILPHIDAE.

Genus Silpha Linn.

Silpha lapponica Hbst.

Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska,' July 4, 1914, F. Johansen, collector;
Nos. 175-6; Port Kpuorth, Coronation gulf, July 15, 1915 (on dried fish),
Nos. 123-7, J. J. O'Xeill, collector; Koglukfualuk river (Tree river), Coronation
gulf, Northwest Territories, July 1915, J. J. O'Neill, collector, No. 106.

Coleoptera 17 E

Family COCCINELLIDAE.

By CHAS. W. LENG.

Genus Coccinella Linn.

Coccinella quinquenotata Kirby.

Langton bay, Northwest Territories, 1910-11, No. 1630, R. M. Anderson,
collector.

Coccinella nugatoria Mulsant.

Langton bay (Franklin bay), Northwest Territories, summer 1911, No.
1865, V. Stefansson, collector; Kater point, Bathurst inlet, Northwest Territories,
August 24, 1915, J. J. O'Neill, collector, No, 109.

Both of these species are closely related to Coccinella transversoguttata
Fabricius, a species widely distributed in the northern parts of both hemispheres,
the larva feeding on aphids.

Family ELATERIDAE.

By C. W. LENG.
Genus Hypnoidus Steph.
Hypnoidus barbatus Sahib.
Nome, Alaska, F. Johansen, collector, August 24-25, 1916; Nos. 21, 22.

Family CHRYSOMELIDAE.

By C. W. LENG.

Genus Chrysomela Linn.

Chrysomela subsulcata Mann.

Tundra plateau, Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, July 4, 1914, No. 431;
tundra at Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, June or July, 1914, No. 436;
Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, June 27, 1914, No. 458; under old driftwood
logs in tundra behind house at Collinson point, Alaskan Arctic coast, September
27, 1913, Nos. 1151, 1152; Collinson point, Alaska, June 18, 1914, No. 1171;
Collinson point, Alaska, September 2, 1914; tundra east of Collinson point,
Alaska, September 2, 1914, No. 1642. The last one was collected as larva
June 18, 1914, and pupated July 13, 1914 (breeding record 8). All collected
by F. Johansen.

Genus Lina Meg.

Lina scripta Linn.

Collected as pupae September 10, 1916, on Alnus leaves and reared (breeding
record 135). Ketchikan, Alaska, September 16-20, 1916, F. Johansen, collector,
Nos. 1211 to 1213.

18 E Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Genus Galerucella Crotch.
Galerucella decora Say.

Langton bay (Franklin bay), Northwest Territories, 1910-11, V. Stefansson
and R. M. Anderson, collectors; Nos. 1700 to 1704 and 1698 to 1699.

Genus Haltica Geoff.
Haltica bimarginata Say.

Langton bay, Northwest Territories, V. Stefansson and R. M. Anderson,
collectors, 1910-11; No. 1631.

Family DYTISCIDAE.

By J. D. SHERMAN, JR.

Genus Hydroporus Clairv.
Hydroporus humeralis Aube.

Teller, Alaska, August, 1913, two specimens; Konganevik, Camden bay,
Alaska, June, 1914, three specimens; Demarcation point, Alaska, May, 1914,
five specimens; Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, June, July, six speci-
mens. All collected by F. Johansen. A common, variable, Pacific coast species.

Hydroporus tartaricus Lee.

Collinson point, Alaska, September, 1913, seven specimens; Demarcation
point, Alaska, May, 1914, five specimens; Bernard harbour, Northwest Terri-
tories, May to August, five specimens; all collected by F. Johansen.

Hydroporus sp. (Perhaps tristis Payk.)

Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, May, July, F. Johansen; two
specimens.

Genus Coelambus Thorn.
Coelambus unguicularis Cr.

Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, June, F. Johansen, collector; four
specimens.

Genus Ilybius Er.
Ilybius angustior Gyll.

Teller, Alaska, August 1913, F. Johansen, collector; two specimens. Ex-
tremely common in Labrador.

Coleoptera 19 E

Genus Agabus Leach.
Agabus nigripalpis Sahib.

Teller, Alaska, August 1913, one specimen, F. Johansen, collector; Collinson
point, Alaska, September 1913, six specimens, F. Johansen, collector; Barter
island, Alaska, July 1914, one specimen, D. Jenness, collector; Demarcation
point, Alaska, May 1914, two specimens, F. Johansen, collector; Bernard har-
bour, Northwest Territories, May to August, forty-two specimens, F. Johansen,
collector; Colville mountains, Wollaston peninsula, Victoria island, July 1914,
one specimen, D. Jenness, collector.

This variable species, taken by R. Bell at Stupart's bay and cape Digges,
Hudson strait, was regarded by Dr. Sharp as probably a variety of Agabus
congener Payk.-

Agabus infuscatus Aube.

A single specimen; Teller, Alaska, July 29, 1913; F. Johansen, collector.
Very common at some points in Labrador.

Agabus obsoletus Lee.

Collinson point, Alaska, September 1913; F. Johansen, collector, two
specimens.

Described from San Diego, California. I have a large series from Oregon
(Corvallis and Gaston).

Genus Colymbetes Clairv.
Colymbetes dolobratus Payk.

Teller, Alaska, July 1913, F. Johansen, collector, two specimens; Bernard
harbour, Northwest Territories, May to July, F. Johansen, collector, seven
specimens. An Alaskan and Siberian species.

The RHYNCHOPHORA (except IPIDAE).

By CHAS. W. LENG.
Genus Lepyrus Germ.

The species of Lepyrus inhabit the northern parts of both hemispheres,
extending southward in America to the White mountains of New Hampshire,
the swamps of Genesee county, New York, Michigan, Wisconsin, and Colorado.
The larvae live in willows and aspens.

Lepyrus gemellus Kirby.

Langton bay (Franklin bay), Northwest Territories, V. Stefansson, collector,
summer 1911; No. 1687.

Lepyrus capucinus Schall.

Langton bay (Franklin bay), Northwest Territories, V. Stefansson, collector,
summer 1911; Nos. 1671-3.

20 E Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Lepyrus palustris Scopoli.

Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, June 4, 1916, F. Johansen, col-
lector; No. H>34.

Genus Stephanocleonus Motsch.
Stephanocleonus plumbeus Leconte.

Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 6-7, 1915, F. Johansen,
collector; No. 1249.

Described from the northern shore of Lake Superior; an uncommon species
recorded from Telegraph creek, British Columbia, and from Maine, Connecticut,
( 'olorado, and New Mexico.

Genus Trichalophus Lee.
Trichalophus stefanssoni, n. sp.

Oblong-oval, black, thickly clothed above and beneath with short, white,
decumbent hairs, sometimes condensed into vaguely defined spots on the
elytra and an oblique line at each side of disc of thorax. Beak finely carinate,
slightly dilated at apex, antennal groove deep, almost reaching the eye; scape
of antennae almost reaching the eye, funicle seven-jointed, first two joints each
longer than the succeeding bead-like joints, club three-jointed, oval, pointed,
annulated. Eyes oval, transverse, finely granulated. Head slightly protuberant
between and above the eyes. Thorax slightly longer than wide, slightly con-
stricted and narrower in front; surface uneven, a complete median carina with
a minute polished tubercle each side thereof being the most conspicuous inter-
ruptions of the surface. Elytra oval, convex, with feeble numeral angles,
surface irregularly interrupted and tending to form rows of small tubercular
elevations. The surface is very minutely punctulate between the elevations,
visible only by removing the hairs. Front coxae contiguous, prominent; middle
coxae separated by less than half their width; also prominent; hind coxae widely
separated, not prominent first again longer, oval at tip. Femora slightly
incrassate, tibiae excavated at apex, with spinulose fringe and a conspicuous
spine; tarsi broad, pubescent beneath, third joint divided, claws simple. Re-
sembles in many respects Trichalophus didymus Leconte from Vancouver,
British Columbia and Colorado, but differs in the shorter antennae, the carination
of the beak, the size and obscure maculation.

Length, including beak, 10-12 mm.; width, at middle of the elytra, 3-5-
5-0 nun.

Bernard harbour, (Cockburn point), Northwest Territories; September 26,
1914, F. Johansen, collector, Nos. 919-927; May 22, 1915, F. Johansen, collector,
(.»2(.) to 935; July 6, 7, 1915, F. Johansen, collector, No. 1251; June and
September, 19161, F. Johansen, collector, Nos. 268, 269; July 10, 1916, F. Johan-
sen, collector, Nos. 267, 218; cape Krusenstern, Northwest Territories, July 1916,
I). Jeimess, collector, No. 292.

No. 929 is designated as the type and is in the National Museum, Ottawa,
as well as the other specimens named except No. 925 which is in my own collec-
tion.

No. 107, Kogluktualuk river, Coronation gulf, Northwest Territories,
July 1915, J. J. O'Neill, collector, differs from the above only by the brownish
colour of the hairs, possibly as the result of accidental staining.

1 The one that emerged in September 1916, was collected as a larva June 20, 1916, and pupated
August 8, 1916. (Breeding-record 122).

Coleoptera 21 E

No. 167, Langton bay (Franklin bay), Northwest Territories, summer
1911, V. Stefansson, collector, is another aberrant specimen, partly denuded,
with brownish hairs.

No. 747, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 17, 1915, F. Johanscn,
collector, is another still more difficult specimen to place, for it is almost entirely
denuded and looks therefore quite different. It is however, the same species
as those described above and exhibits actual sculpture of the surface, which is
scabrous throughout except that on the front part of the thorax it becomes
evidently distinctly punctate.

The tribe Alphini, to which the species described above belongs is repre-
sented by numerous species in Siberia. I have tried to identify this species
with one of them without success; and as most of the described species occur
in the region of Lake Baikal, while it is in northeastern Siberia that the fauna
more nearly resembles that of America, it seems probable that it has heretofore
escaped discovery, though evidently abundant in the Canadian Arctic Region.

Genus Sitona Germ.
Sitona discoidea Gyllenhal (?). -

Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 6, 7, 1915; F. Johansen,
collector, No. 1248.

The condition of the single specimen of this species makes an exact identifi-
cation impossible.

Coleoptera

23 E

PLATE I. White spruce forest on the Coppermine river, Northwest Territories, below
Sandstone rapids, showing also scrub willows; February 15, 1915, F. Johansen, Photo.

_> j ,.: Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

i:\IM.A\ATiOX OF PLATE II

1. Bark-beetles.

Kit;. 1. Cca'phoborusandersoniSw.

'2. I'olijyriipliuH rnjl[)cnnix Ky.

l-'iu. :-!. PityopMhorus iiitidn* SA-.

Ki«. I. Pttyophthorus ni.!i<lux Sw., declivity of dyii-M.

.">. l'it.i/<>i>tit-h(>ntx n'tti<lux Svv.

l-'iu;. <v DendroctonusjohanseniBvf.

Tli«'rlr:iwin«?s:ir(. by Mr. A. Iv KHlrtt, Artist Assistant, Entomological Branch,
of Ani'iculturc, ()11a\va.

Coleoptera

25 E

PLATE II.

•mr -

I

65861

2(> K Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

PI.ATK '2. Spruce from Coppermine River forest, below Sandstone rapids.

Fig. 1. Section showing work of Polygraph us rujifwnnis Ky., beneath the bark.

Fiji. 2. Spruce branch showing tunnels of Carphoboni* andersoni Sw.

Fig. '.). Spruce branch showing tunnels of Xylotrcchnx nmlitlaln* and Xcocli/titx »tt<ric(itiiln«.

l-'ig. 4. Same as figure :>, the reverse side.

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

27 E

Pl ATE III.

4

I F

REPORT

OF THE

CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION

1913-18

VOLUME III: INSECTS

PART F: HEMIPTERA

By EDWARD P. VAN DUZEE

SOUTHERN PARTY-1913-16

OTTAWA

J. de LABROQUERIE TACHE

PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY
1919

Vol. iii— 54698— 1 Issued July llth, 1919

Hemiptera of the Canadian Arctic Expedition

By EDWARD P. VAN DUZEE.

The small collection of Hemiptera taken by the Canadian Arctic Expedition
contains representatives of eleven species of which one is certainly new to
science and is here described as Euscelis hyperboreus, and another is a Siberian
saldid now first reported from North America. The softer Homoptera and
Miridae are in many cases too much changed by their immersion in alcohol to
admit of positive identification. All the specimens recorded here were taken
by Mr. F. Johansen during the progress of the Expedition.

Ligyrocoris constrictus Say.

One specimen taken at Ketchikan, Alaska, September 10, 1916. This
species has been found throughout Canada and the northern United States from
the Atlantic to the Pacific Oceans.

Stenodema vicinum Provancher.

A single individual taken with the preceding. It is distributed throughout
the same territory but extends somewhat farther south in the United States.

Orthotylus sp.

Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union Strait, Northwest Territories, July 10,
1916. Nine examples. This form is very near Orthotylus discolor J. Sahlberg,
described from northern Siberia, and may prove to be identical with that species
but the present material is in too poor a condition for positive determination.
They are of the same size, 3% mm., and are thickly clothed with stiff black
hairs. The base of the vertex is strongly carinate and paler, the posterior field
of the pronotum and median line of the scutellum are also pale, the second
segment of the antennae is about as long as the hind margin of the pronotum
and distinctly paler in the male, the basal segment being shorter than the1 head.
All these characters and those of the legs are as described by Dr. Reuter for
discolor, but here the inner margin of the corium as well as the clavus is darker,
and the elytra of the females are not shorter and distinctly paler than in the
males, at least not so far as I can judge from the condition of these specimens.
This form seems to belong to the group of willow-inhabiting species represented
by Orthotylus pullatus Van D. of the western United States.

Lobopidea sp.

Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, August 10, 1915. One discoloured
and fragmentary specimen certainly represents a small brachypterous species of
this genus which was probably green in life.

Limnoporus rufoscutellatus Latreille.

Ketchikan, southeastern Alaska, September 10, 1916. Four examples
taken running on the surface of a pond. Widely distributed in the northern
portions of Europe and America.

4F Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Chiloxanthus stellata Curtis.

This large saldid seems to be common in Arctic America. Mr. Johansen
look adults at Demarcat ion point, Alaska, May 16, 1914; west of Kongenevik,
Camden bay. Alaska, July 4, 1914, about the margins of a tundra pond; at
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 15, 1915, and August 4 and 25,
1(.H.">; and the young at Collinson point, Alaska, September 13, 1913; Collinson
point. Alaska, .June 2.">, 1914; and Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories,
.bine 20, H)l(>. The Philadelphia Academy of Sciences possesses a good series
taken near the mouth of the Mackenzie river.

Calacanthia trybomi J. Sahlberg.

Collinson point, Alaska, six adults taken June 23, 1914, and one young,
apparently of this species, taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories,
July 19, 1915. These adults agree in all respects with the descriptions of
tri/hon// by Sahlberg and Reuter and there can hardly be a question of their
identity. It is its first-recorded occurrence in North America.

Arctocorixa sp.

Two examples taken from a tundra pond at Teller, Alaska, August 6, 1913.
Euscelis hyperboreus n. sp.

Related to extrusus Van D. and alpinus Ball, but smaller and narrower than
either; pale markings on the vertex forming an angled line at apex, a transverse
line between the ocelli, and two quadrate spots occupying the base; fuscous
margins of the elytral nervures composed of segregated irrorations. Length,
\-\\2 mm.

Vertex quite strongly produced, forming a right angle in the female, its
median length one half the basal width, the length next the eye two-thirds that
on the median line; in the male distinctly shorter; passage to the front well
rounded. Front broad and short, the sides slightly incurved to the base of the
clypeus. Clypeus broad, oblong, the sides rectilinear and scarcely approaching
at apex. Lorae broad, almost reaching the margins of the cheeks below. Prorio-
tum one-fourth longer than the vertex in the female; nearly a half longer in the
male. Elytra short, scarcely surpassing the abdomen in the male; attaining
the middle of the fifth tergal segment in the female; the costa strongly arcuate
with the apex rounded.

Valve of the male as long as the ultimate ventral segment, triangular;
plates broad, truncate at apex, together almost quadrangular, their margins
with a few stiff bristles. Styles but little surpassing the plates, attaining the
apex of the anal tube. Last ventral segment of the female short, broadly
excavated; pygofers broad, triangularly narrowed beyond the apex of the last
ventral segment .

( 'olour yellowish testaceous becoming paler beneath and a little tinged with
fulvous on the abdomen. Vertex fuscous before an arcuated line either side on
the anterior margin from the tip to the ocelli; a transverse line across the surface
between the ocelli, and the disk posteriorly pale, the latter divided into two
quadrate spots by the fuscous median line. Face fuscous, median line and lateral
arcs of the front, sides of the clypeus and disk of the lora? and cheeks pale.
Pronotum dusky posteriorly, the anterior submargin marked with a concentric
row of about ten dark points. Scutellum with the margins pale and calloused
on the basal one-half and the basal angles more or less marked with pale.
Elytral nervures pale, mostly margined with lines composed of fuscous irrora-
tions. Legs pale, varied with fuscous, the anterior and intermediate femora

Hemiptera SF

being twice-banded. Edge of the connexrvum fulvous, the narrow hind edge
of the tergal segments and the disk of the fifth and sixth in the female pate.

Described from one male from west of Kongenevik, Camden bay, Alaska,
June 27, 1914, and one female from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories,
July 15, 1915. This species approaches alpinus in the shape and markings of
the vertex and extrusus in the colouration of the elytra, but it is smaller and
narrower than either, being scarcely longer than striatulus.

Holotype, male, in the National collection of Insects, Ottawa.

Allotype, female, in collection of the California Academy of Sciences.

Euscelis sp.

West of Kongenevik, Camden bay, Alaska, June 27, 1914, one example
taken in the shelter of the tundra bluffs. This form is very near Deltocephalus
harrimani Ashmead, also from Alaska, and it probably is that species, but it is
impossible to identify it positively from Ashmead's description.

Thamnotettix sp.

Ketchikan, southeastern Alaska, taken on grass, September 10, 1916; one
damaged specimen. This pertains to the inornata group, and perhaps most
closely resembles titusi Ball.

REPORT

OF THE

CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION

1913-18

VOLUME III: INSECTS

PART G: HYMENOPTERA AND PLANT GALLS

Sawflies-Tenthredinoidea
Parasitic Hymenoptera
Wasps and Bees
Plant Galls

Alex. D. MacGillivray,
Chas. T. Brues,
F. W. L. Sladen,
E. P. Felt.

OTTAWA

J. de LABROQUERIE TACHE

PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY
1919

Vol. iii— 63374— 1

Issued November 3, 1919

The Saw-flies (Tenthredinoidea) collected by the Canadian
Arctic Expedition, 1913-18.

ALEX. D. MAcGiLLivRAY1.

The specimens of Tenthredinoidea collected by this Expedition were secured
with one exception, by the entomologist of the expedition, Mr. F. Johansen.
When the material obtained is compared with that described by Kincaid, the
entomologist of the Harriman Alaska Expedition, a striking difference is noted.
There was secured from southern Alaska by the Harriman Expedition repre-
sentatives of eight groups, families and subfamilies. The collection of the
Canadian Arctic Expedition contains representatives of three groups, two of
which are represented by single species and specimens, which were collected at
Nome, Alaska. One of these belongs to a group not represented in the collection
of the Harriman Expedition, the Siricidse. All of the specimens from the
northern part of the Northwest Territories belong to the subfamily Nematinse
of the family Tenthredinidse. This restriction is further striking in that all the
species belong to those genera with cleft claws. The larvae of the species of
certain of the genera feed only upon willow, while in others the majority of the
species feed upon willow.

Some of the new species2 described on the following pages may prove to be the
same as some of the species described from the European fauna. There is less
liability for confusion and danger from recording species from our fauna that do
not belong to it by giving names to these species, and this method has been
followed. If later studies prove any of the species to be identical with species
described from Siberia or Europe, it will be a simple matter to record them as
synonyms. The length given in the case of the larvae is for individuals supposed
to be mature. The statements enclosed by quotation marks are from the original
notes prepared by Mr. Johansen, to whom I am indebted for reading the original
manuscript of this paper, and for many corrections and suggestions.

The following suggestion of Mr. Johansen will be of great value to future
investigators and travellers collecting and breeding saw-flies in the Arctic
regions: "From my notes it is evident that no saw-fly imagines are found in the
Arctic outside of the months of July and August (9-10 weeks), a fact that I
think is worth mentioning in the report, so that one understands that the speci-
mens collected outside this period are all larvae or pupse."

Urocerus flavicornis Fab.

A single female collected at Nome, Alaska, specimen No. 83F, This-
specimen differs from the description of Bradley in that it has the first and sixth
and part of the seventh segment of the abdomen and the cornus yellow or
brownish instead of the second, seventh, eighth, and sometimes the first more or
less.

"A big woodwasp (Teredo) caught this summer 1916, in the town of Nome,
Alaska, was given to me here. It probably had been imported (as larva or
pupa) from the states with lumber, and then emerged in Nome later" Bradley
reports this species from Alaska and Siberia.

Contributions from the Entomological Laboratories of the University of Illinois, No. 56.
2The types of all new species described in this report are deposited in the National Collection
of Insects, Ottawa.
63374— 1}

4 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Rhogogastera reliqua, n. sp.

FKMALE. — Head smooth and polished; the clypeus long, the emargination
shallow, tho bottom of the einarginai ion straight, the sides oblique, the clypeal
lobes slightly broader than long their margins rounded; the labrum shield-
shaped, pointed, fringed with setae; the antennal plates large; the antennal
furrows deep, extending from the pretentorinae to the ridge bounding the caudal
aspect of the head; each lateral ocellus placed on a swollen ocellar area; the
ocellar areas separated by a prominent interocellar furrow, forming a small
oeellar basin ventrad of the median ocellus, bounded by the frontal ridges which
are confluent on the meson and continuous with the supraclypeal area, the
dorsal end of each continuous with an ocellar area; the ocellar furrow distinct,
the post ocellar area quadrangular; antennae with first and second segments
subequal, the third longer than the fourth and shorter than the fourth and
fifth together; the pronotum, mesonotum, metanotum, mesopleurae, and the
nu'tapleune polished and setaceous; the claws cleft, the inner ray slightly
shorter than the outer; the abdominal segments finely granular and sparsely
setaceous; the saw-guides with the dorsal and ventral margins parallel, the caudal
end obliquely rounded to a blunt point above; colour green or yellowish green
with the following parts black: the dorsal surface of the antennae, a band covering
the antennal furrows, connected between the antennal plates, and extending
across the caudal aspect as converging lines to the occipital foramen, the ocellar
basin, the interocellar furrow, the transverse furrow of the pronotun, the median
furrow of the median lobe of the mesonotum, the furrow separating the median
and lateral lobes, the concave part of the mesoscutum, the infolded portion of
the mesopostscutellum, the wing veins except the costa and stigma, a spot on
the caudal surface of the trochanters, a band on the distal half of the caudal
surface of the femora, a band on the caudal surface of the tibiae, the bottom of
the infolding between the mesopostscutellum and the basal plates, and spots
on the mesal part of each abdominal tergum, larger on the caudal segments, the
lateral margins of the spots irregular, on the cephalic segments deeply squarely
emarginate. Length, 10 mm.

Nome, Alaska, August 21-25, 1916. F. Johansen, collector. "On flowers
of common, big umbellifer (Heracleum)?" Specimen No. 45.

This species is closely related to evansii Harrg., from which it is readily
separated by the difference in colour, the shape of the saw-guides, and the
topography of the head.

Euura abort iva, n. sp.

FEMALE. — Head, except the ventral half of the inner orbits, finely densely
punctured; the clypeus roundly rather deeply emarginate, the clypeal lobes
broad and broadly rounded; the labrum bluntly pointed and setaceous; the
antennal furrows extending from the pretentorinae to the frontal crest as broad
shallow depressions and from the frontal crest to the ocellar furrow in which they
terminate in rounded concavities as similar depressions; the ocellar furrow,
broad and distinct, distant from the lateral ocelli; the interocellar furrow a
slight V-shaped depression extending halfway to the median ocellus; postocellar
area continuous with the posterior orbits; ocellar basin represented by a rounded
depression adjacent to the median ocellus; ocellar areas swollen with rounded
sides and separated by slight depressions from the frontal areas, which are
continuous with a poorly defined frontal crest; median fovea distinct, puncti-
form, continued dorsad as a linear depression slightly interrupting the frontal
crest; antennae short, segments three and four subequal, the segments rough-
ened and densly setaceous with short setae; pronotum and the median and
lateral lobes of the mesonotum finely punctured like the head; mesoscutellum
and mesopostscutellu n polished; metascutum more closely and coarsely

Saw-flies 5 G

punctured than the mesoscutum ; mesopleura finely densely punctured and
setaceous; front wings fully formed, not reaching beyond the seventh abdominal
segment, the petiolate cell abbreviated, veins and stigma brownish; hind wings
normal in size and venation; claws deeply cleft, the rays subequal; the abdomen
finely granular; saw-guides large and broad, the dorsal margin straight, the
ventral margin oblique, the distal end obliquely and broadly rounded; cerci
long and slender, extending beyond the end of the abdomen; color black with
the tegulse and the legs with the knees, tibiae, and tarsi yellowish infuscated.
Length 4 mm.

Herschel island, Yukon Territory. F. Johansen, collector. Larvae collected
in galls on leaves of Salix reticulata L., August 13, 1914. Adults emerged July,
1915. Specimen No. 253.

This specimen was received as a part of Breeding Record 36. "Material
(galls) only collected (iji 1914) once and from the same host-plant (Salix
reticulata)." There is the further note on larvse from willows on Herschel island:
" Host-plant Salix reticulata L. 2 (3) imagines reared. Galls." Mr. Johansen
makes the further suggestion regarding this number: "Larvse collected as galls
on bushy willow, probably Salix Richardsonii K., on Herschel island, Yukon
Territory, end of July, 1916, were not reared (only in alcohol). Their host-
plant is different from that of Rearing Record 3Q." The structure of the wings
of the adult and the habits of the larvae of the species of Euura, which have
always been considered as borers in the stem of willow, precludes its inclusion
with the other specimen received under this breeding record number and
described later as Pontania delicatula. I mistrust that the feeding habits of the
larvse of the species of Euura do not vary but that in bred individuals, the wings;
are not always completely matured, with the result that there are specimens bred
from galls which lack the free part of R5 and described as species of Euura.

This species is related to niger Prov. It is readily separated from this species
by the short wings, the difference in the median fovea and frontal crest and in
the darker-coloured legs.

Euura arctica, n. sp.

FEMALE. — Head coarsely granular throughout; the clypeus broadly,
deeply, angularly emarginate, the clypeal lobes broad and rounded; the labrum
broadly rounded and setaceous; the antennal furrows deep and broad from the
pretentorinse to the frontal crest, indefinite on the cephalic aspect, broad and
deep adjacent to the lateral ocelli, terminating in a large punctiform depression,
not reaching the caudal margin of the head; the interocellar furrow a linear
depression extending from the median ocellus to a linear, low, V-shaped ocellar
furrow, which is not connected with the antennal furrows; the antennal furrows-
widened opposite the median ocellus, extending almost to the compound eyes>
limited on the ventral side by a distinct elevation; the ocellar area convex, not
elevated above the broad flat ocellar basin; ocellar basin limited on the ventral
side by strongly elevated frontal areas which are continuous with the frontal
crest, separated by a broad concavity which is continuous with the long broad
concave median fovea; median fovea limited by low antennal plates; supraclyp-
eal area broadly convex; antennse long and slender, the third segment slightly
longer than the fourth, the surface of the segments granular and finely setaceous;
the pronotum coarsely granular like the head; the median and lateral lobes of
the mesonotum uniformly finely granular, the latter sparsely setaceous; the
median lobe with a broad longitudinal depression with a mesal carina; the
mesoscutellum and mesopostscutellum polished; the metascutum concealed by
the wings; the mesopleura with the dorsal portion finely granular and the
ventral portion, the mesosternum, and the metapleura, polished; the front
wings normal in size, the costa and stigma pale, and the other veins brownish;
the claws deeply cleft, the inner ray much shorter than the outer; the abdomen

60 Cana'lian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

finely granular; the saw-guides with the dorsal and ventral margins rounded,
the distal end bluntly rounded, the distal third and the ventral portion setaceous;
the eerci long and pointed; colour black with the following parts infuscated
yellowish: the mandibles in part, the tegulse, the knees, and the tibise, and
the tarsi. Length, 10 mm.

(i.\i,L,s. — The galls, Breeding Record 90, considered as belonging to this
species, are small reddish globular ones occurring on the leaves and are similar
to those of Pontania and resemble in appearance and shape those of Pontania
atrutii. The adult has the wing venation typical of the genus Euura.

"Material (larvir) collected on Salix reticulata both by F. Johansen at
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, August 16, 1915, in willow catkins;
and by R. M. Anderson at Cape Barrow, Northwest Territories, August 14,
MM."), in galls on willow leaves. Owing to shortness of jars the two collections
were placed together when Dr. Anderson gave me his material in October, 1915,
and nothing has come out of (dead?) my larvae from August 16, at that time nor
later. The material from Bernard harbour (if any) probably belongs to the
same species as Breeding Record 85; while Breeding Record 90 properly only
to the material collected by Dr. Anderson."

Bernard harbour and Cape Krusenstern, Northwest Territories. F. Johan-
>en. collector. July 6, 1916. Specimen No. 295.

This species can be separated from insularis Kincaid by the form of the
median fovea and the frontal crest and the colour of the labrum and legs.

The seven species of Pontania described on the following pages can be
separated by means of the following table:—

'/ Head, including orbits, and the collar black.

b Supraelypeal urea with its dorsal extent limited by a distinct crestal furrow atrata.

bb Supraelypeal area not limited by a distinct crestal furrow.
c Tegulae black.

d Ocellar basin flat lorata.

dd Ocellar basin deeply furrowed .delicatnla.

cc Tegulae pale deminuta.

<ni Head with orbits and pronotum with collar resinous or ferruginous.

b Mesonoturn with the median and lateral lobes black quadrifasciata.

bb Mesonotuni with a large V-shaped resinous or ferruginous mark.

c Head with postocellar area longitudinally furrowed; frontal crest large and broadly

interrupted subpallida.

(•<• Head with postocellar area not longitudinally furrowed; frontal crest distinct but
not lar»;e and narrowly interrupted Irifawiatti.

Pontania atrata, n. sp.

FKMALK. Head with the surface in great part finely granular; the clypeus
short, narrowly roundly emarginate, the clypeal lobes broad and rounded;
the supraclypeal area strongly convex, separated from the frontal crest by a deep

il furrow extending to the aiitennal furrows; the median fovea large and
distinct ; the frontal crest large, strongly swollen, interrupted Vry abroad shallow
furrow extending to the crestal furrow; the antennal furrows deep, bounding
a strongly elevated frontal area with a large flat or slightly concave ocellar
ba-in extending from the lateral ocelli to the frontal crest; the frontal ridge
wanting; vertical furrows punctiform; ocellar and interocel la r furrows forming
a T— haped depression, the ocellar furrow not connected with the antennal
furrows; the antenna* -hort and flattened, the third and fourth segments sub-
equal in length, the fifth slightly shorter; the pronotum and median lobe of
the mesonotum finely granular, the lateral lobes with the cephalic portion of
each granular and the caudal portion smooth and polished; the mesoscut ellum,
mesopostscutellum, and metascutum smooth and polished; the mesopleura, the

Saw-flies 7 G

mesosternum, and the metapleura smooth, the former setaceous and the two
latter polished; the wings hyaline, the veins brownish, the stigma pale, the free
part of R5 and M2 interstitial or nearly so; the claws long and slender, deeply
cleft, the inner ray two-thirds the length of the outer; the saw-guides broad,
the proximal part, of the ventral margin straight and the distral portion rounded
to the concave dorsal margin, not tapering, distal end subtruncate, the surface
sparsely setaceous; the cerci short and slender, extending to the middle of
the saw-guides; colour black, the legs beyond the knees whitish. Length, 5
mm.

MALE. — The male differs from the female in that the median fovea is
deeper and more distinctly punctiform, the furrow interrupting the frontal
crest is deeper and broader, the ocellar basin is concave but the frontal ridges
are wanting, the dorsal half of the head is more coarsely granular than the
ventral portion, the vertical furrows are longer and broader and connected
with a broad depression representing the ocellar basin, the antennae are longer
but are stout and segments three and four are subequal; the procidentia are
short bluntly rounded projections. Length, 5 mm.

LARVA. — Body white, head variable in colour, usually darker than the
remainder of the body; ocularia typical in form and size, the ocellus placed
in the center; the antennae convex oval areas bounded by a brownish line,
located ventro-mesad of the ocularia, and its surface bearing about six minute
chitinized areas; head usually darker in colour dorsad of a line drawn through
the ocularia, sometimes with a spot on the dorsal half of the front and a curved
fuscous band connecting the ocularia, the darker colour due in part to the number
and intensity of the minute round or oval areas of which they are composed;
mandibles distinctly dentate; spinneret large and prominent; microthorax
linear, fuscous in colour; prothorax with three annulets, the second much larger
than the others and interrupted on the meson and each lateral portion swollen,
also each lateral portion of the first annulet; the spiracular area oval, swollen,
and transverse, with five to eight setae; pedal area small with two or three
setae; mesothorax and metathorax with four sparsely setaceous annulets, the
first short and greatly swollen, the second and third subsequal in length and
swollen except the mesal portion of the second, the fourth small, the spiracular
area large and swollen, the pedal areas similar to those of the prothorax;
abdominal segments one to eight with four annulets, the first more swollen than
the fourth, the second and third more swollen than the first, the second with a
lighter coloured mesal portion usually bearing a single seta on each side of the
meson, annulets with transverse rows of setae; the spiracular, postspiracular,
and pedal areas large and swollen and setaceous; tergum of the tenth segment
with small round black spots; prolegs long and blunt, cephalic and mesal portions
setaceous; legs with strongly chitinized portions brownish. Length 10-12 mm.

GALLS. — Galls usually located near the midrib and projecting about equally
onto both surfaces of the leaf, about the size of a large pea or slightly larger, the
surface with depressions with irregular swellings between, in some specimens
one-half of the gall bluntly pointed; colour probably brownish or reddish, a
single gall on a leaf. Galls formed on leaves of creeping willow Salix arctica.

Breeding Record 35. "Host-plant Salix arctica. Galls. Several imagines
reared. It was noted during the rearing that the emerging imagines were of
different sizes (6 or 7 mm.) ; so that they may well have been of different species."

Herschel island, Yukon Territory. Larvae collected August 13, 1914.
Imagines emerged July, 1915. .F. Johansen, collector. Female No. 264;
males Nos. 254, 257, 259, 261, 263, and 266.

This species is related to kincaidi Marlatt, from which it can be separ-
ated by the shape of the median fovea, the deep interruption of the frontal
crest, the form of the claws, and the colour.

8 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Pontania lorata, n. sp.

FEMALE. — Head with the dorsal portion finely granular and. the ventral
portion polished; the clypeus short, broadly roundly emarginate, the clypeal
lobes distinct, broadly rounded; the supraclypeal area strongly convex, the
crestal furrow wanting; the frontal crest swollen, continuous with the frontal
area: median fovea a deep oval pit continuous on the dorsal side with a short
shallow linear impression interrupting the ventral portion of the frontal crest;
the antennal furrows distinct, broad and bounding a strongly elevated frontal
area with a slightly concave ocellar basin; the frontal ridges wanting; the
vertical furrows punctiform; the ocellar and interocellar furrows wanting;
antennae wanting beyond the sixth segment, the third and fourth and fifth
segments subequal in length; the collar granular and setaceous; the median
and lateral lobes of the mesonotum, the mesoscutellum, the mesopostscutellum,
and the metascutum polished and setaceous; the mesopleura, mesosternum,
and metnpleura polished, the former sparsely setaceous; wings hyaline, veins
brownish, the stigma pale, the free part of R5 and M2 interstitial in one wing
and not in the other; claws unevenly cleft, the outer ray long and slender, the
inner short and not over one-third the length of the outer; the abdomen finely
granular and sparsely setaceous; the saw-guides broad and bluntly rounded
on the ventral margin 'and distal end, not tapering, the dorsal margin convex,
the distal portion with a distinct scopa; the cerci long and setaceous, reaching
beyond the middle of the saw-guides; colour black, the legs beyond the femora
whitish, the distal segments of the mesotarsi and metatarsi infuscated. Length,
4 . f) mm.

MALE. — The male differs from the female in having the frontal crest
completely interrupted, the ocellar and interocellar furrows faintly indicated,
the antenna longer and more slender but with segments three and four subequal;
the procidentia short, broad, and bluntly rounded. Length, 4 mm.

Herschel island, Yukon Territory. Larvae collected in galls of creeping
willow Salix arctica. August 13, 1914. Imagines emerged July, 1915.
F. Johansen, collector. Female No. 265; males Nos. 255, 258, 260.

The smaller size and the lack of a crestal furrow readily separates this
species from atrata to which it is quite similar in general appearance. The
specimens described under this name were received as a part of Breeding Record
No. 35. The difference in head structures and the shape of the saw-guides
makes their inclusion with the preceding species impossible.

Pontania delicatula, n. sp.

MALE. — Head with the posterior orbits and postocellar area finely granular,
the inner orbits polished for the most part, and the frontal area slightly rough-
ened; the clypeus narrowly, shallowly, semicircularly emarginate, the clypeal
lobes broad and truncate; the labrum tran verse and truncate; antennal furrows
deep between the pretentorinse and the frontal crest, broad and shallow and
almost wanting on the cephalic aspect, terminating in a punctiform depression
caudad of the lateral ocelli; the ocellar furrow wanting and the interocellar
fin-row a short linear depression; the postocellar area short and broad, not
elevated; the ocellar area only slightly elevated, continuous with the frontal
crest, the frontal crest strongly convex and interrupted on the meson by a deep
furrow continuous with a deep concave ocellar basin which extends to the
median ocellus; the median fovea a distinct punctiform depression, distinctly
separated from the furrow interrupting the frontal crest; the supraclypeal area
strongly convex and roughened; the antennae short, segments three and four
subequal, the segments roughened and densely finely setaceous; the pronotum
roughened like the head; the median and lateral lobes of the mesonotum finely

Saw-flies 9 G

granular, the median lobe longitudinally furrowed but without a mesal carina,
the parapsidial grooves almost wanting; the mesoscutellum polished, the
mesopostscutellum roughened on each side and polished at middle; the
metascutum roughened at middle and smooth on each side; the mesopleura
smooth and sparsely setaceous, the mesosternum and metapleura polished;
the wings nortnal in size, the stigma pale, lihe veins brownish; the claws deeply
cleft, the inner ray much shorter than the outer; the abdomen with the surface
finely densely granular, the last sternum with the caudal margin bluntly pointed ;
colour black with the following parts yellowish inf uscated : the knees, the tibiae,
the tarsi, and the greater part of the last sternum of the abdomen. Length,
4 mm.

LARVA. — Body white with portions of the head darker; ocularia black, the
caudal margin not sharply defined, the ocellus located nearer the mesal than the
caudal margin; antennae short oval areas bounded by a faint brownish line,
more than their own length distant from the ocularia, its surface bearing two
groups of closely adjacent minute brownish areas; head white with a brownish
area of varying extent formed of minute round brownish spots, sometimes
covering the dorsal half of the front and the vertex adjacent to the epicranial
stem and extending indistinctly to the ocularia; mandibles distinctly dentate;
spinneret large, its distal end blunt; microthorax linear, brownish; prothorax
with three annulets, the first and third very inconspicuous, the second swollen
and scarcely emarginate on the meson, bearing three setae on each side, the
spiracular areas small and swollen and each bearing five or six setae, the pedal
area not sharply defined, bearing about three setae; mesothorax and meta-
thorax with four annulets, the first short and in the mesothorax bearing about
six setae and four in the metathorax, the second and third annulets subequal
in length, not strongly swollen and bearing only a few setae, the fourth annulet
inconspicuous; the spiracular areas large and not strongly swollen and setaceous;
the pedal areas small and with about three setae; a brownish chitinized spot
near the ventral margin of each spiracular area; abdominal segments one to eight
with four annulets, not prominent on any of the segments and inconspicuous
on the caudal segments, the first small and bearing three setae on each side of
the meson, the second and third large, each with a row of setae, the second
with the mesal part modified into a more elevated lighter coloured creeping
ridge, the fourth small; the spiracular and postspiracular areas subequal in
size and bearing setae; the pedal areas inconspicuous and bearing two or three
setae; annulets indistinguishable on the ninth segment, with three bands of
setae; the tenth tergum without annulets or setae, usually with transverse
rows of minute spotg, the caudal end emarginate; prolegs typical in form;
spiracles distinct, brownish, not with a fuscous spot on each side. Length,
6.5 to 8 mm.

Herschel island, Arctic coast of Yukon Territory. Larvae collected in galls
on leaves of Salix reticulata, August 13, 1914. Imagines emerged July, 1915.
Breeding Record 36. F. Johansen, collector. Specimen No. 152.

This species can be separated from calif ornica Marlatt, to which it is related
by the broad shallow emargination of the clypeus, the broad interruption of
the frontal crest and the ventral end of the deep ocellar basin.

Pontania deminuta, n. sp.

FEMALE. — Head finely densely granular, ocellar basin indefinitely rugose;
the clypeus narrowly, shallowly, roundly emarginate, the clypeal lobes broad
and bluntly angular; the labrum long and rounded; the antennal furrows deep
from the pretentorinae to the frontal crest, broad and shallow from the frontal
crest to the lateral ocelli and almost wanting and linear on the dorsal aspect of
the head, not interrupting its caudal margin; the ocellar furrow broad and

10 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

shallow, connecting with the antennal furrows -and a broad shallow interocellar
furrow: post ocellar area broad and short; the ocellar areas prominent, sharp
ridges continuous with a prominent uninterrupted frontal crest, the three
bounding a deep ocellar basin extending to the median ocellus; antennal plates
thin and prominent with an interrupted crestal furrow dorsad of them; median
fovea deep, elongate, punctiform, connecting with a larger round punctiform
depression in the ventral part of the frontal crest; the supraclypeal area convex;
the antenme arc wanting beyond the second segment; the pronotum finely
punctate and setaceous; the median and lateral lobes of the mesonotum finely
granular and sparsely setaceous, the median lobe with a mesal carinate depres-
sion; the mesoscutum polished; the mesopostscutellum with the mesal portion
polished and each lateral portion finely roughened; the metascutum roughened;
the wings more or less infuscated, the stigma and the veins including the costa
brownish; the claws cleft, the inner ray shorter and stouter than the outer;
the abdomen densely finely granular, sparsely setaceous; the saw-guides stout,
the dorsal and ventral margins strongly converging, the distal end bluntly
pointed; colour black with the tegulae yellowish and the legs beyond and
including the knees strongly infuscated yellowish. Length, 4 mm.

Chantry island, Northwest Territories. August 16, 1915. Specimen No.
132F. The labels of the specimen read as given. Mr. Johansen informs me
it should be labelled Bernard harbour and not Chantry island.

This species runs to atriventris Marlatt by Marlatt's table. The prominent
uninterrupted frontal crest will differentiate it.

Pontania quadrifasciata, n. sp.

F KM ALE. — -Head sparsely coarsely granular, the granules elongated to fine
ridges in certain parts; the clypeus broadly, shallowly, roundly emarginate,
the clypeal lobes broad and angular, margin rounded; the antennal furrows
deep on the ventral and dorsal portions, not interrupting the caudal margin of
the head, the furrows broad and rounded opposite the median ocellus; the
ocellar and interocellar furrows forming a distinct Y-shaped depression connected
with the antennal furrows; the ocellar areas rounded elevations not connected
with the frontal crest; the frontal crest not interrupted, almost wanting
except between the antennal fovese where it forms an elevation continuous with
the subconvex supraclypeal area; the median fovea an elongate punctiform
depression, twice as long as wide; the ocellar basin distinct, concave, extending
from the frontal crest to the median ocellus; antennae wanting beyond the second
segment; the pronotum, the median and lateral lobes of the mesonotum, the
mesoscutellum, the mesopleura, the mesosternum, and the metapleura polished
and setaceous; the mesopostscutellum and metascutum polished and not
setaceous; the wings hyaline, tttie stigma and part of the costa pale, the veins
brownish; the abdomen polished and sparsely setaceous; the saw-guides broad,
the dorsal margin straight, the ventral margin convex and curving dorsad to
th<- dorsal margin, forming a long oblique distal end, the dorsal part of which
< bluntly pointed and densely setaceous; the cerci long and slender, reaching to
1ll(> ('I1(1 <>f tjl(> saw-guides; colour black with the following parts yellowish:
the clypeus and labrum, the mandibles, the malar space, extending for a short
distance on the inner orbits, the outer orbits; an elongate spot caudad of each
compound eye, the pronotum broadly, the tegulse, two spots on the cephalic
part of tin- mesoscutellum, a spot on each mesaxilla, a large triangular spot on
the mesopleura, the leg- except ihe proximal part of the cox® and the troch-
anters in part, the proximal half of the femora and the tarsi more or less infus-
cated, the ventral aspect of the abdomen and the last tergum; the saw-guides
dark brownish. Length, (j mm.

Saw-flies 1 1 G

Sandstone rapids, Coppermine river, Northwest Territories, Arctic Canada.
"Collected as larvae in cocoons in old cerambycid burrows in bark of white
spruce, February 18, 1915. Imago emerged July, 1915. Breeding Record
46". F. Johansen, collector. Specimen No. 1370.

The yellow coxae and the large yellow spot on each mesopleuron will separate
this species from its nearest relative, truncata Marlatt.

Pontania subpallida, n. sp.

FEMALE. — Head polished, the orbits setaceous; the clypeus broadly slightly
emarginate, almost truncate; the antennal furrows deep and distinct from the
pretentorinae to the caudal margin of the head which they interrupt, broadest
between the frontal crest and the lateral ocelli; the ocellar furrow distinct and
connecting with the antennal furrows and a short broad interocellar furrow;
the postocellar area short and broad with a deep, linear, mesal furrow interru-
rupting the caudal margin of the head; the ocellar areas strongly elevated and
more or less separated from the frontal crest, forming a distinct pentagonal area ;
the frontal crest strongly elevated, its dorsal margin squarely emarginate on the
meson, interrupted by a broad furrow extending to the elongate deep puncti-
form median fovea; ocellar basin deep, bounded by sharp walls, extending from
the frontal crest to the ocellar furrow; the supraclypeal area not strongly
elevated; antennae long, the third and fourth segments subequal, the fifth
segment shorter, the surface of the segments setaceous; the pronotum setaceous;
the median and lateral lobes of the mesonotum, the mesoscutellum, and the
mesopostscutellum polished, sparsely setaceous; the metascutum finely trans-
versly striate; the mesopleura, the mesosternum, and the metapleura polished
and sparsely setaceous; the wings hyaline, the costa and stigma pale, the veins
brownish; the claws deeply cleft, the inner ray shorter than the outer; the
abdomen finely granular, very sparsely setaceous; the saw-guides stout, the
dorsal margin straight and oblique, the ventral margin curved, the distal end
bluntly pointed, the distal and ventral portions with short fine setae; the cerci
long and clavate; body black with tfhe following parts pale or yellowish: the
distal half of the antennae, the mandibles, the labrum the clypeus, the
supraclypeal area, the frontal crest in part, the inner and posterior orbits,
the cephalic portion of the postocellar area, the pronotum, the tegulae, a
broad band on the parapsidial furrows, the mesoscutellum except the caudal
margin, the legs except irregularly infuscated areas, the ventral aspect of the
abdomen, the saw-guides, and the three caudal terga. Length, 5.5 mm.

Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 12, 1915. F. Johansen,
collector. Specimen No. 797.

The strongly elevated ocellar areas, the large uninterrupted frontal crest,
the deep ocellar basin, and the shallow emargination of the clypeus will serve
to separate this species from desmodioides Walsh, with which it is similar.

Pontania trifasciata, n. sp.

FEMALE. — Head finely closely punctured; the clypeus narrowly roundly
emarginate, the clypeal lobes broadly rounded; the labrum rounded; the
antennal furrows deep from the pretentorinae to the dorsal margin of the frontal
crest, broad and shallow on the middle of their length, and narrow, deep, con-
verging, linear depressions caudad of the lateral ocelli, not interrupting the
caudal margin of the head; the ocellar furrow distinct but broad and shallow;
the interocellar furrow deep and expanding toward the median ocellus; the
ocellar areas not prominent, with a slightly convex surface; the frontal crest
distinct, deeply interrupted at middle by a linear long deep furrow continuous
with the median fovea; the supraclypeal area convex, not prominent; the

12 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

antennae slender, the third segment shorter than either the fourth or fifth, the
fifth shorter than the fourth, the surface finely punctured and setaceous; the pro-
notum and the median and lateral lobes of the mesonotum finely densely granular;
the mesoseutellum and mesopostscutellum polished; the mesopleura finely
densely granular, the mesosternum and metapleura polished; the wings hyaline,
the veins and stigma pale: the claws deeply cleft, the inner ray nearly as long as
the outer; the abdomen faintly granular, polished; the saw-guides broad and
stout, the dorsal margin straight, the ventral margin broadly convex, the con-
vexity continued to the dorsal margin, forming an oblique bluntly pointed distal
end, the distal end and the ventral margin setaceous; color black with the
following parts yellowish: the posterior and outer orbits, the collar broadly,
the leiiuhe. a broad V-shaped band covering the parapsidial furrows, the cephalic
half of the mesopostscutellum and continuous with a similar spot on each axila,
a large triangular spot on the mesopleura, the legs except the trochanters in
part and the proximal portion of the caudal surface of the femora more or less
and the tarsi, the ventral aspect of the abdomen, the saw-guides, and the two
caudal terga. Length, 6 mm.

Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 15, 1915. Specimen No.
1253.

This species resembles pomum Walsh. The punctured head, the shallow
emargination of the clypeus, and the general topography of the head will serve
to differentiate it.

The collection contained specimens of the galls of the following from which
no adults were secured:—

Breeding Record: The larvae described below were collected on bushy
willow (Salix Richardsonii) on Herschel island, end of July, 1916. The portions
of the plant enclosed with the larvae in alcohol were the ends of the branches
bearing the seed pods and in each case had been mined by a larva. This was
considered at first as an indication that it was a species of Euura. It may be
this or it may be the larva of a species of Pontania that has completed its feeding
and has left its gall and is boring into the seed pod to make a place for pupation.

LARVA. — Body white, shading to brownish, with a portion of the head
and the articulations of the segments of the legs brownish; ocularium round and
black, the ocellus situated in its center; antennae convex oval area near the
ventral margin of the ocularia, limited by a brownish line and its surface bearing
eight minute brownish areas; head white with minute, round, inconspicuous
spots on the dorsal half, forming a fuscous spot on the dorsal half of the front;
mandibles distinctly dentate; spinneret prominent, the distal end bluntly
rounded; microthorax linear, white; thorax and abdomen with some of the
annulets swollen and the summit of the swollen area slightly fuscous and with
minute, uncoloun-d spots hearing setae; prothorax with three annulets, the first
and third inconspicuous, the second bearing three setae on each side of the
meson, the spiracular area large and swollen and bearing two setae, the pedal
area swollen and indistinctly separated from the spiracular area; mesothorax
and metathorax with four annulets, the first short and swollen, the second and
third subequal in length, the mesal portion of the second slightly depressed,
the mesal portion of the third swollen and separated from each lateral portion,
the lateral portions of the second annulet bearing two seta' and of the third
three sehe, the spiracular areas large and each bearing about three inconspicuous
>eta>, the pedal areas distinctly marked and swollen, setae inconspicuous;
abdominal segments one to eight with four annulets, the first small, the second
and third large and swollen and with distinctly elevated lighter coloured mesal
creeping ridges, the lateral portions of each bearing about two setae; spiracular
are;is swollen and bearing about two setae and distinctly separated from the
swollen pedal areas bearing two or three- setae; annulets indistinct on the ninth
and tenth segments; setae of the tenth segment fairly numerous and without
definite arrangement; prolegs long, cylindrical, and typical in form; spiracles

Saw-flies 13 G

prominent and conspicuous, due to the semioval brownish mark on each side
of each spiracle, the metathoracic spiracles distinct, but not functional and
without brownish spots. Length, 8 m.

Breeding Record 131: Galls of a species of Pontania collected on Salix
reticulata at Herschel island, Yukon Territory, end of July, 1916. The galls
included under this number appear to represent two species, one similar to that
of Pontania atrata and a very differently shaped gall which consists of two or
three closely placed irregular swellings, more prominent on the under than on
the upper surface of the leaf. The upper surface is infolded, forming a pocket
partially concealing the swollen parts of the gall. Three adults were bred in
the same summer but were lost in transit.

Breeding Record 74: Galls of Pontania on Creeping willow, Salix arctica,
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 19, 1915. Under this number is
included two types of galls, one evidently adult, spherical and similar in size
to those of Pontania atrata, the others are small swellings confined in great
part to the ventral surface of the leaf and are probably immature.

Galls of a species of Pontania collected (alcohol) at cape Bathurst, North-
west Territories, July 26, 1916, on Salix arctica. The galls are large, oval in
outline, greatly swollen on the underside of the leaf, and project only slightly
on the upper side. Apparently of a different species from any of those described.

Specimens of two minute galls occurring near the center of the leaves of
Salix Richardsonii. Collected end of July, 1916, on Herschel island, Yukon
Territory (alcohol). The galls are small kidney-shaped swellings which are
more prominent on the dorsal than on the lower surface, and are evidently
immature.

The species of Amauronematus described on the following pages can be
separated by means of the following table: —

a Head with the frontal crest not interrupted.

b Head mesonotum, and mesopleura wholly or for the most part black.

c Antennae with the third segment distinctly shorter than the fourth;

clypeus roundly emarginate completus.

cc Antennae with the third and fourth segments subequal; clypeus angularly

emarginate indicatus.

bb Head, mesonotum, and mesopleura distinctly marked with ferruginous.

c Clypeus broadly shallowly emarginate; supraclypeal area pale digeslus.

cc Clypeus narrowly deeply emarginate; supraclypeal area black cogitatus.

aa Head with the frontal crest distinctly interrupted.

b Mesonotum, including the mesoscutellum, black varianus.

bb Mesonotum, including the mesoscutellum, entirely or for the most part pale.

c Ocellar basin concave and broadly continuous with the median fovea aulatus.

cc Ocellar basin shallow and narrowly continuous with the median fovea magnus.

Amauronematus completus, n. sp.

MALE. — Head finely densely punctured and setaceous, clypeus and labrum
polished; the clypeus narrowly, moderately deeply emarginate, the clypeal
lobes large, angularly rounded at apex; the labrum broadly rounded and
setaceous; antennal furrows deep depressions adjacent to the pretentorinse,
distinct on the cephalic aspect, and linear adjacent to the lateral ocelli, not
reaching the caudal margin of the head; the ocellar and interocellar furrows
not well defined; the postocellar area broad, not strongly convex; the portion
of the ocellar areas bearing the lateral ocelli small and elevated, flat ventrad
of the lateral ocelli and not forming a ridge continuous with the frontal crest;
the ocellar basin short, deepest adjacent to the median ocellus; the median
fovea a deep pit, three times as long as wide; the frontal crest wanting dorsad
of the antennal fossae and not interrupted on the meson; the supraclypeal area

14 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

strongly convex: the antennae roughened by closely placed fine pits, setaceous,
the third segment distinctly shorter than the fourth and slightly shorter than
the fifth; the prothonix. the median and lateral lobes of the mesonotum, the
mesopost scut rllum. and the mesopleura for the most part finely densely
punctured; the mesoscutellum, mesosternum, and metapleura polished with
sparse punctures; the wings hyaline, the stigma and the costa pale, the veins
brownish; the stigma triangular in outline, the caudal margin almost straight;
the claws deeply cleft, the inner ray subequal in length to the outer; the abdomen
finely granular and setaceous; the procidentia long and truncated at the caudal
end. and constricted at the cephalic end; the colour black with the following
parts brownish: the labrum, the distal portion of the femora, the tibiae, the
tarsi except the distal segments of the metatarsi more or less above, and the
caudal abdominal sternum. Length, 7 mm.

('ollinson point. Alaska, June 20, 1914. F. Johansen, collector. Specimen
No. 1 ir>r>.

This species is related to borealis Marlatt from which it can be separated
by the difference in the form of the median fovea and ocellar basin.

Amauronematus indicatus, n. sp.

MALE. — Head, the clypeus and labrum, finely densely punctured, the
punctures tending to form rugosities; the clypeus deeply roundly emarginate,
the clypeal lobes large, angular, rounded at apex; the labrum broadly rounded
and polished; the antennal furrows deep broad depressions adjacent to the
pretentorinse and the dorsal part of the antennal fossae, broad rather shallow
but distinct furrows between these depressions and the lateral ocelli and the
uninterrupted caudal margin of the head; the ocellar and interocellar furrows
broad, deep, rounding furrows,, the former connecting with the antennal furrows;
the postocellar area strongly convex, its cephalic margin rounded; the portion
of the ocellar areas bearing the lateral ocelli slightly elevated and continuous
with the strongly elevated uninterrupted frontal crest; the ocellar basin distinct
but shallow, extending from the frontal crest to the median ocellus; the median
fovea a large subquadrangular depression; the supraclypeal area strongly convex;
the antennas roughened by closely placed fine pits, setaceous, the third segment
shorter than the fourth; the prothorax, the median lobe of the mesonotum, the
mesopostscutellum, and the metapleura in part finely densely pitted; the
lateral lobes of the mesonotum, the mesoscutellum, the metascutum, and the
n i eastern urn polished, sparsely pitted; the wings hyaline, the stigma pale,
the veins, including the costa, brownish; the claws deeply cleft, the inner ray
distinctly shorter than the outer; the abdomen polished and setaceous; the
procidentia concealed; the colour black with the following parts brownish: the
labrum, the distal portion of the femora, the tibiae, the tarsi, and the caudal
end of the abdomen. Length, 6-5 mm.

\\Cst of Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, July 4, 1914. F. Johansen,
collector. Specimen No. 521.

This species is very similar to completus. The difference in the antennal
segments and the clypeal emargination will distinguish them.

Amauronematus digestus, n. sp.

FKMAI.K. Head finely roughened, sparsely setaceous; the clypeus polished,
narrow and shallowly emarginate, the clypeal lobes minute and rounded; the
labrum polished, long and broadly rounded, and setaceous; the antennal
furrows deep from the pretentorinsB to the middle of the cephalic margin,
broad distinct furrows from this to the lateral ocelli, and deep linear furrows
interrupting the caudal margin of the head; the interocellar furrow abroad

Saw-flies 15 G

concave depression, the ocellar furrow deeper and linear; the postocellar area
sharply denned and convex with a mesal furrow; the ocellar areas not strongly
elevated and only slightly elevated ventrad of the lateral ocelli, enlarged adjacent
to the frontal crest; the frontal crest narrow, strongly elevated, and not inter-
rupted; the ocellar basin distinct but short and surrounding the median ocellus;
the median fovea a deep pit twice as long as wide; the supraclypeal area convex
and setaceous; antennae roughened, the third segment shorter than the fourth,
the fourth and fifth subequal; the pronotum and the cephalic part of the
mesonotum roughened, the remainder of the median lobe and of the lateral
lobes polished, with sparse punctures; the meso pleura finely densely roughened;
the mesosternum and metapleura polished and setaceous; the wings hyaline,
the costa and stigma pale, the veins brownish, and the stigma long with the
caudal margin nearly straight; the claws not deeply cleft, the outer ray distinctly
longer than the inner; the abdomen indistinctly granular and sparsely setaceous;
the saw-guides with the dorsal margin straight, the ventral margin gradually
rounded, and the distal end broadly, obliquely, truncately rounded; the colour
black with the following parts brownish: the head except the antennal furrows
and the median fovea and a spot about the ocelli and the occiput, the pronotum
in great part, the tegulse in part, a V-shaped mark on the parapsidial grooves,
the axillse, the cephalic half of the mesoscutellum, a large mark on each pleuron,
the distal third of the femora, the tibiae, and the saw-guides ; the distal segments
of the mesotarsi and metatarsi more or less infuscated. Length, 5-5 mm.

West of Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, July 4, 1914. Specimen
No. 520.

The elongate median fovea, the form of the clypeus, and the colouration
will separate this species from fuliripes Norton, to which it is related.

Amauronematus cogitatus, n. sp.

FEMALE. — Head, except the clypeus and labrum, roughened throughout,
more distinctly on the mesal portion, and setaceous; clypeus polished, narrowly,
deeply, roundly emarginate, clypeal lobes large, triangular, blunt projections;
the labrum polished, broadly rounded, densely setaceous near the margin;
antennal furrows almost completely interrupted ventral of the lateral ocelli,
deep and broad ventrad of the interruption, the verticad furrows linear and
distinct, not interrupting the caudal margin of the head; the ocellar furrow a
broad round depression, almost wanting; the interocellar furrow obsolete,
probably represented by a distinct mesal pit in the ocellar furrow; the ocellar
areas flat, only slightly elevated for the lateral ocelli, continuous with the frontal
crest; the frontal crest not elevated above the ocellar areas, lateral walls
precipitous which is due to the deep antennal furrows, interrupted by a deep
linear mesal furrow, this furrow not interrupting the ocellar areas and not con-
nected with the minute ocellar basin located ventrad of the median ocellus;
the median fovea round, deep, pit-like, and continuous with the furrow inter-
rupting the frontal crest; the supraclypeal area elevated, the mesal portion flat,
continuous with the interrupted longitudinal portions of the frontal crest;
antennae wanting beyond the second segment; the pronotum, mesopleura, and
metapostscutellum densely finely punctured; the median and lateral lobes of
the mesonotum, the mesoscutellum, the metascutum, the ventral half of the
metapleura, and the mesosternum with sparsely placed round pits bearing setae,
more abundant on the median lobe of the mesonotum; the wings with the
stigma and costa pale-, the veins only slightly darkened; the claws deeply cleft,
the inner rays shorter than the outer, obliquely truncate; the abdomen polished,
sparsely setaceous; the saw-guides stout, convex, the dorsal and ventral margins
strongly convergent, the distal end short and bluntly rounded; the colour black
with the following parts rufous: the ventral ends of the ocellar areas, the inner

16 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

and posterior orbits more or less, the pronotum broadly, the parapsidial furrows
more or less, an indefinite spot on the mesoscutellum, each axilla, and the lateral
parts of the mesopostscutellum, a large spot on the mesopleura, the knees, the
tibiae, the tarsi variable, and the caudal portion of the abdomen more or less;
the labruin and clvpeus yellow. Length, 6 mm.

Demarcation point, Alaska. " Collected as pupa in cocoon in moss on
tundra May 14, 11)14. Imago emerged June 23, 1914. Breeding Record 12a."
F. Johansen, collector. ^Specimen No. 148.

This species is related to orbitalis Marlatt. The black tegulae, the large
median fovea, and the form of the frontal crest will separate it from this species.

Amauronematus varianus, n. sp.

F i ;MALE. — Head with the inner orbits slightly roughened, otherwise polished
and setaceous; the clypeus narrowly, deeply, roundly emarginate, the clypeal
lobes narrow, angular, and rounded; the antennal furrows broad and deep
from the pretentorinse to the caudal margin of the head, which they interrupt,
linear at bottom caudad of the lateral ocelli, not so deep on the middle of their
length; the ocellar furrow broad and deep, V-shaped, connected with the antennal
furrows; interocellar furrow deep, extending from the median ocellus to the
ocellar furrow; the ocellar areas broadly convex; the frontal crest elevated
above the ocellar areas, its dorsal surface abrupt, deeply interrupted on the
meson by a deep linear furrow, the furrow continuous with the median fovea;
the supraclypeal area strongly convex; the ocellar basin shallow, extending
from the interrupting furrow of the frontal crest to and around the median
ocellus to the interocellar furrow; the postocellar area strongly convex, short
and broad; antennae roughened, finely setaceous, the fourth segment slightly
longer than the third; the thorax polished throughout and setaceous; the wings
hyaline, the stigma and costa pale, the veins brownish; the claws deeply cleft,
the inner ray about one-half the length of the outer; the abdomen polished and
setaceous; the saw-guides broad, the ventral margin convex, the distal end
bluntly pointed at middle; colour black with the following parts infuscated
brownish: the distal one-third of the femora, the tibiae for the most part, the
proximal portion of the tarsi, and the proximal part of the saw^guides. Length,
6-5 mm.

MALE. — The male differs from the female in having the head more coarsely
punctured, the emargination of the clypeus broader, the clypeal lobes angular
and pointed, the ocellar basin less distinct, the prothorax and mesopleura densely
pitted, the dorsal aspect of the mesothorax not so densely pitted as the pro-
thorax; the fourth segment of the antennae distinctly longer than the third;
the procidentia long and broad, the sides nearly straight, and the caudal end
truncate; the legs with paler parts much lighter, the dorsal and ventral portions
of the caudal segments of the abdomen pale. Length, 6 mm.

West of Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, June 27, 1914, the date borne
by the specimens. F. Johansen, collector. Specimens No. 524, 525.

This specimen runs to rapax Cresson by Marlatt's table. The sharply
defined ocellar basin will distinguish it.

Amauronematus aulatus, n. sp.

FKMALK. Head not punctured but irregularly, obscurely roughened or
finely granular; the clypeus polished, roundly and rather shallowly emarginate,
the clypeal lobes broad, angular, and rounded; the labrum polished and rounded ;
the antennal furrows deep depressions from the pretentorinae to near the middle
of the cephalic aspect, where they are interrupted for a short distance, then
broadly depressed to the lateral ocelli, linear and divergent caudad of the lateral

Saw-flies 17 G

ocelli; the ocellar furrow broad and shallow, connected with the antennal
furrows; interocellar furrow represented by a triangular punctiform depression
connected with the antennal furrows, but distinctly separated from the median
ocellus; the ocellar areas convex, continued as slightly elevated ridges to the
frontal crest; the frontal crest deeply and broadly interrupted, forming a
curved strongly elevated ridge on each side continuous with the broad slightly
convex supraclypeal area; median fovea continuous with the broad furrow
interrupting the frontal crest, this furrow continuous with the well marked
ocellar basin, which extends to and around the median ocellus; the antennae
with the third and fourth segments subequal; the pronotum, the median lobe
and the cephalic part of the lateral lobes of the mesonotum, the mesoscutellum
the mesopostscutellum, the metascutum, and the metapleura finely densely
roughened; the lateral lobes of the mesonotum in great part finely granular
or polished with a few punctures; the mesosternum and metapleura finely
granular and polished; wings greatly abbreviated, not extending beyond the
caudal end of the abdomen, the stigma and costa pale, the veins much darker;
the claws deeply cleft, the inner rays shorter and blunter than the outer; the
abdomen polished with sparsely distributed punctures in which setae are attached;
the saw-guides broad and stout, the dorsal and ventral margins converging, the
distal end long, straight, and oblique on the ventral portion and the much
shorter dorsal portion bluntly truncated; the ventral and distal margins se-
taceous; the cerci long, slender, and pointed; colour blapk with the following
parts brownish : a spot on the frontal crest and ventral part of the ocellar basin,
the inner, posterior, and outer orbits, the postocellar area, the collar narrowly,
the tegulae, the median lobe and the caudal half of each lateral lobe of the
mesonotum, the cephalic half of the mesoscutellum, a large triangular spot on
the mesopleura, and the caudal end of the abdomen more or less; the knees
and the tibiae of the prothoracic and mesothoracic legs infuscated whitish.
Length, 6 mm.

Barter island, Alaskan Arctic coast, June 16, 1914. D. Jenness, collector.
Specimen No. 866.

This species is related to digestus from which it can be separated by the
characters given in the table.

Amauronematus magnus, n. sp.

FEMALE. — Head densely finely punctured throughout, probably densely
setaceous, though the setae are in great part wanting on the specimen;' clypeus
deeply, broadly, angularly emarginate, the N clypeal lobes large and bluntly
angular; labrum large and truncate; the antennal furrows deep between the
pretentorinae and the frontal crest and lateral ocelli, deep linear furrows caudad
of the lateral ocelli, not interrupting the caudal margin of the head; the ocellar
furrow broad and indefinite; the interocellar furrow distinct, a rounded
depression where it joins the ocellar furrow; the portion of the ocellar areas
bearing the lateral ocelli sharply raised, in great part elevated; the frontal crest
a sharp V-shaped elevation, deeply interrupted on the meson by a broad, deep,
linear furrow continuous with the median fovea; the median fovea a large,
deep, punctiform depression; the ocellar basin convex with a distinct linear
furrow extending from the median ocellus to the frontal crest, not connected
with the furrow interrupting it; the supraclypeal area prominent and convex;
the antennae wanting beyond the second segment; the pronotum, the median
lobe of the mesonotum, the greater part of its lateral lobes, the mesopleura,
the mesosternum, and the metapleura densely punctured and setaceous; the
caudal portion of the lateral lobes of the mesonotum, the mesoscutellum, the
mesopostscutellum, and the metascutum sparsely punctured and setaceous; the

63374—2

18 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

wings hyaline, the veins and stigma brownish; the claws deeply cleft, the inner
ray distinctly shorter than the outer; the abdomen sparsely granular and
setaceous; the saw-guides large, the dorsal margin oblique, the ventral margin
convex, the distal portion rounded and forming a sharp point with the dorsal
margin; the cerci long and stout, extending to the caudal end of the saw-guides;
colour black with the following parts brownish: the margin of the labrum, the
clvpeal lobes, the mandibles, the superior and outer orbits, the postocellar area
in great part, the pronotum broadly, the median lobe of the mesonotum except
a triangular niesal black spot, the lateral lobes except a line on each axilla, the
mesoscutellum, the mesopleura, the legs beyond the coxae, the dorsum of the
abdomen in great part, and the venter in part at the caudal end Length,
11.5 mm.

Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 15, 1915. F. Johansen,
collector. Specimen No. 1254.

This species is closely related in colour and size to insularis Kincaid. It
differs in the form of the median fovea and the ocellar areas.

Breeding Records, Undetermined Species.

Breeding Record 7a: "Green coloured" nematid larva (formalin) collected
under moss in tundra bluffs at bay coast near winter house at Collinson point,
Alaskan Arctic coast, November 29, 1913." F. Johansen, collector. Adult
unknown.

Breeding Record 7b: "Sawfly (Nematus sp.) pupa in cocoon among dead
willow leaves on tundra behind winter house at Collinson point, Alaska.
November 21, 1913." F. Johansen, collector. Adult unknown.

Breeding Record 46: "Two cocoons of an unknown species of sawfly larva
(green) collected February 18, 1915, in the burrows of a cerambycid larva made
under White Spruce bark, Sandstone rapids, Coppermine river, Northwest
Territories." F. Johansen, collector. Mr. Johansen states that "these two
larvae had the same appearance (and were taken in the same, bark) as the larva
from which Pontania quadrifasciata was bred."

Breeding Record 84: "Dark green saw-fly larva (20mm.) On bushy
willow, Salix pulchra. Collected at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories,
August 4, 1915. Made pupating cocoon in October." F. Johansen, collector.
Adult not bred.

Breeding Record 85: "Saw-fly larvae (black and dark green) 7-11 mm.
On female catkins of bushy willow, Salix pulchra. Bernard harbour, Northwest
Territories, July 16, 1915." F. Johansen, collector. Larva distinctive in colour,
marked like many species of Amauronematus. The head black except the ventral
portion, also the legs except the joints, and the ultimate tergum. The thoracic
and abdominal segments with two transverse rows of round or oval blackish
spots, largei- on the thoracic segments, forming bands on the penultimate
tergum. "Saw-fly larvae in female catkins of bushy willow, Salix pulchra.
( Collected MS Iarva> at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, August 10, 1915."
Two cocoons. Adult unknown.

BriM-dmg Record 89: "A saw-fly larva 20mm. long (pink with dark pig-
mentation) on leaf of Salix reticulata, collected at Bernard harbour, Northwest
Territories, August 16, 1915. Pupated after having first assumed a uniformly
red-orange colour with black eyes and only a little dark pigment on head and
thoracic legs. In December it still had this colour and had begun its pupating
cocoon." F. Johansen, collector. Cocoon and dried up larva received, probably
«i nematid. "A similar larva was collected the same day and place on leaf of
bushy willow. Breeding Record 88."

Breeding Record 138: "Saw-fly larvae (green), Ketchikan, Alaska,
September 10, 1916. Made cocoon September 13, 1916." Cocoon contained
the dead shrivelled larva of a species of Trichiosoma. F. Johansen, collector.

Saw-flies 19 o

Breeding Records 139 and 140: " Saw-fly larvae (green) on Rubus and
Sambucus. Ketchikan, Alaska, September 10, 1916. A fortnight later these
larvae, by moulting, acquired a system of black segmental markings connected
by a middle-stripe dorsally. Larva of No. 140 dorsal blackish brown, ventral
pale. A week later the larva got an orange (also head) colour with black eyes
and the same black dorsal markings as the larva from Breeding Record 139."
" Record 139. Many larvae collected, which all, except two, quickly died.
May be they are younger stages of larva from Breeding Record 140." Specimen
(alcohol) badly shrivelled, host plants would suggest that it might be an
emphytid larva, the general habitus is also something the same. F. Johansen,
collector.

Breeding Record 150: " Green saw-fly larva. Jasper park, Alberta,
September 15, 1916." F. Johansen, collector. A single discoloured badly
shrivelled specimen. Head coloured like larvae of Emphytince.

63374—2^

The Parasitic Hymenoptera collected by the Canadian
Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

By CHARLES T. BRUES
Bussey Institution, Harvard University.

The following report is based on the material collected or reared by
Mr. F. Johansen. Most of the material was obtained near the headquarters
of the Southern Party of the Expedition at Bernard harbour, Dolphin and
Union strait. Three new species1 are described. It was felt undesirable to
give specific names to a number of the specimens.

ICHNEUMONID^:.

Amblyteles russatus Cress.
Icheumon russatus Cresson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1878, p. 353.

One specimen from Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, North-
west Territories; collected on flowers in a sheltered place, July 18, 1915.
Described originally from Vancouver, B.C.

Amblyteles suturalis Say.

Ichneumon suturalis Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, p. 227 (1836); complete writings,
vol. 2, p. 685.

Two specimens from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, May 18 ami
July 12, 1915.

A widely distributed North American species.

Amblyteles spp.

There are four other species in the collection not referable to any palsearctic
or nearctic species so far as I can ascertain. It seems hardly worth while,
however, to add isolated descriptions to those of an already large number of
North American species which have not been studied in a comparative way.

Mesoleptus insular is Ashm.
Exolytus insularis Ashmead, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 4, p. 168 (1902).

Three specimens, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, August 14, 1915,
collected on flowers on southern slope of ridge. Originally described from Popof
island, Alaska.

Aptesis nivarius, n. sp.

FEMALE. — Length, 5 mm. Dull ferruginous, varied with black as follows:
cheeks near base of mandibles, propleurae anteriorly, margins of mesopleurse, and
propodeum; antennae blackish at tips; abdomen piceous along the sides; legs

:The types of all new species described in this report are deposited in the National Collection
of Insects, Ottawa.

22 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

lumey yellow. Wings reaching slightly beyond apex of propodeum, hyaline,
with pale brown neuration. Head almost twice as wide as thick, full behind
the eyes which occupy half of the side in top view; paired ocelli equidistant
from one another and the eye-margin. Head shagreened above; face rugulose,
dvpeus strongly protuberant, its lower half smooth, malar space as long as the
first flagellar joint. Eyes hare. Antennae 23-jointed; scape large, oval; first
three joints of fiagellum subequal, about two and one-half times as long as thick
at apex; following growing shorter and thicker; those near the middle quadrate.
Mesonotum and scutellum shagreened, flat, separated by a shallow impressed
line. Propodeum short, convex above, obliquely truncate behind; shagreened
above, very finely rugose behind and on the sides; without distinct areas,
although the transverse carina and a small median area are faintly indicated
by very delicate lines; posterior angles rounded, without trace of tubercle or
tooth. Pleurae opaque except for a shining area below the base of the hind wing.
.Petiole of abdomen shagreened or minutely rugose, shining; broad behind,
the width at apex four times as great as at base and equal to three-fourths the
length. Following segments minutely roughened, more nearly smooth and
shining after the third. Ovipositor exserted the length of the abdomen, although
its sheaths are only half that length. Legs slender; fourth tarsal joint entire;
daws simple. Wings with complete venation in miniature as far as the stigma,
and beyond this with a very small rounded radial cell.

One female from Collinson point, Alaska, June 20, 1914. F. Johansen,
collector.

Quite distinct in colour of body and antennae from other nearctic and from
European species. The nearly complete neuration of the wings is evidently
similar to that described by Davis (Entomological News, vol. 4, p. 32, (1893) ),
for Aptesis major.

Polyblastus arcticus, n. sp.

FEMALE. — Length, 8 • 5 mm. Black, varied with fulvous, the fulvous markings
as follows: face except median band, antennae, clypeus except extreme base and
sides, mandibles except tips, palpi, tegulae, second to fourth segments of abdomen,
except spot on tip of fourth, front and middle legs, except coxae, hind trochanters,
basal two-thirds of tibiae, spurs and entire tarsi. Wings strongly tinged with
fulvous basally, veins and stigma fuscous. Face very closely punctate, much
more finely so at the sides; clypeus convex, smooth and shining, except at the
edges, labrum projecting beyond the closed mandibles; antennae 31 -jointed,
the first fhigellar joint slightly longer than the second, vertex punctulate; head
behind shining and almost smooth; mesonotum shining, closely punctate;
scutellum strongly sloping and elevated at the apex. Propodeum shining, basal
and superomedian areas confluent; petiolar area large, as broad as long, its
sides curved. Propleurae very closely punctate, confluently so below, epomia
sharp, but not prominent; mesopleura closely punctate; metapleura rugulose-
punctate below. Abdomen as long as the head and thorax; petiole slender,
slightly over twice as long as broad at apex which is twice as wide as the base,
shininu and almost smooth above; spiracles slightly before the middle; discal
eaiina- present only on basal fifth of segment; second segment as long as broad,
third and fourt h broader than long; ovipositor stout, exserted over half the length
of the petiole; without attached eggs; tarsal claws with four or five long pectina-
tions on basal half. Areolet small, indistinctly pentangular, with the outer vein,
oblique, partly hyaline; submodian cell slightly longer than median; discoidal
vein in hind wing but slightly oblique, broken just below the middle,
k ' One female. Ketchikan, southern Alaska, September 10, 1914. F. Johansen,
collector.

This species is coloured much like P. glacialis Ashm. described from St. Paul
island, Alaska, but the carinae of the abdominal petiole are much shorter and the

Parasitic Hymenoptera 23 G

trochanters pale. It is quite distinct from other North American and from all
the European species included by Schmieceknecht in his Opuscula Ichneu-
monologica.

Stenomacrus borealis Ashm?
Fur Seals and Fur Sea Islands, vol. 4, p. 358 (1899).

One specimen from Herschel island, Yukon Territory, July 29, 1916, is
probably this species.

Ophion bilineatum Say.

Ophion bilineatus Say, Contrib. Maclurian Lye. Arts & Sci., vol. 1, p. 75. (1828); Complete
writings, vol. 1, p. 378.

One specimen from Cockburn point, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest
Territories, September 5, 1914. This was collected at a lighted lantern in the
evening.

A very abundant and widely distributed North American species.

Dioctes modestus, n. sp.

FEMALE. — Length, 4-4 • 5 mm. ; ovipositor as long as the hind femur. Black,
clothed with sparse, short, white hair; the middle of mandibles, tips o.f front
femora, all tibiae and base of tarsi brownish yellow; wings hyaline, stigma and
veins pale fuscous. Head broad, twice as wide as thick, strongly excavated
medially behind, the temples as deep as the eyes; seen from the front, the face
is not narrowed below; malar space as long as- the width of mandibles at base.
Ocelli large, paired ones closer to the eye margin than to one another. Front
and face opaque, minutely roughened, clypeus almost smooth, sub-shining, its
lower edge straight. Head behind opaque and finely roughened below, nearly
shining above. Eyes bare, twice as high as broad, not emarginate. Antennae
23-jointed; first joint of flagellum one-half longer than the second; four follow-
ing subequal; those beyond shortening, but all of them longer than thick.
Mesonotum subopaque, finely roughened. Scutellum slightly shining; with a
deep, smooth, transverse furrow at the base; strongly convex. Propodeum
declivous from base, but more strongly so beyond middle, finely rugose, nearly
smooth anteriorly on the sides; supermedian and petiolar areas confluent, the
latter the broadest, the former reaching almost to the base of the propodeum;
lateral and subspiracular carinse present. Pleurae finely roughened, the meso-
pleura with a smooth space near the root of the hind wing and a trace of fine
oblique striae below the root of the fore wing. Abdominal petiole with the
spiracles placed before the posterior third, distinctly projecting; widened from
just before the middle; more than twice as wide at apex as at base and one-third
wider than at spiracles; its surface roughened, except at extreme apex. Second
and third segments roughened, especially at base; following nearly smooth, the
apical segments not very strongly compressed. Ovipositor issuing at the apex
of the fourth ventral segment, strongly curved upward. Submedian cell slightly
longer than the median; disco-cubital vein angularly broken, with a stump of
a vein; areolet open, small and petiolate in position; transverse median vein
in hind wing not broken. Tarsal claws pectinate.

MALE. — Length, 4-4-25 mm. . Essentially like the female; antennae
24-jointed; abdominal petiole more slender, as wide at spiracles as at apex;
tibiae darker, pale fuscous.

Four females and two males from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories,
August 7 and 12, 1915, the female type taken on the latter date. F. Johansen,
collector.

24 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Quite distinct from any of the palsearctic forms listed by Schmiedeknecht,
and so far as I can ascertain not identical with any North American species
referred to, either Diodes, Angitia, or Limnerium. The species was reared from
a lot of galls from Salix, probably produced by a saw-fly. (Breeding Record 37.)

Bathyplectes sp.

A single male from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, apparently
represents an undescribed species, but the specimen is poor and, in the absence
of the female, it seems unwise to give it a name.

BRACONID^E.
Meteorus sp.

One specimen from Ketchikan, Alaska, reared October 1 from a cocoon
collected September 10, 1916. The cocoon was attached to a pine leaf suspended
by a slender thread as is customary with the members of this genus. (Breeding
Record 136.)

Apanteles sp.

Twenty-five specimens from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories,
taken during July, 1915.

Apanteles sp.

Eleven specimens from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, reared
during July and August, 1915, from an unknown caterpillar. (Breeding
Record 40a.)

Protapanteles sp.

One specimen from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 20, 1915.

The Wasps and Bees collected by the Canadian Arctic
Expedition, 1913-18.

By F. W. L. SLADEN.

The wasps and bees brought back by the Canadian Arctic Expedition
consist of one species of Vespa, of which twenty-eight specimens were taken in
Alaska, and eight species of bumble-bees (Bombus), of which one hundred and
fifty specimens have been taken in Canada and Alaska. The purely Canadian
material consists of one hundred and eleven specimens of five species of bumble-
bees.1

It is worthy of note that Vespa is the only genus of wasps distributed
through the temperate region that lives in colonies containing a number of
small virgin females or workers which raise the males and the perfect females
or queens; and likewise, among the bees, Bombus is the only genus enjoying the
same manner of life, if we except Apis, in which the colony survives the winter.
In both Vespa and Bombus the colony breaks up at the end of the summer,
and the sole survivors, the young queens, after impregnation, pass the winter
solitarily in a state of complete torpidity, and establish new colonies in the
spring.

VESPOIDEA.

Represented by twenty-eight specimens from Alaska of one species of
Vespa.

Vespa marginata Kirby.

Vespa marginala Kirby, Fauna Boreal! Americana, Insecta. 1837.
Vespa albida Sladen, Ottawa Naturalist, xxxii, p. 71.

This species belongs to the Norvegica group which is distinguished from
the other groups of the genus Vespa by the fact that the eyes do not nearly
reach to the mandibles, and the sagitaa in the male genitalia are not fused
together at the tip. This species may be distinguished in the male and worker
by the pale yellow, almost white, markings, combined with two red spots on
the second dorsal segment of the abdomen. The red spots are absent in the
queen.

MALE. — Black: mandibles; clypeus, except a median longitudinal line,
broad in the middle; bilobate spot between antennae; scape in front; a narrow
line on cheek above, behind eyes, another on inner margin of eye; a line on
pronotum bordering mesonotum; a small lateral spot on the scutellum, a
narrow uninterrupted slightly wavy line on apical margins of dorsal abdominal
segments 1 to 5; a narrow line interrupted in the middle on segment 6; two
large comma-shaped spots on segment 7 and the margins of ventral segments
2 to 4, pale yellow, almost white. A large red spot on each side of segment 2.
Second and base of third antennal joint testaceous beneath. Inner margin of
stipes not sharply angled, clothed with dense short red hairs; legs testaceous;
coxae, trochanters and bases of femora black; a black spot on fore tibiae, apex of
femora and of tibiae, and basal tarsi flavous. Body hairs long, pale, mixed with
black, including those on the first segment of abdomen. Length, 13 mm.

JThe types of all new species described in this Report are deposited in the Canadian National
Collection, Ottawa.

26 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

QUEEN. — Head, thorax and abdomen coloured like the male, but the
abdominal segments 1 to 5 have complete pale bands, emarginate in front on
each side and narrowly so in the middle; the sixth segment has two spots; the
ventral segments 2 to 4 have marginal bands interrupted in the middle; ventral
segment 5 has two large spots. No red on second dorsal segment. Length,
about 14 mm.

WORKER. — Black, the following parts creamy-white: mandibles except
tips, clypeus except a broad longitudinal line, broadest in the middle, scape in
front, a bilobate spot above antennae, a narrow line on lower side of emargination
of eye, an elongate .spot on cheek behind eye, a parallel sided line on margin of
pronotum next mesonotum, a small spot on each side of scutellum near wing,
complete bands on the apices of dorsal segments 1 to 5, that on segment 5
deeply emarginate on either side anteriorly, narrowly emarginate in middle;
that on segment 4 less and on segment 3 still less deeply so; segment 6 with a
large spot on either side containing a small black spot; apical margin of ventral
segments 2 to 5, greater part of ventral segment 6, apex of femora, line on tibia
and part of basal tarsi. The following parts red: irregular spot, often absent,
on side of dorsal segment 1; a large, in some specimens a small, spot on side
of dorsal segment 2; apex of segment 5; middle of femora, tibiae and tarsi.
Hairs on vertex, dorsum of thorax and abdomen mostly black. Hairs on sides
and underside of head, thorax and abdomen and on first dorsal segment of
abdomen mostly pale. Length, 10 to 11 mm.

One male, Nome, Alaska, August 24-25, 1916 (F. Johansen). One queen
and twenty-six workers from a nest taken at Teller, Alaska, by Mr. Johansen
on July 26, 1913. The queen is in alcohol, the other specimens dried. Most
of the workers are in perfect condition. The nest contained larvae and was in a
hole under an old willow shrub at the brink of the lake. The nest was half
hidden in the hole, half protruding from it, and attached to the thick root of
the willow, while heather twigs supported the outer layers of the nest.

I have here followed Du Buysson in considering this form to be the marginata
of Kirby. Kirby's description, however, makes no reference to the red spots
on the abdomen or the long malar space.

An old and smaller wasp's nest was found at Teller on August 3, 1913, by
Mr. Johansen in an old rusty tin-can lying free on the tundra. Neither this nest
nor any of the wasps in it were brought home. Dr. Anderson saw a wasp's nest
the size of a man's head on a willow branch on the Hula-Hula river, Alaska, in
November, 1908. There is no information to show to which species either of
these nests belonged.

SPHECOIDEA.

The collection contains no representatives of this super-family.

APOIDEA

lie-presented by 150 specimens of bumble-bees. These consist of eight
species, belonging to three groups, of the genus Bombus Lat. Five of the species
were found in Canada.

Bombus Lat.
Kirbyellus Group.

A'/Y/;//r////.s Group, I'Yanklin. Truiis. Amer. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII, p. 2S<).

large. Pile long and fine. Malar space very long, one-third to one-half
as long as the eye. Red-haired areas on the abdomen if present, are at the tip
only. In the males the gcnitalia are very different to those of the other groups,
and the posterior tibiae are more like those of the female.

Wasps and Bees 27 G

Bombiis kirbyellus (Curtis) Franklin.
Bombus kirbyellu, Franklin. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII, p. 291.

MALE. — Eighth ventral segment of abdomen (inner spatha) tridentate
(see figure). Hair colour pale yellow; black between the antennae, on the inner
margins of the eyes, on the outer margins of the eyes and on the third segment
of the abdomen: there is an indistinct black band on the thorax between the
wings but this is partly bleached, and the fourth to the seventh segments of
the abdomen are pale red: on the underside the hairs are long, and almost white.
Length, about 15 mm.

WORKER. — Hair on head black, on thorax black with a yellow band before
and behind, pleura pale yellow. Abdomen; segments 1 and 2 yellow, segment 3
black, segments 4 to 6 dull red; underside with white hairs; legs with long
largely pale hairs.

Two males, Nome, Alaska, August 24 to 25, 1916 (F. Johansen); one
worke'r, Nome, Alaska, August 24-25, 1916 (F. Johansen); one worker, Collinson
point, Alaska, July 10, 1914 (F. Johansen); one worker, Young point, North-
west Territories, July 21, 1916 (this specimen has the hairs on the legs and
underside black).

Specimens of B. kirbyellus in the Canadian National Collection include a
queen from Bartlett bay, Alaska (lat. 58-26, long. 135-53), 1907 (D. H. Nelles),
two from Fullerton, Northwest Territories, July, 1904 (A. Ha-lkett), one from
Nottingham island, Hudson strait, 1886 (J. McKenzie), and one from cape
Chudleigh, Hudson strait; a worker from Laggan, Alta. (J. Fletcher), and males
from Banff, Alta. (N. Sanson).

Bombus polaris (Curtis) Franklin.
Bombus polaris Franklin, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII, p. 299.

MALE. — Eighth ventral segment tapering to a blunt point, its side margins
deeply incurved (see figure). Hairs on head black with more or less pale yellow
on clypeus and vertex. Thorax pale yellow with indistinct interaler black band.
Abdomen; basal portion pale yellow, apical portion pale red, with more or less
black on the middle portion. Hairs on underside and legs pale with more or
less black. Length, 14 to 15 mm.

QUEEN AND WORKER. — Head hairs black. Thorax black, with a broad
yellow band in front and a narrower one behind, pleura yellow, lower part
black. Abdomen with segments 1, 2 and 3 yellow; segment 4 black; segments
5 and 6 red. Length, queen 16 to 19 mm., workers 11 to 13 mm.

Two males from Nome, Alaska, August 24-25, 1916 (F. Johansen); one
queen from west of Collinson point, Alaska, June 11, 1914 (E. deK. Leffing-
well) ; one worker from Kamarkok, west of Herschel island, Yukon Territory,
August 3, 1916, and one from Herschel island, near end of July, 1916 (F.
Johansen) one queen from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 2,
1915; two males from Bernard harbour, July 10, 1916 (F. Johansen). The
males from Bernard harbour have the coat bleached to a considerable extent,
one of them has no black hairs on the abdomen. The queen from Collinson
point differs from the description in having segment 3 partly black and
segment 4 red.

28 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Bombus neoboreus, n. sp.

This species is distinguished from the other species of the Kirbyellus group
l>y the structure of the eighth ventral segment in the male and by the strongly
in -irked melanism in both sexes.

MALE. — Eighth ventral segment truncate (see figure); inner margin of
claspers of gen it alia nearly straight. Hair black; but a faint tinge of yellow
on centre of face and a few yellow hairs on vertex (occupit); thorax with the
anterior yellow band well developed, remainder of thorax black with a faint
tinge of yellow on the posterior part, and in the type (the lighter example)
yellow on the upper part of the pleura. Abdomen black, segment 1 yellow but
black in the middle and at the extreme sides; segment 2 yellow, but in the
darker example partly black in the middle apically and at the extreme sides
basally; segment 3 entirely black but in the lighter example yellow at the sides
apically; segments 4 and o black and segments 5 and 6 pale red. Hairs on legs
and underside black. Length, 16 mm.

QUEEN. — Hair black; that on the head entirely black; on thorax, anterior
yellow band more or less encroached upon from behind in the middle by black,
posterior yellow band absent or rudimentary, absent in type; pleura black,
faintly tinged with yellow over a considerable area in some examples including
the type; abdomen, segment 1 yellow only at the sides, black on extreme sides;
segment 2 yellow, but blacK on extreme sides; segment 3 with a little yellow on
either side of middle in five specimens including the type, black in the four
remaining specimens; apex of segment 4 and whole of segment 5 red in three
specimens; segment 4 black and segment 5 tinged with red in eight specimens,
including type. Hairs on legs and underside black. Length, 22 to 24 mm.

WORKER. — Coloured like the queen.

One male, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, August 17-18, 1915
(F. Johansen); one darker male, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories,
July 10, 1916 (F. Johansen); eleven females, all from Bernard harbour, North-
west Territories, as follows: June 6, June 21, June 25 (type), July 2, July 9,
July 30 to August 7, August 8, August 17 to 18 (two), 1915, June 16, July 3,
1916 (F. Johansen); three workers, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories,
July 19, August 10, and August 14, 1915 (F. Johansen).

Bombus arcticus (Kirby) Franklin.
Bombus arcticus Franklin, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII, p. 302.

MALE. — Malar space fully one-half as long as the eye, eighth ventral
segment obtusely pointed. Head black, a patch of yellow on the vertex. Thorax
Nark with a well-developed anterior yellow band and another equally wide
behind; pleura black, the yellow extending only a short way below the bases
of the wings. Abdomen, segments 1 and 2 densely clothed with yellow, the
remaining segments black. Legs black, underside black. Length, 15-17 mm.

QTKKN. --Malar space about one-half as long as the eye. Head black; in
two examples a few of the hairs on the vertex are yellow. Thorax black with a
Well-developed anterior yellow band and another equally wide behind; pleura
black but the yellow extends a short way below the bases of the wings. Abdomen
with the two l»asal segments with dense yellow hair, the remaining segments
black. Length, 20-23 mm.

Ten males as follows: four from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories,
August 14, 1915 (F. Johansen) ; one from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories,
July 10, 1910 (F. Johansen); and five from Herschel island, Yukon Territory,
July, 1916 (F. Johansen i.

Wasps and Bees 29 G

Ten queens as follows: Four from Collinson point, Alaska, July 10, 1914,
one of them somewhat undersized (F. Johansen); one from Barter island
Alaska, June 25, 1914 (D. Jenness); two from Bernard harbour, Northwest
Territories, August 10, 1915 (F. Johansen) ; two from Bernard harbour, North-
west Territories, August 17-18, 1915 (F. Johansen); one from Herschel island,
Yukon Territory, end of July, 1916 (F. Johansen).

In unfaded examples of both males and queens the yellow is of a browner
hue than in the other species of the Kirbyellus group.

One queen, about 11 mm. long, and five larvae " secured cape Ross, Melville
island, Northwest Territories, June 21, 1916, by Emiu (Eskimo)" (V. Stefansson).
The Canadian National Collection contains another queen taken at Melville
island, July 20, 1909, by F. C. Hennessey. Both the Melville island specimens
differ from those taken on the mainland in being slightly smaller, length 19-20
mm., with the yellow pale and dingy, the yellow band on the posterior part of
the thorax narrower than on the anterior part, and the pleura only faintly
tinged with yellow. It is possible they represent a distinct variety or even
species.

Bombus arcticus is probably the B. hyperboreus of European authors, found
in Greenland and Arctic Eurasia.

(Two females of another species of the Kirbyellus group, B. strenuus Cr.
from the Kutlan Glacier, Yukon Territory (alt. 9,000 feet), taken by H. F. J.
Lambart and Alf. Pattison in June, 1913, are in the Canadian National
Collection).

Pratorum Group.
Vraiorum Group, Franklin, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII, p. 304.

Species of smaller size than those of the Kirbyellus group. Malar space
shorter, one-quarter to one-third as long as the eye. Male genitalia very
different.

Bombus sylvicola Kirby.

Bombus sylvicola Kirbv, Fauna Boreali- Americana, Insecta 1837.
Bombus sylvicola Franklin, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII, p. 338.

MALE. — Hairs on head black, a patch of yellow on the middle of the face
usually reaching upwards to between the antennae, vertex with a yellow patch,
ventro-lateral sides of the head more or less yellow, sometimes entirely black
malar space about one-fourth as long as the eye. Thorax with a wide anterior
yellow band, a medial and about equally wide black band and a yellow band
on the scutellum, the anterior median portion of which is more or less covered
with an extension of the black from the medial band; pleura yellow to base of
legs. Abdomen, first segment yellow, second and third red, sometimes more or
less black in the middle, fourth and fifth yellow with more or less black in the
middle, sixth and seventh segments black, often more or less yellow at the
sides; hairs on venter mostly pale.

The specimens from Nome and Teller are smaller (average length, 11 mm.)
and have the pile somewhat shorter and less shaggy, and on the average more
yellow (less black) on the fourth and fifth segments than those from Herschel
island (average length, 12-75 mm.), and Bernard harbour (average length,
13-27 mm.). In five of the specimens from Bernard harbour the red extends
more or less on to the fourth segment.

30 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

QUEEN, REGULAR FORM. — Head black with a patch of pale yellow on middle
of face between and below bases of antennae and a smaller, fainter one above
antennae, vertex yellow. Thorax with a wide pale yellow band in front and a
narrower one behind separated by a black band, pleura pale yellow to base of
Abdomen: segment 1 pale yellow, segments 2 and 3 red, segments 4, 5
and (I pale yellow with more or less black in the middle of the segments. Length,
20 mm.

QUKKN. MKI.ANK YAKIK rv johanseni, n. var. — Head black, face black,
a few dingy pale yellow hairs on vertex. Thorax with a band of dingy
pale yellow in front, more or less narrowed by encroachment of the black, but
black hairs are not mixed in with the yellow to any great extent; a broad black
hand between the wings and a narrow pale yellow band on the posterior part of
the thorax, this band interrupted in the middle by an extension of the black
from the interaler band; pleura black, in some specimens faintly tinged with
yellow. Abdomen with the first segment pale yellow interrupted in the middle
with decumbent dark hair which is scanty; segments 2 and 3 red; segments
1. ."> and 6 black with more or less pale yellow hair on sides of segment 4. Hair
on legs and underside black, corbicular fringes tinged with red in the type and
in several specimens. Length, 18 to 20 mm.

WORKER, REGULAR FORM. — Coloured like the queen.

WORKER, MELANIC VARIETY johanseni. — Coloured like the queen of this
variety.

Six males from Nome, Alaska, August 24-25, 1916 (F. Johansen); six males
from Teller, Alaska, July 26, and five on July 29, 1913 (F. Johansen); nine
males from Herschel island, Yukon Territory, end of July, 1916 (F. Johansen);
six males from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 30 to August 7,
1915 (F. Johansen); one August 8, two August 10, two August 14, 1915, all
from Bernard harbour (F. Johansen).

One queen of the regular form from Barter island, Alaska, July 4, 1914
(D. Jenness); one, abdomen missing, from west of Collinson point, Alaska,
June 11, 1914 (E. de K. Leffingwell).

Twenty-nine queens of the melanic variety johanseni, all taken by Mr. F.
Johansen, as follows: One from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 3
(type), two July 4, one July 6, two July 7, one July 11, one July 12, one July 19,
nine July 30 to August 7, one August 8, two August 10, one August 14, all from
Bernard harbour in 1915; one Chantry island (Bernard harbour), June 17, one
Bernard harbour July 9, and three Bernard harbour July 14, 1916. One queen
from Port Epworth, Coronation gulf, taken by Mr. J. J. O'Neill on July 15,
1915, in bad condition, appears to agree with the description of johanseni. One
queen from Herschel island, Yukon Territory, end of July, 1916 (F. Johansen),
has the yellow bands on the thorax as wide as the black band and has a narrow
pale yellow band on the apices of segments 2 and 3.

The melanic variety johanseni approaches melanopygus Nyl., which, accord-
ing to Franklin, can be readily separated from sylvicola by the difference in the
coloration of the head and fore part of the thorax, which is of "thoroughly
mixed black and yellow hairs." However, in specimens of melanopygus from
British Columbia the black hairs stand out conspicuously among the yellow on
the fore part of the thorax.

r>. Ni/lricold is probably the same species as lapponicus Fab. found in
Northern Kurope and the mountains of Britain. The coloration of both species
is the same and the spreading of the red to the fourth segment as noted in five
of the Bernard harbour males occurs in varieties of lapponicus found in Scotland
and the Pyrenees.

Wasps and Bees 31 G

Bombus pleuralis (Nyl.) Franklin.
Bombus pleuralis Franklin, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII, p. 364.

MALE. — Head and thorax clothed with yellow pile; a few black hairs on
the inner and outer margins of the eyes and around the ocelli and a well-defined
black interaler band. Abdomen with segments 1 and 2 yellow; segments 3 and
4 bright red, with a few black hairs at the bases of the segments in one specimen;
segments 5 to 7 black, a few red hairs on segment 5 ; venter mostly pale yellow.
Length, 13-14 mm.

WORKER. — Head black with a small patch of yellow between the antennae
and extending above them, and another on the vertex. Thorax yellow with a
well-defined black interalar band. Abdomen: segments 1 and 2 yellow with,
in three specimens, a few dark hairs in the middle, segments 3 and 4 red, 5 and 6
variable. Length, 10-12 mm.

Two males from Nome, Alaska, August 24-25, 1916 (F. Johansen); four
workers, Nome, Alaska, August 24-25, 1916 (F. Johansen).

This is Franklin's " colour variant" of pleuralis. In the red band on the
abdomen it approaches flavifrons Cr. and centralis Cr. but is distinguished
therefrom by the clear black interalar band and the weak yellow on the face.
However, extensive collecting of the three forms in Western Canada by the
writer shows that flavifrons and centralis are merely varieties of pleuralis. The
name pleuralis is applied by Vogt to one of the forms of the Kirbyellus group.

Bombus frigidus, Smith.
Bombus frigidus, Franklin, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII, p. 360.

MALE. — Head and thorax pale yellow, a few black hairs around the margins
of the eyes, the insertion of the antennae and the ocelli, and a well-defined black
interalar band. Abdomen: segments 1 and 2 pale yellow, segments 3, 4 and
base of 5 black. Apex of 5 and remaining segments dingy white with a fer-
ruginous tinge, evidently faded. Length, 12^ mm.

WORKER. — Face black, vertex pale yellow. Thorax pale yellow with a
broad black interalar band. Abdomen: segments 1 and 2 pale yellow, segment
3, and base of 4, black; apex of segment 4 and remaining segments pale fer-
ruginous. Length, 10-11 mm.

One male, Nome, Alaska, August 24, 25, 1916 (F. Johansen); two workers,
Nome, Alaska, August 24, 25, 1916 (F. Johansen). (The Canadian National
Collection contains a worker of Bombus mixtus Cr. taken in the Porcupine
Mountain district, Yukon Territory, on June 15, 1912, by D. D. Cairnes.)

Terrestris Group.

Terrestris Group, Franklin, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII, p. 261.

Distinguishable from the other groups by its broad face, very short malar
space, less than one-fifth as long as the eye, and the very different genitalia of
the males.

Bombus lucorum, L., variety moderatus Cr.

Bombus terrestris, var moderatus Franklin, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII, p. 262.

WORKER. — Head black; thorax black, with an anterior pale yellow band.
Abdomen: segment 1 black, pale yellow at the sides; segment 2 pale yellow,
segment 3 and base of segment 4 black ; apex of segment 4 and segments 5 and 6
white. Length, 12 mm.

32 G Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

One worker, Nome, Alaska, August 24-25, 1916 (F. Johansen). Differs
from specimens of the queen in the Canadian National Collection from Banff,
Alta., in having the first segment of the abdomen not wholly black.

NOTES ON THE BUMBLE-BEES.

The specimens generally are remarkable for their long shaggy hair and their
large size, both well-known attributes of the arctic Bombi. Two species,
B, neoboreus and B. sylvicola var. johanseni from Bernard harbour, Northwest
Territories, show pronounced melanism. Melanism is rare in the North
American bumble-bee fauna and has been heretofore met with only in occasional
specimens, but there is a large region of pronounced melanism in Northwestern
Europe centred in Denmark and extending to the Alps, the British Isles and
Southern Scandinavia.

Bombus is particularly well adapted to arctic conditions. These bees
develop considerable body heat and their warm coat enables them to keep
active in low temperatures. Even in the temperate region the queens of some
of the species may be seen collecting nectar and pollen from the willows and
other flowers in the sunshine of early morning while frost is still on the ground.
The arctic summer permits such activity at almost any hour of the day or
night, provided nectar can be obtained, and this probably is an easy matter on
account of the numerous flowers.

The home of the bumble-bee colony is always made in a nest composed of
warm material, usually the deserted nest of some mammal or bird. The Arctic
species, so far as we know, like most of the other species, select nests under the
ground, a position which provides good protection from the weather. The brood
of Bombus needs to be incubated by heat from the body of the adult bees, but
can endure a longer-continued and greater degree of chill than that of Apis
without dying, but its development is retarded and the lustre of the coat of the
resulting perfect insect is reduced if the pupae are chilled. A lack of lustre is
characteristic of some Arctic specimens of Bombus. It is, however, probable
that the chilling of the brood is not frequent, because under favourable con-
ditions the queen will, in two or three hours, collect and store in a large waxen
roll she constructs in her nest, enough nectar to keep herself and her brood
warm for twelve to twenty hours, and, in a later stage of the colony, the workers
will accumulate enough honey in the vacated cocoons to last several days.

One of the species of Bombus from the Canadian Arctic belongs to the
Pratorum group, several temperate zone species of which are very hardy and
early. B. pratorum itself is the earliest species of Bombus to start nesting in
Knghind, where the young colonies occasionally have to withstand a snowstorm
in April. The four other species from the Canadian Arctic belong to the
KirhiicllH* group which is confined to the Arctic and high mountain regions of
the northern hemisphere. The brood and adults of this group may be expected
to resist cold still better than those of the Pratorum group, and to be especially
well able to survive, in a state of semi-torpidity, a period, lasting several days,
when long-contimied bad weather prevents the collecting of food, a character
already fairly well developed in Bombus pratorum.

The taking by an Eskimo at Cape James Ross, Melville island, on June 21,
I9ir». at a latitude of almost 75°, evidently from a nest, of five nearly full-fed
BitnihuN larva>, which were brought back by Mr. Stefansson, indicates that the
oggs must have been laid not later than the 8th or 9th of June, and is surely a
remarkable record of the favourable conditions that exist for bumble-bee life
in the far north, at least in some seasons. Half a dozen Bombus cocoons con-1
taming dead pupae were taken from the same locality by Mr. Storkerson in
April, 1916.

An old Bombus nest containing a couple of dead pupae was brought in by
Dr. R. M. Anderson on November 12, 1913, from the Sadlerochit river, Alaska; it

Wasps and Bees. 33 G

was in an old fly-catcher's nest, composed of ptarmigan feathers, hairs of mountain
sheep, etc., and was found in a crevice in bare rock at a creek near the camp.
Large empty fly cocoons were found in the bird's nest and in some of the bee
cells. Another but inhabited nest was found on the southwest coast of Victoria
island by Dr. Anderson in July, 1911; this was in an old lemming burrow at the
base of a rock, and was of the size of a child's fist.

Many of the specimens of Bombus taken carried parasitic mites (Parasitus
bomborum Andemans) in their coat.

FROM F. JOHANSEN'S FIELD NOTES.

•

Observations on bumble-bees at the Arctic Coast of North America from
Point Barrow in the west to Coronation gulf in the east, and adjoining islands: —

"The first bumble-bees were seen at the beginning or middle of June while
the snow was yet covering the ground to a large extent. The summer comes
a little earlier west of Mackenzie river than east of it; except when there is an
especially early season in the eastern region. The temperature during June is
generally above the freezing point, and even if the nights are colder, it is fairly
warm during the middle of the day, especially when the sun is out.

"The first bumble-bees seen in the season were mostly flying high up at
rapid speed. A few days later the bees were seen feeding on the first flowers
out (the male catkins of Salix pulchra, S. anglorum, and the flowers of Saxifraga
oppositifolia) . From the middle of June additional flowers were out (Salix
ovalifolia, Oxytropis nigrescens and 0. arctobia, Pedicularis lanata, and during
the end of June still more (Salix reticulata, Dryas integrifolia, Cassiope tetragona,
Pedicularis arctica, P. sudetica, etc.), all of importance to the bumble-bees, and
greatly utilized by them. From July on, there was no lack of flowers; in addition
to the above mentioned were Silene acaule, Lupinus nootkatensis, Hedysarum
mackenzii, Astragalus alpinus, A.frigidus, Saxifraga groenlandica, S. tricuspidata,
S. Cernua, Aconitum delphinii folium, Pedicularis capitata, Polemonium cceruleum,
Castilleja pallida, Myosotis silvatica, Lagotis glauca and Lychnis apetala. Few
plants upon which the bees depend for food begin their flowering so late as
August ; among these are Epilobium latifolium, Campanula uniflora, and various
Composites. Few bumble-bees were seen in September, and none after the first
week of this month. Although the temperature in September may be about
the same as in June the flowers which are out now are mostly of a kind (Grasses,
Composite^} of little use to the bees, which seem to understand that the winter
is near.

"In the preceding notes the many smaller islands skirting the Arctic coast
examined are treated as a part of the latter; a few miles of open sea are no
barrier for bumble-bees; they are found on all of the islets and show the same
characteristics there. The few observations we have from the two large islands
(Banks and Victoria islands) farther north show, however, that over there the
season is considerably later, and bumble-bees were therefore not seen much before
July. On the other hand, it seems the season along the south side of Coronation
gulf and in Bathurst inlet is somewhat earlier than along the Arctic coast farther
west, and bumble-bees and flowers may be looked for at the end of May in this
more southern latitude.

The first bees to appear are naturally all queens; the first workers were
noticed in the beginning of July (about July 10) and the first males at the same
time."

Two sheets of drawings, showing the 8th ventral segment in males of
Bombus neoboreus, kirbyellus, polaris and arcticus, accompany this paper.

63374—3

34 G

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

neoboreus

Kightli Ventral Segment in c? Bombus.

Wasps and Bees

35 G

polar is

arct/cas

Eighth Ventral Segment in c? Bombus.

The Plant Galls collected by the Canadian Arctic
Expedition, 1913-18

By E. PORTER FELT.

The following report is based upon the material which was collected by
Mr. F. Johansen,. It is obviously fragmentary though nevertheless interesting
because the records are from a little explored region. The galls on Salix barclayi
appear to be new and the deformity produced by the Nematid is especially
interesting. A provisional identification was obtained through the courtesy of
Dr. L. O. Howard from Mr. S. A. Rowher of the United States National Museum.
The Eriophyid galls were submitted to Mr. H. E. Hodgkiss of the Agricultural
Experiment Station, Geneva, N.Y., and the few comments he saw fit to make
are appended to the characterizations of the deformities. It hardly appears
wise to bestow names upon these galls and thus add invalid or nearly invalid
names to a literature already overburdened with such appellations.

Salix (willow).

Nematid gall on Salix barclayi, labelled Teller, Alaska, July 26, 1913,
Frits Johansen.

The gall is an irregular, oval, white, woolly mass projecting equally on each
surface of the leaf, divided by the midrib and with a major diameter of about
1 cm. The woolly fibers are 2 to 3 mm. long and within the compound mass
are two somewhat elongate ovate hollows, one on each side of the midrib.

One gall examined contained a Nematid (possibly a species of Pteronidea)
and a parasite, a species of Eurytoma. The identification of the larva was made
by Mr. S. A. Rohwer of the United States National Museum, and that of the
parasite by Dr. L. O. Howard, Chief of the Bureau of Entomology.

Cecidomyia species on Salix barclayi, labelled Teller, Alaska, July 26, 1913,
Frits Johansen.

The gall is a somewhat irregular, rounded elevation, with a diameter of
about 4 mm., projecting almost equally from both surfaces of the leaf. It is
pale greenish-yellow, the surface with irregular rounded elevations and located
near the midrib. The interior is hollow, whitish, and the walls have a thickness
of approximately 0.5 mm. This is possibly the work of an Oligotrophus.

Willow beak gall (Phytophaga rigidce O.S.) Specimens labelled Salix
species, Jasper Park, Alta., middle September, 1916.

The galls are typical for this species except that they are smaller and
greatly wrinkled, a condition very suggestive of parasitism. The galls have a
length of about 1.5 cm., a diameter of 0.5 cm., and the surface is mostly dark
brown or blackened; the distal third of the gall is lighter, rather strongly
recurved and with the characteristic partly opened soft tip or beak.

This insect ranges across the continent, if one may safely draw conclusions
from specimens of the galls. It is one of the more common willow inhabiting
forms, occasionally so abundant as to attack the tips of a considerable proportion
of the shoots in individual clumps. There is but one generation annually, the
insect wintering in the gall, and the midges appearing in early spring. An
extended bibliography is given in New York State Museum Bulletin 186, pages
213-214.

38 G The Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Eriophyes species on Salix, labelled Teller, Alaska, July 26, 1913, Frits
Johansen.

This is a small irregular pouch gall projecting on the upper surface of the
leaf and with a diameter of 1 to 2 mm. The enlargement is greenish or yellowish
iiivrn. Tin-re is a distinct entrance on the lower side of the leaf frequently
guarded l>y a rather thick mass of short, procumbent, whitish hairs. Hodgkiss
states that this type of gall does not appear to be described and that no mites
were found in the deformities.

species on Salix, labelled Teller, Alaska, July 26, 1913, Frits
Johansen.

These are purplish brown, sparsely haired pouch galls on the leaves,
mostly on the under surface, and sometimes so numerous as to deform the basal
half or even the whole leaf. They are more or less coalescent. The individual
galls have a diameter of 2 to 3 mm., the vestiture is whitish, short, and sparse.
Hndirkiss refers this to Eriophyes species, adding that it is possibly new.

Eriophyes species, labelled Cecidomyia species, galls on Salix leaves,
Cockburn point, Dolphin and Union strait, Arctic Canada, August 30, 1914.

The individual galls are oval or subglobose, have a diameter of 2 to 3 mm.,
project distinctly on the upper surface, are somewhat smooth though sometimes
slightly hairy, rounded elevations and on the under surface are indicated mostly
by corresponding oval depressions filled, or nearly filled with a mass of yellowish
or whitish plant hairs. Hodgkiss refers this to Eriophyes n. sp., adding that a
single specimen, apparently new to science, was found in this material.

Eriophyes species, labelled Cecidomyia (?) galls on leaves of creeping Salix,
August 16, 1915, rearing 92. Locality, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories.

The leaves were badly browned and discoloured, though the gall appears
similar to the preceding. Hodgkiss states that this type of gall is not mentioned
in literature, and that no mites were found in the galls.

REPORT H

,r

ft

0 1

OF THE

CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION

1913-18

VOLUME III: INSECTS

PART H: SPIDERS, MITES, AND MYRIAPODS

Spiders: . J. H. Emerton

Acarina: ... N. Banks

Chilopoda: ...... Ralph V. Chamberlin

SOUTHERN PARTY— 1913-16

OTTAWA

J. de LABROQUERIE TACHE
PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY

1919
Vol. iii— 46957— 1 Issued July 14th, 1919

The Spiders collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition,

1913-18.

By J. H. EMERTON.

This collection includes thirteen species, three of which are described as
new. Two of these are minute spiders, living under loose stones along the
shore, and the third is a large Lycosa, living in large numbers among the low
plants of the tundra. Of the other ten species, three have been found by earlier
explorers in Greenland, Spitzbergen, or Siberia, and appear to be exclusively
Arctic; the rest have been found much farther south. The four species from
Nome and Teller, Alaska, all occur in the White mountains of New Hampshire,
and two of them at various stations across the continent and south into the
United States. Lycosa pictilis, found at Bernard harbour, has long been known
in the upper parts of the White mountains, and is also found on the coast of
Labrador. Xysticus bimaculatus, found also at Bernard harbour, Dolphin and
Union strait, Northwest Territories, is known from the Rocky mountains near
Banff and from the mountains of Colorado. The two species of Pardosa are
widely distributed over the northern part of the continent.

All types described in this paper are in the Canadian National Collection
of Insects, Ottawa. The specimens were collected by Mr. F. Johansen.

Erigone arctica White (1852). 1

This resembles the common Erigone dentigera of the New England coast.
The palpus (PL I, fig, 1) has the same general length and proportions, but the
process of the patella is somewhat longer, and the end of the tibia wider, with
the inner and outer points sharper and more divergent than in dentigera. It
has been found at Cornwallis island and in Spitzbergen.

Locality: Cockburn point, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Terri-
tory, autumn of 1914.

Typhocraestus spetsbergensis (Thor.) Kulczynski.2

This is 2 mm. long, and grey, without any markings, the legs very little
lighter than the thorax. The male palpus has the tibia a little longer than wide
and slightly widened at the end. The front edge is nearly straight except a
small tooth on the outer corner, which is slightly curved inward at the point (PI.
I, figs. 2 and 4.) The tarsal hook is small and curved in more than half a circle,
the basal end showing along the edge of the tarsus when seen from above. The
palpal organ is distorted in all the specimens, but shows the slender trans-
parent appendage and the other details as figured by Kulczynski (PL I, fig. 3).

Locality: Three males and two young from Spy island (Jones islands,
known also as Thetis islands), on the Arctic coast of Alaska, September 3,
1913, under green algae on the wet seashore. Found also by the English Polar
Expedition of 1875-6 in latitude 82° 33' and in Siberia and Spitzbergen.

Tmeticus alatus, n. sp.

A little over 2 mm. long and pale yellow without markings like pale indi-
viduals of Tmeticus flaveolus Banks and T. longisetosus Em. The male palpus
seen from above has the tibia longer than wide with a large curved tooth on

1 Cambridge, Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 1877.

2 Memoirs Acad. Sf Petersburg, 1902. Strand, Fauna Arctica, 1906. Erigone spetsbergensis Thorell,
Swedish Acad., 1872.

4n Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

the inner side extending a little over the tarsus (PL I, fig. 5). Seen from the
side the tibia is wider than long (PL I, fig. 6). The tarsal hook is much like that
of longisetosus, with two short and stout curved teeth at the end and a narrow,
long base on which are several hairs and close to the tarsus three long bristles
slightly serrated toward the end somewrhat like the bristles in longisetosus and
ar matus (PL I, fig. 6). The epigynuin has a middle lobe widened at the end and
covered at the base by two depressions divided by a narrow ridge. At the sides
of the epigynum are two thickened spots with hairs directed inward (fig. 7).

Localities: One male and two females from Cockburn point, Northwest
Territories, September 26, 1914. Four females and one immature male from
Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, June 27.
1916.

Tmeticus brunneus Emerton.1

Nome Alaska, August 25, 1916. Originally described from the White
mountains, New Hampshire, at 4,000 feet elevation.

Microneta maritima, n. sp.

Less than 2 mm. long, and dull grey with paler legs. The mandibles are
thickened at the base and narrowed toward the point, with two small teeth
where the narrowing begins (PL I, fig. 8). The male palpi are, as usual in this
genus, large, and the' tarsus angular. It has a small process at the base and
the middle is extended and flattened into a keel bent inward on the outer side.
This shows plainly from above or below when the palpus is curved in the natural
position, (Pl.I, fig. 10). The tarsal hook is wide in the middle and turned abruptly
upward at the point, as in olivacea (PL I, fig. 9).

Locality: Cockburn point, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Terri-
tory, September, 1914, under stones.

Microneta crassimanus Emerton.2

Nome, Alaska, August 1916. Originally described from the White moun-
tains, New Hampshire, at 4,000 feet elevation.

Epeira patagiata Clerck (1757.)

Nome, Alaska. August 25, 1916. The most common round-web spider
throughout Canada, the northern United States, and the north of Europe.

Dictyna.

Several immature specimens were found under stones along the shore
at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, June and July ,.,1915. They are
\m)})My Dictyna hamif era Thor.. 1872, described from Greenland and among the
spiders from the " Danmark Expedition " to northeastern ( limMiland, 1906-8.

Lycosa pictilis Emerton.3

Several specimens of this bright-coloured spider, including two adult males,
were found at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territory. It is common on mount
Washington,^New Hampshire, from 5,000 to 6,000 feet elevation, and has been
found on tKe coast of Labrador at Hopedale. The Tarantula exasperans
Cambridge, from Discovery bay, latitude 81° 44', is possibly this species. It
is described and figured by Cambridge in ' The Annals and Magazine of Natural

1 Conn. Acad. 1882 and Conn. Acad. 1909.

2 Conn. Acad. 1882
* Conn. Acad., 1885.

Spiders 5 H

History', 1877. T. exasperans has been identified by Simon and Kulczynski
with Lycosa (Tarantula) alpigena of the Alps, but I cannot confirm this identifi-
cation, not having been able to compare European specimens.

The usual markings are shown in PL I, fig. 11. The middle stripe of the
cephalothorax has a characteristic form, widening behind the eyes, and narrowing
again a little farther back. The hinder half of the stripe, especially in young
spiders, continues narrow its whole length, but in other individuals and usually
in adult males, it widens again opposite the dorsal groove and is sometimes
connected by radiating lines with the light areas at the sides. The abdomen
has two orange yellow spots at the front end, and sometimes a little orange
colour among the grey farther back. The middle spot branches into four
black points, and behind it are two or three black spots of variable size on
the middle line. Outside of the median spots are four or five pairs of small,
bright, white spots alternating with black, forming two lines converging behind
(PL I, fig. 1 1) . There are great variations from this pattern and one of the Bernard
harbour males is marked as in PL I, fig. 12. Here there is a middle stripe,
which in life is probably covered with orange hairs, and from this branches
extend to the white spots. The other markings are obscured in the general
grey colour. This variety has been seen in specimens from mount Washington.
In all varieties the legs are banded with dark and light grey.

Locality: Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories. Barter island, Alaska,
June, 1914.

Lycosa asivak, n. sp.

This species is 12 mm. to 14 mm. long. Fourth leg as long as the body.
Black with light grey markings, which are indistinct and sometimes absent
in the female. In the male there is a grey stripe in the middle of the cephalo-
thorax from the eyes backward, and on the abdomen a middle grey mark in
front, at the sides of which are light spots which unite behind into several trans-
verse markings (PL II, fig. 13). The femora are black, but the other joints
of the legs are covered above with short grey hairs mixed with longer black
ones. The legs and abdomen are covered with fine black hairs, longer than
the diameter of the legs. In the female the dorsal markings are much less
distinct and usually form on the abdomen a small middle stripe in front and a
series of pairs of small white spots. The legs are somewhat lighter in colour
toward the end, but there is no strong contrast between the colour of femur
and tibia. The fine hairs of the legs and abdomen are shorter in the female
than in the male. The epigynum (PL II, fig. 14), has a middle lobe as wide
as long throughout its length, and thickened in the middle. At the base of
this lobe are two pits with oblique and slightly curved margins. The immature
females show the undeveloped epigynum as in PL II, fig. 15. The male palpus
is much like that of pictilis, the tibia is a little longer than wide, and about
the same length as the patella. The tarsus is a little longer than the tibia.
The parts of the palpal organ are small and comparatively simple, (PL II, fig. 16)
as in pictilis.

This spider appears to be very common and over a hundred specimens
were taken, including two adult males in June at Bernard harbour, Dolphin
and Union strait, Northwest Territories, and two others at Camden bay, Alaska,
July 4, 1914. The females taken at the same time were all immature, but
adult females were taken later, July 12 and July 19, 1915, at the latter date
with their cocoons and eggs.

According to Mr. Johansen's notes, they hide, especially at the breeding
season, in holes in the ground or in the sod which they line with silk. In one
case a lemming hole was used for this purpose. They were found eating beetles
and other spiders, even of the same species. The accompanying photograph

or arsivuk is an Eskimo name for a spider, with slight dialectic differences from
northwestern Alaska to Coronation gulf.

Vol. iii— 46957— 2

6 H Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

(PL III,) taken by Mr. G. H. Wilkins of the Expedition, shows the spider in its
natural surroundings near the mouth of its hole.

Localities: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest
Territories, from June to September. Two males from Camden bay, Alaska,
July 4, 1914.

Pardosa glacialis Thorell (1872).

This widely diffused species occurs at Bernard harbour, Northwest Terri-
tories, on the north coast of Alaska, and at Teller, Alaska. The forms of the
epigyimm differ from those in other places, but differ also among themselves.
A female from Teller, Alaska, has the epigynum somewhat like variety brunnea
of New England (PL II, fig. 17).

Pardosa groenlandica Thorell (1872).

An adult female and several young were found at Herschel island, Yukon
Territory, July, 1916. It lives across Canada and southward on the mountain
tops of Colorado.

Xysticus bimaculatus Emerton.1

Male 5 mm., female 6 mm. long. Pale with light brown and grey markings.
The legs are short, the first leg of the male less than one and a half times the
length of the body. The first and second legs are covered with fine light brown
spots, with some larger marks on the ends of the femur. The third and fourth
legs have brown markings on the ends of the joints. The cephalothorax has;
(he middle light area lightly spotted in the front half. The dark areas are
closely spotted with brown, darkest toward the abdomen. The abdomen is
marked with three or four pairs of oblique light brown spots, the edges of which
are irregularly spotted with dark grey, more definitely in the male than female.
The whole under side is lightly spotted with brown. The male palpus has the
tibia of usual form with a blunt outer process and a double process below, the
inner branch of which is slightly curved at the point (PL II, fig. 19). The palpal
organ is unusually complicated, the lower half of the bulb very much thickened
in a curved ridge that ends in a blunt tooth on the inner side. The tube is
short and twisted and turned away from the bulb, and under it is a small
sharp point. The epigynum has a simple oval opening.

Localities: A male and female, in grass, Bernard harbour, Northwest
Territories, August 25, 1915, and one immature female. Bluffs at lake at Kon-
ganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, June 27, 1914, young male and female. Found
also in the Rocky mountains at Laggan, Alta., and on mount Lincoln, Colorado,,
at 1 1,000 feet.

Canadian Spiders, Conn. Acnd. 1894.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Krifjum- (irt-lirn, palpus.

!. J'yphocraeslus spetsbergensis, palpus (upper side).

3- (palpal organ showing transparent appendage.)

4. " (side edge).

">. Tmeticus alatus, male palpus (from above).
«j- " ' (side view).

7. " epigynum.

8. Microneta maritima, mandibles.

9. " "

10. " " palpus.

11. Lycosa pidilis, usual markings.

12. Lycosa pictilis, occasional variation of markings.

Spiders

Spiders collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18.

PLATE I.

Vol. iii— 46957— 2J

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Spiders collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18.

PLATE II.

16

Spiders

9n

PLATE III.

Lycosa asivak, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 9, 1915.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

Fig. 13. Lycosa asivak, dorsal markings.

14. epigynum.

15. " " undeveloped epigynum.

16. " " male palpus.

17. Pardosa glacialis, epigynum.

18. Xysticus bimaculatus.

19. " male palpus.

20. " " epigynun.

The Acarina collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition,

1913-18.

By NATHAN BANKS.

The Acarina collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-16, include
seventeen species, all but one previously known, and recorded from other arctic
and subarctic localities, some from widely separated places indicating their
occurrence all through the arctic regions.

The new species of Stigmaeus is the first of this genus to be recorded from
the arctic regions, but others are known fairly far north and in high mountains,
so that one can hardly be surprised. Doubtless it feeds on moss.

EUPODID^:.

Rhagidia gelida Thorell.

Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories, August
16, June 19, 1915; in rotton driftwood and under stones; " largest one 2 mm.
long; the abdomen dark purple-brown, cephalothorax rose, legs orange."
[Johansen notes.]

BDELLID^.
Bdella arctica Thorell.

Young point, Northwest Territory, July 22, 1916, on rocks on beach;
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, August 23, 1915; under stones at beach.
" Abdomen dark purple, otherwise rose." [Johansen notes.]

Bdella frigida Banks.
Herschel island, Yukon Territory, July 28, 1916, on ground.

Bdella decipiens Thorell.
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, May 18, 1915, under stones.

TETRANYCHIDyE.
Bryobia praetiosa Koch.

Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 19, 1915, on dead Salix-
leaves; and October 4, 1914, under stones; eggs doubtless of this species in a
cake on stick at Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, June 27, 1914.

Stigmaeus arcticus, n. sp.

Body bright rose red, legs rather paler, spotted. Body about one and
two-thirds times as long as broad, rounded behind, broadest at humeri, narrowed
in front; above with about twenty-four long, stiff, erect, rather thickened
bristles, in four longitudinal rows; legs (PI. IV", fig. 2) short and stout, first
pair hardly as long as body, hind pair reaching very little beyond body; other
pairs much shorter; all with fairly numerous long hairs; two long claws as long
as the width of the tarsal joint; palpi (P. IV, fig. 1) nearly one-third the length

12 H

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

of the body, rather stout and curved downward; apical claw very long and
stout, thumb rather slender, slightly narrowed at base, with few bristles near
and at tip.

Length, 5 mm.

Locality: Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Terri-
tories, Canada. June 18, 1915; from a pond; probably not the normal habitat.
Type in Canadian National Collection of Insects, Ottawa.

Fig. 1. Stigmaeus arcticus, n. sp.. palpus.
2. " « leg.

TROMBIDIID^E.
Trombidium sucidum Koch.

Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories; June 28; July 6; July 11, 1915.

in grass, all tile-red.

HYDRAGHNID^E.
Eylais falcata Koenike.

Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 5, 1916, in pond: and between
Bernard harl.onr and cape Krusenstern, Northwest Territories, July, 1916.

Hydryphantes ruber De Gerr.

Pond at Chantry island, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories,
June 17, 1916.

Thyas stolli Koenike.

Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories. June 28, 1915; June 30, 1916, in
pond; and pond at Chantry island, Northwest Territories, June 17, 1916.

Acarina 13 H

Lebertia porosa Thorell.

Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, October 6-8, 1915; in stomach of
Salvelinus marstoni Garm.

Laminipes torris Muller.

Herschel island, Yukon Territory, July 30, 1916, in pond; although no male
is present, I feel sure it is this species.

Curvipes reighardi Wolcott,

Pond on Chantry island, Northwest Territories, June 17, 1916; pond at
Herschel island, Yukon Territory, July 30, 1916; lake inland from Bernard
harbour, Northwest Territories, August 10, 1915; pond at Bernard harbour,
Northwest Territories, June 28, 1915; pond at Collinson point, Alaska, June 23,
1914; lake at Konganevik, Alaska, June 26, 1914.

PARASITID^:.
Parasitus bomborum Oudemans.

Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, on Bombus, June 16, 1916; June
25, 1915; July 2, 6, 9, 11, 1915; and on the catkins of Salix, July 2, 1915.

Galumna lucens Koch.

Barnard harbour, Northwest Territories, May 25, 1916, on surface of pond;
Pikumalerksiak island, near Cockburn point, Dolphin and Union strait, North-
west Territories, July 15, 1916, in moss.

Scutovertex nigrofemoratus Koch.

Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, June 30, 1916, with spider cocoon
under a stone.

Scutovertex lineatus Thorell.

Cockburn point, Northwest Territories, September 7, 1914, in colonies in
depressions on under sides of flat stones near the seashore; not moving.

Chilopoda 15 H

The Chilopoda collected by the Canadian Arctic
Expedition, 1913-18.

BY RALPH V. CHAMBERLIN.

The Myriapod material secured by the Canadian Arctic Expedition and sent
to me for report was collected in the Cape Nome region at Nome and Teller.
Only two species are represented, both being chilopods, one of the order Litho-
biomorpha and one of the Geophilomorpha. It is noted that other specimens
were taken at Ketchikan in southern Alaska, and preserved dry; but these
specimens were not included in the material transmitted for study.

All types described in this paper are in the Canadian National Collection
of Insects, Ottawa.

Aside -from members of the two orders above mentioned, the Scolopendro-
morpha are also represented, at least in the southern part of Alaska, as I have
many specimens of Otocryptops rubiginosus Koch from Forrester island, a species
occurring also in China and Japan as well as in other northern parts of North
America, such as Canada, Minnesota, etc. The common Otocryptops sexspinosus
Say also occurs. The chilopods now known to be found in Alaska are as follows :

Otocryptops rubiginosus Koch.
Otocryptops sexspinosus Say.
Linotaenia chionophila Wood.
Arctogeophilus glacialis Attems.
Cryophilus alaskanus, gen. et sp. nov.
Gnathomerium melanonotum Wood.
Geophilus alaskanus Cook.
Pachymerium ferrugineum Koch.
Escaryus albus Cook.
Monotarsobius tricalcaratus Attems.
Ezembius stejnegeri Bollman.
Oabius uleorus Chamberlin.
Paobius boreus Chamberlin.
Ethopolys integer alaskanus, subsp. nov.

GEOPHILOMORPHA.

One family, the Chilenophilidse, is represented in the collection. Three
other families of the order are also known to occur in Alaska. The Linotaeniidae
are represented by Linotaenia chionophila Wood, a species widespread in the
northern United States and Canada and exceedingly close to, if not identical
with, the well-known European L. acuminata Leach. This species appears to
be common on Pribilof, Aleutian, Kadiak, Baranof, Popof and Forrester islands,
etc., as well as at points on the mainland. The Schendylidse have also a single
known member here, namely, Escaryus albus Cook, which occurs on Pribilof
island (St. Paul). The Geophilidse proper are represented by two species,
Geophilus alaskanus and Pachymerium ferrugineum (Koch),, the first being known
from Sitka and Forrester island, and the second from Yakutat bay and St. Paul
island.

CHILENOPHILIDSE.

The existence of a group of geophiloid genera differing from typical geophilids
in having a strongly developed pleurosternal suture on each side of the second
maxillary segment was pointed out by Attems in 19091, this author designating

J" Zool. u. anthrop. Ergeb. einer Forschungsreise im West. u. Zent. Siidafrika, Myriopoden",
in Denks. med.-naturw. Ges. Jena, 1909, 14, p. 22.

16 H Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

the group as a subfamily, Chilenophilina?, in the GeophilidaB, and in the same
year also by Brolemann1 who regarded the group as a subtribe, Ribautiina,
under his tribe Geophilini. Since then the group has proved to be increasingly
large and widespread. One genus has been previously recorded from Alaska,
Arctogeophilus gladalis At terns being listed in the original account as occurring
on both sides of Bering strait, namely, from Naniamo and Konyam bay on
Seniavine sound on the Siberian side and from Port Clarence on the Alaskan.
I suspect, however, that the specimens from the Alaskan side belong rather to
the species described below as new, the two forms being very similar in size,
structure and general appearance and both possessing thirty-nine pairs of legs,
the two apparently to be distinguished only by critical examination. For the
Alaskan species, after much hesitation, I have felt compelled to erect a separate
genus, the only alternative being to assume that so experienced a student of
the group as Graf At terns was mistaken in his observations on several characters
of fundamental importance, which, in the .absence of authentic material of his
species 1 do not feel justified in doing. In addition, I have specimens of a species
of a third genus from Forrester island, this being Gnathomcrium melanonotum
AYood, a form common from California northward through Oregon and Wash-
ington into British Columbia. The position of the new genus among the other
known genera of the Chilenophilidae may be indicated by means of the following
key.

KEY TO GENERA OF CHILENOPHILID^.

a Anal legs with an additional article replacing the claw. (Lateral pieces of the labrum

separated by the median piece.)

b Coxae of second maxilla? very broadly and completely fused. Ventral pores in four
areas. Coxopleural pores small and very numerous both above and below.

Telocricus Chamber lin.

bb Coxae of second maxillae separated or at most weakly united by a membranous isthmus
c With no ventral. pores; no finger-like process from distomesal angle of coxa of

second maxillae.

d A large lappet on coxa of first maxillae in addition to one upon succeeding
article; prosternum without chitinous lines. Watophilus Chamberlin.

fid Lappet present only on femuroid of first maxillae; prosternum with chitinous
lines. Alloschizotaenia Brolemann.

cc Ventral pores present; a finger-like process at distomesal angle of coxa of second
maxillae; first maxillse without lappets. Proschizotaenia Silvestri.

'/'/ Anal legs without such additional terminal article in place of the claw, either bearing claws

or when ('lawless composed simply of the usual six articles distad of the coxopleura.
b Lateral pieces of labrum overlapping the median piece and in contact at the median line
c Ventral pores present; lappets of second maxilla? rudimentary; coxae of second
niaxilhe wholly separated. (A clypeal area present.) Chilenophilus Attems.

cc. No ventral pores; lappets of second maxillae well developed ; coxae of second maxillae

more or less clearly united.
tl No clypeal area present .

e Palpus of second maxilla1 quadriarticulate. Arctogeophilus Attems.

ee Palpus of second maxilla- triarticulate. Gnathomerium Ribaut.

fid A clypral area present.

Palpus of second maxilla- triarticulate; anal legs (-lawless.

Cryophflus gen. nov.
bb Lateral pieces of labrum not in contact at the middle line, more or less widely separated

by the median piece.
C One or more clypeal areas present.
'/ No ventral pores present .

e Disloectal angle of tibia, of palpus of second maxilhe prolonged and strongly
chitini/ed. (! nuthoribautia Brolemann.

Disto.'ctal angle of tibia of second niaxilhe not thus prolonged.

Taiyuna Chamberlin.

1 "A propos d'uii Systeme des C.f-ophiloniorphes," in Arch, de Zool. Exp. et Gen., 1909, ser. 5,
3, p. 327.

Chilopoda 17 H

dd Ventral pores present, these arranged in four areas.

Nesidiphilus Chamberlin.

cc No clypeal area present. (Distoectal angle of coxae of second maxilla? prolonged.)

d No ventral pores present; distoectal angle of tibia of second maxillae prolonged

and strongly chitinized. Brachygonarea Ribaut.

dd Ventral pores present; distoectal angle of tibia of second maxillae not thus

prolonged.
e Lappets present on first maxillae. Polygonarea Attems.

ee No lappets present on first maxillae. Ribaulia Brolemann.

Cryophilus, n. gen.

Frontal suture absent or very vaguely indicated. Prebasal plate not
exposed, the cephalic overlapping the basal. Dorsal plates bisulcate.

Antennae short, filiform.

Clypeal area present, finely aerolated.

Labrum free, tripartite. Median piece distinct and of good size but com-
pletely overlapped and covered from below by the lateral pieces which are in
contact at the median line. Lateral pieces fronged throughout with numerous,
closely arranged, long spinescent processes.

Outer branch of first maxillae distinctly biarticulate; bearing two mem-
branous lappets of which the distal one is the larger in the genotype. Inner
branch undivided, set off by a suture. Coxae completely coalesced. Coxae
of second maxillae weakly united at middle by a less chitinous isthmus; pleuro-
sternal sutures strongly developed; pore mesad of anterior part of suture, opening
through mesal edge of sclerite; palpus triarticulate, terminating in a large
simple claw, none of the joints with processes.

Prehensors large, exposed at the sides and projecting well beyond the front,
margin of the head. Claw armed at base; femuroid also armed and the inter-
mediate joints with weaker teeth.

Prosternum without chitinous lines. Anterior margin unarmed.

No ventral pores present.

Spiracles circular.

Last ventral plate of intermediate width, sides converging caudad, trapezi-
form. Tergite of last pediferous segment very broad, moderately narrowed
and rounded caudad.

Coxopleurae moderately inflated, not unusually elongate or exposed at
sides of prescutum. Pores small and moderately numerous, mostly near edge
of ventral plate.

Anal pores present, small.

Anal legs clawless; consisting of six joints beyond coxopleurae.

Genotype: C. alaskanus, n. sp.

This genus' is undoubtedly close to Arctogeophilus, established as a sub-
genus in Geophilus by Attems,1 but now obviously distinct from the latter in
generic and in subfamily or family standing. Attems' figure of the maxillae
of the genotype of Arctogeophilus, A. glacialis2, shows the palpi of the second
pair as quadriarticulate. a condition in which, if correctly represented, the
species is unique. Prof. Ribaut segregates the genus Gnathomerium from
Arctogeophilus on the assumption of the correctness of this figure.3 Aside
from this character, with the doubt one can scarcely help feeling as to the exact-
ness of Attems' figure, Cryophilus differs in the presence of distinct clypeal
area, which is definitely denied to Arctogeophilus by its author. Also, the
figure mentioned represents the segmental pore as enclosed on the mesal side,

i " Die Myriopoden der Vega Exped.", Arkiv for Zoologi, 1909, 5, p. 23.
2Loc. cit.; pi. 1, f. 2.

3 " Sur un Genre Nouveau de la Sous'-tribu des Ribautiina," Bull. Soc. d'Hist. nat. et de Sci.
biol. de Toulouse, 1910, 43, pp. 105, 106.

18 H Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

whereas in Cryophilus it opens freely through the mesal margin of the sclerite,
the caudomesal lobe not extending forward to its level.

Cryophilus alaskanus, n. sp.

Colour fulvous throughout, the head of dilute ferruginous cast.

Body strongly narrowed caudad over posterior third, scarcely at all nar-
rowed cephalad.

Cephalic plate widest in front of middle, sides evenly convex; anterior
niarinn wide, arcuate, being concave on each side and protruding slightly
between the antennae; caudal margin truncate or very weakly convex. Longer
than wide in ratio 22 : 17. Hairs very few and widely scattered, short.

Antennae short, attenuated distad, 2-25 times longer than the cephalic
plate. Last article of same length as the two preceding ones taken together.

Basal plate overlapped in front by the cephalic, its exposed area being
4 or 4 • 25 times wider than long.

Claws of prehensors when closed attaining or a little exceeding the distal
end of the first antennal article. Claw armed at base with an acute, conical,
only slightly darkened tooth. Femuroid armed at distal end with a smaller
dist ally rounded tooth. The intermediate joints with smaller nodules.

Anterior margin of prosternum unarmed mesally slightly concave. Sides
in front of rounded caudal cornes straight, slightly diverging cephalad. A
little wider than long, the ratio being 9 : 8. Nearly 1-7 times longer than the
height of femuroid on its ectal side.

Paired sulci of tergites deep. On some plates a pair of weaker intermediate
sulci may be present but on most such are absent.

Presenta in anterior region short. Increasing in length to posterior end
of middle region where they are moderately long, always less than half as long
as the principal plate, the ratio not exceeding 1 :2-5. Again decreasing in
caudal region.

Spiracles all circular, moderate or small, decreasing gradually caudad.

Anterior ventral plates with a median longitudinal sulcus, the others
without sulci. First seven plates with caudad margin angularly produced at
middle, the process fitting into an excavation in the succeeding plate.

No ventral pores detected.

Legs of first pair very little smaller than the second ones.

Last ventral plate trapeziform. Caudal and lateral margins straight.
Plate with width across anterior end equal to the length.

Pores of caxopleurse small, about fourteen in number on each side; mostly
near edge of ventral plate, a few isolated on side.

Anal legs, exclusive of caxopleura3, not or scarcely longer than the penult,
moderately crassate in the male; clothed with few long hairs and on ventral
surface in the male with more numerous, fine short ones; clawless.

Pairs of legs, thirty-nine.

Length, 18-20 mm.

Locality : Nome, Alaska. Two specimens taken. August, 1916. The
field label states that the specimens were secured " under logs on tundra," and
Mr. Johansen, the collector, notes in his journal that the species occurred " under
loose stones, boards, etc., on tundra near town."

Aside from the differences indicated under the account of the genus, this
species differs from A. glacialis, as described and figured in the original account,
in various characters. Thus, the figure and text show the lappets of the first
maxillae of A. glacialis to be short, thick, and equal; in the present species they
are much longer and proportionately more slender, that of the coxa being at
the same time shorter and more slender. than that of the succeeding joint, and
the second lappet extending beyond the tip of the second joint of the branch,
though falling much short of it in glacialis. The median region of the united

Chilopoda 19 H

coxae of the second maxillae is narrower and apparently more membranous in
alaskanus and the anterior margin presents a distinctly reentrant angle at the
middle instead of being straight. The cephalic plate is broader anteriorly,
the caudal angles more rounded, the anterior margin protruding forward between
antennae instead of being excavated or reentrant, and the hairs are fewer and
finer. The exposed area of the basal plate is proportionately longer. There
is the likelihood that the specimens secured by the Vega at Port Clarence belong
to the present species rather than to the true glacialis as fixed by description
and figures.

LlTHOBIOMORPHA.

Of this order one family is represented in the collection made by the Cana-
dian Expedition. Another family is also known to occur in the Alaskan fauna,
the Ethopolidae, in which a new subspecies of Ethopolys from Sitka is described
below. It is very probable that members of the.Henicopidse will also be found
in the region; for, though this family on the whole is particularly characteristic
of the southern hemisphere, Lamyctes is not uncommon in north temperate
latitudes and the Zygethobiine group is characteristically North American.
This group embraces largely mountain-loving forms; and Zygethobius is already
known to occur in the high mountains of British Columbia which should naturally
carry its range into the present territory.

LITHOBIID^E.

In addition to the species separately listed below, another species has been
recorded from Port Clarence, which is very close to the locality from which the
specimens of E. stejnegeri were secured by the Expedition. This is Monotar-
sobius tricalcaratus Attems. In the southern part of Alaska, namely from
Forrester island, are also found Oabius uleorus Chamberlin and Paobius boreus
Chamberlin.

Ezembius Chamberlin.

This genus was established for a group of subarctic species of which the one
here listed is the genotype. The following Siberian species, among others,
belong in the genus: Ostiacorum, princeps, sulcipes, and scrobiculatus Stuxberg.

Ezembius stejnegeri (Bollman).

1893. Lithobius stejnegeri Bollman, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 46, p. 149
Lithobius sulcipes Bollman, loc. cit., p. 199.

1909. Monotarsobius arcticus Attems, Arkiv for Zool., 5, No. 3, p. 19.
Lithobius (Archilithobius) haasei Attems, loc. cit., p. 22.

Of this species Mr. Johansen secured three females at Teller, Alaska, on
July 31, 1913, his note stating that they were found " under old sacks, tins,
etc., on tundra behind town."

The species is widespread in this general region, and appears to abound
particularly on Pribilof and other islands. After a study of considerable material,
I am unable to detect more than one species and conclude that the sulcipes of
Bollman, and certainly the Monotarsobius arcticus and Lithobius (Archilithobius)
haasei of Attems, all described from Bering island, are one and the same as E.
stejnegeri, which in turn, may prove to be identical with sulcipes Stuxberg
(1875), if not, indeed, with the much earlier L. sibiricus of Gerstfeldt (1858).

ETHOPOLID^).

Occasion is taken to describe here a new Alaskan form of Ethopolys. As
this is regarded as a subspecies of a new species occurring in Washington and
Oregon, a description of the latter is also introduced.

20 H Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Ethopolys Chamberlin.1

This genus includes a group of North American species known at present
only from the region west of the Rocky mountains where they are common and
range from southern California, Nevada, and Utah northward into Alaska.

Ethpolys integer, n. sp.

Dorsum mostly dark brown with the caudal plates darker; major plates
often darkened over the lateral and caudal borders; major plates of posterior
half of body typically with a distinct longitudinal median black stripe, this
becoming more indistinct on the anterior plates. Head, as also in part the first
dorsal plate in some, reddish brown to chestnut; a blackish median longitudinal
stripe extending from caudal margin to frontal suture. Antenna? brown to light
chestnut, paler distad. Venter light brown, the fourteenth and fifteenth
stern ites commonly of chestnut tinge. Prosternum and prehensors also of light
chestnut tinge. Legs testaceous, the posterior pairs darker, brown to light
chestnut.

Hody of same form in male and female. About eight times longer than
width of tenth plate. Head and first dorsal plate of same width and narrower
than the tenth plate.

Head distinctly wider than long (86 : 79) ; widest a little caudad of lateral
breaks. A V-shaped impression on caudal half of plate. Entire surface sub-
densely punctuate, the punctse distinct.

Ocelli from twelve to nineteen in three or four series, but by far most com-
monly in four; e.g., 1 + 5, 6, 4, 3; 1 + 6, 5, 4, 3; 1 + 5, 5, 4, 2; 1 + 5, 4, 3, 2;
1 + 5, 4, 2; 1 + 6, 5, 3. Single ocellus much largest, clearly separated by a.
space from the others. Seriate ocelli distinct, regular, decreasing moderately
ventrad and cephalad.

Antennae reaching to from fifth to eighth segments, but mostly to the sixth
or seventh. Articles twenty to twenty-four, long and cylindric. Ultimate
article long and slender, a little shorter than the two preceding taken together.

Prosternum about 1 • 7 times wider than long. Chitinous lines well devel-
oped excepting toward caudal ends. Finely densely punctuate. Spine inserted
on ventral surface a little caudad of the anterior edge; moderately short, uni-
formly attenuated to an acute point; much stouter than the ordinary bristles.
Teeth conical; those adjacent to the diastema on each side largest. Most
commonly three or four teeth ectad of diastema but also sometimes only two.
Examples of dental formulae are the following, the left side being represented
first: 3 — 7 + 6 — 3, this being the commonest of number and arrangements;
3-6 + 6-3; 3-5 + 6-3; 4-6 + 6-4; 2-6 + 6-3: 2-6+6-2; 2-6 + 5-2.

All dorsal plates distinctly and rather coarsely punctuate, and, especially
the caudal ones, rather finely rugose and irregularly tuberculate toward lateral
borders, the median portion remaining -nearly smooth excepting on the fifteenth
plate.

,. ,. . . 0, 0, 3, 2, 1 0, 0, 3, 2, 2 , ..

Opines of first legs f— to - ; of the second to tenth pairs,

U, U, Z, o, Z U, U, Z, Oj Z

°f the eieventh> ' of the twelfth- or

accessory claws; of the anal, T — , claw single or with a very minute

1, 1, 6, Z} 1

-ory claw. Last two pairs, or occasionally only the last pair, of coxae
laterally armed.

lCan. Entomologist, 1912, p. 13.

Chilopoda 21 H

Claw of female gonopods long and well curved, entire, with no trace of lateral
teeth. Basal spines 3 + 3; acuminate from near middle of length, apically rounded.

Length, 20 to 30 mm.

Localities: Washington state; Pullman and Wenatschee. Oregon: Corvallis.

This species seems to replace E. sierravagus north of Oregon. It is very
close in general appearance and structure to the latter species.

Ethopolys integer alaskanus, n. subsp.

Though in E. integer proper the head and first dorsal plate are strongly and
rather coarsely punctate, especially over the anterior portion of the head,
these parts in the types of the Alaskan form as represented by the types are
smooth and wholly without punctse or nearly so.

Posterior angles of thirteenth dorsal plate weakly produced, those of the
eleventh showing a more slight similar tendency.

The claw of the female gonopods in the two typical females has a distinct
tooth on the inner side toward the distal end but none on the outer, being thus
bipartite instead of essentially entire as in integer or tripartite as in sierravagus.

In the types from Forrester island a median dorsal black stripe is distinctly
marked from the caudal end of the fourteenth plate cephalad to the frontal
suture of the head. These specimens in whole or in part show a distinct reddish
or chestnut cast. The specimens from Sitka (males presumably of this sub-
species) lack the reddish tinge, the colour being a dull, nearly uniform, dusky
olive brown.

Dorsal spines of first legs in Sitka specimens 0, 0, 2, 2, 1. Dorsal spines of
second legs in specimens from botn localities may be 0, 0, 3, 2, 1 or 0, 0, 3, 2, 2.

Length of maximum female, 23 mm.

Localities : Alaska, Forrester island (Ronald and Prof. H. Heath); and
Sitka.

22 H

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

PLATE IV.
Chilopoda collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Fig. 1. Cryophilus alaskanus Chamberlin, ventral view of caudal end.

2. LryopMut atoskanus Chamberlin, dorsal view of head and prehensors.
6. Lryophilus oMtkanu* ( 'h;unberlin, ventral view of prehensors.
4. Lryophilus alaskanus Chamberlin, maxillse.
.5. Cryophilus alaskanus Chamberlin, clypeal area.

; <

REPORT ?

OF THE

CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION

1913-18

VOLUME III: INSECTS

PART I: LEPIDOPTERA

By ARTHUR GIBSON

OTTAWA

J. de LABROQUERIE TACHE

PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY
1920

Issued 10th Jan. 1920.

i I

The Lepidoptera collected by the Canadian Arctic
Expedition, 1913-18.

(With notes on other species collected in Arctic America.)
By ARTHUR GIBSON,

Entomological Branch, Department of Agriculture, Ottawa.

The collection of lepidoptera made by members of the Southern Party
of the Canadian Arctic Expedition during the years 1913 to 1916, is composed
largely of butterflies. The material was collected chiefly by Mr. Frits Johansen,
although a number of specimens were taken by Mr. D. Jenness and Mr. J. J.
O'Neill, other members of the expedition. The localities where the lepidoptera
were collected are in some instances the same as those visited by Mr. David T.
Hanbury, whose collections were reported upon by Elwes and Hampson1. A
small number of specimens of the families Pyralida?, Pterophoridae, and Tortri-
cida3 were brought back, but these are in such poor condition that it is impossible
to determine them. In addition to the collection made by the Southern Party,
I have also examined a small collection brought back by the Northern Party
made on Victoria island and Melville island.

In the National Collection of Insects at Ottawa there are a number of
species which were collected in Arctic regions by officials of the Geological
Survey of Canada and which were not obtained by members of the Canadian
Arctic Expedition. It has been thought advisable to include the records of
such captures in this report.

In the spring of 1917, I had an opportunity of studying portions of the
Barnes' collection of lepidoptera, at Decatur, 111., which is undoubtedly one
of the most complete collections of North American lepidoptera in existence.
On this occasion I compared some doubtful material with specimens in the
collection. I received many favours while in Decatur, not only from Dr. Barnes
himself but from Dr. J. McDunnough. To both of these gentlemen I am much
indebted. A few other specialists were consulted with regard to doubtful
species and such assistance as was received is acknowledged in the text.

In the following pages nine species are described as new, in addition to
which two new varieties are recognized. The majority of these new species
and new varieties were collected by members of the Canadian Arctic Expedition.

The photographs from which Plates I to III, inclusive, were made, were
taken by Mr. A. E. Kellett, Artist Assistant, Entomological Branch, Department
of Agriculture, Ottawa.

The arrangement of the species follows Barnes and McDunnough's recently
issued Check List of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America.

FAMILY PAPILIONIDAE.

Genus Papilio L.
Papilio machaon aliaska Scudd.

Papilio machaon var. aliaska Scudd.: Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XII, 407,
1869.

No specimens of this butterfly were met with by members of the Canadian
Arctic Expedition. In the National Collection of Insects at Ottawa there are
specimens from: Valley of Mayo river, Yukon Territory, July, 1904 (J. Keele);
Gravel river, near Twitya river, Northwest Territories, June 28, 1908 (J. Keele);
three miles below summit of Chilkoot pass, July 15, 1886 (McDougall); between
latitudes 67° 25' and 66° 30', long. 141°, June 12-27, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes).

Mr. Keele reported that this butterfly was quite common along the shores
of Mayo lake and valley of Mayo river, Yukon, during July and August, 1904.

1 Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1903, part III (Oct.).
65994—1-1

4 i Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Papilio glaucus canadensis R. & J.

Papilio glaucus canadensis R. & J.: Novitates Zoologicse, XIII, 586, 1906.

Two Yukon specimens of the form canadensis are in the Canadian National
Collection, namely from: Klotassin river area, lat. 62° 31' to 63° 06'; long. 137° 30'
to 13.9° 30', summer, 1916 (D. D. Cairnes), and Frances river (lat. 60° 29'), July
1, 1887 (Dawson and McEvoy).

Genus Parnassius Latr.
Parnassius smintheus Dbldy. and Hew.
I'lirnaxxiux xmintheus 'Dbldy. & Hew.: Gen. Diur. Lep., pi. 4, 1847.

Two specimens in the Canadian National collection from the following
northern localities: White river district, international boundary, Yukon Terri-
tory, lat, 61° 55', long. 141°, July 13, 1913 (D. D. Cairnes); White river,
Yukon Territory, long. 141°, July 23, 1913 (D. D. Cairnes).

FAMILY PIERIDAE.
Genus Pieris Schrank.
Pieris occidentalis Reak.
/Vm'x occidentalis Reak.: Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., VI, 133, 1866.

( )ne specimen from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 30, 1915,
female (F. Johansen).

In addition to this specimen there is in the Canadian National collection
at Ottawa, specimens from the following Arctic localities: Mackenzie river,
opposite Gravel river. Northwest Territories, July 18, 1908 (J. Keele); Mt.
Eduni, Gravel river, Northwest Territories, July 8, 1908 (J. Keele); Klutlan
Glacier, elevation 7,500 feet, 141st meridian, international boundary, June 21,
1913 (E. W. Xesham).

Pieris napi L.

Verity1 has treated, at length, the various races and forms of this species.
More recently, however, Barnes and McDunnough2 have discussed the forms
of nfif)}' which occur in the extreme north.

No specimens of this species were collected by members of the Canadian
Arctic Expedition but it is of interest to include here records of specimens in
the Canadian National collection, which were collected by other explorers.

Pieris napi arctica Verity.

/VfY/.v nti/)/ urcticd Verity: Rhopalocera Pala3arctica, 334, 1911.

In the Ottawa collection there are ten specimens which we have determined
as this form, namely from the following localities: White river district, Yukon
Territory, lat. (i2° 31' to f>3° 06', long. 137° 30' to 139° 30', summer 1916, 2
males (I). I), Cairnes); valley of the Mayo river, Yukon Territory, July, 1904,
1 male (,J. Keele); Nansen creek, Placer Mining camp, Yukon Territory, July
1 7. 1!H I. :> m:ile< (I). 1). Cairnes); near Hear creek, 120 miles from Whitehorse,
on Kluane road, .June 17, 1914, 1 male (D. D. Cairnes); between latitudes 67° 25'
and (H)0 30', long. 141°, June 15, 1912, 1 female (D. D. Cairnes); Pelly river,
Yukon Territory, .July 13, 11)07, 1 female (J. Keele). In the Entomological
Record for H)07;< this latter specimen is recorded under the name hitltht.

1 Rhopalocera Palsearcti<-;i, \"0|. 1.

ttt. Nat. Hist. Lep, \. A.. HI. Xo. 2, and IV, No. 2.
3 Hop. Knt. SOP. On t., 1!H)7.

Lepidoptera 5 1

One of the specimens taken between latitudes 67° 25' and 66° 30', long.
141° is shown on Plate III, fig. 3, together with the underside of a specimen
from Nansen creek, Yukon Territory (fig. 4). Barnes and McDunnough in
their "Contributions," vol. Ill, No. 2, Plate VI, figure a male and a female of
arctica from Chatanika, Alaska.

Pieris napi pseudobryoniae Verity.

Pieris napi pseudobryonice Verity: Rhopalocera Palaearctica, 146, 1908.

Specimens of this form in the Ottawa collection are from the following
localities: Bartlett bay, off Glacier bay, Alaska, June 10, 1907, 2 males, 1 female
(D. H. Nelles); Alaska, 1894, 2 females (Ogilvie). A male and a female from
Bartlett bay are shown on Plate III, figs. 1 and 2.

In the Ottawa collection there is a specimen of napi taken at Dease lake,
northern British Columbia, June 17, 1887 (G. M. Dawson). Fletcher1 recorded
this as venosa Scudd. This latter form was described from California. I have
recently compared the specimen from Dease lake with Edwards' figure of
oleracea-hiemalis on Plate 2, Vol. 1, Papilio, and while the veins are more heavily
lined, it otherwise is similar to the figure referred to. It is certainly different
from specimens of venosa from California in the Canadian National collection.
Long series of such northern forms are required before one can arrive at any
satisfactory decision regarding their status.

Genus Euchloe Hbn.
Euchloe creusa Dbldy.
Anthocharis creusa Dbldy. : Gen. Diur. Lep., pi. 7, 1847.

Three specimens from northern localities are in the Canadian National
collection, namely from Felly river, Yukon Territory (W. Ogilvie), and between
latitudes 67° 25' and 66° 30', June 12-15, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes).

The specimen from Pelly river was named A. hyantis some years ago by
the late Dr. Fletcher. This latter name, however, according to Barnes and
McDunnough2, should evidently be used for the Californian race of creusa.

In 1908, Mr. C. H. Young, of the Canadian Geological Survey, found the
larvae abundantly at Departure bay, British Columbia, feeding on tower mustard,
Arabis glabra (L.) Bernh. Unfortunately he did not make any larval notes,
but brought to me on his return to Ottawa a number of the chrysalids, from one
.of which a butterfly had emerged and from another a tachinid parasite of the;
genus Exorista3. The chrysalid is shown on Plate III, fig. 7.

Euchloe ausonides Bdv.

Anthocharis ausonides Bdv.: Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (2), X, 286, 1852.

Four northern specimens of this species are in the Canadian National
collection taken at the following localities: Telegraph creek, Stikine river,
northern British Columbia, May 27, 29, 1887 (G. M. Dawson); Cassiar trail,
10 miles west of Dease lake, British Columbia, June 4, 1887 (G. M. Dawson);
Pelly river, below Hoole river, Yukon Territory, July 5, 1907 (J. Keele).

1 Ann. Rep. Geo. Surv. of Canada, 1887.

2 Cont. Nat. Hist. Lep. N.A., III, 2, 60.

3 The specimen which was much damaged was submitted to Mr. John D. Tothill, who reported

that it belonged to the genus Exorista and that it may be E. vulgaris Fall.

6 i Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Genus Eurymus Swains.
Eurymus meadi Edw.

Colia* meadi Edw.: Tnins. Amer. Ent. Soc., Ill, 267, 1871.

One specimen from Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest
Territories. .July 14, 1916, male (F. Johansen).

This was the only specimen of this butterfly which was in the Arctic col-
lection. It resembles very closely specimens from Colorado in the Canadian
National collection. The glandular spot is well developed, and is distinctly
tinged with red.

The occurrence of this species at Bernard harbour is a most interesting
record. It was captured with specimens of hecla glacialis, from which, of
course, it was at once separated by the spot referred to.

Eurymus hecla glacialis McLach.
Colias hecla var. glacialis McLach.: Jour. Linn. Soc., XIV, 108, 1878.

Twenty-four specimens from the following localities: Collinson point,
northern coast of Alaska, July 10, 1914, 4 males, 2 females (F. Johansen).
Barter island, northern Alaska, July 4, 1914, July 17, 1914; July 19, 1914;
July 21, 1914; 8 males, 3 females (D. Jenness); Herschel island, Yukon Terri-
tory, end of July, 1916, 1 female (F. Johansen); Bernard harbour, Northwest
Territories, July 14, 1916; August 1, 1915, August 4, 1915; August 17, 1915,
August 25, 1915; 3 males, 3 females (F. Johansen).

One of the specimens from Collinson point represents the form pallida of
Skinner and Mengel. The specimens collected on Barter island were captured
while resting on the tundra. Mr. Jenness in a note which accompanied the speci-
mens states: "This butterfly flies with considerable speed in a comparatively
straight line for some distance." On Barter island the specimens were all
with one exception taken during sunshine, the temperature records noted by
Mr. Jenness varying from 44° to 56°F. The exception, a male specimen, was
taken on a cloudy day, the temperature at the time being 38°F.

In the males the colour of the upper side of the wings is nearest to orange
excepting along the costa and along the inner angle of the secondaries where
the scales are greenish-yellow and black intermixed. The black marginal band
is wide and in most examples is conspicuously crossed on all wings with yellowish-
green veins. The discal spot on the primaries is black, conspicuous, and varies
in shape from an almost straight short dash to an enlarged almost rounded spot.
The centre of the latter spot is in some specimens filled in with white, in others
with red. The underside of the males is fairly constant, the secondaries being'
greenish-yellow dusted with black. The black dusting is not so heavy along
the margins and the marginal area therefore is paler in colour and shows up
as a faint marginal band. The discal spot is white, heavily bordered, par-
ticularly outwardly with red and frequently prolonged to a point. In some
specimens a very small additional spot is present. The primaries beneath are
of a similar colour excepting the discal area which is flushed with pale orange.
In some examples there is a submarginal row of black spots, in others a single
black submarginal spot near the inner angle. The discal spot on the underside
of the primaries is conspicuous, and is centred with white or pale orange. The
males in expanse of wings vary from 38 to 45 mm.

The females are similar in appearance and resemble very much the figures
labelled hecla on plate 27 g, vol. v of Seitz's Macrolepidoptera of the World,
excepting that the marginal band on all wings is decidedly wider. One female
from Bernard harbour has the wide band on the primaries with only traces in
two instances of the yellowish-green submarginal spots. The secondaries in

Lepidoptera 7 I

this specimen are also darker than in the other examples and the yellowish-green
submarginal spots are only faintly represented by a few scales of that colour.
This specimen in the width of the band approaches meadi Edw. The females
vary in size from 42 to 51 mm.

Specimens of both sexes have also been compared with Verity's figures of
hecla. One or two, possibly more, of our females may be the same as his
chrysothemoides.

Seven specimens, males, of the same species were brought back by the
Northern Party of the Canadian Arctic Expedition. These were collected at
Armstrong point, Victoria island, Northwest Territories, July 1-10, 1916
(J. Hadley).

In addition to the above specimens there are 21 other examples in the
Canadian National collection taken as follows:

Klutlan glacier, international boundary, June 21, elevation 7,500 feet, 1
male (E. W. Nesham); Alaska, lat. 59° 30', 141st meridian— lat. 69° 40', 141st
meridian, June-July, 1912, 2 males, 1 female (J. M. Jessup). This latter is a
white female, and is apparently pallida S. and M.

Lansing river, Yukon Territory, June 24, 1905, 1 male (J. Keele). This
specimen was recorded as Eurymus boothi in the Entomological Record for 19051.

Ladue river, Yukon Territory, July 4, 1905, 1 male (J. Keele). Previously
recorded with specimen from Lansing river as E. boothi.

Mayo valley, Yukon Territory, 1904 (J. Keele). In the Entomological
Record for 19042 Fletcher recorded this specimen as E. boothi, stating that it
corresponded exactly with Elwes' fig. 53. Unfortunately this specimen is in very
poor condition. I have compared it with Elwes' figure referred to, and would
determine it as hecla glacialis not boothi.

Kluane road, 135 miles from Whitehorse, Yukon Territory, June 21, 1914,
1 male, 1 female (D. D. Cairnes).

Near mouth of Nansen creek, head of Nisling river, Yukon Territory, July
4, 1914, 2 males, 1 female (D. D. Cairnes); White river district, Yukon
Territory, lat. 61° 55', long. 141°, July 16, 1913, 1 male (D. D. Cairnes);
Tatonduk river, international boundary, lat. 65° 02', August 3, 1912, 1 male
(D. D. Cairnes); Tinder creek, Yukon Territory, July 25, 1912, 1 female (D. D.
Cairnes) ; west branch of the Thelon river, Northwest Territories, July 6, 1900,
1 male (J. Tyrrell); Sore-head river, east coast of Hudson bay, August 15,
1898, 3 males, 2 females (A. P. Low).

Eurymus boothi Curtis.
C olios boothii Curtis: Ross' Nar. Second Voyage N.-W. Pass., App., 65, 1835.

Six specimens, all males, from the following localities: Bernard harbour,
Northwest Territories, July 14, 1916, 5 specimens (F. Johansen); Port Epworth,
Coronation gulf, July 15, 1915, one specimen (J. J. O'Neill).

I have compared these six specimens with the original figures and description
of boothi and cannot associate them with any other species. The specimens have
also been compared with Elwes' figures4 of specimens collected at Port Epworth,
Barren Grounds and Gray's bay. In the collection of the National Museum at
Ottawa are three specimens taken in the Yukon in 1904 and 1905 which were
recorded in the Entomological Record5 for 1904 and 1905. I have studied these
specimens and am satisfied that they are not boothi but similar to other specimens
which we have determined as hecla glacialis McLach.

1 Kept. Ent. Soc. Ont., 1905, 96.

2 Kept. Ent. Soc. Ont., 1904, 61.

3 Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1903, pi. IX.
; Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1903, pi. IX.

5 Reports Ent. Soc. Ont. for years 1904 and 1905.

8 i Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

The pale orange-coloured scales on the primaries of the above specimens of
boothi are in general similar in shade to Elwes' figures, 1, 4 and 5, already referred to
and in Ridgway's Color Standards and Nomenclature (1912) come nearest to light
orange-yellow or deep chrome, whereas in all of the specimens which we have de-
termined as hecla glacialis, the colour of the wings is not yellow but in most ex-
amples is nearest to orange as figured by Ridgway in the work referred to. In these
latter specimens too (41 examined) there is an absence of the greenish-yellow scales
which in the specimens of boothi are present along the marginal band and also
for the most part over the entire secondaries. In the three specimens referred to
above, recorded erroneously as boothi the colour of the secondaries is similar to
the colour of the primaries, as is the case in the series of specimens of glacialis
examined. The discal spot on the secondaries in the latter butterfly is also much
larger and redder in colour than in the specimens of boothi. The colour of the
figures of boothi in Ross' Second Voyage referred to above is very close to bright
chalcedony yellow (Ridgway, 1912). Verity1 figures a coloured male (type) of
boothi, plate XLIII, 37. Two of our specimens resemble this figure very closely.

Examining the six specimens more closely the following differences are
apparent: —

Three of the specimens from Bernard harbour, have the marginal band well
defined. The band on the primaries in these specimens varies in width at vein
3 from about 1 mm. to about 2 mm. On the secondaries there is the sarnie varia-
tion in width. The marginal band on the latter wings in two of the examples
ends abruptly at about midway between veins 2 and 3. In the other of these
three specimens the band on the secondaries is only clearly defined to vein 4.
The other three males have, also, narrow marginal bands but these are not so
well defined and are preceded on the primaries by yellowish-green spot-like areas
which give them a female-like appearance. In none of the specimens are the
veins in the marginal band brightly coloured as in hecla glacialis, all are con-
colorous with the band itself, but there are, however, in the marginal band on
the primaries a series of transverse, short, greenish-yellow dashes midway
between the veins. One specimen in fairly good condition has only a slight
tinge of yellow in the discal area, all the wings in general being of a greenish-
yellow colour. The discal spot on the primaries varies in size; in two examples
it is rounded, in the others more like a short dash.

The underside of the secondaries is of a dull yellowish-green, the submarginal
area being paler and showing up as a band. In the better preserved specimens
there is a distinct pale yellowish-green streak near the centre. The discal spot
on the hind wings is rounded, white in colour, bordered with rosy-red which
colour in two examples runs outwardly to a point. In the basal area near the
body there is also a conspicuous rosy-red dash similar to that which occurs on
hecla glacialis. The primaries underneath are in general similar, the yellowish
flush in the discal area varying in intensity. In one specimen nearly the whole
underside of the primaries is yellowish. In this latter specimen there is a
conspicuous row of black submarginal spots. The discal spot is conspicuous,
whitish in the centre and margined with black.

The specimens vary in expanse of wings from 36 mm. to 43 mm. Two
examples, both from Bernard harbour are shown on Plate IV, figs. 1 and 2.

In the P]ntomological Record for 19102, I recorded a specimen of C. boothi
from Dawson, Yukon Territory, 1908-(A. Day). This record should undoubtedly
refer to hecla glacialis.

1 Rhopaloroni Palsearctica.

2 Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont., 1910.

Lepidoptera 9 1

Eurymus eurytheme kootenai Cockle.

Colias kootenai Cockle: Can. Ent. XLII, 203, 1910.

Barnes and McDunnough1 have recently separated the forms which they
considered should be arranged under eurytheme. Regarding kootenai which they
refer to as being evidently the spring form of British Columbia, it is of interest
to include here the following records: Pelly river, at mouth of Campbell creek,
Yukon Territory, male, July 8, 1907 (J. Keele); Pelly river, near Hoole river,
Yukon Territory, male, July 5, 1907 (J. Keele); Klotassin river area, Yukon
Territory, 62° 31' to 63° 06'; long. 137° 30' to 139° 30', summer, 1916, male and
female (D. D. Cairnes).

The above authors, in the publication referred to figure two males and one
female, one of the former being of a specimen from Atlin, B.C., which is adjacent
to the Alaskan border.

Eurymus Christina Edw.

Colias Christina Edw.: Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., II, 79, 1863.

Mr. Jos. Keele, of the Department of Mines, Ottawa, has on several occasions
collected interesting specimens of lepidoptera in northern regions. In 1908 he
met with this species on the Mackenzie river opposite Gravel river, Northwest
Territories, July 17, 18, 1908, 6 males, 5 females. A single female was also
collected by Dr. D. D. Cairnes on the west side of Lake Kluane, near Jacquot's
road house, Yukon Territory, Aug. 2, 1914. These specimens are similar to
others taken in more southern regions in the provinces of Alberta and Saskatche-
wan. One of the specimens is apparently the form gigantea Stkr. The species
was described from material collected " at the portage of Slave river."

In 1888, Mr. F. Bell collected a coliid at Fort Simpson, Northwest Terri-
tories, and this was determined by W. H. Edwards as occidentalis, and recorded
as such by Fletcher2. Barnes and McDunnough3 state that possibly the Fort
Simpson specimens mentioned by Scudder in his description of occidentalis really
belonged to a yellow form of Christina, and for this reason they would restrict
the name occidentalis to the Vancouver island form which, while close, they
mention can at once be distinguished by the much greater suffusion of black at
the base of both wings on the upper side, approaching in this respect chrysomelas
Hy. Edw.

The specimen collected by Mr. Bell and named occidentalis for Fletcher by
Edwards certainly lacks the suffusion of black at the base of both wings on the
upper side and is thus similar to Christina as we know the latter.

Eurymus pelidne Bdv.
Colias pelidne Bdv. : Icones, pi. VIII, 1832.

In the Canadian National collection there are twelve specimens which we
have determined as this species. These specimens were taken as follows:
Limestone harbour, opposite northern part of Big island, Hudson strait, July
24, 1897, male (R. Bell); head of Kaliktookduog inlet, north side of Hudson
strait, July 26, 1897, male (R. Bell) ; Sore-head river, east coast of Hudson bay,
August 15, 1898, male (A. P. Low); Hannah bay, Hudson bay, female; Koong-
neow inlet, Hudson strait, July 29, 1897, female (R. Bell); Labrador, July 9, 27,
5 males (A. P. Low); Little Charlton island, James bay, July 14, 1884, male
(J. M. Macoun).

1 Cont. Nat. Hist, Lep. N.A., III, 2, 64.

2 An. Rep. Geo. Surv. Can., 1887.

3 Cont. Nat. Hist. Lep. N.A., III, 2, 68.

10 i Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

The specimen from Hannah bay was identified by W. H. Edwards as
pelidne and that from Koong-neow inlet bears the same name in Fletcher's hand-
writing. Two of the specimens from Labrador were examined by Dr. H.
Skinner. Dr. McDunnough has very kindly sent to me specimens of pelidne
from Hopedale, Labrador. The specimens from Hudson bay and Labrador we
presume are Idbradorensis Scud.

Comparing these specimens with the series determined as chippewa referred
to below the following differences are apparent. In both sexes of pelidne the
marginal bands are narrower, especially on the secondaries, and the discal spot
on the underside of the secondaries is distinctly margined with red mostly of a
purplish shade. Barnes and McDunnough1 refer to the discal spot of the
forewing of labradorensis as being entirely absent or only faintly outlined by
a few scattering dark scales and figure a male specimen from Hopedale, Labra-
dor.2 In our specimens the discal spot is present but faint. Verity3 figures a
female from Labrador. The butterfly is also figured by Holland4.

Eurymus palaeno chippewa Edw.

Colias helena Edw.: Butt, of N.A., Vol. I, Colias 1;

Colias chippewa Edw.: Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. 2, 80, 1863 (helena preoccupied).

One specimen, a female, taken at Nome, Alaska, August 24-25, 1916
(F. Johansen).

In the Canadian National collection at Ottawa there are fifteen other
specimens which we have determined as chippewa. They bear labels as follows :
Pelly river, Yukon Territory, 15 miles above Woodside river, July 14, 1907,
3 specimens, males (J. Keele); Stewart river, above Nadaleen river, Yukon Terri-
tory, July 18, 1905, 2 males (J. Keele) ; Nansen creek, Placer Mining Camp, Yukon
Territory, July 7, 1914, 1 male, 2 females (D. D. Cairnes); Harrington creek,
Yukon Territory, lat. 65° 05', long. 141°, July 30, 1912, male (D. D. Cairnes);
Ladue river, Yukon Territory, July 4, 1905, male (J. Keele); Champagne
Landing, 50 miles from Whitehorse, by Kluane road, Yukon Territory, June
8, 1914, female (D. D. Cairnes); Siwash creek, international boundary, lat. 65°
57', June 30, 2 males (D. D. Cairnes). Mt. Eduni, Gravel river, Northwest
Territories, 6,000 feet, July 8, 1908, male (J. Keele); west branch of the Thelon
river, Northwest Territories, July 5, 1900, male (J. Tyrrell).

The males are fairly constant in markings, and in general are in good
condition. The colour of the upper surface of all wings is chalcedony yellow5,
the lower wings being not so bright resulting from the dark scales of the underside
showing through. The marginal blackish bands are noticeably wide. Under-
neath the colour varies in the specimens from pale yellow to a decidedly greenish-
yellow, the secondaries overlaid with blackish scales as is also the costal area.
In all the specimens the discal spot on the secondaries, beneath, is white, faintly
margined with yellow. The four females are also similar in appearance, being
whitish with broad marginal band on primaries particularly at apex. Edwards'
figures" resemble closely specimens in our series as do also those of Verity7.

1 Cont. Nat. Hist. Lep. N.A., III, 2, pi. VII, 6.

2 Dr. McDunnough has since informed me that the character is not always constant. In the Barnes
collection specimens li;ive recently been added which show the discal spot.

3 Rhopalocera Palsearctica, pi. XL, 20.

4 The Butterfly Book, pi. XXXV, 14; XXXVI, 15, 16.
6 Ridgway's Color Standards and Nomenclature, 1912.

6 Butt, of N.A., Vol. 1, Colias 1, figs. 5, 6, 7.

7 Rhopalocera Pahearctica, pi. VIII, 43, 44, 45.

Lepidoptera Hi

Eurymus nastes Bdv.

Colias nastes Bdv. : Icones, p. 245, pi. 8, 1832.

Thirty-eight specimens from the following localities : Barter island, northern
Alaska, July 17, 1914, 1 female (D. Jenness); Collinson point, Alaska, July 10,
17, 1914, 2 females (F. Johansen); Cockburn point, Dolphin and Union strait,
Northwest Territories, September 2, 1914, 1 male, 1 female (F. Johansen).
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, 13 males, 20 females, July 30, 1915,
August 1, 4, 6, 11, 14, 17, 25, 1915, July 14, 1916 (F. Johansen).

This excellent series has enabled us to form a good idea of the range of
variation which may occur within the species. The wing expanse of the males
varies from 35 mm. to 38 mm. and the females from 34 mm. to 43 mm. In
the males the underside both in colour and markings is fairly constant but the
upperside shows more variation. The secondaries are mostly of a pale fluorite
green1 more or less dusted with black. The primaries in most specimens are
darker than the secondaries, the whole wings in some examples being heavily
dusted with black. In the females there is more colour variation on the under-
sides, some specimens being greenish-yellow others darker green and others
again dark green with a pinkish tinge. In most of the specimens the marginal
band of yellow is conspicuous.

Verity2 has figured a male and a female (types) of the variety rossii Guenee
brought back by Captain Ross. None of our males can with certainty be
definitely associated with the figure of the male type but one or two of the females
match fairly well the figure of the female type. The figures on plate 27 d. of
Seitz's Macrolepidoptera of the World are more like our specimens.

A single example (female) was brought back by the Northern Party of the
Canadian Arctic Expedition. This was collected at Armstrong point, Victoria
island, Northwest Territories, early July, 1916 (J. Hadley).

In addition to the above specimens there are in the Canadian National
collection three females from Sore-head river, east coast of Hudson bay, August
15, 1898 (A. P. Low), and one male specimen from Labrador (collector and
exact locality unknown).

FAMILY SATYRIDAE.
Genus Coenonympha Hbn.
Coenonympha kodiak yukonensis Holland.

Coenonympha kodiak var. yukonensis Holland: Ent. News, XI, 386, 1900.

In 1905, Mr. Joseph Keele, of the Department of Mines, Ottawa, collected
five specimens of this butterfly as follows : Lansing river, Yukon Territory, June
24, 3 males, 1 female; Ladue river, Yukon Territory, July 4, female.

These specimens are in the National collection at Ottawa. This butterfly
was not collected by any members of the Canadian Arctic Expedition.

Genus Oeneis Hbn.
Oeneis chryxus Dbldy. and Hew.
Oeneis chryxus Dbldy. and Hew.: Gen. Diurn. Lep., II, 383, 1851.

In the Canadian National collection are two specimens of this species
taken by Mr. J. Keele, on the Pelly river, at Hoole canyon, Yukon Territory,
July 3, 1907, both males. One of the specimens, although rubbed, resembles
a specimen of the variety Calais Scud, in the Ottawa National collection from
Go Home bay, Ontario.

1 Ridgway's Color Standards and Nomenclature, 1912.

2 Rhopalocera Palaearctica.

12 i Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Oeneis jutta Hbn.
Oeneisjutta Hbn.: Eur. Schmett, f. 614, 1800.

In the Canadian National collection are specimens from the following Yukon
localities: North Fork Stewart river, Yukon Territory, June 22, 1905, 1 male
(J. Keele); Klotassin river area, Yukon Territory, lat. 62° 31' to 63° 06'; long.
137° 30' to 139° 60', summer 1916, 1 male (D. D. Cairnes); Ladue river, Yukon
Territory, July 4, 1905, 1 male, 2 females (J. Keele); Lansing river, Yukon
Territory, June 24, 1915, 1 female (J. Keele).

In all of these specimens excepting the male, taken on the Ladue river, the
median band on the underside of the secondaries is present. In the exception
the band is not definitely marked and in general may be referred to the var.
(thtNkt'-nxifi Holl. The specimens on the whole are smaller than, jutta which occurs
commonly at the Mer Bleue, Carlsbad Springs, Ont., a favourite collecting
ground near Ottawa.

Oeneis taygete Hbn.
Oeneis taygete Hbn. : Samml. Ex. Schmett, 1816-24.

One specimen, a male, as follows: Bay southwest of cape Krusenstern,
Northwest Territories, July 3, 1916 (D. Jenness).

In the Canadian National collection at Ottawa there are nine other
specimens bearing locality records as follows: Kluane road, 96 miles from
Whitehorse, near Marshall creek, Yukon Territory, June 15, 1914, 1 male
(D. D. Cairnes); Sit Down creek, lat. 65° 40',long. 141°, July 9, 1912, 1 female
(D. D. Cairnes); Nation river, lat, 65° 31' (1700-2500 ft.), July 17, 1912, 1
female (D. D. Cairnes); Siwash creek, Yukon Territory, lat. 65° 57', long.
141°, June 30, 1912, 1 female (D. D. Cairnes); one other specimen evidently
from the Yukon Territory, but without definite data; Labrador, male; King
(ieorge sound, south side Hudson strait, July 16, 1897, 2 males, 1 female
(R. Bell).

In the males the median band on the underside of the secondaries is very
distinct, in the females less so. The whitish spots near the margin on the hind
wings beneath, are conspicuous on most of the Yukon specimens and equally so
on the Labrador specimen.

Holland has given a rather good figure of the species in his Butterfly Book
1>1. XXVII, 6, the specimen illustrated being from Nain, Labrador. In none of
our specimens is the pale yellowish submarginal band on the upperside so marked
as indicated in Seitz's figure 50g, vol. v — The Macrolepidoptera of the American
Faunistic Region. The submarginal area of the specimens listed above is, in both
sexes, similar in colour to the general colour of the primaries. In some of the
examples the yellowish spots on the upperside of the secondaries near the margin
are very conspicuous. The general colour of the upper surface of the Labrador
example is of a golden-brown shade, while that of the Bernard harbour specimen
and other males, is of a darker shade of brown. The median band on the
underside of the secondaries while conspicuous in all the specimens indicates
considerable variation not only in width but also in shape. The number of
white scales on both sides of the median band also varies. In all the specimens
the veins are white-lined.

The genitalia of the specimen taken on the Kluane road, 96 miles from
Whitehorse, Yukon Territory, are shown on Plate 1, fig. 1.

Lepidoptera 13 i

Oeneis semidea Say.

Hipparchia semidea Say: Am. Ent., Ill, pi. 50, 1828.

In the Canadian National collection there are thirteen specimens of Oeneis
from the Yukon Territory which I have compared with semidea from New
Hampshire, and from which they do not differ in characters which seem to me
to be important. The genitalia, also, are very close to those of specimens from
Mount Washington, New Hampshire, as will be seen by comparing the figures
on Plate I, figs. 2 and 3. The underside of these specimens is in general very
similar to Edwards' figure 21. The females are large, expanding 51-53 mm.
The males, excepting one specimen, expand 44-47 mm. the exception having a
wing expanse of 53 mm.

.These specimens are from the following localities: Mountain 6,500 feet
above Wolf canyon, Pelly river, Yukon Territory, July 17, 1907, 2 males (J.
Keele); Pelly river at Hoole canyon, Yukon Territory, July 30, 1907, male
(J. Keele); Stewart river, Yukon Territory, 4,000 feet above valley, July 18,
1905, male (J. Keele); Mountain top, above Nadaleen river, Yukon Territory,
July 10, 1905, male (J. Keele); Mountain near Upper Pelly river, Yukon Terri-
tory, July 13, 1907, female (J. Keele); Orange creek, Yukon Territory, lat. 66°
10', international boundary, June 27, 1912, 2 females (D. D. Cairnes); Eduni
mountain, 4,500-6,000 feet, Gravel river, Northwest Territories, July 5, 8, 1908,
1 male, 3 females (J. Keele) ; Gravel river, mountain below Natla river, North-
west Territories, July 2, 1908, female (J. Keele).

The underside of two males, one from Pelly river, Yukon Territory, the other
from Gravel river, Northwest Territories, together with a female from Orange
creek, Yukon Territory, are shown on Plate II, figs, 1, 2 and 3.

Oeneis semidea var. arctica, new variety

Differs from semidea from New Hampshire in the general colour of both the
upperside and the underside of the wings. The upper side of the wings is pale
brown, almost drab2, the dark scales of the underside showing through particu-
larly on the secondaries. The underside is of a dull grey-brown, the maculation
dark brown and not nearly so contrasting with the ground colour as in semidea,
the mottlings being much more diffused and there being an absence of the con-
spicuous whitish areas present in the latter on the underside of the secondaries,
The basal area to anal angle is noticeably darkest, inclining to blackish. Fringes
whitish, weakly checkered with brown.

Alar expanse, 41 mm.

Type, a male, in the Canadian National collection from Bernard harbour,
Northwest Territories, July, 1916 (F. Johansen). (PL IV, fig. 4.) Four male
paratypes from the same locality and bearing the same data are in general
similar, with wing expanse of 37-38 mm. In addition to the five males there
are four females which we are placing tentatively with this new variety. Three
of these are from Wollaston Land, Victoria island, 1915 (D. Jenness) ; the fourth
is from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July, 1915 (F. Johansen). In
these females there is an absence of the black suffusion of the basal area. They
have a wing expanse of 41-42 mm. The underside of one of the male paratypes
is shown on PL II, fig. 4.

The claspers of semidea arctica are shown on PL I, fig. 4 beside those of
semidea from New Hampshire. It will be seen that they are very close to those
of the latter. The general colour of the arctic specimens as well as the nature
of the maculation on the underside of the secondaries, and their smaller wing
expanse seem to warrant the naming of this variety or race.

!Butt. of N.A., Chionobas, IX, f. 2.

2Ridgway's Color Standards and Nomenclature, 1912.

14 i Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Oeneis simulans, n. sp.

Palpi black, upper fringe mostly white. Antennae brown, with conspicuous
white scales on inner side, knob orange-brown. Body blackish. The upperside
of the wings are immaculate, pale brown in colour, almost drab1, the maculation
of the underside showing through particularly on the secondaries. Sex mark
faintly indicated. Costa whitish, mottled with black. Underside: primaries
dull grey-brown, costa and apex whitish with black mottlings; secondaries pale
grey-ln-own inclining to whitish, particularly on outer half, and mottled and
streaked with dark brown, blackish at base and along inner angle. Median band
rather indistinct but noticeably denned by blackish shading both on its inner
and outer margin. Maculation in general similar to semidea but not so contrast-
ing as in this latter species and without the conspicuous whitish areas. Fringes
whitish, checkered with pale brown.

Alar expanse, 43 mm.

Type, a male, from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July, 1915
(F. Johansen). Two paratypes from the same locality and bearing the same data,
in two of these latter the maculation on the underside of the secondaries is more
diffused than in the type, the median band being defined on the outer margin
only, the area between this and the base being almost wholly suffused with
blackish-brown. A third specimen, which I also associate with the above,
differs from the type on the underside of the secondaries in having the median
band more heavily suffused with dark brown and more sharply defined with
whitish scales on both its inner and outer margin. The outer margin is distinctly
angled and in this respect differs from the type. These specimens have a wing
expanse of 37-40 mm. The underside of the type specimen is shown on Plate
II, fig. 5. All the types are in the Canadian National collection.

With the above males are two females from the same locality which are
being placed tentatively with this species. The underside of both of these
specimens is much darker than that of the males being more heavily mottled
and streaked with dark brown. In one of the females there is hardly any
indication of a median band but in the other female the band is noticeably
present being rather heavily bordered on the outer margin with blackish-brown.

The above specimens of 0. simulans were collected at the same locality as
were the specimens of 0. semidea arctica, from which on superficial characters
they cannot be separated. The genitalia, however, are quite distinct from any
of those figured by Elwes and Edwards2 or Barnes and McDunnough3, as will be
seen by comparing these with our figure on PL 1, fig. 5.

Oeneis peartiae Edw.
Chionobas peartice Edw.: Butterflies of North America, III, pi. 14, 1897.

Five specimens as follows: Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July,
1(.>1(>, three males, 1 female (F. Johansen); Chantry island, near Bernard harbour,
Northwest Territories, August 7, 1915, 1 male (F. Johansen).

These specimens resemble fairly closely, 1-Mwards' figs. 5, 6, 7, and 8, plate
XIV, in his Butterflies of North America, Third Series, part XVII, 1897. In the
female there is a faint yellowish spot between viens 5 and 6 on each primary
towards the apex. This spot is also present on the underside. This specimen
is shown on Plate IV, fig. 5. The underside of the same specimen is illustrated
on PI. II, fig. 6.

The male genitalia are shown on PI. I, fig. 7.

1 RidgwayV Color Standards and Nomenclature, 1912.

2 Trans. Knt. Soc. Lon., Dor-. 1893.

3 Cont. Nat, Hist. Lep. N.A., IV, 2, 1918.

Lepidoptera 15 i

Oeneis cairnesi, n. sp.

Upperside ochraceous-buff1 lightly washed with brown, noticeably so
along veins and outer margin, the markings of the underside showing through
particularly on the secondaries; costa whitish, mottled with black.

Underside: primaries, centrally similarly coloured to upper side but rather
more brownish; costa, apex and outer margin to near inner angle, whitish with
dark brown mottlings. In the limbal area between veins 5 and 6 there is a
distinct dark brown ocellus with white pupil. Secondaries whitish with brown
mottlings, the median band mostly dark brown and well defined, paler in the
centre. Area on either side of the median band almost wholly whitish. About
midway between the median band and the outer margin there are four round,
white spots, the two central ones being much smaller than the two outer ones,
which latter are about half the size of the ocellus on the underside of each
primary. The four spots are margined with brown, the outer ones distinctly so.

Fringes whitish, checkered with brown. Clothing of palpi black and
grayish intermixed. Antennae brown with white scales, knob orange-brown.
Body blackish. Genitalia shown on Plate 1, fig. 6.

Alar expanse 42 mm.

Type, a male, from the White river district, Yukon Territory, lat. 61° 55',
long. 141°, July 16, 1913 (D. D. Cairnes); in the Canadian National collection.
Named in honour of the late Dr. Cairnes who collected many interesting species
when on northern explorations for the Canadian Geological Survey.

Paratypes, one male and two females (expanse 44 mm.) from the same
locality. The females are slightly paler in colour than the males and the median
band on the underside of the secondaries is not so well defined as in the type.

Before describing the above, I submitted a specimen to Dr. Dyar with a
request that he compare it with his species 0. nahanni. This he very kindly
did reporting that it differed chiefly from his species in being too light in colour,
in having no ocelli on hind wings above and the markings on these latter
wings being more of an open character.

The upperside of the type of 0. cairnesi is shown on PL IV, fig. 6, the under-
side of the same specimen on PL II, fig. 7. The underside of one of the female
paratypes is shown on the latter Plate at fig. 8.

Oeneis brucei var. yukonensis, new variety.

Differs from 0. brucei from Colorado in being smaller in wing expanse,
in having a conspicuous submarginal row of yellowish spots on the upper side
of both primaries and secondaries, in the costa being almost concolorous with
wings not white or whitish as in the typical form, and in the median band on
the underside of the secondaries being narrower. On either side of the median
band the whitish areas are wider and thus more conspicuous, and there is in
addition a distinct submarginal blackish line on the underside of the secondaries.

Alar expanse, 41 mm.

Type, a male, from Klutlan glacier, Yukon Territory, elevation 8,200 feet,
June 14, 1913 (E. W. Nesham). Paratypes, three males and two females
collected in the same locality by Mr. Nesham on June 13-15 at elevations of
8,200-8,500 feet; wing expanse, 38-41 mm. The paratypes are in general
similar to the type. One of the female paratypes has on each primary two
ocelli, one between veins 2 and 3 and the other between veins 5 and 6. All
the types are in the Canadian National collection. The upperside of the type
is shown on PL IV, fig. 3; the underside of the same specimen on PL II, fig. 9.
On this latter plate is also shown at figure 10 the upperside of the female paratype
with ocelli. The genitalia of one of the male paratypes are shown on PL 1,

1 Ridgway's Color Standards and Nomenclature, 1912.

16 i Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

fig. 8. Barnes and McDunnough1 have reproduced a drawing of the genitalia
of 0. brucei and a comparison of this with our figure of the genitalia of 0. brucei
yuko-ncnxi* while indicating a close relationship, at the same time also bears
a near resemblance to the figure of 0. katahdin shown by the same authors on
the same plate. With a good series of 0. brucei yukonensis, the latter may
ultimately prove to be of specific rank.

Genus Erebia Dal.
Erebia discoidalis Kirby.
Ilippun-hia (lixcoidalfs Kirby: Faun. Bor. Am., IV, 298, 1837.

Among a small collection of lepidoptera given to me by Mr. L. D. Burling,
of the Geological Survey of Canada and collected in Alaska by Mr. J. M. Jessup,
is a single male specimen of this species. The label covering all the specimens
reads: " lat. 59° 30' and 141st meridian — lat. 69° 40' and 141st meridian, June-
•July, 1912." This specimen is now in the Canadian National collection.

Erebia fasciata Butler.
Erebia fasciata Butler: Cat. Satyr. Brit. Mus., 92, 1868.

Eleven specimens, eight males and three females, as follows: Bay southwest
of cape Krusenstern, Northwest Territories, July 3, 1916, 2 specimens (D.
.Jenness); Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, August 4, 1915, 2 specimens
(F. Johansen); Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July, 1916, 7 specimens
(F. Johansen).

These specimens show noticeable variation. In two of the males taken at
Bernard harbour there is an almost total absence of the reddish patch in the
submarginal area of the upper surface of the primaries; in the other males the
reddish patch in such area varies not only in size but in intensity of colour.
The red in none of the species is as bright as that in Elwes' figure2, but is
mahogany red3. The number of white scales present in the basal area and in
the band beyond the blackish-brown median band on the underside of the
secondaries also varies in the specimens. The underside of one specimen
matches almost perfectly that figured by Elwes, in the others the whitish or
greyish areas are not nearly so distinct.

In the three females the greyish band beyond the dark median band on
the underside is very conspicuous there being very little of the reddish colour
on the primaries. The reddish area on the upper surface of the primaries is
not nearly so bright as in Elwes' fig. 12 in the publication referred to above.
The colour of the submarginal band on the underside of the secondaries in our
specimen is decidedly greyish, more so than is shown in Elwes' fig. 11 of the
male.

In addition to the above specimens there are in the Canadian National
collection two specimens collected by the late Dr. D. D. Cairnes, of the Geo-
logical Survey; one, a male, collected at lat. 66° 58', international boundary,
.June 15, 1912, the other, a female, collected at lat. 65° 10', long. 141°, (1,300 feet)
on July 30, 1912, (PL IV, fig. 7).

Also, seven examples brought back by the Northern Party of the Canadian
Arctic Expedition, two males from Armstrong point, Victoria island, Northwest
Territories, collected during the period June 20 to July 11, 1916 (J. Hadley),
and Walker bay, Victoria island, July 6, 1917 (J. Hadley), respectively, and
seven females, six of which are from Armstrong point, Victoria island, June 20
to July 1 1, 1916 (J. Hadley) and one from Walker bay, Victoria island, July 6,
1917 'J. Hadley). A male from Armstrong point is shown on PL IV, fig. 8.

1 Cont. Nat. Hist. Lep. N.A., IV, 2, pi. XXV.

2 Trans. Knt. SOP. I.omi., 1WW, pi. IX, fig. 11.

3 Rid^wuv's Color Standards and Nomenclature, 1912.

Lepidoptera 17 1

The specimens collected by Messrs. Cairnes and Hadley are in general
similar to the series from Bernard harbour and Cape Krusenstern. The band
on the underside of the female collected at lat. 65° 10' is faint, as is also the
reddish area on both upper and lower sides of primaries.

Erebia rossi Curt.

Hipparchia rossii Curt.: Ross7 Second Voyage N.-W. Pass, App., 67, 1835.

One specimen, a female, from Wollaston Land, Victoria island, Northwest
Territories, July 22, 1915 (D. Jenness) ; PI. IV, fig. 9.

On each forewing of the specimen, above, are three ocelli; the two in the
sub-apical area are close together, but entirely separated, similar as in the
specimen figured by Curtis ; the lower spot is the larger. About midway between
this latter spot and the hind angle is the third spot which is about the size of
the upper of the two spots. The spots are ochraceous-orange in colour, the
black pupil showing only in the largest of the three spots. The two upper
spots are more distinct on the underside, being slightly paler in colour, of a
more uniform size, and each having a distinct black pupil. The third spot is
only faintly visible on the underside. The colour of the upperside of the wings
is close to light seal brown ; the underside is similar but the outer central portion
'of the primaries is reddish, the discal area being suffused with a paler brown
than that of the hind wings. The underside of the secondaries are banded as
in Elwes' figure1.

Two other specimens in the Canadian National collection, both males, one
from Kluane P.O., Yukon Territory, June 23, 1914 (D. D. Cairnes), the other
from West branch of the Thelon river, Northwest Territories, July 6, 1900
(J. Tyrrell) also appear to be the same species. The one from Kluane is very
similar to the Wollaston Land specimen but that from the Thelon river is dif-
ferently marked approaching Elwes' fig. 2 in the publication referred to.

Erebia disa Thuii.

Papilio disa Thun.: Diss. Ent. Ins. Suec., II, 37, 1791.

Two specimens taken as follows: Port Epworth, Coronation gulf, North-
west Territories, July 15, 1915, 1 male, 1 female (J. J. O'Neill).

The former specimen is much like the figure of disa on plate 37h, vol. 1, of
Seitz's Macrolepidoptera of the World but is much darker brown in colour. The
median band on the underside of the secondaries is well defined, the area on
either side being greyish- white. The female is in a poor state of preservation.

In the Canadian National collection there are specimens from the Yukon
and Northwest Territories, bearing the following labels : — 75 miles from White-
horse, near Canyon river, Yukon Territory, June 11, 1914, 1 male (D. D.
Cairnes) ; Whitehorse, Yukon Territory, (McLaughlin) ; Lansing river, Yukon
Territory, June 24, 1905, 1 female (J. Keele) ; Siwash creek, Yukon Territory,
lat. 65°59', long. 141°, July 29, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes); Gravel river, Northwest
Territories, June 27, July 20, 1908, 3 specimens, 2 males, 1 female (J. Keele);
Black river, Yukon Territory, lat. 66° 34', June 18, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes).

There is a noticeable variation in these latter specimens, not only in
the size of the spots on the primaries, but also in the colour of the lower side of
the wings and the faintness or otherwise of the median band on the secondaries.
In the specimen from near Canyon river, for instance, the colour of the underside
of the secondaries is almost wholly dark brown, very similar to the colour of the
reverse side, excepting the outer margin which is greyish.

Some of these examples should doubtless be referred to the var. mancinus
Dbl. and Hew. The specimen from Lansing river, was recorded by Fletcher as
the var. mancinus in the Entomological Record for 1905.2

1 Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1899, pi. XII, fig. 1.

2 Kept. Ent. Soc. Ont., 1905, 96.
65994^-2

18 I Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Erebia epipsodea Butl.

Erebia epipsodea Butl.: Cat. Satyr. Brit. Mus., 80, 1868.

This species which is evidently rare in northern regions was collected by
Mr. J. Keele, in the Yukon Territory, on the Pelly river, below Hoole river,
July 5, 1907, 1 male. This specimen is in the Canadian National collection.
Two other specimens, 1 male and 1 female collected by the late Dr. D. D. Cairnes,
in the Klotassin river area, Yukon Territory, lat. 62° 31' to 63° 06'; long. 137°
30' to 139° 30', summer, 1916, are in the same collection. These specimens are
similar to examples from more southern localities.

Erebia youngi Holl.

Erebia youngi Holland: Ent. News, XI, 388, 1900.

This species was described from material collected between Fortymile and
Mission creeks, northeastern Alaska. No specimens were brought back by the
members of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, but in the years 1912 and 1914,
Dr. D. D. Cairnes, of the Geological Survey of Canada, brought back from the
Yukon, nine specimens, five taken in 1912 (all males), and four in 1914 (three
males and one female). The 1912 specimens were taken at Siwash creek,
international boundary, lat. 65° 57' on June 26-30, and the 1914 examples col-
lected at Nansen creek, Placer Mining Camp, Yukon Territory, July 4-7.

In addition to the specimens collected by the late Dr. Cairnes, we also have
in the Canadian National collection, a male specimen, collected with other
material, the label covering all reading: "Alaska, lat. 59° 30' and 141st meridian —
lat. 69° 40' and 141st meridian, June-July, 1912 (J. M. Jessup)."

In the female the broad dark median band on the underside of the second-
aries is more conspicuous than in the males owing to the fact that the basal and
submarginal areas are much paler in colour. In one of the males the submar-
ginal reddish spots on the upperside of the secondaries are almost absent.

When describing E. youngi, Holland stated that the species is not far from
E. dabanensis Erschoff. It certainly is close to this latter species as figured by
Elwes1. A male from Siwash creek, Yukon Territory, is illustrated on PI. IV,
fig. 10.

Erebia magdalena Stkr.

Erebia magdalena Stkr.: Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., Ill, 35.

In the Canadian National collection there are two specimens of an Erebia
from the Yukon which we have placed under magdalena Strk. One of these
specimens, a male, has been recorded by Fletcher2 as this species. It was
collected by Mr. Jos. Keele of the Department of Mines, who captured it " on
mountain 12 miles up Rackla river, August 2, 1905."

Mr. Keele informed me recently that the specimen was collected on a rocky
situation above timber line, the elevation being about 6,000 feet. The other
specimen, a female, was collected by the late Dr. D. D. Cairnes, of the Geological
Survey, at Nation river, Yukon Territory, lat. 65° 30', long. 141°, on July 24,
1912.

( 'ompnring these two specimens with three examples of magdalena presented
to Fletcher some years ago and collected by Bruce in Colorado and now in the
Ottawa collection, they differ as follows: the male which is in poor condition,
being rubbed, is smaller than the Colorado male, measuring 45 mm. with wings
expanded, the former being 49 mm. Otherwise both specimens seem to be
similar. The Yukon female is also smaller than the two Colorado females in

1 trans. Ent. Soc. Lon., 1899, p. XII.

2 Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont., 1905, 96.

Lepidoptera 19 1

the collection, measuring 47 mm., the two latter being 50 mm. and 52 mm. re-
spectively. The general colour in all three specimens is similar, but on the primaries
of the Yukon female the whole central area is flushed with dark red, thus ap-
proaching E.fasciata. The specimens in colour are closest to bister1, none of them
being the same shade as figured by Edwards2. A comparison of the genitalia
of the male from the Yukon with that of a male from Colorado indicates that
the clasper, in both specimens is similar and close to that of E. fasciata which
has been figured by Chapman3.

Erebia sofia Stkr.
Erebia sofia Stkr.: Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc., Ill, 35, 1880.

In the Canadian National collection are five specimens of this interesting
butterfly which were taken as follows : White river district, international bound-
ary, lat. 61° 55', long. 141°, July 16, 1913, 2 males, 1 female (D. D. Cairnes);
Bonanza creek, Chisana district, Alaska, August 3, 1913, 1 male (D. D. Cairnes) ;
Harrington creek, Yukon Territory, lat. 65° 05', long. 141°, July 30, 1912, 1
female (D. D. Cairnes).

In specimens of sofia examined from Colorado, which are in the Ottawa
collection, the six reddish-brown spots comprising the submarginal band on the
upper side of the primaries are of similar size and very conspicuous, whereas
in the specimens collected by the late Dr. Cairnes, the spots are more or less
indefinite and only the upper three approach in size similar spots in Colorado
specimens. The lower three spots of the submarginal band are present on the
primaries of the above-mentioned specimens, but are much smaller, being about
half the size of the upper spots.

In the variety alaskensis* " the specimens are all characterized by the
reduction of the number of light spots, both on the upper and lower sides of
the wings." The author of this variety further states in his description: " In
almost all of the specimens before me there are three spots on the primaries
above and below and but two spots on the lower side of the secondaries. Only
one specimen approximates the typical form in the number of spots on the
lower size of the wings."

The specimens in the Canadian National collection do not agree with this
description. There is nothing in the above description regarding the difference
in the size of the spots on the upper surface of the primaries, and in all of the.
northern examples before me there are a greater number of white spots on the
underside of the secondaries, two specimens (1 male and 1 female) having four
spots and three specimens (1 male and two females) having five spots. The
single exception from which sofia was described had four white spots on the
underside of the secondaries. The underside of both wings of one of our speci-
mens is very similar to fig. 51e of sofia in vol. V of Seitz's Macrolepidoptera
•of the World. Strecker in his description of sofia states that it is on the upper
side an almost exact counterpart of E. kefersteinii, but as has already been
pointed out by Elwes5 he probably meant haberhaueri which was sent out by
mistake under the former name. Our specimens of sofia certainly resemble
somewhat haberhaueri as figured by Seitz. A male from the White river district,
Yukon Territory, is shown on PL IV, fig. 11. The underside of the female from
Harrington creek is shown on PL III, fig. 5.

1 Ridgway's Color Standards and Nomenclature, 1912.

2 Butt, of N.A., III, pi. 1, Erebia.

3 Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1893, pi. XVI.

4 Ent. News, XI, 387, 1900.

5 Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1889, p. 333.

65994—21

20 i Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

FAMILY NYMPHALIM).
Argynnis bischoffi Edw.

Argynnis bischoffii Edw.: Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., Ill, 189, 1870.

A single specimen taken on August 7, 1904, at Mayo lake, Yukon Territory
(J. Keele) was determined by Fletcher as A. eurynome Edw., and has been
recorded under this latter name by Keele1. Several years ago I submitted
this specimen to Dr. Skinner, who reported that it was a boreal form of A.
eurynome Edw. Personally, however, I prefer to place the specimen under the
name bischoffi Edw., which was described from Alaska, opposite Kodiak. In
the description the spots on the underside are referred to as being pale, not
silvered. The above specimen (a male) which is in the Canadian National
collection, has silvered spots. Edwards, however, has remarked that the species
occurs at Sitka, Alaska, in both silvered and unsilvered forms, and figured a
specimen of the former2. Barnes and McDunnough3 in discussing the species
briefly point to the fact that the name in sens, strict, can only apply to the
unsilvered form.

Genus Brenthis Hbn.

Brenthis triclaris Hbn.

Brenthis triclaris Hbn: Samml. Ex. Schmett., II, 1824.

No specimens among the Canadian Arctic Expedition material. There
are, however, in the Canadian National collection, specimens from the following
northern localities: Nansen creek, Placer Mining camp, Yukon Territory, July 7,
9, 11, 2 females, 1 male (D. D. Cairnes); west branch of Thelon river, North-
west Territories, July 5,1900, 1 female (J. Tyrrell); Labrador, 1 female (collector
unknown); Labrador, July 16, 1894, 1 female (A. P. Low); Charlton island,
James bay, July 7, 1887, 1 female (J. M. Macoun).

Brenthis chariclea Schneid.

Papilio chariclea Schneid. : Neu. Mag. V, 588, 1794.

Fourteen specimens from the following localities: Collinson point, Alaska,
July 10, 1914, 1 male (F. Johansen); Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories,
August 4 and 6, 1915, July 14, 1916, 9 males, 1 female (F. Johansen); Wollaston
Land, Victoria island, Northwest Territories, summer 1915, 1 male, 1 female
(D. Jenness); Port Epworth, Coronation gulf, Northwest Territories, July 15,
1915, 1 male (J. J. O'Neill).

Three specimens were collected by the Northern Party of the Canadian
Arctic Expedition at Armstrong point, Victoria island, Northwest Territories,
July 1-10, 1916 (J. Hadley).

In addition to the above examples there are in the National collection at
Ottawa further specimens from northern localities, as follows: Slopes of mount
Ortell, Yukon Territory, July 16, 1906, 1 male (J. Keele); Ladue river, Yukon
Territory, July 4, 1905, 1 male, 1 female (J. Keele); Nansen creek, Placer Mining
camp, Yukon Territory, July 7, 1914, 1 female (D. D. Cairnes); Racquet creek,
international boundary, lat. 65° 21', August 3, 1912, 2 males (D. D. Cairnes);
Orange creek, international boundary, lat. 65° 05', June 12, 1912, 1 male (D. D.
Cairnes); on Wagon road, 56 miles from Whitehorse, Yukon Territory, 1 female,
August 15, 1908 (Geo. Stewart); Pelly river, Yukon Territory, August 3, 1887
(G. M. Dawson); White river district, Yukon Territory, lat. 61° 55', long. 141°,

1 Rep. upper Stewart river region, Yukon, Geo. Surv. Can. 1906.

1 Butt, of N.A. II, pi. 25.

» Cont. Nat. Hist., Lep. N.A., II, 95.

Lepidoptera 21 1

1 female, July 16, 1913 (D. D. Cairnes); Alaska, collected with other species,
the label covering all reading " lat. 59° 30' and 141st meridian-lat. 69° 40' and
141st meridian, June-July, 1912, 1 male (J. M. Jessup)"; Labrador, July 16,
1894, 1 male (A. P. Low) ; Sore-head river, east coast Hudson bay, lat. 60° 35',

2 males, 3 females (A. P. Low); Kalik-took-duag inlet, north side of Hudson
strait, July 26, 1897, 1 female (R. Bell); " Nottingham island, John McKenzie,

1886, 2 females (R. Bell)"; Finlayson river, Yukon Territory, lat. 61° 40',
long. 130° 16', July 22, 1887 (McConnell)1; Finlayson lake, Yukon Territory,
July 27, 1887 (McConnell)1; Pelly or Yukon river, Yukon Territory, August 7,

1887, 3 specimens (McConnell)1.

Looking over the above series there is of course considerable variation among
the specimens not only in the general colour of the upper surface of the wings,
but also in the arrangement and colour of the markings on the underside. The
median band particularly on the underside of the secondaries shows marked
variation. The specimens brought back by members of the Canadian Arctic
Expedition and also those from the Yukon Territory approach the variety
arctica Zett., in fact one of the examples, namely the male from Ladue riverr
Yukon Territory, was some years ago determined as arctica by Dr. Henry
Skinner. The specimens from Sore-head river, east coast of Hudson bay, are
in general smaller and in the series there is a greater tendency to melanism.
The marginal spots on the underside of the secondaries are white, very distinct
and tend to coalesce. These examples differ noticeably from the variety
boisduvali Dup. which is represented in the Labrador specimens above referred
to, collected by Dr. A. P. Low.

Two of the males from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, were
kindly compared by Mr. H. J. Elwes, with specimens in the British Museum
from Arctic America. Mr. Elwes reported that they agreed precisely with
specimens collected by Hanbury on the same coast.2

The specimen collected by Jessup in Alaska in 1912, in the district between
the Porcupine river and the Arctic coast resembles very much Elwes' figure
of chariclea.3

It is of interest to state that the example from Finlayson river was submitted
by Fletcher to W. H. Edwards, and on the envelope in which the specimen was
sent, the following appears in Edwards' handwriting : " This is very near Helena;
if not think (it) is chariclea. Dyar4 refers to Helena as a variety of chariclea.

Brenthis pales alaskensis Holl.
Brenthis pales var. alaskensis Holland: Ent. News, XI, 383, 1900.

One specimen, a female, as follows: Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories,
August 25, 1915 (F. Johansen).

In the National collection at Ottawa there are also three specimens, both
males, two taken on July 25, 1912, at Racquet creek, international boundary,
,lat. 65° 20' (D. D. Cairnes), and the other collected on July 5, 1900, on the west
branch of the Thelon river, Northwest Territories (J. Tyrrell).

The variety alaskensis was described from the " mountains between Forty-
mile and Mission creeks." One of the males taken at Racquet creek is shown
on PL V, fig. 5.

Brenthis natazhati, n. sp.

Upper side: ochraceous-orange5 the black markings much heavier than in
chariclea or freija, to which species it is closely related, the median and basal
areas of the secondaries being without any orange. The median spots on the
primaries coalesce forming a wide distinct band.

Recorded by Fletcher as chariclea in Ann. Rep. Geo. Surv. Can. 1887.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1903, 239.

Ibid, pi. IX, fig. 8.

Dyar, H. G., Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. V, 130.

Ridgway's Color Standards and Nomenclature, 1912.

22 i Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

• On the underside the ground colour of the primaries is of a uniform shade
similar to ochraceous-buff1, the black markings being dull and much reduced.
There is an almost total absence of the pale apical patch which is present in the
above closely related species. The median band on the secondaries is very faint
but. the band just beyond the median band is conspicuous and silvery. The two
central median triangle-shaped spots of the median band as well as the rhomboid
spot are dull silvery as are also the basal spot, which is indistinct, and the mar-
ginal row of spots, some of which are reduced in size. Between the marginal row
of spots and the white silvery band and between the central silvery spots and
the rhomboid spot the colour is similar to the under surface of the primaries.
The basal area and the median area below the central silvery spots are dark,
almost blackish and heavily pubescent. The antennae are almost wholly blackish,
there being only a few silvery scales laterad. The seta? on the palpi are dark
brown.

Alar expanse, 39 mm.

Type, a male,, in the Canadian National collection bearing the label " 141st
meridian, north of mount Natazhat, international boundary survey, elevation
8,600 feet, June 15, 1913 (E. W. Nesham).

Paratypes, three males and -two females from the same locality and bearing
the same label.

The underside of the secondaries of one of the male paratypes is mostly
yellowish-orange in the submarginal area, otherwise all the males are similar in
colour and markings. These latter, particularly on the upper surface of the
wings are more diffused in two of the specimens than in the type. The upper
surface of one of the females is in general darker than in the type and on the
underside of this example there are present a greater number of silvery scales
in the submarginal area.

Two specimens taken during the Canadian Arctic Expedition, namely at
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 14, 1916, male and female (F.
Johansen), although somewhat rubbed are apparently this new species.

The males differ in expanse of wings from 35 to 39 mm. and the females
from 37 to 39.5 mm.

The upper side of the male type is figured on PI. V, fig. 6 and the underside
of the same specimen shown on PL III, fig. 6. On this latter plate the upperside
of a female from Bernard harbour, is shown at fig. 12.

I rather hesitate to add a new name to the chariclea-freija group but it
scorns advisable under the circumstances as I cannot associate the mount
Xatazhat specimens with any of the known forms. The dull silvered spots on
the underside of the secondaries and the general colour of the upper and lower
sides, of primaries and secondaries should readily separate it from any of the
forms in the group referred to.

Brenthis freija Tlumb.

Papilio freija Thunb.: Diss. Ent. Suec., II, 34, 1791.

No specimens brought back by members of the Canadian Arctic Expedition,
but in the National collection at Ottawa there are examples from the following
northern localities: Nansen creek, Placer Mining camp, Yukon Territory,
July 7, 1914, 2 males (D. D. Cairnes); on Whitehorse-Dawson wagon road,
Yukon Territory, June 2, 1914, 1 male (D. D. Cairnes); near Jo-Jo's Road
House on Kluane road, Yukon Territory, June 9, 1914, 2 females (D. D.
Cairnes); Champagne Landing, 50 miles from Whitehorse by Kluane road,
Yukon Territory, June 8, 1914, 1 female (D. D. Cairnes); Dease lake, northern
British Columbia, June 5, 1887 (G. M. Dawson and J. McEvoy) ; Cassiar trail,
10 miles west of Dease lake, British Columbia, June 4, 1887 (G. M. Dawson

1 Ridgway's Color Standards and Nomenclature, 1912._

Lepidoptera 23 i

and J. McEvoy) ; Gravel river, Northwest Territories, June 18, 1908, 1 male
(J. Keele).

These specimens are in general similar to examples collected in Alberta and
British Columbia. The two examples one from Dease lake, and the other from
near Dease lake, were submitted by Fletcher to W. H. Edwards, and the name
"freya" given.

Three other specimens, males, all below average size, taken in northeastern
Alaska, collected with other species, the label covering all reading " lat. 59° 30'
and 141st meridian; lat. 69° 40' and 141st meridian; June-July, 1912, (J. M.
Jessup)" in the Canadian National collection, I also associate with freija.

Brenthis polaris Bdv.
Argynnis polaris Bdv.: Ind. Meth., 15, 1829.

Thirty-two specimens as follows: Barter island, north coast of Alaska,
July 5, 1914, 1 male, July 2, 4, 5, 11, 17, 1914, 6 females (D. Jenness); Bernard
harbour, Northwest Territories, July, 1916, 7 males, 2 females (F. Johansen);
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, 3 males, 5 females, July 10-20, 1915
(F. Johansen) ; Bay southwest of cape Krusenstern, Northwest Territories, July
3, 4, 1916, 2 males (D. Jenness); Lake Angmaloktak, Colville mountains, Wollas-
ton Land, Victoria island, Northwest Territories, July 29, 1915, 1 male (D.
Jenness); July 22, 1915, 2 females (D. Jenness); Wollaston Land, Victoria island,
summer, 1915, 1 female (D. Jenness) ; Port Epworth, Coronation gulf, North-
west Territories, July 23, July 30, 1915, 2 females (J. J. O'Neill).

In the National collection at Ottawa are two other specimens, one a female
collected at Kalik-took-duag inlet, north side of Hudson strait, July 27, 1897
(R. Bell), the other, a male, from cape Chidley, Hudson strait, 1885 (R. Bell).

The males do not show any material variation. In size they have a wing
expanse of from 36 to 43 mm. The upperside of all specimens is similar. The
general colour of the underside of the secondaries of two of the specimens inclines
to a uniform reddish shade similar to the underside of the primaries. In the
females there is a difference in wing expanse, the variation being from 37 .mm.
to 45 mm. The colour of the upper side of the primaries of this latter sex varies
in the specimens from a pale reddish-yellow to a dull bluish-white or dull purplish-
white. In a few of the specimens many of the scales particularly towards the
hind angle are, under a lens, seen to be decidedly bluish. The reddish bands on
the underside of the secondaries vary in colour from pale red similar to the
general colour of the primaries beneath, to dull brownish-red.

Mr. Jenness who collected the specimens on Barter island states that they
were captured on the tundra early in the afternoons, in most instances between
1 and 2 p.m. in bright sunshine, the temperature varying from 34° F. to 56° F.,
the majority being taken when the temperature was about 50° F.

In addition to the above specimens, thirty-four examples were brought back
by the Northern Party of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, from the following
localities: Armstrong point, Victoria island, Northwest Territories, June 20 to
July 11, 1916, 15 males, 11 females (J. Haclley); Walker bay, Victoria island,
Northwest Territories, July 6, 1917, 4 males, 2 females (J. Hadley); Melville
island, main base, August 4 (?), 1916, one male (V. Stefansson); near cape Ross,
Melville island, Northwest Territories, about June 20, 1916, 1 male (Castel and
Emiu). These specimens in general are similar to the examples collected by
members of the Southern Party.

The underside of a female from Barter island, Alaska, is shown on PL V,
fig. 2. On the same plate is also shgwn the upper side of a male and a female
from the same locality (figs. 3 and 4).

24 i Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Brenthis frigga alaskensis Lehm.

Argynnis frigga form alaskensis Lehm.: Macrolepidoptera of the World,
(Seitz), V, 424, 1913.

Seven specimens as follows: Barter island, north coast of Alaska, July 4
and 11, 1914, 2 males, 3 females (D. Jenness); Collinson point, Alaska, July 10,
1914, 1 female (F. Johansen); west of Konganevik (Camden Bay), Alaska,
July, 1914, 1 male (F. Johansen). Accompanying the specimen from Barter
island is a note by Mr. Jennesspwhich reads as follows: " Flying on tundra in
sunshine; light N.W. breeze; temperature 50° F."

I have compared the females with the original figure of alaskensis in the work
referred to above. They agree fairly well with this illustration. A female from
Collinson point, Alaska, is shown on Plate V, fig. 1.

Six examples were brought back by the Northern Party of the Canadian
Arctic Expedition, three males and three females. These were collected at
Armstrong Point, Victoria island, Northwest Territories, June 20 to July 11,
1916 (J. Hadley).

Brenthis frigga saga Stgr.

Argynnis frigga saga Stgr.: Stett. Ent. Zeit., XXII, 350, 1861.

In the Canadian National collection there are two specimens from the fol-
lowing localities in the Yukon Territory: 96 miles from Whitehorse on Kluane
road, near Marshall creek, June 15, 1914, 1 male (D. D. Cairnes); Pelly river,
below Hoole river, July 5, 1907, 1 female (J. Keele).

Brenthis frigga improba Butl.

Argynnis improba Butl.: Ent. Mo. Mag., XIII, 206, 1877.

Thirty-four specimens from the following localities: West of Konganevik
(Camden bay), Alaska, July, 1914, 5 males, 1 female (F. Johansen); Barter
island, Alaska, July 1, 2, 4, 5, 11, 1914, 9 males, 5 females (D. Jenness);
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July, 1916, 5 males, 7 females (F.
Johansen); Port Epworth, Coronation gulf, July 15, 23, 1915, 1 female. 1 male
(J. J. O'Neill).

Three of the above specimens, namely, one male from Barter island, one male
from west of Konganevik and one female from Barter island, were forwarded
to Mr. H. J. Elwes, of Colesborne, Cheltenham, Eng., who very kindly compared
them with the series in the British Museum. He reported that the specimens
agreed precisely with examples collected by Hanbury on the same coast further
east.

The series above listed is an excellent one. Most of the specimens are in
fairly good condition. The males vary in wing expanse from 31 mm. to 36 mm.
and the females from 33 mm. to 37 mm. The ground colour of the former shows
marked variation. In some of the specimens the colour is very close to hazel1,
in one much brighter, more of a vinaceous-rufous2 and in the others dull tawny.
In the brighter coloured examples the median band on the upper side of both
the primaries and secondaries is very conspicuous. The spots about midway
between the median band and the outer margin vary much in size and in a few
specimens are joined forming a distinct band.

The underside of the males is fairly constant, the chief differences being
on the secondaries, namely in the number of pale, slightly bluish-coloured
scales present beyond the reddish-brown median area, in some examples these
scales being noticeably abundant and forming almost a wide marginal band

Ridgway's Color Standards and Nomenclature, 1912.

Lepidoptera 25 1

contrasting noticeably with the reddish-brown median area and in others being
much reduced in number. The colour of the median area also varies in the
specimens from a rather pale reddish-brown to a decidedly dark reddish-brown.
The median band is faint in some of the examples.

The underside of the secondaries of the females vary similarly as in the
males.

A female from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, is shown on PL V,
fig. 7, together with a male from near Konganevik, Alaska, fig. 8.

In the Entomological Record for 19171 I recorded Brenthis youngi Holl.
from Klutlan glacier, 9,000 feet, June, 1913 (H. F. J. Lambart). On further
study, however, this specimen is undoubtedly improba Butler. I rather sus-
pected that youngi might prove to be the same as improba and for this reason
I forwarded the Klutlan glacier specimen to Dr. W. J. Holland who reported
as follows: —

" I found time this morning, (December 20, 1918), to compare your specimen
with my type of Brenthis youngi. It is not the same. It is smaller in size,
darker both on the upper and lower side of the wings — a far more melanic
insect — and consequently different in not having the dark, sharply defined
mesial band, characteristic of the secondaries of B. youngi. I would call it
B. improba Butler. It has a fascies quite different from that of B. youngi,
which is a much lighter insect. Of course, there is a general similarity in the
markings of this genus and the species vary principally in the intensity and
accentuation of the markings on the different spots. In B. youngi the spots
are not silvered, or only slightly. I should say very decidedly that this specimen
is not a representative of my species."

Brenthis distincta, n. sp.

Close to B. alberta from which it differs in being larger, in the ground colour
of the upperside of the wings being of a clear yellowish-red colour, much as in
B. astarte Dbldy. and Hew., in the black marginal band being wider, and on
the underside in lacking the dull pubescent-like appearance of B. alberta, the
median band being decidedly more conspicuous, as are also the other markings
on the underside of the secondaries. Discal row of round spots reddish.

Alar expanse, 48 mm.

Type, a female, from Harrington creek, Yukon Territory, lat. 65° 05'
July 30, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes). Two paratypes, one male and one female, the
former from Eduni mountain, 6,000 feet, Gravel river, Northwest Territories,
July 8, 1908, (J. Keele) and the latter from Tindir creek, Yukon Territory,
lat. 65° 20' international boundary, July 25, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes). The
male paratype (44 mm.) is in general similar to the holotype, but the underside
of the female paratype (49 mm.) is redder in colour, the reddish discal row of
spots larger and brighter, and the pale areas whiter. This new species is appar-
ently, also, close to amphilochus from the Amur. All the types are in the Canadian
National collection.

The underside of the type is figured on PI. IV, fig. 12.

Genus Phyciodes Dbldy.
Phyciodes campestris Behr.

Melitcea campestris Behr.: Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci., Ill, 86, 1863.
Five specimens from northern localities are in the Canadian National
collection. They were collected as follows: Ladue river, Yukon Territory,
July 4, 1905, 1 male, 1 female (J. Keele); Harrington creek, Yukon Territory,
lat. 65° 05', long. 141°, August 3, 1912, 1* female (D. D. Cairnes); Upper Liard
river, June 26, 1887, lat. 60°, 1 male (G. M. Dawson) ; Dawson, Yukon Territory,
1908, 1 male (collector unknown).

1 Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont., 1917.

26 i Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Genus Polygonia Hbn.
Polygonia faunus Edw.

(iraptafaunus Edw.: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 222, 1862.

Eleven specimens in the Canadian National collection from the following
northern localities: Klotassin river area, Yukon Territory, lat. 62° 31' to 63° 06',
long- 137° 30' to 139° 30', summer, 1916 (D. D. Cairnes); Alaska, collected with
other species the label covering all reading "lat. 59° 30', 141st meridian-lat.
69° 40', 141st meridian, June-July, 1912 (J. M. Jessup)"; Yukon river, inter-
national boundary, lat. 64° 40', August 15, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes); Porcupine
river, 80 miles below Rampart House, Yukon Territory, May 25, 1912 (D. D.
Cairnes); between lat. 67° 25' and 66° 30' long. 141°, June 16, 1912
(D. D. Cairnes); Black river, Yukon Territory, lat. 66° 31', long. 141°, June
18, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes); six miles south of New Rampart House, Yukon
Teritory, June 6, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes).

Polygonia zephyrus Edw.

Grapta zephyrus Edw.: Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., Ill, 16, 1870.

Three specimens in the Canadian National collection from the following
northern localities: Klotassin river area, Yukon Territory, lat. 62° 31' to 63° 06',
long. 137° 30' to 139° 30', summer, 1916 (D. D. Cairnes); Alaska, collected with
other species, the label covering all reading " lat. 59° 30', 141st meridian-lat.
69° 40', 141st meridian, June-July, 1912 (J. M. Jessup)"; between lat. 67° 25'
and 66° 30', long. 141°, June 16, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes).

Polygonia silenus Edw.

Grapta silenus Edw.: Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., Ill, 15, 1870.

One specimen in the Canadian National collection from Klotassin river
area, Yukon Territory, lat. 62° 31' to 63° 06', long. 137° 30' to 139° 30', summer,
1916 (D. D. Cairnes).

Polygonia progne Cram.

Papilio progne Cram.: Pap. Exot. I, pi. 5, 1775.

In 1888, Mr. F. Bell, collected two specimens of this species at Fort Simpson,
Northwest Territories.1 One of these, taken on July 20, is in the Canadian
National collection.

Genus Aglais Dal.
Aglais j-album Bdv. and LeConte.

Vanessa j -album Bdv. and LeConte: Lep. Am. Sept., 185, 1833.

One specimen in the Canadian National collection from Klotassin river
area, Yukon Territory, lal. 62° 31' to 63° 06', long. 137° 30' to 139° 30', summer,
]<)!<> (I). I). Cairn<

Aglais milberti Codt.

Van<>xx<i „,///„•/•// Godt.: Knc. Meth., IX, 307, 181'.).

A single -p< cimen of this widely distributed species from Dawson, Yukon
Territory (I). I). Cairnes) is in the Canadian National collection.

1 Ann. Rep. (;<•(>'. Siirv. ( ';tn., 1887.

Lepidoptera 27 1

Aglais antiopa L.

Papilio antiopa L.: Syst. Nat., 476, 1758.

This common and widely distributed species has occasionally been recorded
from northern localities. Fletcher1 recorded it from ninety miles above Fort
Good Hope (lat. 65° 20'), July 19 and from Fort Smith (lat. 60°), August 24
(Dawson and McEvoy). These specimens are not in the Canadian National
collection, but we have three specimens, one each from the following places:
Fifty miles below Fortymile creek, August 7, 18»87 (It. G. McConnell); Artillery
lake, Northwest Territories, May 26, 1900 (J. Tyrrell); Yukon river, at inter-
national boundary, August 13, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes).

Genus Basilarchia Scudd.
Basilarchia arthemis rubrofasciata B. and McD.

Basilarchia arthemis rubrofasciata B. and McD.: Can. Ent., XLVIII. 221,
1916.

Three specimens in the Canadian National collection from the following
localities: Gravel river, Northwest Territories, July 16, 1908 (J. Keele); Mac-
kenzie river, opposite Gravel river, Northwest Territories, July 18, 1908 (J.
Keele). These records extend considerably the northern range of this form,
which was described from examples from the provinces of Alberta, Saskatchewan,
and Manitoba.

FAMILY LYCAENIDAE.

Genus Incisalia Scudd.
Incisalia irus Godt.

Polyommatus irus Godt,: Enc. Meth., IX, 674, 1823.

Two specimens in the Canadian National collection from the following
localities in northern British Columbia: Telegraph creek, Stikine river, British
Columbia, May 29, 1887 (Dawson and McEvoy); Cassiar trail, 22 miles east
of Telegraph creek, British Columbia, June 1, 1887 (Dawson and McEvoy).

These examples are similar to specimens found in Canada in more southern
localities.

Genus Heodes Dalm.

Heodes helloides Bdv.

Polyommatus helloides Bdv.: Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (2) X, 291, 1852.

In the Canadian National collection there are three specimens of this species
from northern localities, namely: Tepe lake, near head of Wolverine creek,
Yukon Territory, August 16; 1914, female (D. D. Cairnes); Upper Pelly river,
Yukon Territory, August 7, 1887 (Dawson and McEvoy) ; Siwash creek, Yukon
Territory, lat. 65° 59', long. 141°, June 30, 1912, female (D. D. Cairnes).

Heodes hypophlaeas feildeni McLach.

Chrysophanus feildeni McLach.: Jour. Linn. Soc., XIV, 111, 1879.

Two specimens, both males, of what is probably this form. The spots
are smaller than in typical hypophlceas and the colour of the primaries is paler,

1 Ann. Rep. Geo. Surv. Can., 1887.

28 i Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

more of a yellowish shade. The specimens were taken as follows: Bernard har-
bour, Northwest Territories, August 6, 1915 (F. Johansen); Cockburn point,
(near Bernard harbour), Northwest Territories, September 2, 1914 (F. Johansen).

In the Canadian National collection at Ottawa is another specimen taken
in the Yukon Territory, namely, in the Klotassin river area, lat. 62° 31' to 63°
06', long. 137° 30' to 139° 30', summer of 1916 (D. D. Cairnes).

On July 25, 1912, Dr. Cairnes, while at Tindir creek, Yukon Territory,
took a female of hypophlceas which approaches arethusa of Dod. This specimen
is also in the Ottawa collection.

Genus Everes Hbn.
Everes amyntula Bdv.
Lyccena amyntula Bdv.: Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (2), X, 294, 1852.

Fletcher1 recorded this species from Devil's Portage, Liard river (long.
126° 100, July 17, 1887 (McConnell.) No specimens were brought back by
members of the Canadian Arctic Expedition. In the Government collection
at Ottawa are three specimens from the Yukon Territory, taken on the Wagon
road, between Dawson and Whitehorse, 1908, by Mr. George Stewart.

Genus Plebeius Linn.
Plebeius scudderi Edw.
Lyccena scudderi Edw.: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., XIII, 164, 1861.

In the Canadian National collection there are several specimens from the
Yukon and other northern localities which we have associated with this species.
Records of these specimens will be of interest to readers of this report. They
are from the following localities: Lansing river, Yukon Territory, June 24, 1905
(J. Keele); Pelly river, below Hoole river, Yukon Territory, July 5, 1905 (J.
Keele); Upper Pelly river, Yukon Territory, August 3, 1887 (G. M. Dawson);
Little Charlton island, Hudson bay, July 14, 1887 (J. M. Macoun); Charlton
island, Hudson bay, July 7, 1887 (J. M. Macoun)2; Wagon road, 9 miles from
Whitehorse, Yukon Territory, July 7, 1908 (G. Stewart); west side of lake
Kluane, near Jacquot's roadhouse, Yukon Territory, August 2, 1914 (D. D.
Cairnes); Stewart river, Yukon Territory, July 17, 1905 (J. Keele); Dawson,
Yukon Territory, 1908 (collector unknown).3

It must be admitted, however, that th'ere is a misunderstanding regarding
the species to which the name scudderi should be definitely given. The type
locality is " Lake Winnipeg," but I am informed by Dr. J. McDunnough that
the actual types cannot be found. Much further study of material from type
localities is required of the scudderi-melissa-anna group before the standing of
these species will be stable.

The specimen from Upper Pelly river, August 3, 1887 (G. M. Dawson), is
undoubtedly the specimen referred to by Fletcher in the Annual Report of the
Geological Survey of Canada, 1887, p. 230s, under the name of Lyccena skasta.

The example from Pelly river below Hoole river, July 5, 1905 (Keele),
was recorded in the Entomological Record, 1907,4 as Rusticus anna.

The underside of the male from west side of lake Kluane, Yukon Territory,
is shown on PI. Ill, fig. 15.

1 Ann. Rep. Geo. Survey Can., 1887, 23013.

2 Determined as scudderi years ago by H. Strecker.

3 Determined as scudderi some years ago by H. Skinner

4 Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont., 1907.

Lepidoptera 29 1

Plebeius aquilo Bdv.
Argus aquilo Bdv: Icon. 62, 1833.

Six specimens as follows: Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, August
1-25, 1915, 1 female, 3 males (F. Johansen); Bernard harbour, Northwest
Territories, July 14, 1916, female (F. Johansen); Wollaston land, Victoria
island, Northwest Territories, July 1, 1915, male (D. Jenness).

Four other specimens in the National collection at Ottawa from the Yukon
Territory, two labelled " Burwash creek, Kluane district, Yukon Territory,
August 8, 1914 (D. D. Cairnes)"; one " Kluane P.O., Yukon Territory, June 23,
1914 (D. D. Cairnes)," and the fourth " Harrington creek, Yukon Territory,
lat. 65° 05', long. 141°, July 30, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes)," may possibly be a form
of the same species. They are larger than the three specimens collected by members
of the Canadian Arctic Expedition and the underside is more heavily spotted.
Two of these latter specimens are shown on Plate III at figures 16 and 17, together
with a male of aquilo from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories (fig. 18).

Plebeius saepiolus Bdv.
Polyommatus scepiolus Bdv.: Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (2), X, 297, 1852.

In the Canadian National collection there is a specimen of this widely
distributed species from the Yukon: namely from Kluane P.O., Yukon Territory,
June 21, 1914 (D. D. Cairnes). Fletcher1 recorded this species from Devil's
Portage, lower Liard (long. 126° 10'), July 17, 1887 (McConnell), and from
Finlayson lake, Yukon Territory, July 25, 1887 (Dawson and McEvoy).

Plebeius shasta Edw.
Lyccena shasta Edw.: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 224, 1862.

It is of interest to note that in the Annual Report of the Geological Survey
of Canada, 1887, p. 230s, Fletcher recorded this species from the Upper Pelly
river (lat. 61° 50', long. 132°), August 3; Lewes river (lat, 62° 20'),
August 21. Recently I located the specimen collected on August 3, 1887, by
G. M. Dawson, and it is evident that it should not be referred to as shasta Edw.
I have included the record under Plebeius scudderi Edw. Shasta was described
from specimens from California.

A specimen of this latter species taken at Crane lake, Saskatchewan, June
2, 1894, by Prof. John Macoun, determined by Dr. J. McDunnough as shasta
minnehaha Scudd. is in the Canadian National collection. I have not seen any
examples from more northern localities.

Genus Glaucopsyche Scudd.
Glaucopsyche couperi Grt.
Glaucopsyche couperi Grt,: Bull. Buff. Soc., I, 185, 1874.

In the Canadian National collection are specimens from the following
Yukon and northern British Columbia localities: 96 miles from Whitehorse
on Kluane road, near Marshall creek, Yukon Territory, June 15, 1914 (D. D.
Cairnes) ; on Wagon road, between Whitehorse and Dawson, Yukon Territory,
1908 (G. M. Stewart); Mayo lake, Yukon Territory, July 28, 1904 (J. Keele);
between lat. 67° 25' and 66° 30', long. 141°, June 12, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes);
Dawson, Yukon Territory, 1908 (collector unknown); Frances river, lat. 60° 29',
July 1, 1887 (G. M. Dawson); Upper Liard river, Yukon Territory, June 27,
1887 (Dawson and McEvoy). Gravel river, Northwest Territories, below Natla
river, June 13, 1908 (J. Keele); Telegraph creek, Stikine river, British Colum-
bia, May 31, 1887 (Dawson and McEvoy); Dease lake, British Columbia,
June 5, 1887 (Dawson and McEvoy);

1 Ann. Rep. Geo. Surv. Can. 1887, 230B.

30 i Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Genus Lycaenopsis Feld.
Lycaenopsis pseudargiolus Bdv. and Lee.
Argus pseudargiolus Bdv. and Lee.: Lep. Am. Sept, 118, 1833.

Nine specimens of this variable species are in the National collection at
Ottawa from the following northern localities: Dease lake, British Columbia,
•June 8, 1887 (G. M. Dawson); on Whitehorse-Dawson wagon road, Yukon
Territory, June 2, 1914 (D. D. Cairnes); Alaska, collected with other species,
the label covering all reading " lat. 59° 30', 141st meridian-and lat. 69° 40',
141st meridian, June-July, 1912 (J. M. Jessup); ten miles south of Porcupine
river, Yukon Territory, June 8, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes); six miles sou-th of New
Rampart House, Yukon Territory, June 6, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes); between
hit. 67° 25' and 66° 30', long 141°, June 15, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes).

In the Annual Report of the Geological Survey of Canada, 1887, page
230B, Fletcher refers to specimens collected in the neighbourhood of Dease lake,
British Columbia, referring to the same as representing £he forms lucia Kirby,
•marginata Edw. and violacea Edw.

FAMILY HESPERIIDAE.

Genus Hesperia Fabr.
Hesperia centaureae Ramb.
Hesperia centaureae Ramb.: Faun. Ent. And., pi. 8, f. 10, 1839.

No specimens in the Canadian Arctic Expedition collection. In the Atlin
district of northern British Columbia the species has been met with.1 In the
Canadian National collection there are three specimens which were taken in
Labrador on June 18 and July 16, 1894 (A. P. Low).

Genus Thanaos Bdv.
Thanaos persius Scudd.
Nisoniades persius Scudd.: Proc. Essex Inst., Ill, 170, 1862.

Two specimens of this Thanaos from Dawson, Yukon Territory, 1908 (collec-
tor unknown) are in the Canadian National collection.

Both specimens, one a male, the other a female, were determined as persius,
several years ago by Dr. H. Skinner. According to Skinner2 the species has a
wide distribution, being found from Alaska to the Gulf of Mexico and from the
Atlantic to the Pacific oceans.

Genus Carterocephalus Led.
Carterocephalus palaemon Pall.
Pamphila palcemon Pall.: Reise, I, 471, 1771.

In 1912, .the late Dr. D. D. Cair,nes collected a single specimen of this species
near Siwash creek, Yukon Territory, lat. 65° 59', long. 141°, on June 28. The
specimen is in the Canadian National collection.

1 Rep. Prov. Museum of Nat. Hist., B.C., 1914, (1915), F. 24.

2 Trans. Amer. Ent, Soc. XL, p. 204.

Lepidoptera 31 I

FAMILY ARCTIIDAE.
Genus Lexis Wallgr.
Lexis bicolor Grt.
Lithosia bicolor Grt.: Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., Ill, 74, 1864.

In the Canadian National collection there is one specimen of this widely
distributed species from Sixtymile river, along 141st meridian river, Yukon
Territory, 1907 (Thos. P. Reilly).

Genus Hyphoraia Hbn.
Hyphoraia parthenos Harr.

Arctia parthenos Harr.: Agassiz's Lake Sup., 309, 1850.
One specimen in the Canadian National collection from the following
Yukon locality: Stewart river, above Frazer falls, June 15, 1905 (J. Keele).

Hyphoraia alpina Quens.

Bombyx alpina Quens.: Acerbi's Travels N. Cape, II, p. 253, pi. 1, f. 4
(1802).

Four specimens reared from larvae or cocoons collected at Collinson point,
Alaska, emerged July 27, August 3, 14, September 2, 1914, 3 males and 1 female
(F. Johansen). One of the males is shown on PL V, fig. 18.

All of the specimens are in general similar in appearance and resemble
fairly closely Seitz's figure of alpina Quens. ( = thulea Dalm.)1 In these specimens
however, the pale coloured spots on the wings in both sexes are decidedly yellowish
almost a cream-buff2, not whitish as in the figure referred to above. Hampson3
also refers to the spots as being white in the female. The male antennae in
this species are serrate differing from the antennas of the foregoing species
which are pectinate.

The larvae and cocoons were collected on the tundra, by Mr. Johansen,
in the months of May, June, and July. They emerged on the dates mentioned
above. (Breeding record 33.)

The following brief description of the larva has been made from a cast
skin removed from a cocoon:

Head 3 mm. wide, rounded, somewhat quadrate, black, polished, setae
black; mouth parts reddish. Body blackish, tubercles large and conspicuous,
each bearing a bunch of rather long stout hairs, slightly spinulose. The hairs
on the dorsum and upper lateral area are yellow and brown intermixed, those
along the lower lateral area being of a darker brown shade. Thoracic feet
black, reddish at ends; prolegs concolorous with venter.

The cocoon, figured on PL III, fig. 8, varies in size from 16-20 mm. in
width to about 36 mm. in length. It is rather thin, the pupa inside being
readily observable. In colour it is yellowish-white.

PUPA. — Length 19 mm., width at widest part 7 mm.; black, polished,
anterior half of abdominal segments slightly pitted and with short setae, posterior
half smooth. Wing-cases and thorax slightly wrinkled. Cremaster roughened,
reddish, shaped as shown on PL III, fig. 10, and bearing a conspicuous bunch
of long, rather slender, dark reddish or blackish bristles slightly curved at ends.

In addition to the above specimen, Mr. Johansen collected a cocoon of
what I take to be of this species, on Herschel island, Yukon Territory, end of
July, 1916. It was parasitized by Amblyteles species4 which emerged on August
8, 1916.

1 Macrolep. World, Div. 1, Palsearctica, Vol. 2, pi. 17c.

2 Ridgway's Color Standards and Nomenclature, 1912.

3 Cat. Lep. Phalsense in B.M., III, 223.

4 Det. by C. T. Brues.

32 i Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Hyphoraia festiva Bork.

Bombyx festiva Bork.: Eur. Schmett., Ill, p. 191 (1790), nee. Hufn.
Bombyx lapponica Thunb.: Diss. Ent., pt. II, p. 40, f. 7 (1791).

Four specimens of this rare species from the following localities:
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 9, 24, 1915, July 3, 1916, 2 males,
1 female (F. Johansen) ; Port Epworth, Coronation gulf, Northwest Territories,
July 15, 1915, 1 male (J. J. O'Neill). The specimen obtained on July 24, 1915,
was reared. (Breeding record 68.)

These specimens resemble rather closely the figure of the species which is
given in Seitz's Macrolepidoptera of the World.1 As is to be expected among
arctlid moths the markings are variable. Such variation is indicated in the
two male specimens figured on PL V, figs. 19 and 20. The abdomen of the
female is much redder than that of the male as is also the underside of the
wings. The antennae of the males are distinctly pectinate similar to the males
of //. parthenos Harr.

On July 7, 1915, Mr. Johansen found the cocoon of the moth which emerged
on July 24, attached to a stone near a river bed at Bernard harbour, Northwest
Territories. His notes indicate that the pupa was 20 mm. long, smooth and
black. The resultant moth a female, was kept alive. Mr. Johansen's notes
read :

"August 8 — Imago still living. During the last few days she laid about
one dozen pale-green eggs (1 mm. in diameter) on different places in the jar.

"August 16 — Imago dying. She has now laid seventy eggs all told."

The cocoon is thin, pale yellowish-white, oval, 25 mm. long, 14 mm. wide;
the pupa and cast larval skin are plainly observable through the cocoon.

The following notes on the larva have been made from the cast skin removed
from the cocoon:

Head 3 mm. wide, rounded, black, polished, mouth parts reddish. Body
black, tubercles large, each bearing a bunch of spreading, rather long hairs,
slightly spinulose, those from the dorsum being mostly of a sordid whitish
colour with black and dark brown hairs intermixed, while those from the lower
lateral and ventral areas are darker, being black or dark brown. Thoracic feet
black, red tipped, shiny; prolegs also black, shiny, crotchets mostly reddish.

PUPA. — Length 18 mm., width at widest part 6-5 mm., polished, anterior
half of abdominal segments slightly pitted and with short setae; posterior half
smooth, as in Hyphoraia alpina Quens. Wing-cases and thorax slightly wrinkled.
Cremaster different from this latter species being shaped as shown on PL III
at fig. 11, and bearing about forty stout capitate dull reddish bristles.

Seit/2 refers to the larva as being dark grey with small black head and
long black or foxy red hair. The food plant is given as Vaccinium uliginosum
and other bog plants.

In addition to the above specimens there is in the Ottawa collection a female
bearing the label " Hudson bay, Dr. Bell," which we associate with this' species.

Genus Apantesis Wlk.
Apantesis quenseli Payk.

Hombyx quenselii Payk.: Skriv. of Nat. Selsk., II, 99, 1793.

In the Entomological Record for 19153 I recorded this species from 141st
meridian, north of mount Natazht, 6,500 feet, July 1, 1913 (E. W. Nesham).
This specimen, a female, is in the Canadian National collection.

1 Macrolepidoptera of the World, Div. I, Palsearctica, Vol. 2, plate 17e

2 Ibid. p. 95.

1 Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont., 1915.

31 I

Dryas octopelala, Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 9, 1915; Hyphoraia
festiva, male, at rest on rock in foreground

(Photo by G. H. WILKINS.)

65994— To face p. Sfi

Lepidoptera 33 1

Genus Parasemia Hbn.
Parasemia plantaginis L.

Bombyx plantaginis L.: Syst. Nat., I, 501, 1758.

One specimen in the Canadian National collection from the following Yukon
locality: Lansing river, Yukon Territory, June 24, 1905 (J. Keele).

FAMILY AGARISTIDAE.

Genus Androloma Grt.
Androloma mac-cullochi Kirby.
Alypia mac-cullochii Kirby: Faun. Bor. Am., IV, 301, 1837.

One specimen in the Canadian National collection from slopes of mount
Ortell, Yukon Territory, July 16, 1905 (J. Keele).

FAMILY NOCTUIDAE.

Genus Barrovia B. and McD.

Barrovia fasciata Skin.

Psychophora fasciata Skin.: Ent. News, XIII, 143, 1902.

Two males as follows: Barter island, north coast of Alaska, July 11, 1914,
captured in bright sunshine on the tundra, temperature 56° F. (D. Jenness);
Herschel island, Yukon Territory, July 29, 1916 (F. Johansen).

Both of these specimens are in fair condition. The species, concerning the
generic status of which much has been written, is an interesting one. The type
locality is Point Barrow, Alaska. The specimen collected on Barter island is
shown on PL V, fig. 17.

Genus Parabarrovia, n. gen.

(Type Parabarrovia keelei, n. sp.)

Agrees with Hampson's characterization of the genus A grotiphila, Section I
(Schoyenia), excepting that the fore-tibiae are not spined and veins 3 and 4 of
secondaries are stalked.

In the Canadian Entomologist, vol. XL VIII, 290, Barnes and McDunnough
erected the genus Barrovia with type fasciata Skin., placing the genus near
A grotiphila Grt., differing therefrom by its unspined fore-tibiae and hairy vesti-
ture. Dr. McDunnough has recently informed me, however, that this character-
ization is not correct, as the spined fore-tibiae of fasciata were overlooked at the
time. Barrovia B. and McD. will, therefore, come very close to Schdyenia, from
which it differs in antennal structure.

Parabarrovia keelei, n. sp.

Antennae serrate and fasciculate. Head, thorax, abdomen and feet clothed
with black and gray or silvery hairs intermixed. All the wings brownish, semi-
translucent, the primaries darker than the secondaries. The median area of
the primaries particularly towards the costa is irrorated with white, as is also
the costal margin to near apex. Hairs on costa yellowish. The brown neuration
of all the wings is conspicuous. Scales on discal vein black, showing as a black
streak. Cilia brownish-yellow. Underside of all wings paler than upper side,
the scales being of a creamy white colour.

65994—3

34 i Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Unfortunately the specimen is rubbed, rendering a more complete descrip-
tion impossible.

Alar expanse, 26 mm.

Type, male, bearing the label " Mountain below Twitya river, near Gravel
river, Northwest Territories, July 2, 1908 (J. Keele)."

Paratype, female from the same locality and bearing the same label. This
specimen expands 30 mm., and in general is in rather fair condition. The wings
are brownish and semi-translucent as in the type and there is a faint indication
of a wide darker brown median band on the primaries, the outer third of the wing
being faintly irrorated with white. In the median and basal areas whitish scales
are also present. The wings of this specimen are more rounded at apex than are
those of the type. The latter is figured on PI. V, fig. 10, the paratype on the
same plate at figure 9. Both types are in the Canadian National collection.

Genus Epipsilia Hbn.
Epipsilia wockei Moeschler.
Ayrotix wockei Moeschler: Wien. Ent. Mon., VI, 130, 1862.

In the Entomological Record for 19081 I recorded this species from Labrador,
July 19 (A. P. Low). This specimen is in the Canadian National collection.

Hampson gives the following distribution: Labrador; White mountains,
New Hampshire; Ala Tau, W. Turkestan.

I have compared our specimen with his figure2 with which it agrees very
well.

Genus Anarta Ochs.
Anarta subfumosa, n.sp.

Head, thorax and abdomen brown, thorax with black and gray hairs inter-
mixed. Antennae moderately serrate and fasciculate. Primaries dull smoky-
brown suffused with gray; costal area black along the edge and thinly irrorated
with white. Markings on the primaries indistinct, the most apparent being the
t. p. line. The basal line and the t. a. line are specially noticeable on the cost a.
All these lines are whitish. The s. t. line is represented by a series of faint dots.
Orbicular and reniform small, whitish. Cilia inner third dark brown, outer
two-thirds pale brown. Secondaries white with rather broad dark brown
terminal band and dark brown discoidal lunule; basal area darkened. Cilia
whitish, inner third pale brown.

Underside of all wings whitish, veins black-lined; discoidal spot on each
wing conspicuous; secondaries with dark terminal band

Alar expanse, 26 mm.

Type, a male, (PI. V, fig. 16) from Armstrong point, Victoria island, North-
west Territories, July, 1916 (J. Hadley). Paratypes, 4 males and 1 female from
the same locality, July 1-10, 1916 (J. Hadley). In one of these (male) the median
area on the primaries is darkened. In another (male) there are faint golden-
yellow scales in the subterminal area and traces of a postmedial line on the
secondaries. All are of a similar size to the type. Types in the Canadian
National collection.

This species evidently comes nearest to A. staudingeri Auriv.

1 Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont., 1908.

3 PI. LXXIII, Lep. B.M., Vol. IV.

Lepidoptera 35 1

Anarta richardsoni Curt.

Hadena richardsoni Curt.: Ross' Narr. Second Voy., App. p. 72. pi. A. f. 11
1834.

Two specimens as follows: Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July,
1915, male (F. Johansen); Port Epworth, Coronation gulf, Northwest Territories,
August 18, 1915, male (J. J. O'Neill).

Four specimens (3 males, 1 female), collected at Armstrong point, Victoria
island, Northwest Territories, July 1-10, 1916 (J. Hadley), were brought back
by the Northern Party of the Canadian Arctic Expedition.

In the Canadian National collection are two other specimens labelled as
follows: Klutlan glacier, Yukon Territory, 9,000 feet, June, 1913 (H. F. J.
Lambart); Gravel river, Northwest Territories, July 2, 1908 (J. Keele).

This species has a wide distribution. Hampson records it from Greenland,
Hudson bay, Labrador, Alaska, Scandinavia, and Novaya Zembla.

Anarta leucocycla Staud.
Anarta leucocycla Staud.: Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1875, p. 296.

Four specimens, three males and one female, as follows: Bernard harbour,
Northwest Territories, August 14-18, 1915, 3 males (F. Johansen) ; cape Pullen,
Wollaston land, Victoria island, Northwest Territories, August 18, 1915, 1
female (D. Jenness).

The only locality given by Hampson, in vol. V of the Catalogue of the
Lepidoptera Phalsense in the British Museum, is Greenland.

The female from cape Pullen is figured on PI. V, fig. 14.

Anarta cordigera Thunb.
Noctua cordigera Thunb.: Mus. Nat. Acad. Ups. Diss., VI, 72, 1788.

In the Canadian National collection there is one specimen, a female, from
the Yukon, collected " 60 miles from Whitehorse, Yukon Territory, near Cham-
pagne landing, June 10, 1914 (D. D. Cairnes)." Also a specimen, a female,
bearing the label " Lake No. 4, Pike's portage, Great Slave lake, May 20, 1900
(J. Tyrrell)."

These specimens, in general, resemble examples in the collection from eastern
Ontario.

Genus Leucania Ochs.

Leucania yuconensis Hamp.
Leucania yuconensis Hamp. : Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., VIII, 425, 1911.

One specimen of this species from the type locality, namely, Dawson, Yukon
Territory, 1909, is in the Canadian National collection.

Genus Sympistis Hbn.
Sympistis melaleuca Thunb.

Noctua melaleuca Thunb.: Diss. Ent., II, 42, 1791.

In the Canadian National collection are two specimens of this arctic species ,
one from Charlton island, James bay, July 8, 1887 (J. M. Macoun), and the
other from Burwash creek, Kluane district, Yukon Territory, August 8, 1914
(D. D. Cairnes).

The specimen from Charlton island, is in good condition and was determined
some years ago by Dr. Dyar. I have recently compared it with the figure of
melaleuca on plate 50e, of Seitz's Macrolepidoptera of the World. The Yukon
specimen is in rather poor condition, but seems to be this species.

65994^-3^

36 i Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Sympistis zetterstedti Staud.
Anarta zetterstedti Staud.: Stett. Ent. Zeit., 294, 1857.

Two specimens of what is apparently this species taken as follows : Bernard
harbour, Northwest Territories, females, August 14, 1915 (F. Johansen).

The specimens unfortunately are in poor condition. This species was
taken on the Barren Grounds by Hanbury.

Genus Parastichtis Hbn.
Paras tichtis verberata Sm.

Orthosia verberata Sm.: Can. Ent., XXXVI, 153, 1904.

One specimen in the National collection at Ottawa from Bartlett bay,
off Glacier bay, Alaska, June 10, 1907 (D. H. Nelles).

This specimen is similar to specimens in the collection from Kaslo, B.C.
The type locality is Calgary, Alta. The above specimen agrees fairly well
with Hampson's figure.1

Genus Homoglaea Morr.
Homoglaea murrayi, n. sp.

Head, thorax and abdomen pale drab, immaculate; abdominal hairs darker.
Primaries pale drab irrorated with darker brown especially in the median and
outer areas; costa pale grayish. T.a. line sepia, darkest on costa, angled inwardly
below costa, excurved from cell to inner margin. Orbicular a rather indistinct
small greyish annulus. Reniform of moderate size constricted centrally, defined
by grey. T.p. line sepia, darkest on costa, greyish on outer edge, dentate,
bent outwardly below costa. S.t. line indistinct, greyish on outer edge; a
terminal dark line; fringes pale drab. Secondaries pale brownish with darker
.brown border.

Beneath, both wings whitish, thinly irrorated with brown; discoidal spot
dark; on primaries a rather wide smoky longitudinal shading from base to
discoidal spot; postmedial line dark; terminal line blackish.

Alar expanse, 36 mm.

Type, a female, from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July 10,
1916 (F. Johansen). Paratype, a female, from the same locality and bearing the
same label; both types in the Canadian National collection. A third specimen,
also a female, taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, August 4, 1915
(F. Johansen j, is broken and rubbed, but is apparently the same species. The
specimen which I have made the type was submitted to Dr. Dyar who reported
that it 1 >el< lilted to the genus Homoglcea.

The paratype is smaller than the type, expanding 33 mm.; the smoky
longitudinal shading of the underside of the primaries is indistinct.

Tin- type is figured on PI. V, fig. 12.

I have pleasure in naming this new species after the late James Murray,
a well known biologist of Scotland, who was attached to the Northern Party
of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, Mr. Murray, unfortunately, was lost
with several associates, in 1914, in attempting to reach Wrangell island.

i PI. CVII, 1, Lcp. B.M., Vol. VI.

Lepidoptera 37 1

Genus Agroperina Hamp.
Agroperina later it ia Hufn.

Phalaena lateritia Hufn.: Berl. Mag., Ill, 206, 1767.

I have recently received a single worn specimen of this common and wide-
spread species from Rev. C. E. Whittaker. The specimen was collected at
Whitehorse, Yukon Territory.

Genus Autographa Hbn.
Autographa sackeni Grt.?
Plusia sackeni Grt.: Can. Ent., IX, 135.

In the Entomological Record for 19041 we recorded this species from Mayo
lake, Yukon Territory, August 7, 1904 (J. Keele).

I submitted this specimen to Dr. R. Ottolengui, and he has kindly studied
it and reported that he is practically certain it is sackeni. The species was
described from Idaho Springs, Colorado, so its occurrence in the Yukon is
noteworthy. Dr. Ottolengui states2: " I have never before seen sackeni from
any section except Colorado. However (unlike vaccinii which is found nowhere
except on Mount Washington) sackeni has been taken on several of the mountains
in Colorado."

I cannot, however, agree with Dr. Ottolengui in the above determination.
A. sackeni, according to the description, should have a distinct golden-yellow
patch on the costa, near the base of the wing, described by the author of the
species as an " interior golden patch." This character is entirely absent in the
specimen under discussion from Mayo lake, and I am inclined to think that it
will ultimately prove to be of a species which is at present undescribed. The
specimen is figured on PL III, fig. 14.

Autographa altera Ottol. ?

Autographa altera Ottol.: Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc., X, 69, 1902.

One male specimen taken at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories,
August 25, 1915 (F. Johansen).

Unfortunately the specimen is in rather poor condition and it is difficult to
definitely determine it. I referred it to Dr. Ottolengui who would not name
it otherwise than altera? The specimen is shown on PL III, fig. 13.

FAMILY LYMANTRIIDAE.
Genus Gynaephora Hbn.
Gynaephora rossi Curtis.

Laria rossii Curtis: Ross' Second Voyage N.-W. Pass, App., 70, 1835.

Ten adult specimens, six males and four females from Demarcation point
and Collinson point, Alaska, July, 1914, six males and three females (F. Johansen) ;
Barter island, Alaska, June 24, 1914, female (D. Jenness).

These specimens undoubtly represent the species described by Curtis,
The secondaries are yellowish with black border.

Under the generic name Dasychira, this species is referred to in several
arctic reports. Its life-history is only partially known, so the following obser-
vations are worthy of record.

1 Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont., 1904.
2Inlitt.,March 16, 1919.

38 I Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Mr. Johansen in his notes states that the larvae and cocoons were found
rather abundantly in 1914 at Collinson point and Demarcation point on the
Alaskan coast. The following are his notes: (Breeding record 15)

1914, May 31 — Collinson Point — Two large larvae and two cocoons found on tundra.
June 1 — One of the larvae collected yesterday began making its cocoon.
3 — Four mature larvae and six cocoons found.
4 — One mature larva and three cocoons found.
7 — Four cocoons found.
11 — Five cocoons found.

13 — One mature larva and eight cocoons found.
15 — Two larvae found east of Collinson point .
18 — One cocoon found.
20 — Four cocoons found.
July 13 — First moth emerged.

Other moths emerged on July 15, 16, 18, 20, 22, 27; August 3, 21, 28;
September 2, 15, 1914.

Some of the males and females were kept alive by Mr. Johansen and his
notes state that copulation took place freely, and that eggs were secured, the
same having been deposited upon the cocoon. Pairs were noted to remain in
coitu for a whole day. Under natural conditions, Mr. Johansen also found the
eggs on empty cocoons. The females which were reared failed to properly
develop their wings, these latter in every case being crumpled.

The eggs brought back by Mr. Johansen are 1-2 mm. wide, white, smooth,
spherical, depressed above and are stuck firmly together and partially covered
with hair. One patch contained over 55 eggs.

The specimen from Barter island emerged from a cocoon found on the
ground on June 23. The temperature at the time varied from 36° to 46°F.

On September 7, 1913, Mr. Johansen collected at Collinson point, among
old driftwood on tundra elevation, a single specimen of the larva of what is
undoubtedly this species. It was placed in alcohol.

The following is a description of the specimen:

Length, 30 mm. (I should think this specimen when alive and walking
would easily measure 45 mm.). Head, 3-5 mm. wide, rounded, dull brownish-
grey, excepting clypeus and area around antennae and mouth parts which are
shining black, and sides which are reddish-yellow; thickly hairy, the hairs black.
Body black, the tubercles with thick bunches of hairs; the lateral hairs are
mostly longer than the dorsal hairs and many, brown in colour, are conspicuously
feathered and more spreading; the lateral hairs which are not feathered arc
spinulose and either long brown or dark-reddish brown hairs or are shorter
hairs orange-yellow in colour. The dorsal hairs are shorter than the lateral
hairs and the feathered ones are bunched together particularly so on the anterior
segments, the yellow hairs which also occur on the dorsum being more or less
hidden, excepting in the subdorsal area where they are of a brighter yellow
and more conspicuous. This specimen is figured on PI. Ill, fig. 9.

Oilier larvae differ from the above in that all the hairs are lighter in colour
and in having the yellowish hairs more noticeably intermixed with the dorsal
feathered hairs which in these specimens are greyish.

The larva has been described by Curtis1 as follows: " Large and hairy of a
beautiful shining velvety black, the hairs being somewhat ocherous; there arc
two tufts of black on the back, followed by two of orange."

This brief description is, of course, of little value. Dyar who has studied
the larva of rossi as well as that of groenlandica states2 that " Curtis must have
mixed the species, describing the moth of rossi and the larva of groenlandica."
Packard described the larva of rossi from Polaris bay3 but his description does
not agree with the description of the larva described above from Collinson

1 Ross' Second Voyage.

2 Psyche, VIII, 163.

3 Amer. Nat. XI, 52.

Lepidoptera 39 1

point. This latter description is in general similar to Dyar's description of
rossi1.

The larvae reared by Mr. Johansen were fed in captivity on mountain
saxifraga (S. oppositifolia L.) and willow, chiefly the latter as soon as available.

In the Entomological Record for 19032 the species is recorded from Black-
falds, Alta., where in 1902 and 1903 Mr. P. B. Gregson found the larvae on
willow and poplar. Mr. Gregson at the time forwarded to us some larvae and
from one of these a male moth was reared. Larvae were also received in 1903
from Mr. D. Tipping, of the same place.

Regarding the occurrence of the species at Blackfalds, Alta., Mr. Gregson
reported that he first met with the larvae on August 27, 1901, on which date
he found three specimens feeding on aspen poplar. In some notes which he
sent to us at the time it is stated that larvae seemed to be full grown on September
22, and that since August 27 they had nxoulted once. They fed very little and
hibernated among dead leaves and twigs in a breeding cage which was kept
in an outhouse. In the spring of 1902, the larvae were brought indoors and
early strawberry leaves offered as food, until the leaves of aspen poplar appeared.
This latter food was continually present in the breeding cage, but unlike the
larvae reared by Mr. Johansen, referred to above, these three Blackfalds larvae
refused all food and eventually spun their cocoons among the dead leaves and
twigs at the bottom of the cage. The moths emerged about June 10.

The Blackfalds larvae are much grayer than the Collinson point larvae
and the upper lateral yellow hairs are decidedly brighter being citron-yellow
in colour. The number of yellow hairs, however, varies in the specimens.

Another larva, immature, in the National collection at Ottawa, from Fuller-
ton, Hudson bay, collected on July 7, 1904, by Mr. Andrew Halkett, bears still
lighter greyish feathered hairs, but otherwise is similar to the Blackfalds larvae.

In addition to the larvae collected at Collinson point and Demarcation
point, Mr. Johansen also collected larvae at Nome, Alaska, and at Chantry
island, Northwest Territories, but unfortunately no adults were reared. These
may be rossi but owing to the condition of the. larvae brought back it is difficult
to determine them definitely.

In addition to the material collected by the Southern Party of the Canadian
Arctic Expedition, I have also examined five cocoons collected by members of
the Northern Party, namely, four by Messrs. Castel and Emiu, from near cape
Ross, Melville island, about June 20, 1916. Three of these I would determine
as being those of G. rossi, but the pupa of the fourth differs from that of the
others in having black dorsal hair which according to Dyar3 is a characteristic
of G. groenlandica. The fifth cocoon is from Armstrong point, Victoria island,
Northwest Territories, summer, 1916 (J. Hadley).

From cocoons collected by Mr. Johansen, the tachinid parasite Euphorocera
gelida Coq. was reared. As many as six puparia were found in one cocoon.
The species was determined by Mr. J. R. Malloch, and is referred to in his
report on diptera collected by members of the Canadian Arctic Expedition4.
From Mr. Johansen's notes I gather that he reared also a hymenopterous para-
site.

In the Canadian National collection there is a male specimen of the moth
from Ashe inlet, North Bluff, Hudson's strait, August 13, 1884 (R. Bell).

1 Psyche, VII, 328.

2 Kept. Ent. Soc. Ont., 1903.

3 Psyche, VIII, 153.

4 Rep. Canad. Arc*. Exped., 1913-18, III, C, p. 57c. 1919.

40 i Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

FAMILY GEOMETRIDAE.

Genus Leucobrephos Grt.
Leucobrephos brephoides Walk.

Anarta brephoides Walk.: Cat. Brit. Mus., XI, 702, 1857.

In the Canadian National collection there are seven specimens of this
uncommon moth from northern localities, as follows: Mayo river, Yukon Terri-
tory, April 16, 1907, 3 males (J. A. Davidson); Janerk, Klutlan glacier, elevation
5,500 feet, 141st meridian, north of mount Natazhat, May 2, 1913, 2 males
(E. W. Nesham); Portage at Grand falls, Hamilton river, Labrador, May 12,
1894, 2 males (A. P. Low).

The life-history, habits, and distribution of the insect in Canada were
recently published in The Canadian Entomologist.1

Genus Acidalia Tr.

Acidalia frigidaria Moesch.

«

Acidalia frigidaria Moesch.: Wien. Ent. Monat., IV, 373, 1860.

One specimen in the Canadian National collection from Baldoff creek,
Yukon Territory, White river district, July 7, 1913 (D. D. Cairnes). The
species was determined by Mr. L. W. Swett.

Acidalia species.

Three specimens belonging to this genus all collected in the Yukon
Territory by the late Dr. D. D. Cairnes, namely, two in White river district,
lat. 61° 55', long. 141°, July 16, 1913, and the other near Nation river, lat.65°30',
long. 141°, are in the Canadian National collection. They probably represent
an undescribed species, but unfortunately the specimens are in poor condition.

Genus Holarctias Prout.
Holarctias sentinaria Geyer.

Hcematopis sentinaria Geyer in Hubner, Zutr. Exot. Schmett, f. 823, 1837.

One specimen in the Canadian National collection from White river district,
Yukon Territory, lat. 61° 45', long. 141°, July 20, 1913, female (D. D. Cairnes).
The specimen was determined by Dr. McDunnough.

Genus Cosymbia Hbn.
Cosymbia pendulinaria Guen.

Ephyra pendulinaria Guen.: Spec. Gen., IX, 414, 1857.

A specimen of what is apparently this species was collected by the late Dr.
D. D. Cairnes, near Black river, Yukon Territory, lat. 66° 31', long. 141°, on
June 18, 1912; it is in the Canadian National collection. The lines on this
specimens are blacker than those of examples in the collection from British
Columbia and other localities and the discal spot on all wings is entirely filled
with black.

Can. Ent., XLVIII, 133.

Lepidoptera 41 i

Genus Lygris Hbn.
Lygris destinata Moesch.

Lygris destinata Moeschler: Wien. Ent. Monat., 375, IV, 1860.

Among a small collection of lepidoptera made in the Yukon in 1908 by Mr.
Geo. Stewart, the specimens being now in the National collection at Ottawa,
are three specimens of Lygris destinata Hbn. taken at Nordenskiold, 63 miles
from Whitehorse, Yukon Territory, August 23, 1908. With these specimens
are two other examples taken on the same day and at the same place, which
resemble destinata but the antemedian band and the subterminal area are
distinctly yellowish, thus approaching, according to Dr. McDunnough, who
examined the specimens, similis of Walker.

Ten other specimens of what is probably this latter form were brought back
by members of the Canadian Arctic Expedition. These were taken as follows:
Nome, Alaska, August 24, 25, 1916, 4 specimens (F. Johansen); cape Pullen,
Wollaston Land, Victoria island, Northwest Territories, August 18, 1915, 4
specimens (D. Jenness); Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, August '25,
1915, 2 specimens (F. Johansen).

Unfortunately most of these specimens are in poor condition.

Genus Dysstroma Hbn.
Dysstroma truncata Hufn.

Geometra truncata Hufn. : Berl. Mag., IV, 602, 1769.

One specimen in the Canadian National collection from Bartlett bay
off Glacier bay, Alaska, June 10, 1907 (D. H. Nelles).

This specimen is in poor condition but Dr. J. McDunnough who examined
it, considered it to be this species. In the Barnes' collection there are specimens
of truncata from southern Alaska.

Dysstroma citrata Linn.

Phalcena citrata Linn.: Faun. Suec., p. 332, 1761.

One specimen from Latouche, southern Alaska, September 3, 1916 (F.
Johansen).

The specimen is in poor condition but is apparently a form of this species.

In addition there is in the Canadian National collection a specimen from
the Yukon, namely, from Burwash creek, Kluane district, August 4, 1914
(D. D. Cairnes), the determination of which was confirmed by Mr. Swett.

Genus Xanthorhoe Hbn.
Xanthorhoe abrasaria congregata Wlk.

Thera congregata Wlk.: Cat. Brit. Mus., XXIV, 1,264, 1862.

In the Canadian National collection are four specimens from the Yukon,
namely from wagon road between Whitehorse and Dawson, Yukon Territory,
July 7 to August 2, 1908 (Geo. Stewart). The species was not met with by
Mr. Johansen or other members of the Arctic Expedition.

In Dyar's Catalogue,1 congregata of Walker is given as a synonym of
unangulata of Haworth. This has been corrected by Barnes and McDunnough
in their Contributions2 and given in their recently issued check list3 as the
American race of abrasaria.

1 List of N. A. -Lepidoptera, 1902.

2 Cont. Nat. Hist. Lep. N. A., II, 5, 204.

3 Check List of the Lep. of Boreal Amer., 1917.

42 i Canadian Arctic Expedition,. 1913- 18

Genus Psychophora Kirby.
Psychophora sabini Kirby.

Psychophora sabini Kirby.: Supp. App. Parry's Voy. Disc. N.W. Passage,
1824.

Two specimens from Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July, 1916
(F. Johansen). These specimens agree fairly well with Curtis' figure in the
Appendix to Ross' Second Voyage.

Two other specimens, one from Wollaston Land, Victoria island, Northwest
Territories, summer, 1915 (D. Jenness) ; the other from cape Pullen, Wollaston
Land, Victoria island, August 18, 1915 (D. Jenness), may also be this species
but the specimens are not in very good condition.

Genus Cidaria Treit.
Cidaria species.

Two Yukon specimens are in the Canadian National collection, both
collected by the late D. D. Cairnes, one on July 24, 1912, on the Nation river,
hit. 65° 30', long. 141°, the other on July 23, 1913, in the White river
district, long. 141°. Both specimens were submitted to Mr. L. W. Swett,
who determined them as Cidaria frigidaria Gn.? He reported that the specimens
-CCIIKM I to be very close to specimens from Lapland determined by Staudinger.
Unfortunately, both specimens are in poor condition.

Genus Dasyuris Gn.
Dasyuris polata Dup.

Dasyuris polata Dup.: Hist. Nat. Lep. Fr., VIII, (V), 402, 1830.

Two specimens, on the authority of Mr. L. W. Swett, are at present placed
in the Canadian National collection under the above name. Both were studied
by Mr. Swett and compared with specimens in the Packard collection. One,
a male, was reported to match some of the rubbed specimens in this latter
collection. The second specimen, a female, is much larger but was thought
by Mr. Swett to be a female of polata. Referring to this latter specimen he
stated1 " I think the character of the basal band being accentuated outwardly
rather indicates this species or a- race of it". Both specimens were collected ;it
Tindir creek, Yukon Territory, international boundary, July 25, 1912 (D. D.
Cairnes),

Genus Oporinia Him.
Oporinia species.

In the Canadian National collection there is one specimen belonging to
this genus which was collected in the Yukon by Mr. Jos. Keele, the label on the
.-pecimen reading " Ladue river, August 21, 1905." This specimen was sub-
mitted by Mr. L. W. Swett, who named it Oporinia autuninata ? In reporting
upon it Mr. Swett remarked: " The markings are so effaced I cannot tell what
race or species it may be. The double lines on the hind wings are nearer together
than in typical autumnata, and it is not my race henshawi."

1 In litt. March 22, 1919.

Lepidoptera 43 1

Genus Eulype Hbn.
Eulype hastata L.

Phalcena-Geometra hastata L.: Syst. Nat., 527, 1758.

In the Canadian National collection there are nine specimens of this widely
distributed and very variable species from the following Yukon localities :
Kluane P.O., Yukon Territory, June 23, 1914 (D. D. Cairnes); Klotassin river
area, Yukon Territory, lat. 62° 31' to 63° 06', long. 137° 36' to 139° 30', summer
of 1916 (D. D. Cairnes); between latitudes 67° 25' and 66° 30', long. 141°,
June 18-27, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes); Finlayson river, Yukon Territory, July 25,
1887 (Dawson and McEvoy).

Genus Isturgia Hbn.
Isturgia truncataria Wlk.

Fidonia truncataria Wlk.: Cat. Brit. Mus., XXIV, 1034, 1862.

In the Canadian National collection there are five specimens taken in the
Yukon, as follows: 50 to 80 miles from Whitehorse, on Kluane road, Yukon
Territory, June 8-12, 1914, 4 examples (D. D. Cairnes); between lat. 67° 25'
and 66° 30' , long. 141°, June 12, 1912, 1 example (D. D. Cairnes).

Genus Macaria Curt.
Macaria granitata Gn.

Macaria granitata Gn.: Spec. Gen., X, 85, 1857.

This common and widely distributed species was not present in the Arctic
collection. There is one specimen in the Ottawa National collection from the
Yukon, labelled: Burwash creek, Kluane district, Yukon Territory, August 8,
1914 (D. D. Cairnes).

Germs Phasiane Dup.
Phasiane hebetata Hist.

Phasiane hebetata Hulst.: Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc., IV, 34, 1881.

No specimens in the Arctic collection. In the National collection at
Ottawa, there is one specimen which was collected at Canyon river, 75 miles
from Whitehorse, Yukon Territory, June 11, 1914 (D. D. Cairnes).

The species was described from Colorado. It is also known to occur in
Arizona and Washington Territory. In addition to the specimen referred to
there are in the Ottawa collection specimens from the provinces of Alberta and
Saskatchewan. Barnes and McDunnough1 figure the species in their " Contri-
butions."

Genus Itame Hbn.
Itame andersoni Swett.

Didstictis andersoni Swett.: Can. Ent., XLVIII, 251, 1916.

Three specimens of this species are in the Canadian National collection,
all bearing the label " Yukon Territory, collected on the wagon road between
Whitehorse and Dawson, August 22, 1908 (Geo. Stewart)." One of the speci-
mens was submitted to Mr. L. W. Swett, who confirmed the determination.
The species was described from Atlin, B.C. Recently Blackmore2 has figured

1 Cont. Nat. Hist. Lep. N. A., IV, 2, pi. 21, f. 13, 1918.

2 Proc. Ent. Soc. B.C. 10, 1917, (1918) pi. III.

44 i Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

the species but this illustration is much too pale and cannot be considered as
satisfactory. The species is figured in colours on PI. V, fig. 15.

Itame brunneata Thunb.

Phalcena brunneata Thunb.: Diss. Ent., I, 9, 1784.

One specimen from Burwash creek, Kluane district, Yukon Territory,
August 8, 1914 (D. D. Cairnes), is in the Canadian National collection. Mr.
L. \V. Swett compared this example with material in his collection from Europe
and reported that it did not match exactly the specimens in his series. He
states1 " Packard's name ferruginaria would hold in case this form was not
exactly like the European. It could only be a race of the European brunneata
at best and a series of microscopic slides with life-histories, would be necessary
to separate them; in Itame the genitalia are not so highly specialized as in some
other groups."

The Yukon example is rather darker in colour than the other specimens
under the name brunneata in the Ottawa government collection from the pro-
vinces of Ontario and Nova Scotia.

Genus Dysmigia Warr.
Dysmigia loricaria Evers.

Fidonia loricaria Evers.: Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosc., 59, 1837.

In the Canadian National collection there are eleven Yukon specimens,
all males, of this species which were collected by Mr. Geo. Stewart, in 1908,
at the following localities: Wagon road between Whitehorse and Dawson,
Yukon Territory, August 2, 18, 1908, and Takhuna, Yukon Territory, July 28,
1908.

The species is a common one. We have examples from the provinces of
Ontario, Manitoba, and Saskatchewan.

Genus Aspilates Tr.
Aspilates orciferaria Wlk.

Napuca orciferata Wlk.: Cat. Brit. Mus., XXVI, 1,693, 1862.

Three male specimens as follows: Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories>
July 10, 1916, 2 specimens (F. Johansen); Kugaluk river, Wollaston Land.
Victoria island, Northwest Territories, August 18, 1915 (D. Jenness).

In addition to the above the Northern Party of the Canadian Arctic Expedi-
tion brought back seven specimens, all collected at Armstrong point, Victoria
island. Northwest Territories, June 20 to July 11, 1916 (J. Hadley).

These specimens are much darker than others which we have in the National
collection at Ottawa, from Manitoba, Alberta, and Saskatchewan.

We have also specimens of this moth from Nansen creek, Placer Mining
camp, Yukon Territory, July 7-10, 1914 (D. D. Cairnes).

Genus Selenia Hbn.
Selenia alciphearia Wlk.

Xclt-nin <ilc i ()},(•(!, -in Wlk.: Cat. Brit. Mus. XX, 184, 1860.

A specimen of this geometer from Siwash creek, Yukon Territory, lat. 65°
f)<)' long. 141°, June 28, 1912 (D. D. Cairnes), is in the Canadian National
collection. It is a female and closely resembles the form ornata B. and McD.
which occurs on Vancouver island, British Columbia.

» In litt. March 22, 1919.

Lepidoptera 45 1

FAMILY PYRALIDAE.
Genus Loxostege Hbn.
Loxostege commixtalis Wlk.

Scopula commixtalis Wlk.: Cat. Brit. Mus., XXXIV, 1,459, 1865

One Yukon specimen of this species is n the Canadian National collection.

It bears the following label : Bear creek, 90 miles from Whitehorse, on Kluane

road, Yukon Territory, June 13, 1914 (D. D. Cairnes).

Genus Diasemia Hbn.
Diasemia alaskalis, n. sp.

Palpi dark brown, grayish-yellow above; head whitish, brown in centre;
thorax reddish-brown; abdomen brown, whitish towards end; legs whitish.
Primaries pale brownish with whitish scales along costa from base to reniform
and with whitish area from t.p. line to outer margin; veins more or less marked
with brown; costal margin yellowish-brown. T.a. line brown, sinuous, indistinct
on costa. Orbicular oval, defined by brown, rilled with yellowish-brown.
Reniform rather large of an elongate-quadrate shape, slightly constricted
centrally and filled with yellowish-brown. T.p. line dark brown, slightly
dentate, almost straight from costa to vein 4 then incurved to below reniform
on vein 2 and then excurved to inner margin. Terminal line brown, widened
into conspicuous spots at ends of veins. Fringes pale brown, darker brown
centrally. Secondaries whitish, thinly spotted with brown scales; discal spot
brown; an inner second brown spot is present midway between the discal spot
ancHhe costal margin, as also a brown subterminal line; fringes as on primaries.
Underside of all wings white, thinly spotted with brown, with all the markings
of the upperside distinctly brown; primaries thinly dusted with brown.

Alar expanse, 22 mm.

Type, a male, in the Canadian National collection from Collinson point,
Alaska, July 10, 1914 (F. Johansen). One paratype, bearing label " W. of
Konganevik (Camden bay), Alaska, beginning of July, 1914 (F. Johansen)."
The primaries of this specimen are more heavily dusted with brown than are
those of the type.

Dr. Dyar kindly compared the specimen which I have made the type with
material in the United States National Museum and reported that it represented
an undescribed species of Diasemia.

The type is figured on PL V, fig. 11.

Genus Titanic Hbn.
Titanic species — 1.

Two specimens collected at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, one
August 4, 1915, the other in July, 1916 (F. Johansen), were submitted to Dr.
Dyar, who reported that they represented an undescribed species of the genus
Titanio close to alticolalis B. and McD. The specimens, however, are con-
siderably rubbed and for this reason I do not at present care to give the species
a definite name.

Titanio species — 2.

A third specimen from cape Pullen, Wollaston Land, Victoria island, North-
west Territories, July 15, 1915 (D. Jenness), probably also belongs to the genus
Titanio and represents another undescribed species. It too, unfortunately, is in
poor condition.

46 i Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Genus Pyla Grt.
Pyla arctiella, n. sp.

Palpi black with white scaling; head, thorax and body blackish with bronzy-
green iridescence and dusted with white scales, body particularly so on venter,
sides and posterior half of dorsum. Primaries dark brown with bronzy-green
iridescence and rather heavily dusted throughout with white scales. T.a.
line white, wide, almost straight, slightly bent outwardly at centre. T.p. line,
white, wide, from cost a near apex inwardly oblique to near centre of wing,
then continuing in an outcurve to above vein Ib and then outwardly oblique
to inner margin. Secondaries pale brownish. Fringes on all wings pale brown-
ish. Legs dark brown, white-scaled.

Wings beneath smoky-brown, paler along costa and near apex.

Alar expanse, 20 mm.

Type, a female, (PI. V, fig. 13), from Collinson point, Alaska, July 17, 1914
(F. Johansen), in the Canadian National collection.

The generic determination was made by Dr. Dyar. This new species
which is represented by one specimen, is, according to Dr. Dyar's table, close
to bixtrirtteUa Hulst.

FAMILY EUCOSMID^E.
Genus Eucosma Hbn.

Eighteen specimens from the following localities: Nome, Alaska, August
24, 1916, 4 specimens (F. Johansen); west of Konganevik, Camden bay, Al-
aska, July, 1914, 5 specimens (F. Johansen); north side of big lake west of
Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska, end of June, 1914, 4 specimens (F. Johansen) ;
Barter island, northern Alaska, June 27, July 11, 1914, 4 specimens (D. Jenness) ;
Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories, July, 1915, 1 specimen (F. Johansen).

Unfortunately the above specimens are in a poor state of preservation.
Klcven of them were submitted to Mr. August Busck, of the United States
National Museum and were referred to the genus Eucosma.

OTHER MICROLEPIDOPTERA.

In addition to the specimens of the genus Eucosma a small number of
other examples of microlepidoptera were collected by Mr. Johansen at Bernard
harbour, Northwest Territories, July and August, 1915; cape Bathurst, North-
wot Territories, July, 1916, and Ketchikan, southeastern Alaska, September,
1916. All of the specimens, however, are in very poor condition.

FAMILY HEPIALIDAE.

Genus Hepialus Fabr.

Hepialus species.

Two specimens were taken at Latouche, southern Alaska, September :<5,
1916 (F. Johansen).

These specimens are in very poor condition; the primaries of one are missing
and the other specimen is much rubbed and otherwise broken.

Lepidoptera 47 1

LARVAE COLLECTED DURING THE EXPEDITION.

Various members of the Southern Party of the Canadian Arctic Expedition
collected lepidopterous larvae under stones, etc., and these were placed in alcohol.
In most instances the specimens were immature, and without a knowledge of
the adults it is not possible to make a report of any value on them. Such
larvae are of the families Nymphalidae, Noctuidse, as well as others of the
Microfrenatse.

In 1915 and also in 1916, Mr. Johansen found at Bernard harbour, North-
west Territories, specimens of a small lepidopterous larva feeding commonly
in the roots of Pedicularis lanata. .The first larva was found on July 4, 1915.
Under this date Mr. Johansen's note reads: " Larva 10 mm. long, flesh-coloured,
with head, neck plate and thoracic feet brown, found in the root of the common
red-flowered Pedicularis. The larva had made a tunnel 15 mm. long, down
the middle of the root." Other larvae of similar size were collected on July 16.
On July 18, a further examination of plants showed that the larva did not
confine its burrows to the roots but that it also tunnelled the stem feeding
upon the pith. As a rule only one occurred in a plant. The larva was further
met with both in the roots and the stems of Pedicularis on the island forming
the north side of the harbour, at Bernard harbour, on June 10, 1916. Unfor-
tunately no adults were reared from larvae kept under observation. (Breeding
record 71.)

48 i Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

PLATE I.
Fig. 1. Genitalia of Oeneis taygete Hbn. (Near Whitehorse, Yukon Territory).

2. Genitalia of Oeneis semidea Say. (Gravel river, Northwest Territories.).

3. Genitalia of Oeneis semidea Say. (New Hampshire, U.S.).

4. Genitalia of Oeneis semidea arctica Gibson. (Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories).
"). (icnitalia of Oeneis simulans Gibson. (Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories).

6. Genitalia of Oeneis cairnesi Gibson. (Yukon Territory).

7. Genitalia of Oeneis peartice Edw. (Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories).

8. Genitalia of Oeneis brucei yukonensis Gibson. (Yukon Territory).

(All magnified 14 times.)

I-

3 7

50 i Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

PLATE II.
Fig. 1. Underside of Oeneis semidea Say, female. (Orange creek, Yukon Territory).

2. Underside of Oeneis semidea Say, male. (Pelly river, Yukon Territory).

3. Underside of Oeneis semidea Say, male. (Gravel river, Northwest Territories; genitalia

of this specimen shown on Plate 1, fig. 2).

4. Underside of Oeneis semidea arctica Gibson, paratype, male. (Bernard harbour, North-

west Territories).

5. Underside of Oeneis simulans Gibson, type, male. (Bernard harbour, Northwest.

Territories).

6. Underside of Oeneis peartice Edw., female. (Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories)

7. Underside of Oeneis cairnesi Gibson, type, male. (White river district, Yukon

Territory) .

8. Underside of Oeneis cairnesi Gibson, paratype, female. (White river district, Yukon

Territory).

9. Underside of Oeneis brucei yukonensis Gibson, type, male. (Klutlan glacier, Yukon

Territory).

10. Upperside of Oeneis brucei yukonensis Gibson, paratype, female, showing ocelli on
primaries. (Klutlan glacier, Yukon Territory).

(All natural size).

65994—4

PLATE II

fl 1

if I

52 i CaniK/ian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

PLATE III.
Fig. 1. Pieris napi pseudobryonicB Verity, male. (Bartlett bay, Alaska).

2. Pieris napi pseudobryonicB Verity, female. (Bartlett bay, Alaska).

3. Pieris napi arctica Verity, female. (Bet. lat."67° 25' and 66° 30'; long. 141°).

4. Pieris napi <urtic<i Verity, male, underside. (Xanson creek, Yukon Territory).

5. Erebia sofia Stkr., female, underside. (Harrington creek, Yukon Territory).

6. Brenthis natazhati Gibson, type, male, underside. (Long. 141°, north of mount

Natazhat).

7. Euchloe creusa Dbldy., chrysalis. (Departure bay, British Columbia).

8. Hyphoraia alpina Quens., cocoon. (Collinson point, Alaska).
!>. dijnacpJtora rossi Curtis, larva. (Collinson point, Alaska).

10. Hyphoraia alpina Quens., (remaster, X 9. (Collinson point, Alaska).

11. Hyphoraia f estiva Bork., cremaster, X 9. (Bernard harbour, Northwest Territoi

12. Brenthis natazhati Gibson, female. (Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories).

13. Autographa altera Ottol.? male. (Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories).

14. Autographa sackeni Ottol.? male. (Mayo lake, Yukon Territory).

15. Plebeius scudderi Edw., male. (West side of Kluane lake, Yukon Territory).
Hi. Plebeius aquilo Bdv.?, male. (Burwash creek, Yukon Territory).

17. Plebeius aquilo Bdv.?, male. (Kluane, Yukon Territory).
IS. Plflx'hix (if/uilo Bdv., male. (Bernard harbour, Northwest Tcrritori'

(All natural size) .

65994—5

PLATh II!

5

-<'/'. ,ss • ?

\

v

15 '

5'tJ 3

5-4 i Ciiinidnin Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

PLATE IV.

1. E urym us boothi Curtis, male. (Bernard harbour, Northwest. Territories).

2. Eurymus boothi Curtis> male. (Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories).

3. Oeneis brucei yukonensis Gibson, type, male. (Klutlan glacier, Yukon Territory).

4. Oeneis semidea arctica Gibson, type, male. (Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories) .

Genitalia of this specimen shown on Plate I, fig. 4.

5. Oeneis peartice Edw., female. (Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories).

6. Oeneis cairnesi Gibson, type, male. (White river district, Yukon Territory).

7. Erebia fasdata Butler, female. (Lat. 65° 10' long. 141°). .

8. Erebia fasdata Butler, male. (Armstrong point, Victoria island, Northwest Territories) .

9. Erebia rossi Curtis, female. (Wollaston Land, Victoria island, Northwest Territories) .

10. Erebia youngi Holl., male. (Siwash creek, Yukon Territory).

11. Erebia sofia Stkr., male. (White river district, Yukon Territory).

12. Brenthis distincta Gibson, type, female. (Harrington creek, Yukon Territory).

(All natural size) .

rf 1 '

PLATE IV

x

ry

5(> i Canadian Arctic Expedition, I !> 13-18

I'l.ATK \".

Fiji. I. Brenthis frigga <//rf N/.V //*/* Lehm., female. (Collinson point, Alaska).

2. 7>/r//////x /Wa/v'.s- Bdv., female, underside. (Barter island, Alaska).

:\. Jlrcntliix /whirix Bdv., male. (Barter island, Alaska).

4. Kt't-nthix polaria Bdv., female. (Barter island, Alaska).

.">. Hn-nthis jtalcx o/ax/,v//.s/x Moll., male. ( Raeciuet creek, Intcrimlional J^oundary).

<i. Jin-nth ix n(it(izfniti (lilison, type, male. (International Boundary, north of mount
Natazhat).

7. Brenthis frigga improba Bull, female. (Bernard harbour, Nort Invest Tcn-ritori'

5. Hivnlfn'xfri{/(/fi imimiha Bull, male. (W. of Konganevik, Camden bay, Alaska).

»). I'arabiirrori.ii kn-lci. (iibson, ])aratyp<>, female. (Mountain below Twitya river. North-
west Territories).

10. Parrdbarrovia keelei Gibson, ty]>e, male. (Mountain below Twitya river, Northwest
Territon.

11. 7 >/f/.sr ////(/ (ildxkdli* (Iibson, tyjie, male. (C'ollinson ])oint, Alaska).

12. Ilo>no(/ltic<i niumii/i (Iibson, 1y])e, female. (Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories).
i:>. r//l<i (irrt.it/lii (libson, ty]>e, female. (Collinson point, Alaska).

14. Atiartd Irurtici/r/d Stand., female. (C'ape Pullen, \'ictoria island, Northwest Terri-

tory

1 "). ft-dttu- <n«lcrx(»ri Swett., male. ((>() miles from Whifehorse, Yukon Territory).

16. Anarta Hnhftnt/(ixd (iibson, type, male. (. \rmst ron<;- jxiint, A'ictoria island. Northwest,

Territorit

17. Barrovia fftsdcUa Skin., male. (Barter island, Alaska).

is. f///i>fiorditi dlfn'nti (Aliens., male. (Collinson point, Alaska).

1(.). Hyphoraia festiva Bork., male. (Bernard harbour. Northwest Territories).

20. J/yplmrttid fc.xli.rd Bork,, male. (Port Kpworth, Coronation ^ulf, Northwest. Terri-
torii

i All natural sixe).

PLATE V

rtr

11

—

wf^

**

10

13

14

w

15

12

^PP

16

ifi

17

19

20

18

Lepidoptera

INDEX

abrasaria congregata, Xanthorhoc
Acidalia frigidaria

PAGE.

41
40

Dysstroma truncata

41

" species

. 40

epipsodea, Erebia

Aglais antiopa

27

Erebia disa

17

" j-album

. 26

" discoidalis

ID

" milberti

26

epipsodea

Agroperina latentia

37

16

alaskalis, Diasemia

45

" magdalena

18

alteraf , Autographa

37

" rossi

17

alciphearia, Selenia

44

" sofia

I1'

alpina, Hyphoraia

31

" youngi

18

amyntula Everes

28

-,

Anarta cordigera

34

" creusa

g

" leucocyda
" richardsoni

34
34

Eucosma species
Eulype hastata

l'>
43

" subfumosa

34

Eurymus boothi

7

andersoni, Itame
Androloma mac-cullochi

43
33

" christina
' eurytheme kootenai

9
g

antiopa, Aglais
Apantesis quenseli

27
32

hecla glacialis
' meadi

6

ii

aquilo, Plebeius
arctiella, Pyla

29
46

1 nastes
' palaeno chippewa

11
10

Argynnis bischoffi
arthemis rubrofasciata, Basilarchia
Aspilates orciferaria
Autographa alteraf
sackenif
ausonides, Euchloe

Barrovia fasciata

. 20
27
. 44
37
. 37
5

. 33

27

" pelidne
eurytheme kootenai, Eurymus
Everes amyntula

fasciata , Barrovia
fasciata, Erebia
faunus, Polygonia
J 'estiva, Hyphoraia
freija Brenthis

9
9

28

. 33
Hi
. 26
32
22

bicolor, Lexis
bischoffi, Argynnis
boothi, Eurymus
brephoides, Leucobrephos
Brenthis chariclea

. 31
20

7
40
20

frigga alaskensis, Brenthis
frigga saga, Brenthis
frigga improba, Brenthis
frigidaria, Acidalia

24

L>4

. 24
40

distincta

. 25

22

Glaucopsyche couperi.
glaucus canadensis, Papilio

. 29
4

: frigga alaskensis
frigga improba
: frigga saga
natazhati
pales alaskensis
" polaris
" triclaris

. 24
24
. 24
21
21
23
20

granitata, Macaria
groenlandica, Gynaephora
Gynaephora groenlandica
" rossi

hastata, Eulype
hebetata, Phasiane

43
38
38
37

. 43
43

brucei yukonensis, Oeneis

15

hecla glacialis, Eurymus
helloides Heodes

6

27

brunneata Itame

44

cairnesi, Oeneis

15

Heodes helloides
" hypophlceus feildeni

... 27
. 27
46

campestris, Phyciodes
Carter vcephalus palaemon
centaureac, Hesperia

.... 25
.... 30
30

Hesperia centaurece
Holarctias sentinaria

30

in

chariclea, Brenthis
christina Eurymus

.... 20
9

Homoglaea murrayi
Hyphoraia alpina ....

.".1

chryxus, Oeneis

11

" J 'estiva
" parthenos . .

-iJ
31

Cidaria species
citrata, Dysstroma
Coenonympha kodiak yukonensis
commixtalis, Loxostege
cordigera, Anarta

. . 42
41
11
45
35

hypoph lotus feildf.n>, H codex

Incisalia irus
irus, Incisalia

L'7

•27
L'7
4:;

Cosymbia pendulinaria
couperi, Glaucopsyche
creusd, Euchloe

Dasyuris polata
destinata, Lygris
Diasemia alaskalis
disa, Erebia . .

40
29
5

. 42
41
45
.... 17

Itame andersoni
" brunneata

j-album, Aglais
jutta, Oeneis '.

keelei, Parabarrovia
kodiak yukonensis, Coenonympha

. 43

44

. 26
12

. 33
11

discoidalis Erebia

.. 16

25

46

44

lateritia, Agroperina

37

41

... 35

58 i

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Leucobrephos brephoides

leucocycla, Anarta

Lexis bicolor

loricaria, Dysmigia

Loxostege commixtalis

Lycaenopsis pseudargiolns

Lygris destinata

Macaria granitata

mac-cullochi, Androloma

machaon aliaska, Papilio

magdalena, Erebia

meadi, Eurymus

melaleuca, Sympistis

milberti, Aglais

murrayi, Homoglcea

napi arctica, Pieris

napi pseudobryonice, Fieri*

nastes, Eurymus

natazhati, Brenthis

occidentalis, Pieris

Oeneis brucei yukonensis

cairnesi

chryxus

jutta

peartioe

semidea

semidea arctica

simulans

taygete.

Oporinia species

orciferaria, Aspilates

palaemon, Carter ocephalus

palaeno chippewa, Eurymus

pales alaskensis, Brenthis

Papilio glaucus canadensis

" machaon aliaska

Parabarrovia keelei

Parasemia plantaginis

Parnassius smintheus

Parastichtis verberata

parthenos, Hyphoraia

peartice, Oeneis

Pedicularis lanata, larvae in roots of.

pelidne, Eurymus

pendulinaria, Cosymbia

persius, Thanaos

Phasiane hebetata

Phyciodes campestris

Pieris napi arctica

: napi pseudobryoniae

" occidentalis

plantaginis, Parasemia

PAGE.

PAGE.

40

}'(.<;h, 7//.s aquilo

29

35

saepiolus

29

31

" scudderi

2S

44

xhaxtu

29

45

polaris, Brenthis

23

30

polata, Dasyuris

42

41

Polygonia faunus

2(i

progne

2<i

43

silenus

2li

33

zephyrus

2(i

3

progne, Polygonia

2(i

18

pseudargiolus, Lycaenopsis

30

6

Psychophora sabini

42

35

Pyla arctiella

40

26

36

quenseli, Apantesis

32

4

richardsoni, Anarta

. 35

5

rossi, Erebia

17

11

rossi, Gynaephora

37

21

sabini, Psychophora

. 42

4

sackeni?, Autographa

37

15

saepiolus, Plebeius

29

15

scudderi, Plebeius

28

11

Selenia alciphearia

44

12

semidea, Oeneis

13

14

semidea arctica, Oeneis

13

13

sentinaria, Holarctias

40

13

shasta Plebeius

29

14

silenus, Polygonia

26

12

simulans, Oeneis

14

42

smintheus, Parnassius

4

44

sofia Erebia

19

subfumosa, Anarta

34

30

Sympistis melaleuca

35

10

" zetterstedti

36

21

4

taygete, Oeneis

12

3

Thanaos persius

30

33

Titanio species

45

33

triclaris, Brenthis

20

4

truncata, Dysstroma

41

36

truncataria, Isturgia

43

31

14

verberata, Parastichtis

3fi

47

9

wockei, Epipsilia

:; I

40

30

Xanthorhoe abrasaria congregata

41

43

25

youngi, Erebia

18

4

yukonensis, Leucania

35

5

4

zephyrus, Polygonia

. 20

33

zetterstedti, Sympistis

3(i

I 3

REPORT

: - *
1

OF THE

CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION

1913-18

VOLUME III: INSECTS

PART J: ORTHOPTERA

By E. M. WALKER

SOUTHERN PARTY, 1913-16

OTTAWA

THOMAS MULVEY

PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY
1920

Issued Sept. 4th. 11 70

Orthoptera Collected in the Canadian Arctic.

By E. M. WALKER.
University of Toronto.

No orthoptera were received among the insects collected by the Canadian
Arctic Expedition 1913-18, but we have received a single grasshopper collected
by Mr. V. Stefansson in 1911. The following is a note on this insect:

FAMILY AGRIDIDAE
Melanoplus frigidus (Boheman).

A single female of this species in poor condition, bears label giving the
following data:

"No. 1670 [F. J.]. Langton bay (Franklin bay), Northwest Territories,
summer of 1911. V. Stefansson."

In a note to the writer Dr. R. M. Anderson states that "This specimen,
brought to us with other insect specimens in 1914 from our old house at Langton
bay by a former Eskimo employee, while taken in the Langton bay region, was
most probably picked up from twenty to forty miles inland on the Horton river,
south side of the Melville mountains, a range of hills about 1,000 feet high, skirt-
ing the south side of Franklin bay."

The capture of this Palaearctic species in the above locality was not unex-
pected as several specimens were taken by Mr. J. M. Jessup on the International
boundary, Alaska, lat. 69° 20' N., long. 141° W., on Aug. 8, 1912 (Caudell,
Can. Ent., vol. XLVII, 1915, p. 160).

On account of the difficulty of determining species of this group from the
female sex alone, the writer submitted this specimen to Mr. Morgan Hebard, who
is engaged in a revision of the Melanopli. I had determined it as Podisma
frigidum (Boheman) with some doubt, as it differs slightly in the form of the
valves of the ovipositor from the single female European specimen I have of this
species, but Mr. Hebard has confirmed the determination. In a letter to the
writer he says "You will note the transfer of this species to the genus Melanoplus.
I am bringing out the d'ata on this change in a paper which will be published
shortly."1 I have been likewise of the opinion, for some time, that this species
is a true Melanoplus, and it is of special interest as being the only species of this
genus known from the Old World, where it is widely distributed in northern
regions, having been taken in Norway, Lapland and Siberia, and as a glacial
relict in the Swiss Alps and the Tyrol.2

Three other species of Orthoptera are definitely recorded from the Arctic
regions of North America. These are Gomphocerus clavatus Thomas, Melanoplus
borealis (Fieber) and M. fasciatus (Barnston- Walker) .

Gomphocerus clavatus was recorded by Caudell (loc. tit.} from the same
locality in Alaska where M. frigidus. was taken. It is a widely distributed
species, ranging from eastern Manitoba to the Rocky Mountains and southward
to Nebraska, Kansas, Colorado and New Mexico. It is found at high elevations
in the mountains of Colorado, Wyoming, Idaho and New Mexico. The genus
Gomphocerus is of Palaearctic origin, G. clavatus being the only American species.

Melanoplus borealis has been until very recently considered as a typically
arctic form. It has been recorded from Greenland (Fieber, Lotos, III, 1853),

the above was written a preliminary discussion of this subject has appeared in the following
paper by Mr. Hebard' New Genera and Species of Melanopli found within the United States. (Trans.
Am. Ent. Soc., XIV, pp. 257-298, 1919).

2Hebard (op. cit.) states that the recently described Podisma prossenii Puschnig from the Eisenhut in
Carinthia is also a Melanoplus.

4 j Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Labrador, Hudson Bay and Alaska. The specimens described by Scudder in
his "Revision of the Melanopli" came from the Esquimaux village of Ramah, on
the coast of Labrador, lat. 57° N., while the Alaska specimens recorded by
Caudell (Pap. Harriman Alaska Exp., Proc. Wash. Acad. Sc., vol. II, pp. 511-
512, 1900) were taken at Kukak Bay, Alaska Peninsula.

I have a large series of this species from Nain (lat. 56° 30") and Hopedale
(lat. 55° 24"), Coast of Labrador, an examination of which convinced me
that they are not specifically distinct from M. extremus Walk., a species also
recorded from Labrador and Arctic America, which was placed by Scudder in a
different section of the genus. On submitting this question to Mr. Hebard, I
learned that he had already placed M. extremus as a race of borealis in his unpub-.
lished notes on this group, and Messrs. Morse and Blatchley are also of the
opinion that the two forms are conspecific. This being the case, M. borealis,
as a species, is by no means exclusively arctic, but ranges over nearly the whole
of Canada and extends also into various parts of the northern United States.
It is, however, a typically boreal form and probably reaches its highest develop-
ment in the Hudsonian zone.

Melanoplus fasciatus is a species of similar range and has also been recorded
from Nain, Labrador, so that it may be fairly included in the arctic fauna.

Several other species of Acrididae have been reported from "Arctic America"
chiefly by F. Walker (Cat. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., III-IV, 1869-71), but in the
absence of definite localities it is uncertain whether they were taken in the
Arctic zone proper or the Hudsonian. These are Acrydium granulatum Kirby,
Chorthippus curtipennis (Harr.), Hippiscus apiculatus (Harr.) and Melanoplus
femur-rubrum (DeGeer). The type locality of A. granulatum is in lat. 65°, and
it was taken by Adam White (Richardson, Arctic Search. Exp., II, p. 360, 1851)
at Fort Simpson (lat. 61° 30') and at the junction of the Mackenzie and Slave
rivers, so that it cannot be certainly regarded as arctic on the basis of these
records. The other records are indefinite and that of M. femur-rubrum almost
certainly erroneous, the species referred to being probably M. borealis.

A few other Orthoptera may be mentioned as very possibly ranging into
the arctic regions. Melanoplus kennicottii Scudd. and M. atlanis (Riley)
were taken by Kennicott on the Yukon river, Alaska. The former has also
been recorded from Saskatchewan, Alberta and Montana, while the latter is
widely distributed over the greater part of North America, extending into
Mexico.

Melanoplus bruneri Scudd. (M. alaskanus Scudd.) is also recorded from
Alaska and is widely distributed in Canada in the Boreal region.

A crydiumbrunneriBoliver (which is perhaps the true A. granulatum (Kirby),
and Melanoplus bivittatus Say are recorded from the Hudson bay region, while
Circotettix verruculatus (Kirby) ranges far north, the type specimen having come
from lat. 57° N.

All the species mentioned above are locusts or "short-horned grasshoppers"
(Acrididae), but there is one species of "long-horned grasshopper" (Tettigoni-
idaej, which has some claim to membership in the Arctic Fauna. This is Idiono-
tus sphatjnornm (Walk.) (syn. 7. brevipes1 Caud., Platycleis fletcheri Caud.),
which was originally described from St. Martin's Falls, Hudson Bay. It was
redescribed l.y Caudell (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXXII, p. 396, 1907) as Idionotus
brevipes from a single male, taken by Kennicott in "Arctic America" (Caudell,
I.e.). This same specimen h-id already been mentioned but not described by
Scudder (Can. Knt., XXVI, p. 182, 1894) in his characterization of the genus
Idionotus, and is stated to h:ive been "collected by Kennicott somewhere on his
explorations in or going to Alaska." This species is now known also from
northwestern Ontario, Manitoba and Alberta.

ll am indebted to Mr. W. S. Blatchley for the synonymy of Idionotus brevipes Caud. withTZ)ech'cws
sphagnorum Walk. I had long suspected this to be the case, as we have only one northern Decticine, as
far as known.

REPORT

ft'*

U •

OF THE K-

• i, / K •«

CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION

1913-18

VOLUME III: INSECTS

PART K: INSECT LIFE ON THE WESTERN ARCTIC COAST OF AMERICA

By FRITS JOHANSEN

OTTAWA

THOMAS MULVEY

PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY
1921

16579—1 Issued November 7, 1921

K

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America

By FRITS JOHANSEN'

Introduction

The territory covered by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18, stretches
from Wrangell island (about latitude 71 degrees north, longitude 178 degrees
west) off Siberia to the new land found north of the Canadian Arctic archipelago
(about latitude 80 degrees north, longitude 100 degrees west).

Much of this area, however, was passed only on ship or during sledge-
expeditions, and from some localities no collections of insects or plants were
made.

The expedition was divided into a northern and a southern party, the
northern exploring principally the Arctic ocean and Canadian Arctic archipelago,
while the southern investigated the continental coast. Owing to the unfor-
tunate loss of the naturalist of the northern party, Mr. James Murray, with the
" Karluk," off Wrangell island, in 1914, the collections made up to then by that
party were lost, but the few specimens collected later have a considerable value,
owing to the high latitude in which they were found.

Reports on all the entomological specimens appear in this volume. Rearing
experiments were made with more than a hundred various insects, etc., but owing
to the difficulties incident to a trip of this description, only a quarter of the
experiments were successful.

Investigations were made at:2

Teller, Alaska (July-August, 1913).

Camden bay, Alaska (September, 1913 to July, 1914).

Demarcation point, Alaska (May, 1914).

Herschel island, Yukon (July, 1914 and August, 1916).

Peninsula south of Dolphin and Union strait, Northwest Territories
(August, 1914 to July, 1916).

Lower part of Coppermine river, Northwest Territories (February, 1915).

Some insects were collected in Alaska at Nome, Latouche and Ketchikan;
and at Cape Bathurst, Victoria island and Coronation Gulf, Northwest
Territories.

In the present article the natural conditions and the insect life in these
localities are described, but descriptive geographical details are omitted. With
this series of reports is included a list of flowering plants, by Theo. Holm and
the late J. M. Macoun, and vegetation is, therefore, referred to only when
it affects insect life.3 The region where the forest insects were found lies in
the transition zone between the arctic and the subarctic, on the boundary of
the barren grounds, and at some distance from the coast; but it is included in
this report because the forest insects are described in the report on Coleoptera.

To this report are added data regarding insect life on some of the islands
in the Canadian Arctic archipelago, and a comparison is made between these
insects and those of Greenland.

xThe report as originally submitted by the author has been considerably cut down and has been
recast into impersonal form to conform to the other reports of the series.
2See map of Western Arctic Coast of America, Fig. 1, p. 41K.

^Specific plant identifications in the present paper are from collections determined by
Macoun and Holm. (See Vol. V, Part A, Vascular Plants.)

16579— U

4K Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

SOUTH SIDE OF SEWARD PENINSULA, ALASKA (NOME AND TELLER)

This district has been so often and so well described that further description
in this report appears unnecessary.

Though the character of the country and climate around Nome is practically
the same as at Port Clarence (Teller), that of the coast line is different. At
Teller, a long, low sandspit runs from the southeast parallel to the mainland
and embraces the spacious harbour of Port Clarence. At the head of the port
two sandspits, on the southern of which Teller is situated, mark the entrance to
Grant ley harbour, which is continued by a channel to Imuruk lake.

The southern spit, only a few feet above the sea, consists of gravel and sand
with grass-tufts and flowering plants including Papaver nudicaule, Chamaerium
latifolium, Artemisia and Honckenyia peploides; the tundra, best developed in
depressions, is characterized by creeping willows, Carex, etc. A few larger
depressions (some artificial) contain water even in August (PL V, fig. 1). Just
west of the town a large lake stretches almost across the sandspit, separated
from Grantley harbour by a swamp, and from Port Clarence by sand hills.
This lake is a case of recent marine formations, for marine diatoms are found
in it, and Commander Trollope's chart of the place made in 1854 shows a lagoon
with an outlet to Port Clarence and connected at high tide with Grantley har-
bour. Since that time the ends of the lagoon have been filled in by beach-
deposits for about 100 yards on each side, leaving a couple of ponds on the
Port Clarence side.

On the other sides the lake is surrounded by low hills and elevated tundra
intersected by small streams, which carry the melting snow in spring time, but
later are dry. The depressions of the higher tundra enclose a few ponds in which
are mosses, Hippuris, Utricularia, etc.; and in the gulches among the hills and
in shelter of the banks, willows attain a fair size, though not so high as at Nome.
Hippuris, Carex, etc., cover most of the lake shore, growing on mud or gravel-
bottoms; and swamps occur between the lake and the surrounding tundra.
(PI. v, fig. 1).

Insects were very plentiful here, but some of the plants plentiful at Nome
were absent, owing, perhaps, to the higher altitude.

The fauna and flora of this part of Seward peninsula may best be compared
to the Kotzebue sound area and the Mackenzie delta beyond the tree limit,
but little is known of insect life in either of these districts.

The fauna, flora, climate, and general nature of the Nome and Teller areas
are so similar that their insect life is here treated as identical. The fresh-water
insects include: —

(a) On the surface: Collembola, and swarms of peculiar flies (Hydrophorus
signijerus) jumping around like the well-known water-bugs (Hydrometra).
They evade capture by flying, but afterwards " slide " backwards to the surface
to pursue their predacious habits. Their development probably takes place in
the water, to which they are far more attached as imagines than is the case with
tipulidae, mosquitoes, and other aquatic diptera.

(b) Under the surface : coleopterous, trichopterous, and dipterous larvae,
besides the bug Arctocorixa sp. and various water-beetles (Dytiscidoe) as Ilybius
angustior, Agabus nigripalpis, Agabus infuscatus, Colymbetes dolobratus.

The development of the dytiscid larvae (Agabus sp.) outside of the water
is interesting. In the sand or mud flats surrounding the lake, the larvae make
their open pupal cells, sheltered by any stone, board, tin can, old sacks, or such
waste material as is found near a town or camping place. This material,
^obstructing the sunlight, renders vegetation scarce and deformed, and the sur-
face is better able to retain the moisture.

A variety of invertebrates were found there, ranging from snails (Succinea
and Agriolimax), myriapods (Cryophilus alaskanus, Arctogeophilus glacialis,
jEzembius stejnegeri), mites, spiders (Pardosa glacialis), and collembola, to

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of Amtrica OK

various insect larvae (diptera, especially tipulids, and coleoptera) and more
secretive living insects (elaterid and carabid beetles Elaphrus riparius, Amara
brunnipennis, Pterosticus vindicatus, P. similis, Peophila eschscholzii, Bembidium
complanulum, small homoptera, etc.). The finding of myriapods is interesting,
because it is the most northern record so far of this order on the American
continent. On the tundra itself an occasional hairy lepidopterous larva may
be seen, and tiny mites, spiders (Micranecta crassimana, Tmeticus brunneus
and hemiptera ; or a phryganeoid (Anabolia marginata} resting its frail body
on a grass-leaf. Curculionid beetles are also at work as larvae or adults, and u
great number of flies are seen, among which the caribou bot-fly, Oedemagena
(Hypoderma) tarandi, is perhaps the most interesting, owing to its bumblebee-like
appearance and life history. Various species of bumblebees (Bombuskirbyellus,
B. polaris, B. sylvicola, B. pleuralis, B. lucorum, B. frigidus) are all attracted
to Epilobium spicatum and other flowering plants (Iris. Aconitum, Delphin-
ium, Leguminosse, Campanula, Pedicularis, etc.), when the male willow catkins
have fallen off. The plant which attracts most of the insects at Nome is, how-
ever, the imposing Heracleum lanatum, which in protected places is more than
six feet high and spreads its enormous, sweet-scented cymes towards the sun.
On its flowers a number of different flies collect, the tipulid, Dicranomyia alas-
caensis, a phryganeoid (Limnephelus sp.), Vespa marginata, and the big green
saw-fly, Rhodogaster religua; also various ichneumonids, butterflies, and moths
as Eurymus palaeno chippewa Edw., Eucosma sp., and other microlepidoptera.
Few butterflies are seen at the end of August, but an easily scared geometrid
moth (Lygris destinata L.) is very common at that time. Swarms of mosquitoes
(Aedes sp.) make themselves felt rather forcibly in the shelter of the gully-
banks or over the various ponds and pools on warm, quiet days. The shrubby wil-
lows harbour a variety of insects. Mites and saw-flies make galls in the leaves,
or the latter are fastened together by a small lepidopterous larva, which
skeletonizes the sides of the leaves thus turned inwards. Lithecolletis (?) larvae
mining in the leaves of Petasites, Artemisia, Saxifraga, etc., were also observed,
and a spider with its web between plant leaves, spinning some of these together
as a breeding chamber, where the eggs and recently emerged young may be
found at the end of August.

On the tall willow-bushes in the gullies inland the leaf-eating or gall-forming
sawfly larvae (sometimes infected with chalcid parasites) are found. A grey,
ball-shaped nest of Vespa marginata is occasionally suspended from the lower
branches or trunks of these small trees, and partly hidden by the foliage or
vegetation, but may be obtained with less risk from the inside of old tin cans
or boxes which may be lying around.

Vegetation and insect life in the hills back of the coastal tundra are scantier
than on the lowland. Apart from flies and mosquitoes, everywhere present,
the most characteristic insect is the bumblebee, but spiders, mites, collembola,
small beetles, moths, and craneflies are also found.

Various small arthropods are also found under driftwood and other washed
up material on the beach.

The wingless parasites (mallophaga, fleas and lice) on birds, mammal, and
human beings, and the foreign insects introduced by whites during the last
two decades complete the insect-life in this region.

FROM BERING STRAIT TO POINT BARROW, ALASKA

Little is known of the insects in this region, and no collection? were made
by the Canadian Arctic Expedition.

The flora and insect-fauna of this region seem to have the same gei
character as that east of Point Barrow, except perhaps the inner part of Kotzebue
sound, where the flora is said bo be unusually luxuriant, and the insect life cor-
respondingly richer.

GK Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

A few insects were collected at Point Barrow (cape Smyth), by the United
States International Polar Expedition (Murdoch), and have been provisionally
identified by Riley, in the report of the said expedition (Washington, 1884),
as follows: —

Chironomiis sp. ^

Scatophaga sp.

Tachinid (Euphorocera'!)

Anihomyia sp.

Tipulid (Ctenophora sp. ) \~ Diptera.

Can. Entomol., 1917-1918.

Tipula coracina Alex.

Cordylura sp.

Oedemagena tarandi

Phrvganeoid

Perlid (Leptocerus sp.) ' Neuropteroids.

Bombi^s moderatns ")

sylvlcola j- Hymenoptera.

Urocerus flavicomis ^

Dasychira rossi Lepidoptera.

•ra obtusa )

Chrysomelid { Coleoptera.

COAST BETWEEN POINT BARROW AND MACKENZIE DELTA

The Arctic mountains stretch from cape Lisburne to the Mackenzie delta
and their foothills merge gradually into the coastal plain that reaches the
Arctic ocean. The beach is formed, sometimes by tundra bluffs up to 30 feet in
height and sometimes by low alluvial plains fringed by sandpits and lagoons.
The chains of islands off the coast have a similar composition. The width
of the coastal plain is greatest at point Barrow, where it is more than 150
miles, but decreases to the southwest, so that the mountains are within
12 miles of the ocean at a point east of the 141st meridian, and the foothills
sometimes usurp the place of the plain. The rivers, some very large, of this
part of Alaska and Yukon receive many tributaries from the foothills, and when
these lateral creeks have finally been left behind, the watercourses run fairly
straight to the north, for the hills along the Mackenzie delta prevent an eastern
outflow. Ground ice is found to varying depths, especially west of Cam den
bay. The vegetation is the typical Arctic tundra, best developed in valley-
bottoms and in the extensive coastal swamps where most of the many lakes or
ponds are situated (PI. V. fig. 2). An enormous quantity of driftwood, from
the Mackenzie, lines the beach at certain places, and the coastline is subjected
to a continuous erosion by waves or screw-ice at some parts and upbuilding by
sand and gravel at others. Even where the coastal plain is missing, as east of
Stokes point, lagoons, sandbars, and gravel spits are formed at or near the
mouths of rivers. Shingle point is a conspicuous example of this, presenting
a shelter for boats.

Herschel island1 and the coast opposite and eastward are well covered by
vegetation, which is surprisingly abundant on low or protected parts.

The developments of plant and insect life are so intimately connected that
the study of one involves the study of both, and also, of course, of climatic
conditions, the influence of which has been dealt with in the report on climate
and in Mr. F. W. L. Sladen's report.2 The development of plant-life especially
affects the non-predacious insects such as certain coleoptera, diptera and the
lepidoptera, sawllics, and bees.

Such plants as mosses, Cassiope, Saxifraga, Ranunculus, etc., which, during
the melting of the snow, are immersed in water, bear green or new leaves ut the
beginning of May — earlier than is the case with those plants that draw their
power only from the sun.

i For topographic'.:! description see Geol. Surv., Can., Sum. Kept., 1915, p. 236, J. J. O'Neill.
- Report Canadian Arctic Exped., 1915-18, III, G. 1919.

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 7K

Apart from mosses and grasses and Cyperacse whose first new leaves are
less easily noticed, new leaves and buds were found on plants as follows:—

CAMDEN BAY TO DEMARCATION POINT, 1914

May 1-10

Cerastium alpinum
Empetrum nigrum
Ledum palustre
Cassiope tetragona

May 21-31

Arenaria peploides }
Martensia maritima J-buds only.
Potentilla pulchella )
Saxifraga decipiens
Papavrr nudicaule
Cochlearia groenlandica
Oxytropis nigrescent

June 11-20, New leaves:

Salix pulchra

S. reticulata

Ranunculus nivalis

Anemone parviflora

Taraxacum lyratum

Artemisia comata

Papaver nudicaule

Dryas integrifolia

Lupinus nootkatensis (buds only)

Alopecurus alpinus

Carex stans.

Primula borealis

Elymus mollis

Epilobium latifolium

May 11-80

Vaccinium caespitosum

Oxytropia nigrescens }

Betula glanduloaa \ leaf-buds only.

Pedicular is lanata }

Saxifraga oppositifolia (new leaves,

1'i'tie developed).
S. hieracUfolia
Dryas inteyrifolia

June 1-10, New leaves:
Various Caryophyllacea

Saxifraga (e.g. S. bronchialis

S tricuspidata)
Compositse
Pedicularis lanata
Pyrola grandiflora
Ovyria digyna
Caltha palustris
Equisetum arvense (buds only)
Salix pulchra (only buds)
JCippuris vulgaris (only buds)

June 21-30, New leaves :
Equisetum arvense
Stellaria longipes
Silene acaulis
Polemonium boreale
Petasites frigida
Lloydia serotina
Rubus chamaemofus
Empetrum nigrum

From July onward all the plants have new leaves.

Flowers of the following plants were found. See also Vascular Plants
Collected in Arctic North America by the "Gjoa" Expedition (Ostenfeld, 1910).

June 3-4

Salix pulchra (female)
Eriophorum vaginatum
Saxifraga oppositifolia

June 11-15

Salix pulchra (male)
Lycopodium selago
Ranunculus nivalis
Anemone parviflora
Salix Richardsonii (male and feraa,le)

June 17-20

Salix rotundi folia (male and female)
S. ovalifolia var. camdensis (male

and female)
Cochlearia groenlandica
Oxyria digyna
Oxytropis nigrescens
Potentilla pulchella
Pedicularis lanata
Dryas integrifolia

June 21-21

Draba alpina, D. fladnizensis
Oxytropis nigrescens

June 27-28
Papaver nudicaule
Cassiope tetragona

Primula borealis
Lloydia serotina
Pedicularis arctica
Ranunculus sulphureus
Caltha palustris
Petasites frigida
Salix reticulata
Saxifraga nelsoniana

June 29-30

Pedicularis sudetica
Carex rariflora
Polygonum viviparum
Luzula nivalis
Alsine arotica
Silene acaulis

July 2-7

Eriophorum angustifolium
E. Scheuchzeri
Carex rigida
Lagotis glauca
Polemonium boreale
Cerastium alpinum
Ranunculus Pallasii
Saxifrafja hircvJus
S. decipiens
Lupinus nootkatensis
Phaca frigida
Parrya macrocarpa

SK Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

July 11 July 26-29 (Martin point, Alaska)

Artemisia comata Elymns mollis

Glyceria tenella

July 11 Sedum rhodiola

Taraxacum lyratum xtdlaria longipes

Alopecurus alpinus Halianthus peploiden

Astragalus alpinus Carex reducta

Saxifraga rivularis Carex incurva

S. hieracUfolia Dupontia Fischeri

Sausisurea angustifolia Mertensia maritima

1'r.dicn-laris cap it at a e^c~
Eutrema edwardsti
Stcllarta humifusa Axfjnst 3 (Icy reef, Alaska)

nua Draba nivalis

Lychnis apetala Arctogrostis latifolia

Senecio atropurpureus (J^rrpi-s nana

Eierochloe pauctflora Jspilobium latifolium

Carex reducta, C. stans Festuca ovina var. brevifolia

Luzula spicata Poa arctica

Hippuris vulgaris Androsace Chamaejasme

Flowers of Empetrum nigrum were found on May 6, 1914, but this may
have been a 1913 flower.

Observations on flowers were also made at Shingle point and on Herschel
island, Yukon, in the beginning and middle of August, 1914 and 1916. The
vegetation at these two localities, and at others equally close to the Mackenzie
delta, is apparently a week or more earlier than along the coast west of the
International boundary line.

No new flowers were observed west of Mackenzie delta .after August 21.
The Compositae and grasses are the dominating ones in the end of August.

From the beginning or middle of September the frost gradually kills off
the flowers and green leaves, and about the end of September, when the first
snow has fallen, the dead fruit-stems and leaves are the main plant parts
observed, though hibernating leaf-buds are sometimes seen.

INSECT LIFE ON ALASKAN ARCTIC COAST

October, 1913, to April, 1914.

Insects are scarce along the Alaskan Arctic coast after October and are
found only under stones and driftwood, or by digging in the frozen tundra or
cutting holes in the freshwater ice. Entomological investigations in northeast
Greenland have shown that the hibernation of insects in that region1 is very
similar to that of insects in northern Alaska, though the American Arctic is
richer in the number of species, which are mostly different from the Greenlandic.

The main objective of the hibernating insects is to find, before the snow
and frost come, some place where the spring water can best be avoided. They
therefore take every advantage of cover, especially of those places likely to
become free of snow in the early spring. In this, not all are successful, but
they are more likely to be found, during the winter, on such exposed localities
than on lower ones that have a better vegetation (PI. Ill, fig. 1). An exception
is, however, formed by certain larvae, such as large diptera, e.g., tipulidae, which
hibernate down in the ground until the medium surrounding them thaws.
Aquatic insects and larvae that inhabit water all through the year endeavour to
bore themselves into the mud, and failing this, are killed, and hibernate only as
eggs when the water freezes to the bottom.

Insects hibernating in the latter part of September, of course remain in
that state during the winter, though probably in decreased numbers, a great
many being killed when the temperature falls to zero Fahrenheit. Most hiber-
nating insects can withstand temperatures down to 50 degrees below, and the
mortality may be ascribed rather to factors in the life-cycle of each particular
insect than to the cold.

1 See Meddelelser om Gronland, Vols. 19 (Deichmann) and 43 (Johnsen).

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America OK

In the fresh waters of northern Alaska insects and larvae are abundant,
even in winter, as compared with those on land. They were observed in frozen
ponds and lakes and in a warm creek, a tributary to Sadlerochit river, back of
Camden bay. In a pond only 4 feet deep, on which the ice was 10 inches thick
on October 9, many copepods, Limnocalanus johanseni Marsh, ostracods, and
other minute animals, and a number of midge larvae were found. Ponds such
as this would, of course, freeze to the bottom later in the winter. From a neigh-
bouring stream a perlid nymph was obtained from beneath the ice. Exam i na-
tions of the lakes and ponds in spring and early summer led to the conclusion
that the following forms hibernate in or near fresh water: —

Aquatic diptera — larvsee (especially tipulids and rnuscids).

Dytiscid — beetles.

Trichoptera — larvae and perlid larvae.

Mosquitoes — females, a few (Aedes sp.).

Various midge larvae.

Hydrachnid mites.

The warm creek back of Camden bay has its source in three springs, at
the foot of a mountain about 25 miles from the coast, and flows for a few miles
nearly parallel to Sadlerochit river before joining it. Its rather luxuriant
vegetation consists of- grasses, sedges, and green algae1 on the sandy and muddy
bottom, and of an algae-crust and mosses, as a carpet, on the submerged stones.
Parts of stones just above water carried a white crust of siliceous or calcareous
algae, and stones above high-watermark, had a luxurious growth of lichens. The
water at the source was steaming and had a temperature here of about 60
degrees F., but became colder as the stream was descended. The steam and
the open character of the stream contrasted strangely with the surrounding
snow-clad, silent tundra (November, 1913).

In this warm water (above 35 degrees F.), a number of grayling, Thymallus
signifer Rich, and trout were seen feeding on the rich invertebrate life, which
consisted of larvae of midges, perlids, and phryganeoids. A species of phryganeoid
larvae typical of streaming water, was living inside gravel cocoons attached to
the underside of the stones. There were also many amphipods (Gammarus
limnceus) and small clams (Pisidium) and hundreds of snails (Lymnea caperata)
were clinging to the mosses and algae. All these, with many microscopic forms,
made an unusually rich animal collection.

Apart from the insects found in the warm springs and creeks which keep
open all winter, there appears to be no difference between insect life in the up-
land and that at the coast, except that some species (Bombus, Vespa, and ants)
take advantage of cliff-crevices or old bark on the taller willow trees, to build
their nests or to hibernate as larvae. Observations up the Sadlerochit river
were, however, made in November, at which time the cold had killed most of
the insects, and much snow covered the ground.

In the reports of the various specialists, information is given concerning
the seasonal occurrence of the various insects in their immature stages; and it
will be seen that the life history of insects is much the same in the Canadian
Arctic as in more southern latitudes. The following tentative table summarizes
very roughly the facts concerning the hibernating of arctic insects, not
including parasites: —

1 See this series of reports, Vol. IV, Part A, Freshwater Algae and Freshwater Dieatoms.

10K

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1918-18

Order

Family

Genus

Hibernate as

Orthoptera

Acrididpe

Mymphs 9

Neuropteroids. .

Perlidfe

Gphemeridse

Larva (Nymphs)

Larva (Nymphs)

Trichoptera

-.arva (Pupa*7)

Lepidoptera ....

Butterflies

Larva Pupa ( P) Imago ( ')

Moths

Larva

Diptera

!

Coleoptera

stages in fresh water and
in the ground, except mos-
quitoes.
All others and mosquitoes . .

Imago.

Hymenoptera. . .

Larva or pupa.

Bees and wasps . .

A few queens.

Paras tic wasps

Lur va '

Rhynchota

H^emiptera ....

Nymphs?

Nymphs?

The three periods of each month under which insect life is described in the
following pages must not be taken too literally; future investigations may
extend considerably the period in which certain species are out, and also add
species not yet found. Nor can observations on reared insects be considered
to hold good for insects living under normal conditions. In the main, however,
the data given are correct, especially for the more common forms.

Beginning of May, 1-10

Early in May (1914) the weather was warm, the snow started to melt, and
the shallow tundra ponds became free of ice. In these ponds various big
dipterous larvae, especially tipulids (Stygeropis sp., etc.), were found lying dead
on the bottom or already actively boring in the soft mud. Dytiscid beetles,
midge larva;, etc., are probably also present, but were not noticed until later in
the month.

The other hibernating insects, carabid beetles (Pterosticus mandibularis. P.
agonus, Nebria sp.), lepidopterous larvae, collembola, flies, spiders, and mites are
still found in plant tufts, under stones, and driftwood, etc., as during September
and the winter, keeping immobile until exposed directly to the sun.

Middle of May, 11-21

Even now the hibernating insects are found immobile in their hiding places.
The following typical instances are taken from the writer's field-journal:

"May 12, 1914. Demarcation point, Alaska. "Found a full-grown
Agrotid (?)-larva 3J cm. long stuck into a Dryas plant on the coastal
tundra. The larva lay curled up between the leaves and twigs about
i-inch below the surface and hidden by dead leaves. Below the larva
the ground was completely frozen. When removed the larva moved very
slowly; and when laid in a box only used its abdominal feet to take a
grip. Later, when brought into the house, the larva livened up com-
pletely and began to crawl around. Efforts to rear it were unsuccess-
ful. The day was calm and sunny; temperature from 9 degrees to 30
degrees F. and higher on direct exposures."

The first flies ot the year, three kinds, probably hibernating forms, were seen
May 13, 1914, at Demarcation point (PI. Ill, fig. 2). The weather was still
clear, but warmer (35 degrees F.) One species of the flies, Phormia terranovae,

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America UK

kept to the south side of the house where the thermometer, hanging free, showed
40 degrees F. at 2 p.m.; on the refuse heaps outside the house the two smaller
species (Fucellia ariciiformis and Scatella brunnipennis) were common- all of
them were very much alive.

Early in May owing to the snow and hibernation period the tundra provided
poor results in insects, but a few days later, better results were obtained. Under
driftwood many collembola of different sizes, white, orange, and violet were
found, and various small spiders, with egg cocoons of spiders and mites. The
small fly, Scatella brunnipennis favoured specially the driftwood on moist, sandy
ground; carabid beetles were seen, and young hemiptera (Chiloxanthes stellatus)
coloured as dead grass and difficult to catch, as were some smaller flies with a
similar habitat.

Muscid larvae (Rhamphomyia sp.), orange or green sawfly pupae (Amaurone-
matus cogitatus), in transparent pupating cocoons in a special little cell communi-
cating with the air, various beetle larvae or pupae, and small staphylinid and
carabid beetles, etc., were found in snow-free moss-pillows; and, on the tundra
plants, the hairy larvae of all sizes, and cocoons vvith larvae or pupae of the moth
Gynaephora rossi and probably, also, of Hyphoraia alpina. Sometimes these
cocoons contain only the larvae or pupae skins or eggs (on the outside) from
previous years, or the pupae cases of the parasitic tachinid fly, (Euphorocera
gelida). Spiders and leaf hoppers (Chiloxanthes) are common in the grass.

A small lepidopterous larva is also seen. It has a brown colour, but is paler
on the ventral side; it has a chitinous-brown head and neckband and dark
thoracic feet. It spins two willow leaves together and skeletonizes them, remain-
ing inside where the larvae evidently hibernate.

In the now completely melted tundra ponds are smaller, long-legged flies
(Hydrophorus f) and a number of different collembola (Podura aquatica, Isotoma
palustris, etc.) which are of three sizes. The smallest and most common are black-
blue; some, a little larger are grey-brown, and a few — the largest — are green.
Smaller dytiscid beetles (Agabus nigripalpis, Hydroporus humeralis, H. tar-
taricus) are busily investigating the mud. Tiny, dark red water-mites move
rapidly around in the water, propelled by their hairy legs, and searching for their
prey, of which the brownish midge larvae (Tanypus sp.?) which wriggle along
near the surface are probably the most important. Crawling on the muddy
bottom are other somewhat larger watermites with tile-red body and dark
purple legs; and dark coloured midge larvae inside mud tubes. Most conspicuous
are the big dipterous larvae (tipulids, etc.); one species (Stygeropis sp.) keeps
its long, hairy, anal processes surrounding the spiracles spread out at the surface
and floats thus in the water; or it wriggles along over the mud bottom, with the
"fan" closed; another species digs, with its head and lateral "legs" conspicuous
furrows (tunnels) in the mud, the larvae when working being completely hidden
at one end of the furrow. Other larvae, found dead, perhaps belong to the genus
Tipula.

The temperature of the pond mud at 5 p.m., May 21, 1914, at Demarcation
point, was 55.5 degrees, or 15.5 degrees warmer than the1 atmosphere. The
ponds, though sometimes free of ice in early May, occasionally freeze over again,
but this appears to have no effect on the aquatic animals, though alternating
freezing and melting may continue until June.

End of May, 22-31

Insect life during this period is very similar to that observed in the few pre-
ceding and following days. The weather was cold and hazy or rainy, and not
favourable to rapid development of insect life. Some plants get new leaves
about the beginning of May and most of them by the end of May, so that,
apart from predacious and carrion-feeding forms, the insects found in May are
only larvae or pupae, the imagines first appearing when the flowers come out in
June.

12K Canadian Arctic Expedition, 191 3-1 S

June 1-9

Excepting the flies mentioned as appearing in May, few insects are seen on
the wing even in the beginning of June. Two kinds of flies, however, were
observed on Barter island, Alaska; the brown species of Scatophaga and minute,
black ones, common around freshwater ponds after June 1. In exceptionally
early seasons, the Bombus queens may be out. (PL IV, figs. 1-2).

The greatest number of insects on the ground, besides those mentioned
under May, were:

Under driftwood : colonies of Homoptera (wool lice ?) 1 . 3 mm. long, clustered
to or creeping slowly on the lower side of or in the cracks of logs. They have
dark antennae and legs, and are flesh-coloured, with a white-grey "coat" especi-
ally dorsally, of waxy, grey secretions. The slender, worm-like mycetophilid (?)
larvae of a transparent white or yellow brown colour, besides collembola, mites,
etc., are found in rotten driftwood.

In the tundra moss, carabid beetles and various larvae of coleoptera and
tipulids, T. arctica, etc., flies, both adults and pupae, spiders, mites, etc., and
small orange-coloured Cecidomyia larvae half hidden in the corners of wet
sphagnum leaves, are found.

Larvae and cocoons of Gynaephora rossi with or without parasitic tachinid
pupae are also seen on the tundra, the larvae feeding on Salix buds and Saxifraga
oppositifolia leaves.

In the ice-free tundra ponds young mosquito larvae (Aedes sp.) of various
sizes, besides copepods, "winter eggs" of Daphnia pulex, etc., are present.

June 10-20

The most conspicuous insects now seen for the first time, are queens of
bumblebees (Bombus sylvicola, B. polaris, etc.) mostly in strong speed and high
flight the first days, but later feeding on the male catkins of the various species
of Salix just out.

Flies (Cynomyia cadaverina, Scaeva pyrastri, etc.) are now also out. A black
and white striped species (Syrphus sodalisf) is typical of the higher, dry places
on the tundra; when approached they rise and hover for a while before flying
away. The first sawflies, Amauronematus sp. and ichneumonids (Aptesius
nivarius) were seen; the flight of the former is much like that of ants, and only
lasts for a short while.

The various arthropods found earlier in the season under stones, driftwood,
etc., have now come out from their hiding places. Minute, brown beetles may
be seen on the wing on calm, sunny days; and the various carabidae (Asaphidion
sp., Amara brunnipennis, etc.) besides an occasional curculionid or chrysomelid
beetle (Chrysomela subsulcata} are found on the tundra, and various spiders
(Lycosa pictilis, etc.), small hemiptera, etc., and immature stages of various
insects.

In the tundra ponds are spiders and small flies (Leptocera transversalis?) ,
besides the common, aquatic animals, such as small trichopterous larvae,
dytiscid-beetles, mosquito and tipulid larvae, mites, etc.

June 21-30

At the end of June a number of flying insects are out — the first tipulid
adults (Stygeropis porryi, etc.,) mosquitoes (a few Aedes sp.), and tineoid
imagines (Eucosma sp.). These small moths and the hemiptera (Euscelis
hyperboreus) are characteristic of places having rich vegetation (Salix, grasses,
etc.), in shelter of tundra-b^ffs, where the many dead leaves afford good colour
protection (brown). On approach the microlepidoptera fly up in a fluttering
swirl, and suddenly drop, which makes them difficult to observe and cat J .
Bombus arcticus queens and various flies and sawflies were also found.

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 13&

On the tundra plants are various hemiptera (Euscelis hyperboreus, Gala-
canthia trybomi, etc.) and spiders (Xysticus bimaculatus, Lycosa sp.); the Lycosa
makes a funnel-shaped web in fissures of the ground, in which it takes refuge, often
first dropping its prey consisting of tipulids, flies, beetles, or other spiders; the
Xysticus are found among leaves. Now and then a decomposed dead animal
harbouring muscid-eggs or larvae attracts the beetle Silpha lapponica. On
driftwood sticks or dead leaves are cakes of red mite eggs (Bryobia praetiosa)
from which the equally red larvae will emerge in a few days. Conspicuous also
are the larvae and cocoons of Gynaephora rossi. The first moths of this species
now emerge, unless parasitized by the tachinid fly (Eurphorocera gelida) or by
an ichneumonid wasp (Amblyteles sp.). Of the former (fly) as many as six pupa
cases may be found together with the larval skin of the lepidopterous host;
some of the cases contain the dead fly-pupa (pale, with grey hairs and legs, eyes
red-brown) and attached to it six or more parasitic chalcid larvae, which later
emerge in August through small holes in the pupa case of the fly. Or the
Gynaephora cocoon may contain the dead lepidopterous larva or pupa, which
on opening will be found to contain a fat, white ichneumonid larva filling out
most of the host, the internal parts of which it has devoured, while the skin of
the caterpillar host protects it from drying up. Sometimes the parasite kills the
Gynaephora larva before the latter succeeds in making its cocoon and pupating;
it is then found that the ichneumonid pupa (another species?) has spun itself
to the ground, the caterpillar skin above protecting it from discovery by birds
and other enemies.

By digging, or in plants, various larvae or pupae of insects (weevils, tipulids,
etc.) may be observed.

The freshwater ponds and lakes now contain a rich life. Craneflies, emerging
from their pupa cases, float on the surface, or fly over the water, when not
resting on grass leaves, etc. Swarms of small flies swarm or spring on the water
surface; often they are seen in copulation. The first perlid adults crawl up
on grass leaves above the water and leave behind the nymphal skins on the
surface. Swimming in the water are thousands of mosquito larvae now grown
considerably (Aedes sp. etc.), copepods and the nauplii of the common phyllo-
pod (Branchinecta paludosa), besides mites (Curvipes reighardi), etc. Crawling
or resting on submerged logs, etc., are the large red Chironomus larvae in their
mud tubes. They are now pupating, the pupa emerging from its tube to the
surface where it floats on one side, until it has shed its larva skin and can assume
a vertical position.

July 1-10

The following insects are now seen : —

Flies Rhamphomyia erinacioidea

Syrphiis sodalis

Aricia borealis

t*horbia brevitarsis

PiopMla borealis

Botanobia frit

Tipula subarctica ~\ Craneflies with

Tipula arctica I nymphs of mites

Stygeropis parrii j (Hydrachnids?)

•2'richyphona brevifurcata ) on some of them.

Sawflies (Amauronematus sp.)

Ichneumon fly (on willow plants)
Midges Tanypus alascensis

CMronomus sp.

Mosquitoes Aedes nearcticus

Bumblebees Bombus sp.

Butterflies Brenthis frigga alaskensia

B. frigga improba

B. polaris

Colias Jiecla glacialis
Moths Diasemia alaskalis

Eucosma sp.

Gynaephora rossi

Hyphoraia alpina

HK Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

The first butterflies of the season appear at this time (Brenthis frigga
alaskensis and B.f. improba). The smaller form (improba} has a fluttering
flight and settle on plants with the wings spread out, moving them up and down
in the manner characteristic of this genus. Though seen on swampy ground,
it seems to favour the drier brown-coloured tundra and the bluffs with their
richer growth of flowers. The larger form (B.f. alaskensis) is found in similar
places, but has a wilder flight and remains longer on the wing. The colias
butterflies (Colias hecla glacialis) appear about the same time, but as noted by
D. Jenness on Barter island, the brenthis species are slower, more zigzagging
in their flight, and do not appear to travel such long distances at a stretch.

Lepidopterous larvae, 5 mm. long, yellow-green, but head and thoracic legs
brown, skeletonize the leaves of Salix reticulata and spin them together with the
catkins, thus deforming both. Full-grown, black, flat hemiptera (Chiloxanthes
steilatus) are seen in the dried-out ponds, but appear not to use their wings and
to avoid water. Around those ponds with a rich vegetation washed-up plants
and shells of a snail (Aplexa hynorum) are common.

July 11-21
Additional insects observed:

Bumblebees Bom'bus Mrbyellus

Butterflies Brenthis chariclea

Colias nastes
Moths Pyla arctiella

Barrovia fasciata

Scattered driftwood affords good colour protection to certain flies and
microlepidoptera.

The ponds, many dry or nearly so, contain the usual life of snails, mites,
copepods, metanauplii of Branchinecta paludosa, worms, dytiscid beetles, etc.
A few predacious larvae of water-beetles, their discarded skins floating on the
surface, feed on the abundant young phyllopods. Three common species of
Salix — S. pulchra, S. richardsonii, S. ovalifolia var. camdensis — have finished
flowering, but a fourth, S. reticulata, lasts a little longer. The male catkins
drop off, but the females remain until the seedwool comes out, or perhaps
throughout the winter. Those insects (principally Bombi) depending upon the
male catkins, must therefore, be satisfied with other flowers, but the sawfly
larvae (different species) boring in the carpels of the female catkins or forming
galls on the willow leaves are not so affected.

July 22-81

Toward the end of July, a number of other plants (Papaver nudicaule,
Cochlearia officinalis, Oxytropis sp., Saxifraga oppositifolia, Potentilla sp., etc.)
have finished flowering or nearly so, so that the insects must seek other flowers.

On Herschel island the following were noted in addition to the common
insects : —

Flies :

Rhamphomyia herschelli Sphaerophoria cylindrica

R. conservativa Ichneumonids (Stenomacrus borealis)

Mclanostoma sp. (Spiders) Pardosa groenlandica

Phorbia sp. (Mites) Bdella frigida
Limnophora sp.

In Ponds and Lakes

(Mites) Lcemnipes torris Cladocera (Daphnia, etc.)

Copepods (Heterocope, etc.) T,nrv?e of Chironomus and Tanypus

Amphlpods (Qammarus limnaeus) (Midges)

On the leaves of the various species of Salix are seen galls caused by sawfly
larvae (Pontania sp.) Other sawfly larvae bore in the female catkins of these
willows ; the larvae eat their way into the carpels and from these into the main
axis of the catkin, which they hollow out. Their presence is detected by the
dried-out character of the catkin and by the brown excrement outside.

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 15K

The two large moths, the arctiid Hyphoraia alpina and the lymantriid,
Gynaephora rossi, appear at about this time. The hairy larvae of these are difficult
to distinguish, especially as the colour of the hairs change after each moulting,
but generally the Hyphoraia larvae are the larger and lack the yellow hair-spines
on the middle of the back, so that its colour is more uniformly brown. The
pupa of the Hyphoraia is bald and coal-black and larger than that of the Gynae-
phora. The Hyphoraia cocoons, also, are larger — about the size of a pigeon's
egg — and more perfect, with the outer layer smoother and whiter than the
brownish, more closely spun cocoon of the Gynaephora. Hyphoraia appears to
be quite free from the tachnid parasite Euphorocera gelida and almost free from
ichneumonid parasites, but the Gynaephora is attacked by both. In spite of
this, Gynaephora is the more abundant. The males first appear, active and
well developed, and when the females appear, copulation at once takes place,
though the female is in a crumbled state, and so little developed that they
can only crawl around. The first act of the females, after being left by the
male, is to lay their eggs.

At Martin point, Alaska, at the end of July, 1914, examination was made
of the extensive lagoons. They contain about 6 inches of brackish water,
covering a bottom sometimes sandy, sometimes gravelly, and, in the deeper
places, muddy, the mud being mainly the tubes and excrement of red Chiro-
nomus larvae. Some of the ponds contained floating masses of green, thread-like
algae. On the water were flies and the common blue collembola; in the water
were the fry of a sculp in (Oncocottus quadricornis) , water-beetle larvae, copepods
(Eurytemora sp., etc.), many full grown male and female Branchinecta paludosa
and Lepidurus arcticus of various sizes, besides the common Daphnia pulex.
Some of these lagoons were at high tide connected with the beach water; and
the temperature of their water was during the middle of the day about 50 degrees
F., though the temperature of the air was only around freezing point.

August 1-10

Several more plants (Lloydia, Ranunculus. Parrya, Eutrema, Polemonium,
etc.) of importance to insects finish their flowering at this time and are replaced
by flowers of a great number of Composite.

August 11-20

On Herschel island flying insects were few. The berry-like galls on the
leaves of the various species of Salix (S. richardsonii, S. anglorum, S. reticulata,
etc.) caused by sawfly larvae (Pontania sp.) were very common, from the size
of a pinhead to that of a bean, the larvae inside being of a corresponding size.
The colour of the larvae was pale yellow; the head dark grey, eyes black, thoracic
legs light grey. Adults of several species were reared from them and emerged
in the following July.

The ponds contained a rich life of invertebrates, of which the large phyllo-
pods (Branchinecta paludosa) various cladocera (Eurycercus, etc.) and copepods
(Diaptomus, etc.), small midge larvae and phryganeoid larvae in tubes, snails
(Aplexa hypnorum), and worms were the most common (PI. VII, figs. 1-2).

August 21-31

Insect life is rapidly declining, especially among the less hardy (neurop-
teroids, lepidoptera, mosquitoes, wasps, sawflies) few of which are seen on the
wing, though others (flies, coleoptera, bees, hemiptera) are still numerous.

16K Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

September 1-30

By the beginning of September, 1913, the first signs of winter were apparent.
On September 3, a landing was made on Spy island,1 one of the Jones islands off the
Colville delta, where the only animal life noticed was a few small spiders (Typho-
craestus spitsbergensis) in plant tufts, and colonies of small grey-violet collembola
together with a few oligochaete worms and fly larvse under the washed-up layer
of algae around the large lagoon. A few of the more hardy insects (flies, etc.)
are still on the wing on warm, calm days, besides a number of insects on the
ground. The hairy Gynaephora or Hyphoraia larvse are crawling around looking
for hibernating quarters.

The close of summer arrives between the end of August, at point Barrow,
and the middle of September, at the Mackenzie delta, the point being about
one degree farther north than the delta.

In the middle of September, 1913, winter had set in at Camden bay. At
the end of the month an occasional warm day may melt much of the snow, and
insects, though in their quarters for the winter (see below), are more lively.
Insects on the wing are absent, but Scatella brunnipennis, seemingly associated
with the excrement of mice (Microtus sp.), whose burrows are common, may be
found under driftwood. Small spiders, mites, and Collembola, beetles, cara-
bidae, staphylinidae, the latter in colonies, Chrysomela subsulcata, dytiscidae,
besides larvse and pupae of these beetles are also seen in moss-pillows (beetle
pupae often in special small cells), and manv empty pupa cases and cocoons
of flies and hymenoptera, fly-larvae, etc. The hemipteron (Chiloxanthes stel-
latus) seems to be one ot the few insects moving around freely at the middle ot
September. A cocoon with a sawfly larvae was found on a willow branch; but
most of the sawflies now hibernate in the ground or among dead leaves.

Large elaterid (?) larvae are present among plant roots in frozen ground
and minute orange dipterous larvae bore in the root of Pedicularis. The
depth at which the larvae of the common tipulids hibernate is interesting. They
are found not only in the moss, but about ono inch below the plant cover, in
solidly frozen " muck." The larva makes, before the ground freezes, a cell a
little larger than itself and communicating with the air. In this cell the stiff-
frozen larvae lie, heads uppermost, awaiting spring.

All these hibernating insects on cold days seem to be frozen still or hardly
move, but when brought into a warm place will liven up again. The temper-
ture of the snow-covered ground is generally one or two degrees warmer than
the air.

MACKENZIE DELTA TO CAPE BATHURST

Trees (not willows) grow farther north along the Mackenzie river than in
other parts of the American Arctic except in the region north of Great Bear
lake and in the Arctic mountains. North of the woods the delta is one maze
of low, flat, alluvial islands covered with dense thickets of willows and alders
which gradually diminish in height and luxuriance as the outer rim of the islands
is approached (PI. II, fig. 1). Hills continue south along the east branch of
the delta and on the exposed small islands Garry, Pelly, Kendall, Pullen,
Hooper, etc., but everywhere the soil is mud and clay. Little is known of the
vegetation in these " barren " parts of the delta, and only a few insects have
been collected. Plant and insect life seems to be the same both east and west
of the delta.

Some hymenoptera and coleoptera were collected by R. M. Anderson2,
1910, in the barren and wooded parts of the Mackenzie delta.

1 Vegetation is very scarce on this sandy Island.

2 "My Life with the Eskimos" (V. Stefansson), New York, 1913, Appendix p. 449.

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 1?K

Judging from the climatic conditions, and the size and extension of the
willows, both the vegetation and the insect life must be unusually luxuriant, at
least on those portions of the islands in the delta which are not flooded in the
spring, or are not too far from the mainland.

Toker point is about the eastern limit of Mackenzie delta. The coast is
low and flat with numerous lakes and ponds. Some of the islands, such as
Nicholson island, and points such as Maitland point, cape Dalhousie, are, how-
ever, higher and consist of slate or clay. Farther inland, the so-called " mud-
volcanoes " are a characteristic feature of the country. The coast between
Nicholson island and cape Bathurst presents gently swelling hills, as high as
200 feet a couple of miles from the beach, and with much vegetation.

It may be assumed that the proximity of this part of the coast to the
Mackenzie delta with its comparatively warm and long summer, and to the
woods there and along the Eskimo lakes and Anderson river farther east, favours
vegetation and insect life.

The east coast of Bathurst peninsula presents steep, slaty cliffs, but the
west coast and the two Baillie islands which it faces, are composed mainly of
tundra bluffs underlain in places by ground-ice.

Cape Bathurst — village and harbour — is situated at the end of the peninsula
on a long spit of gravel and sand, whose shingle bears no lichens, proving that
the sea sometimes covers the spit. Where the spit joins the tundra is a belt
of tundra sods and barren muck left by the sea, and the bluffs are steeply cut
by gullies made by water in the spring. These gullies merge into swampy
depressions between the higher parts of the tundra, south of which the
typical tundra stretches far inland.

The following insects, etc., were noted at Cape Bathurst: — •

Mosquitoes (Aedes nearcticus)

Diptera (Aricia borealis, etc.)

Microlepidoptera

Bumblebees

Hemiptera (leaf -hoppers)

Sawfly larvse (Pontania sp.)

Midge and water-beetle larvae

Copepods (Cyclops sp.)

Cladocera (Daphnia, Chydorus, Eurycertts)

Snails (Aplexa hypnorum)

Worms (Lumbriculus, Henlea, etc.)

COAST FROM FRANKLIN BAY TO STAPYLTON BAY

The following insects were collected at Langton bay by V. Stefansson and
R. M. Anderson, 1910-11. (See "My Life with the Eskimo," p. 449, and
Report of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18, vol. iii).

Melanoplus frigidus (grasshopper). .. Orthoptera
Bombus sylvicola (June 15. 1910) . . . Hymenoptera

Pterostichus agonus "^

P. hyperboreus.. Carabidae

Amara brunmpenms I

Carabus chamissonis )

Galerucella decora

Haltica bimarginata. . . .
Coccinella quinquenotata.

C. nugatoria

Melanophila longipes..

Chrysomelidse

Coccinellidsc
Buprestidse

Silpha lapponica .............. C Silphidse

L. capucinus ................ }• Rhyncophora

Tricalophua stefanssoni ........ J

The vegetation and insect life in this section are somewhat similar to those
west of cape Bathurst. Stefansson states in " My Life with the Eskimo '
that mosquitoes became numerous at Langton bay by June 20, and that, by
the end ot July, the skins of caribou are full of holes made by the escaping bot

16579—2

18K Canadian Arctic Expedition, 191 3- IS

fly, which grows beneath the hide during winter. On the Cape Parry peninsula
the coast begins to show outcrops of dolomite in the low cliffs. (PL VIII,
fig. 1).

The coast around Young point is exceedingly stony, with dolomite outcrops
or low cliffs with much debris and gravel. Near the beach, vegetation is en-,
tirely absent, but, inland, mosses and lichens are developed, especially in moist
places. Here and there a few tufts of Dryas integrifolia or Saxifraya tricuspidata
are seeri. Farther inland, vegetation is more apparent, mainly around ponds
and in the connecting tundra.

At Young point insect life was similar to but less rich than at Bernard
harbour. On July 18, 1916, the weather was cloudy or overcast. The following
insects, etc., were observed: —

Diptera: Aedes nearcticus

R h a ii ip Ji oni if ia conservativa

Inift I: <,'•<)>/< H us
(Mite) Bdella arctica
Spiders (a few)
Fairy shrimps (Branchinecta paludosa)

Vegetation and insect life in the cape Bexley area are exceedingly poor,
probably very similar to Young point. A few specimens were collected
here in May, 1915, viz., a small spider and fly from under a stone, and some
midge larvae and small dipterous pupae among green algse at the beach.

BERNARD HARBOUR COCKBURN POINT AREA

Generally speaking the coast becomes gradually lower from cape Bexley
to east of Bernard harbour, and the outcrops of limestone or dolomite are first
found some distance inland. At Cockburn point the coast is low and flat and
composed of gravel, limestone fragments and boulders. The country inland
is similar to that at Bernard harbour, with boulder- strewn ridges of sand and
gravel running out from the higher land behind. The more eastern of two
small islands (Pihumalerksiak of the Eskimos) about a mile off Cockburn point
was visited in the middle of July, 1916, and some details about its natural

ires learned. The other island is quite similar.

The island is about 12 foot above sea-level, and is composed of dolomitic
limestone, which crops out as flat beds on the north side of llv island, but other-
wise' the rock is mostly covered by gravel and vegetation. The vegetation grows
around small ponds (probably all dried up in August), or moss-bogs, or around
the boulders, and at the stone heaps (meat-caches) made by visiting Eskimos,
where the plants often attain a luxuriant growth. Otherwise, only patches and
tufts of plants ,'ire found here and there; generally speaking Hit" vegetation is
rather scarce and stunted, except in the shelter of the smaller cliffs.

The entomological results were limited to a small sawfly imago and the com-
mon, white collembola under si ones and driftwood. In the wet moss were
secured other dark-blue collembola, (Achorutes armatus) and some oligochaete
worms (Meaenehytraeus, Henlea, Enchytraeuv sp.), beside the mile Calumna
lucens. There can, of course, be no doubt that at least the larger and more
powerful flying insects often visit the island, or may even live there, but the
inclement weather at the lime of the expedition's visit militated against insect-
life.

The character of the country at Bernard harbour proper (including Chantry
island), is well shown on the contour map prepared by the southern party of the
expedition.

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America

T> thue excePtion of Chantry island all the islands in the outer harbour at

Bernard harbour are composed of gravel, sand, and boulders and are less thai. ;>f,
feet high. Chantry island is about 85 feet high and of a composition similar 7,,
the higher part of the mainland coast.

The rock exposures and areas covered by limestone fn.jnm-nts are barren of
vegetation, except for lichens, and vegetation is best developed in tin- valleys
and on the sandy slopes, around the ponds or lakes. On Chantry island we found

most of the plants and insects represented on the mainland. The smaller MamN
in the outer harbour, however, are too exposed for the development of mud!
vegetation and are unable to support some of the plants found on the mainland
Consequently, their insect life is also very limited (PI. VIII, fig. :

The following insects were collected on the harbour island during the middle
of May, 1915:

Ichneumon suturalis (wasp)

Brenthis and Noctuid larvae

Spiders (Lycosa sp.)

Carabid' beetles (Amara brunnipennis)

Lepidopterous and dipterous pupal skins

On Chantry island were collected in the middle of June, 1916:
Bombus spp. (B. sylvicola, etc.)
(Gynaephora larvae) Lepidoptera
Collembola
Mycetophilid larvae

Mosquitoes and midges (larvae and pupae)
Dytiscids (adults and larvae)

Mites (Bdella dccjpiens, Thy as stolli, Curvipes reighardi, Hydrophantes ruber)
Copepods1 (Cyclops magnus)
Ostracods
Cladocera (Daphnia sp.)

Newly born nauplii and metanauplii of the fairy-shrimp (Branchinecta
paludosa) were found hiding among the stones in some of the ponds on Chantry
island. The temperature of the margin water in the ponds at about 2 p.m.
was 50 degrees F. (air 44 degrees F.). There was a considerable difference in the
ponds in regard to invertebrate life, those on the higher part of the island being
very barren of life.

A comparison of the weather during September of 1914 and 1915 and its
influence upon the vegetation and insect life at Bernard harbour is interesting.
In 1914 the generally mild weather allowed plants to keep their flowers and ripen
their seeds far into the month, and to live until October. Although snow fell
in the latter half of the month, most of it soon melted, and freshwater pools did
not freeze over until the end of the month. The more hardy of the insects,
coleoptera, hemiptera, and also spiders, moved freely around on the ground,
though few flying insects were seen after the first week of September.

But in 1915 stormy and wintry weather prevailed during the first fortnight,
resulting in the immediate and lasting freezing over of land and water and the
subduing of plant and insect life. The milder weather at the end of September
was not sufficient to resuscitate them.

VEGETATION AROUND BERNARD HARBOUR

The vegetation found here is similar to that on the coast farther west, and
will be treated in the same way here (compare pp. 7-8).

16579—21

20K

Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

1915

New Leaves observed:

April.

Saxifraga triouspidata (inner leaves; middle of month).
8. oppoattifolia (inner leaves; end of month).

Dry as integrifolia (inner leaves; end of month).

May (Middle of Month).

Saxifraga oppositifolia (bud leaves; only when in or near melting water).
B. trlcuspidata (bud leaves).

May (End of Month).

Cerastium alpinum (gravelly places; bud leaves).
Cassiope tetrayona (bud leaves; only when in or near melting water).

June.
Potentttla nivea (leaf buds; Jun« 10).

Arctostaphylos alpina (leaves: Junes 10; also old leaves and berries).

Silene acaulis (some new leaves; June 14).

Dryas integrifolia (some new leaves; June 14).

Mosses (some new leaves; June 14).

Artemisia hyperborea (new leaves; June 20, where exposed to the sun).

Rhododendron lapponicum (some new leaves; June 23).

Uetula glandulosa (new leaves; June 2S ; also old catkins).

Elymus mollis (new leaves; June 24).

Oxyria digyna (new leaves; June 27).

Salix reticulata (new leaves; June 27).

Oxytropis sp. (new leaves; June 27).

Carex scirpoidea, C. rupes.tris (new leaves; June 28).

Ranunculus afflnis (new leaves; June 28).

July.

Statice armeria (new leaves; July 2).
Epilobium latifolium (new leaves; July 6).

1915

First Flowers observed:

Saxifraga oppositifolia (June 7 on hilltops, June 12).

Knli.r anfilorum (first male catkins; June 23).

Anemone parviflora (June 28; in shelter of boulders).

Pedicularis lanata (June 28).

Draba alpina (June 28).

Salix anglomm (first female catkins; June 28).

July 1-15.

Eriphorum Scheuchzeri
Jh-i/ns integrifolia
(>:>v/ropis arctobia
Potentilla nivea
Arctostaphylos alpina
Parrya macrocarpa
Androsace Chamaejasme
I'-rnyn purpuroscens
subspathacea
Astragalus aboriginorum
Jjexquerella arctica
Silene acaulis
Oxyria digyna
Eriophorum angustifolium
Hlrllnria longipes
J'lantago lanceolata
Antennaria Candida
Eqii.isetum arvense
Alopecuru$ alpinus
Statice armeria
Cnxtilleja palllda
Papaver nudioaule
Erigeron oompositus

TTalinnthus peploides
ffedysarum Mackenzii
Saxifraga decipiens
Chrysanthemum integrifolium
Cerastium alpinum

July 16-S1.

Artemisia hyperborea

Carex scirpioidea, C. rupestris

Taraxacum ceratophorum

Ranunculus afflnis

Lychnis afflnis

Draba corymbosa

Plesperis pallasii

Saxifraga tricuspidata

Astragalus alpinus

Pedicularis capitata

Oxytropis campestris, O. nigrescens

Lychnis apetala

Pedicularis sudetica

Senecio frigidua

Androsace septentrionalis

Salix pulchra (male and female;

perhaps earlier).
Draba nivalis (perhaps earlier).
Salix reticulata (male and female).
Rhododendron lapponicum (perhaps

earlier).

Betula glandulosa (young catkins).
Cassiope tetragona

Oxytroplst Roaldil
Polygonum viviparum
Epilobium latifolium
Stellaria humifusa
Sisymbrium sophioides

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 2 IK

The flowering period, generally speaking, is about one month for each species.
A few observations relating to this matter, of such vital importance to the
insects, are given:

1915

Middle of July.

Salix anglorum; male catkins dropped.
Eriphorum Scheuchzeri; unripe fruits.

End of July.

Salix pulchra; male catkins dropped.
Eriophorum an gusti folium; unripe fruits.

Beginning of August.
Oxyria digyna; unripe fruits.

Anemone parviflora (June 28; ia shelter of boulders).
Draba nivalis; unripe fruits.

Middle of August.

Dryas integri folia; unripe fruits (a few flowers).
Saxifraga oppositifolia; unripe fruits

End of August.

Androsace septentrionalis; unripe fruits.
Juncus spp. ; unripe fruits.
Carex spp. ; unripe fruits.
Arctostaphylos alpina; unripe fruits.
Pedicularis lanata; unripe fruits (a few flowers).

September

Though most of the plants have finished their bloom, compositae and grasses
are still in flower. If a severe frost comes, as in 1915, about the middle of the
month, many of the plants will fail to ripen their seeds, but otherwise it is possible
for the flowers of many of the species to finish the cycle. Besides the species
given above as having finished their flowering during July and August, seeds of
the following were collected during September, 1915.

Various grasses (Elymus, Alopecurus, Poa, etc.)

Cochlearia groenlandica

Erigeron compositus

Oxytropis nigrescens

Taraxacum ceratophorum

Pedicularis spp.

Artemisia sp.

Lychnis affinis

Armeria vulgaris (Statice armeria)

1916

The first flowers of Saxifraga oppositifolia were found the last days of May
on a south exposed, snow-free slope, and from Salix anglorum the catkins had
just emerged. The earliest flowering plants (Saxifraga, Pedicularis, Anemone,
Draba, Eriophorum, etc.) also had flower buds now (1916). On June 6, Salix
pulchra had the male catkins of the size of a big pea.

By the middle of June the first flowers, the male catkins, of Salix anglorum
were out on Chantry island, and some days later, June 20, those of Salix pulchra.
The first flowers of the following species were found :

June 2X-SS.

Dryas integrifolia Lesquerella arctica

Androsace Chamaejasme Draba alptoia,

Pedicularis lanata Braya purpurascens

Oxyria digyna Eriopharum Boheuoheeri

22K

Canadian Arctic K.c petition, 1913-18

July 1-15

••opis arciobia
Parry a arctica

"

Cochlearia groenlandica

er).

nphylos alpina
StcUaria longipes, S. humifusa

Castilleja pallida

borea

Cassiope tetragona
Papaver niidicuule

J'ldUi'. '!dt(l

Astragalus aboriginoru m

8 pulidsii
Car ex spp.

Eriophorum ay usti folium
I'i'niinciilns nffi-nis
Equisetum arvense
UhodotlctKlron lapp<»>>
Potenti.il a spp.

INSECT LIFE

]>]>. (<ti-<-!ira, etc.)
Primula stricta

"it cotttpotiit UN (probably
ier).

Saxifraga trlcuspidata. N. decii>it /i,s
Lychnis apetala

i ir I folium

Statice armeria (probably earlier)
Saxifraga hirculus, S. rivularis
L)l<-linis affinis
T<trt. <tt<i]>lioru»i (probably

earlier).
Halianthus peploides

• ixace septentrionaUs

• nsia marititna
Salix reticulata

<i alpina
Drnbn nivalis
Antennaria alpina
Erigeron uniflorus
Senecio palustris
('<• rant i inn alpinnm

Observations for Winters 191 4-1 ^ and 1915-16

Insects :in- scjirrc in the neighbourhood of Bernard harbour from October to
April, inclusive. The best collecting places during the winter are under the
shingles —mostly limestone— particularly upon peninsul is and points, where
various orange or olive-coloured collembola, besides small reddish mites (Bryobia
praetiosa), and the common small spiders are common. Of other insects only
small hemiptera, flies, staphylinid beetles, beetle-larvae, or caterpillars, and
occasionally a frozen tipulid larva were observed.

No insects \vere seen on the wing, but parasitic insects, both the mallophag'i
on the birds, and the (le t< and lice on the mamm-ils and Eskimos, were observed.
Mo.-t conspicuous, however, are the larvae of the bot-fly (Oedemagena tarandi }
in the caribou (Rfnn/ifer arcticus). In November, the grubs are about 1 mm.
long, and are found under the skin or in the muscles of their host. They were
about 2 mm. long and were encysted on the inner side, of their host's skin and in
the muscles. The bigger ones had already perfected their emergence holes
through the skin and hid their posterior end (spiracles) turned toward these
openings.

The lakes and ponds contain a large amount of invertebrates during the

winter. The insects secured in these lakes were in;, inly midge larva1 or puptv in

their mud-tubes (Tanytarsus sp.) the same st:iges of trichopt<M'a, and other

neuropteroids. pcrlids, etc., probably are also present, besides water mites

•tia porosa, etc.).

The summer weather at Bernard harbour in 191(i began about the end of
May. but wintry weather predominated during the first half of June, with the
net result that insect and plant life was considerably retarded, though earlier
than in J9ir>.

Man 1-1

( 'ollembola, (fnott»na n'/vV/x, Enlotuohnja com /xiratti , etc.). carabid (Lchia, sp.
etc.), and staphylinid beetles were noted. Kmpty hyinenoptera cocoons were
very common under stones. These cocoons and the empty tly-puparia also
found under stones or among plants, are from the previous year, or still older.

May 1-10, 1916

Flies came out. but became numerous only with the warm weather. They
probably represent, individuals which hibernated as adults. On patches free of
snow, caterpillars and smaller more occult living insects may be seen (PI. IX,
fig. 1).

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America

May 11-20, 1915

The first fly was noticed on May 18 and on the same day a large (proi
hibernating) parasitic wasp (Icheumon suturalis) and collembol-i, mil-
dedpiens), small spiders, caterpillars, beetle larvae, carnbids (Arunn:
pennis, etc.), all under loose, flat stones. Two of these caterpillars wen-
on July 11 to be parasitized by hymenopterous larvae; three other caterpillars
pupated July 13-20.

May 21-31, 1916

Many flies were out on May 21, both the big blue and two smaller sp<
carabid beetles, spiders, and an ichneumonid wasp were noticed on thi
the common collembola, spiders, mites, caterpillars, and dipterous larvae. Tin •>«•
dipterous larvae (Tipula arctica, etc.) were placed for rearing (No. J0(>
made galleries in the sand in the jar before pupating in June. Par
hymenopterous larvae were noticed in one of the crane-fly larvae, but efforts to
rear it were unsuccessful. Four adults (Tipula arctica} emerged July 7. One
species of caterpillar was about 1 cm. long, and occurred in numbers crawling
on a snow-free, dry sand dune near the beach. These larvae had perhaps hiber-
nated and they made their cocoons in June. One of the big spiders (Lycosa sp. ,
was caught on May 31 in its funnel-shaped web. The mouth of this wei
about 2 cm. in diameter.

The usually warm weather favoured the development of insect life in l'iv>h
water; collembola (Isotoma palustris, Sminthurides aquaticus, etc.), surface-
spiders, copepods, dytiscid beetles (Colymbetes dolobratus) and mites (Galumna
lucens) were observed. Freshly-hatched mosquito larvae (Aedes sp.) 2-4 mm.
long, were noticed on May 31, or eighteen days earlier than in 1915. On the
same day various dytiscid beetles (Hydroporus sp., Collambus unguictdaris,
Agabus nigripalpis), oligochaete worms (Henlea sp.) were also seen, as were
tipulid (?) larvae, midge larvae, and the empty puparia of Mydaeina obscura.

May 21-31, 1915
The following additional insects were noted :

Cam bid beetles (Amara hcrmatopa)

Spiders (see above).

Weevils (Trichaiophus stefanssoni)

Flies (Phormia coerulea and a minute "jumping" fly)

Parasitic insects are not greatly influenced by weather and it is, there! or-,
unnecessary to deal with them under monthly subdivisions. Observations wen-
made of the two diptera that infest the caribou. All efforts to rear these grubs2
from larvae were unsuccessful, although several methods of rearing were tried.
Some of the almost full-grown larvae were placed on fresh caribou meat, some in
bits of caribou skin with larvae in situ, some in a jar with sand, and even a whole
caribou skin containing grubs was rolled up to prevent drying. The grubs i
never brought through the pupal stage, although some were kept for more than
a year. The field observations agree with the account given by G. M. Dough
on the caribou between Great Bear lake and Coppermine river.1

Two female adults2 were caught at Bernard harbour July 14, 11
in the caribou skins examined at the end of May, 1915 and 1916, were very
numerous and all big. Only two, not full grown, larvae (22 mm. long) were foimc
they were wholly white except the light brown fringes of body spines and
dark brown, apical head dot and terminal spiracles. All the other larva> wen
from 25 to 30 mm. long; the younger (smaller) of these had the chi
the terminal spiracles, and the body-spines dark brown, and fine

1 Douglas, G. M., "Lands Forlorn," 1914, p. 191 ; photograph of grub-infested caribou skin,

p. 192.

2 CEclemagena tarandi (Linne).

24K Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

brown pigment were scattered regularly in the furrows between the body-
tubercles (spine-carriers).

From this latter stage there were all grades of transitions to the dark pupae
(pre-pupae) (see below) ; the main colour of the larvae changing gradually from
white to a dirty brown, and finally to almost black (post-larvae, pre-pupae), the
body tubercles being most strongly coloured in all the larvae; the chitinous parts
also become black. In the black-brown post-larvae (pre-pupae) the colour of
head, spiracles, and body-spines shades into that of the whole larva.

A shortening of the larvae now takes place, the terminals being retracted,
so that the segments lie telescopically one inside the other. The body-spines
and body-tubercles, formerly so pronounced in full grown larvae, seem to shrink
in, so that the segments are smoother and the transversal diameter of the post-
larvae increases until it is almost as large (about 17 mm.) as the longitudinal one.
The larval skin dries and becomes more chitinized and stiffer, so as to protect
the pupa inside. Of the post-larvae only six were found in three skins; and the
black colour of the pupa shows through its enclosing cyst, though the cyst is less
pronounced than in the younger larvae, because the grub lies half-protruded
from its exit-hole, hidden by its host's hairs. A few of the exit-holes were already
empty (except for the grub excrement) and the cyst inside (formed by the inner
part of the caribou-skin around the larvae) had become contiguous to the sur-
rounding skin.

In spite, therefore, of all the annoyance and pain caused by these grubs,
it seems that the caribou skins heal quickly after the parasites drop out. By
the end of June no grubs are in the skin, the holes they made are almost healed
and it may be assumed that the pupae leave the caribou about the end of May
and lie on the ground for about a month before the flies appear. Life in the latter
stage is probably only short and exclusively devoted to copulation and the
laying of eggs on the caribou's hairs, after which the grubs bore through the
skin.

The other dipterous parasite of the caribou is also an oestrid, identified
by Mr. J. R. Malloch as Cephenomyia sp. and was noted at the end of May,
1916. About twelve grubs 2-3mm long were lying in the nasal passage of the
caribou, where they can easily attach themselves by the aid of their mouth-
hooks and hang suspended. The smallest ones were white-yellow, with red-
brown segmentally arranged spinehooks, black jaws, and anal spiracles. The
older ones had the spines darker, and grey-black dot pigment on the dorsal side
of the body segments. The oldest ones had still more black pigment (especially
behind and ventrally) and still darker spines. Efforts to rear the larvae were
unsuccessful.

This is probably the Tabanus larvae about which Grenfell writes and which
he figures in his book on Labrador. The eggs are laid in the nostrils of the
caribou, and the grubs probably spend all their time in the nasal, bronchial
and oesophagel passages of their host.

June 1-10, 1916

A weevil (Lepyrus palustris) was found on June 4, and the first bumblebee
(Bombus hyperboreus) was observed. The ponds yielded midge and large
dipterous larvae. Some of these latter have a habit of mud-burrowing, but one
species seems to be more dependent on air, for it occasionally comes to the
surface with the five long, ciliated appendages that surround the spiracles
spread in star-like fashion. The adhesion of the surface and the hairy append-
ages appears to be sufficient to keep the whole larvae suspended. In this
position they may frequently be seen burrowing head first in the mud of shallow
water. Dytiscid beetles and a small brick-red water mite were noted. On
June 8 three caterpillars, collected at the harbour, were placed for rearing.
One, a large naked larva, had evidently been washed out from its feeding ground

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 25x

by melting water. A month later it was in only its post-larval stage and had
made its cocoon; it died later. Another, also a naked larva, but only half the
size, found in its web, pupated twelve days later; and the imago (a moth)
emerged July 10, 1916 (Rearing 113). The third, more hairy, pupated later;
but no imago emerged.

On June 10 a carabid larva was placed for rearing. It pupated August 8,
but the imago was not discovered until September (Rearing 115). The habits
of a dipterous and lepidopterous larva boring in the flower-stem and root of
the common Pedicularis lanata were noted. The dipterous larva occupies
only the upper part of the pith and lies hidden there, often several together,
the younger larvae in grooves in the pith, the older in a burrow resembling that
made by the lepidopterous larva. These dipterous larvae and a few living pupae
collected June 10-16, 1916, were placed for rearing (Rearing 72). One imago
emerged July 6. Other larvae were collected July 16-18, 1915, and pupated
three months later, but came no farther.

The boring caterpillars were of a small species, naked and of a brownish
colour; they mined both in the pith and in the upper part of the knotty root
of the plant. When this larva has the whole stem to itself, it burrows to the
top through which the frass is pushed out; but it stops burrowing just short
of the "chamber" with the dipterous larvae and then makes its hole in the outer
part of the stem or in the upper part of the root. In 1915 these larvae were
first noticed in July, but in 1916 on June 10. The larvae kept for rearing made
pupating cocoons on July 7, 1916, but never pupated, though efforts were made
to keep whole infested Pedicularis plants.

June 1-10, 1915

By June 2, the common insects had come from their shelters to enjoy the
mild weather. A brown ichneumonid wasp (Ophion sp.) was caught inland,
and the next day, farther inland, many of the common carabid beetles, a carabid
larva, several spiders and small, white collembola and two caterpillars. One
of these naked caterpillars proved, later, to be parasitized and the braconid
(Apanteles sp.) pupae were discovered July 11, the adults emerging July 16 to
August 16 (Rearing 40a). The other naked caterpillar (Rearing 50) began its
cocoon a week after it was collected and pupated July 5, 1915; the imago (a
small grey moth with black crossbands on the wings) emerged August 10, 1915.

The stomachs of insectivorous birds (Passeres, plovers, etc.) which arrived
at Bernard harbour from the month of June on, were examined. The ingenuity
of these birds in finding food is astonishing; that they do not starve is shown
by the following content of the gizzard of a golden plover, Pluvialis dominica:
1 caterpillar, 1 tipulid larva, 2 curculionid larvae, and half a dozen carabid
beetles and weevils. A snow bunting, Plectrophenax nivalis, had in its stomach
two caterpillars -about 1 cm. long.

June 11-20, 1916

Bumblebees (queens) are now seen frequently and are often infested with
the parasitic mites (Parasitus bomborum) attached mainly to the ventral side.
Saxifraga oppositifolia is about the only food flower now available, the male
catkins of the common willow (Salix anglorum) not ripening until after June 15.
The usual insects (spiders, carabid beetles, flies, hemipters (Chiloxanthes
stellatus, etc.) are common, the hemipters now not found exclusively under
stones and in plants, but running about freely. On June 20, a big curculionid
larva (Trichalophus stefanssoni) , white, with brown head, was found in its
pupating cell under a loose flat stone. It was placed for rearing (No. 122),
and during the first week of August it pupated; the beetle emerged about a
month later.

26K ('<in(nli(tn Arctic Expedition, If) 1, 3-18

In the harbour creek perlid larva) were noticed. In the ponds mosquito
larvae (Aedes sp.) were almost full grown; those placed for rearing (No. 109)
began pupating two days later, and the adults emerged during the first week
in July. Large dipterous larva? (tipulid) burrowing in the mud were also seen

June 11-%Q} 1915

On June 18, the first bumblebees (queens) of the year were noticed, but
none were1 caught. On the same day some small flies (Fucellia punctipennis]
were seen half jumping, half flying on the loose sand of an exposed slope.
Minute diptera w ved on a. snow-free, gravelly flat, but they did not

congregate in swarm-;. Though flying insects were few, large numbers of other
insects we.-e found under stones, in plants, etc. In such places the earlier
( 'arabid beetles, spiders, mites, collembola, etc., besides an occasional weevil
or insect larva (tipulidae, curculionidse, nematidae), were frequent. In rotten
driftwood were found the mite Rhagidia gelida and different collembola (Onchi-
unis IJ-punctdliiH, Achorutes tullberyi.., etc.). Caterpillars found under stones,
on plants, etc., were placed for rearing. One of these (Rearing 51) proved to
be parasitized, but lived for about two months, and even began its cocoon ;
when two large hymenopterous cocoons burst forth, their host died, though
slowly. Ponds became richer in invertebrates as the month progresses. At
first only a few collembola (Isotoma palustris) are seen upon the water, or a
couple of dytiscid beetles are busily digging or swimming in waterholes. Mud-
and freshwater-algae support a rich life of microscopic animals (worms, rotifera,
etc.).

Most of the temporary ponds are barren of microscopic life; it seems to be a
question of suitability of the bottom mud more than of anything else.

On June 18, collembola (Achorutes armatus, Folsomia quadrioculata, Tctra-
canthdla wahlgreni) , dytiscid-beetles, or larvae and many copepods (Cyclops
magnus} were found in a pond, and, the first time this year, mosquito Iarva3
(Aedes nearcticus) only a few days old and 3-4 mm. long. Some of the mosquito
larva1 were placed for rearing (Rearing 59); at the end of the month the largest
had double their length, and they began pupating ten d:iys Liter. The first-re:; red
imagines emerged in the middle of July; their pup:t st: .ge is thus of very short
duration. In the mud of this pond were found two d:iys later a white dipterous
larva and white oligochaete worms; the water temperature was then 44.1
degi'' ir 32.2 degrees F., noon).

June. 21-30, 19 li>

The first female mosquitoes (Ablex sp.) appeared on June 21, and by the
end of the month became numerous and very annoying, especially in low-lying
and sheltered places. 'The first crane-flies (Tipubi sp., (Me.) \vere also noticed
on June 21, and their number rapidly increased. Flies, of course, were also
common, and the. bumblebee queens (lioinhux xi/lricold, tt. ncobore-UH, etc.) were
busily engaged on th:1 early flowers. .Many small midges were noticed above;
or in the creek outlet.

Various spiders ('newborn, pale, grey brown; Tinrlicux dlatiiN, etc.), mites

• tvortcx nigrofem&ratus) } collembola, caterpillars, etc., were prevalent.

An almost dry pond contained, t he last day of t he monl h, be ides the usual
dyfiscid beetles and mito (77///a.s xldlli), many dyfiscid larva1 about 1mm. long,
and a number of mosquito pupa' (Aw fax /learticux), but very few mosquito
larva?. More interesting, however, were the entomost raca, namely, both sexes
of the phyllopod, Branchinecta i><iln<loxu, now almost full grown. Younger stages
of the same branchipod were found in a l)rackish pond, and many young water
fleas (l)d])hnin pnli'.r), midge larva1 and pupa1 were found among the thread-
algae in the creek outlet. In the creek back of (he harbour the imagines (\cmoura

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 27 K

sp.) emerging from perlid nymphs were noticed. The nymphs were crawling
up on the stones in the creek. Attached to these stones by their
disk-wart were simuliid (black-fly) larvae up to 1 cm. long. Alum
were sitting together on each stone and when the stones were lilt, ,1 ih,- larva
released their hold and tried to slip off. When placed in a tumM BOUld

easily climb up the glass by the aid of their thoracic (central) "wart-leg" and tin-
suctorial disk at their hind end, somewhat after the manner .
Or they would spin threads from the water-surface to the insid
and ascend on them, but they are not able to float without the When

at rest, these larvae attached themselves to the glass or to the thnvids by their
hind disk and kept the body straight out or at some angle. Only
their famous plumose gills to be seen on the expanded nock. ' '•
folded up and stretched out, one at a time, continuously, with varying quick-
ness; there is about one second between two "strokes," simultaneously with
the maxillae, but the latter move both together.

The powerful and varied means of locomotion possessed by th- so simuliids
is due to their living in running water, the scarcity of which around Bernard
harbour at this period probably explains the scarcity of the fly. Farther
the species is very common. Efforts to rear the larvae were unsuccessful.

June 21-30, 1915

Flying insects now are often met with (Bombus neoboreus, etc., all queens,
various flies, etc.) but the majority of insects are still upon the ground.

The ponds and lakes around the harbour, the lakes being only partly free
of ice. were examined. In the ponds were the common mosquito larvae (Aedes
nearcticus) and an occasional fly larva (Rhamphomyia sp.), freshwater snails
(Aplexa hypnorum) attached to grass leaves or as empty shells upon the mud
bottom, dytiscid beetles, midge larvae tubes of caddis-flies, etc., and two kinds
of water mites. One of these mites (Thy as stolli) is 1-1 J mm. long, has black
eyes, and a round and flattened abdomen of a bright rose colour. It is always
seen crawling over the mud bottom. The other mite (Curvipes reighardi) is less
than 1 mm. long and has the ball-shaped abdomen tile-red with the legs ;,nd
cephalothorax still darker. It is not so often seen crawling, but generally paddles
with all its long-haired legs, rising or sinking in the water at will.

The large lakes contain various trichopterous larvae in their tubes; they will
attach themselves even to a baited hook. The usual dytiscid beetles and
various midge larv^ (Chironomus sp., etc.), and the larger dipterous larvee are
present. Crawling on the bottom in the marginal water are perlid larvae
(nymphs), evidently near their final transformation, for over the snow covering
the lake ice one mild day (June 25) a number of imagines (Capnia nearctica),
probably of the same species, were seen crawling with wings already, but not
fully developed. They may have come up through cracks in the ice, or from
the ice-free marginal water. The direction in which they crawled indie
an instinctive knowledge of the location of the shore, even if they rre far out on
the lake. They perhaps make for the shore to copulate, but their life as imagines is
probably very short. Three months later in the same locality, similar in>t
but on a larger scale, were seen, only it was then trichopterous imagines. ( hi
these lakes the usual collembola (Podura aquatica, etc.) assembled in large colon-
ies, the full-grown blue ones carrying their small, brown, young ones on their
backs in grebe style. Minute, j limping-flying flies were also common. A larger
fly with similar locomotion had half a dozen minute, flat, round mites on the
central side of the first abdominal rings.

July 1-10, 1916

Many flowers are out, resulting in a great number of insects. The flying
varieties include flies, crane-flies, midges, and mosquitoes. The crane-flies are
typical of dry tundra places and are frequent on ponds. Of hymenoptera, various

28K Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

ichneumonids and an occasional sawfly (Euura arctica, etc.) are seen, but
bumblebees (Bombus arcticus, B. polaris, etc.) of both sexes, are the most common.
Butterflies now appear for the first time ; they comprise species of Brenthis and
Oeneis characteristic of dry tundra swamp, Colias (Eurymus) species character-
istic of wet tundra swamp, and Erebia fasciata characteristic of tundra swamp.
Brenthis flies only for a short while at a stretch and is easily caught, but Colias
flutters along for a long time before settling. Owing to its colour Oeneis is almost
impossible to discern on the ground; when scared, its flight is long and nearly
straight. Erebia fasciata is even more difficult to catch, its flight being higher
and longer than that of Oeneis. Various moths (Anarta sp., Titanio sp., Napuca
sp., Homoglaea sp., etc.) are now out; most of them are typical of the drier part
of the tundra, stony patches, etc., with which their colour blends so well. The
large, spotted moth Hyphoraia (Bombyx) festiva now emerges from the cocoons
spun to stones, plants, etc.

Of ground insects, various caterpillars, spiders, mites, beetles, etc., may be
seen. A small hemiptera (Orthotylus sp.?) which resembles an aphid, takes refuge
in plant tufts; it is described on the next page.

The temperature of the ponds on the 3rd, taken at 3.30 p.m. was 55 degrees
F. or 5 degrees higher than that of the atmosphere. The insects noticed were
some fly larvae and a great number of midge larva?, and pupa? of various kinds.
Attempts to rear them were without success. Larva? and adults of the large
dytiscid beetle (Colymbetes dolobratus) were seen; the former were gathering food
on the mud bottom, but the latter preferred the rich moss encircling the ponds.

Collembola (Achorutes sensilis} and the puparia of the fly (Mydaeina
obscura) (Rearing 78) are on the ponds; in the water or burrowing in the mud are
various mites (Eylais falcata, etc.). In the placid water of the mouth of the
large creek larva? of midges, ephemeroids, perlids, mosquitoes, turbellaria, etc.
are found; and on July 10, the Simulium larva? already mentioned had pupated
inside their chitinous "house"-cone attached to the same submerged stones on
which the larva? were found. The few pupae found were scattered over stones,
not many on one stone. Each pupa is fastened by the pointed end of its cone,
the "gills" protruding from the broad opening at the other end, the pupa? thus
having easy access to the water. On the expansion of the creek as it leaves the
lake a rich growth of Hippuris, etc., from which all stages of Chironomus and other
midges were collected. In the lake south of the harbour, great masses of dead,
freshly-emerged midges were seen floating, sometimes forming almost a "carpet,"
and supplying food for the trout and stickle-back. These flies had perhaps been
killed by parasites, for on placing some of them in formalin, white worms
(Gordiusf) emerged from their bodies. Or perhaps the waves on the now com-
pletely open lake had caused their death.

July 1-10, 1915

A great number of different insects were on the wing. Many bumblebees
(Bombus polaris, B. sylvicola, B. neoboreust etc.), all queens, were infested with
the parasitic mites (Parasitus bomborum) which also crawl over the male willow
catkins and the flowers of the common Pedicularis lanata. The behaviour of the
mites on the flowers was quite different from those on the bees. The latter
clung to the hairs of their host, their four pair of legs serving as grips, and they
drop off only when their host is put into the killing-bottle. But the mites on
the flowers moved freely around by the three last pairs of legs, the first pair being
used as constantly vibrating feelers, like a wasp's antennae. They frequently
scratched the abdomen with their legs, and are prone to fight. They had
perhaps been left on the flowers by their host and were waiting for a bumblebee
to which they could attach themselves. Various other hymenoptera were
caught and many of the butterflies and moths before mentioned which now
appear. Moths and Colias were first noticed on the 3rd, and soon became

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 29s

common. The first Brenthis were seen on the 6th, the first Oeneis on the 7th,
the first Erebia on the 9th. An occasional phryganeoid imago is seen and a
great variety of flies, crane-flies, (tipulidae), and midges. Small jumping-flies
were common on dry seaweed July 1. The first biting mosquitoes (Aedes sp.)
were seen July 9, at the harbour, and soon became troublesome.

Among the many insects found upon the ground, large spiders (Lycosa sp.) are
seen feeding on other spiders, and beetles. Minute, dark-red mites (Trom-
bidium sucidum) frequents the gravelly slopes with southern exposure, where an
occasional weevil (Sitona sp., Trichalophus sp.) or chrysomelid beetle, and the
common carabids may also be seen. The minute hemiptera (Ortholytus sp.?)
are seen only on calm, sunny days or in well-sheltered places, otherwise remain-
ing hidden in the plant tufts (Oxytropis, Potentilla, etc.). They make a noise
something like the chirp of the grasshopper. They were first noticed July 6 and
were in different stages; the smallest ones moulted, embedding their trunks in
a plant stem; the somewhat larger ones had orange abdomen, head, and wings,
with blue-black eyes and dark, brown legs. The largest were green with head,
eyes, wings, and legs light brown. All had two pairs of rudimentary wings.
Other small, wingless, dark brown hemiptera 2 mm. long, were seen. Puparia of
various flies taken from plants and moss were placed for rearing on 7th (Rearing
67) and from one of these the imago emerged five days later,

Among the various lepidopterous larvae and pupa3 was the caterpillar mining
in the stems and root of Pedicularis lanata noticed for the first time this year
on the 4th. A cocoon collected on the 7th, had a smooth, black pupa 2 cm.
long attached to a stone and proved to be the rare moth Hyporaia festiva; the
imago emerged on July 24, and began to lay its eggs two weeks later (Rearing 68).

A pond on the tundra near the harbour contained only white oligochaete
worms (Henlea sp.), thus showing a surprising lack of insect life as compared
with other ponds. In a nearby pond were noticed two days later — larvae
of midges, dytiscids and in the overflow from the pond an abundance of animal-
cule. On July 6, many Iarva3, of all sizes, and pupa3 of common mosquitoes
(Aedes sp.) were found in ponds, and several intermediate stages were noticed;
first the abdomen shows the pupal characters; then the thorax; and soon the
"pre-pupa" much paler than the immediately following pupa appears. The
pupae are easy to rear, as they need no food, and about a week later the adults
emerge (Rearing 59, 59a). Efforts to rear the dystiscid larvae with these mos-
quito larvae as food, failed.

July 11-20, 1916

On the 14th inst., the shores of Dolphin and Union strait were visited and a
great number of flying insects were observed. Mosquitoes (Aedes nearcticus)
were troublesome in sheltered places; flies, Pogomyia quadrisetosa, Rhamphomyia
conservativa, etc.) were noticed on the flowers of Dryas, Potentilla, etc.; (PL
I, fig. 1), and two female bot-flies. (Edemagena (Hypoderma} tarandi, were cap-
tured. They made no sound until placed in the killing bottle when they pro-
duced a buzzing noise of short duration. These are the flies whose maggots
are found in the caribou. Many bumblebees (Bombus sylvicola, etc.), butterflies
(Colias sp., Oeneis sp., Brenthis sp., Lycaena aquilo), and various moths were
collected ; the butterflies had wings scaleless and somewhat torn, where exposed
to the wind on the open tundra; the moths were found principally upon the
sheltered slopes of gravel ridges. The common invertebrates, including insects,
were observed in ponds; even a waterhole with brackish water and many green
algae contained midge larvae, and was teeming with dark-red copepods (Eury-
temora sp.) a favourite food for the phyllopods (Branchinecta paludosa), also
found here.

3 OK Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

July 11-20, 1915

Insect life at Bernard harbour is now at its height. The following flying
insects were observed: —

Sawflies: Pontania subpallida, Amauronematus magnus, etc.
Bumblebees : all three sexes almost all infected with Parasitus bomborum.

p., Apantclcx sj>., etc.

: J'tiolina pp., IHidinplioin.-iiid sp.. I'liorblci sp.
Crane-flies: Limnobia sp., Tlpulu sp.

i ' Vr,s sp.
Phryganeoidfe ]

lidte \ Adults

EphemeroidcE I

Butterflies : Brenfhis sp., Colias, sp., Oeneis, sp., Erebia, sp.
itha

The ground is alive with insect life. Mites (Trombidium sp., etc.) are
common and their eggs (Bryobia praetiosa) are deposited on dead willow
leaves, from which the young ones (nymphs) are just emerging. Many spiders
(Lycosa sp.), are seen, the larger of which line the interior of crevices or lem-
ming-burrows with web; they also construct nets outside for capture, some-
thing like a large moth cocoon. The spiders often carrying egg-sacks, devour
their prey (other spiders, beetles, etc.), inside the burrows or " cocoons." The
" cocoons " up to about 3 cm. in diameter are almost globular and firmly spun of
close-lying threads, with a " window" of slighter construction. This " cocoon "
is perhaps a protective web, closing the burrow outwardly, and used by the
female only until the eggs hatch and the young are able to take care of them-
selves. Collembola, beetles and beetle larvae (weevils, carabids, etc.) are com-
mon. Of hemiptera, various small, wingless forms (Euscelis hyperboreus,
Calacanthia trybomi, etc.) abound in plant tufts. The common Saldid (Chilo-
xanthes stellatus) has already been referred to (page UK). A microlepidopter
is also common and characteristic of sandy slopes, but seems never to use its
wings; it keeps them as a roof for the body, crawls up on the sand and slides
suddenly down, when scared, like a leaf -hopper, which insect it resembles in
shape and colour. Various lepidopterous larvae or pupae were placed for rearing,
but without much success. The flower stems of Pedicularis lanata held some1
of these larvae (rearing 71); and dipterous larvae and dipterous pupae were found
in moss, and various sawfly larvae — both the species which make leaf galls and
the ones which live in the immature, female catkins — were found on willows.
Attempts were made to rear both kinds, but they progressed only as far as the
pupal st-igo. The larvae inside the galls made their cocoons on October, HUn,
and pupated the following June (Rearing 74). The others (Rearing 85) enter the
carpels by e iting a hole at their base, and their presence is soon shown by yel-
low-brown excrement. The infested carpels do not ripen, but dry up, because
the 1-irva inside feeds on the wall and seeds, and probably later attacks one or
more carpels. In due time the larvae spin cocoons outside the carpels and pupate?
inside them.

The overflow from the ponds contains oligochaete worms (LumbridUus up.),
larvae of dytiscids, and minute mosquitoes (midges). (PL IX, fig. 2). Trout
caught in a Ir.rgc creek near the harbour had in their stomachs large dipterous

•, as well as smaller larvae (Chirummius (?)) and larva1 and i yinphs of perlids.
In the mud of the brackish pond many green algae, attached to which were
numerous f; scia* of " winter-eggs " of Daphnia pult.r were present and the water
teemed with the young eladocera emerged from these. In the Avater were also
many nietanaupha', about 1 cm. long, of the common phyllopod (Hranchinecta
paludosa), a favourite food for the larva- and beetles of dytiscids; minute, red
coilembola, a groat number of midges in all stages of development, and copepods
were also observed. The curious pnparia of the inlereslii'g fly, Mydaeina pbscum,
were found on the 19th in this pcnd. rJ ho larvae burrow in the mud of ponds or
lakes, and during the postlarva-pre-pupa stages, remain there looking like brown

Insect Life on Western Arctic Coast of America 31 K

willow twigs or large plant seeds, and thus evade the notice of water birds.
The pupa now develops in and partly fills the case, which shows three divi>
first, large, swollen, cylindrical front-end with a lid, by the aid of which the ily
later emerged; second, a constricted "neck," and finally the "caudal" i
also cylindrical but smaller than the "cephalic" part, and containing jiir by
which the puparium rises to the surface and floats with the air chan,!
most. Just before the emerging of the imago the puparium becomes I'-slnpcd.
the neck curving so that the part of the puparium containing the pup.-.
touches the water-surface, and the imago can emerge by the opening of the
" lid." This process was observed with one of these pupa? collected July 19,

1915, and the imago emerged four days later; from a pupa collected July \\.

1916, the imago emerged the following day (Rearing 78). The fly itself is al>o
aquatic. As soon as the imago has emerged the puparium stretches out again
but remains floating.

On the margin of a large lake inland from Bernard harbour, a great number
of freshly emerged midges of both sexes were in copula on the 15th. In the
marginal water were many Chironomus (pupae and adults), besides perlid and
trichopterous Iarva3. Branchinecta paludosa, amphipods (Gammarus limnaeus),
and other freshwater invertebrates were found in many of the nearby lak

July 21-31, 1915

Insect life is now very similar to that in the middle of July. Mosquitoes
(Aedes sp.) are very numerous and annoying on warm, clear days, most of the
larvae and pupae in the ponds having transformed (PL I, fig. 2). Various flies
and crane-flies (Limnophila sp., Stygeropis sp., Nephrotoma sp., Tipula sp.,
etc.), sawflies, and parasitic wasps are common, but neuropteroid imagines
are comparatively few. Bumble bees (Bombus neoboreus, B. sylvicola, etc.),
especially the queens and workers, are busily visiting the many flowers now
out. Two of the willow species (Salix anglorum, S. pulchra) have now
dropped most of their male catkins, but those of S. reticulata are in full bloom.
Many butterflies (Erebia sp., Brenthis sp., Colias sp., Oeneis sp., etc.) and moths
are seen on clear, calm days; of the former a female specimen of Pieris occidcut-
alis was secured. The advent of this butterfly appears to synchronize with
the first blooming of the cruciferae (Sisymbrium sp., etc.) on which, probably,
the larvaB feed and which the imago seems to prefer. Muscid maggots were
noticed in rotten seal-meat, but could not be reared.

August 1-10, 1915

The following flying insects were noticed:
Bumblebees (Bombus sp.)
Sawflies

Wasps. pnrasitfa (Exolytux sp., Dioctes sp.)

Butterflies (Colias sp., Oeneis sp., Brenthis sp., Lycaena aquilo)
Moths (Homoglaea, Titanio sp.,, Microlepidotera, etc.)
Crane-flies (Erioptera sp., Tipula sp., etc.)
Flies

Mosquitoes (Aedes sp.)
Neuropteroid imagines

The Colias and Brenthis prefer low, grassy land or gravel supporting flowcr>:
the moths are found on clayey or gravelly bluffs or slopes. The mosquitoes are
less troublesome than in July.

Sawfly larvse may be seen boring in the female catkins or making galls
upon the leaves of willows. A larger sawfly larva fed on the leaves of bushy
willow (Salix pulchra) from which, owing to its colour and quiescence, it is
with difficulty distinguished. Efforts to rear it progressed no farther than the
pupating stage, October, 1915. The common hemiptera (Chiloxanthes stel-
latus) and smaller bugs (Lobopidea sp., etc.) and the common collembola,
mites, spiders, beetles, caterpillars, etc., are met with.

32K Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

On the margin of the brackish pond, now much smaller, imagines of My-
daeina obscura were captured. Empty, floating pupa cases of the same species
floated on the surface, showing that the imagines had but lately emerged.
Dytiscid beetles, midge larvae, copepods, Daphnia pulex (female now with two
winter eggs), and almost full-grown Branchinecta paludosa (female with
eggs) were found in the pond. The bottom of a larger pond inland, consisted
of a thick layer of brown detritus mud between the scattered stones and Carex
vegetation. In or on the bottom were many larvae and pupae of midges (Tanypus
sp., etc.), beetle larvae, and the common red watermite (Curvipes reinhardi).
In the big creek at the harbour on August 6, snails (Aplexa hypnorun), perlid
and ephemeroid-nymphs, turbellaria and Hydra sp. were collected.

August 11-20, 1915
The flying insects observed were: —

Bumblebees (Bombus sylmcola, B. neoboreus, B. arctict^s)

Butterfles (Colics sp., Brenthis sp., Oencis sp., Erebia sp., Lycaena sp., Chrysophanus

SP.)

Moths (Anarta sp., etc.)

Wasps, parasitic (ExolyLus msuforis, Dioctes modestus, etc.)
Sawflies

Crane-flies (Tipula sp., etc.)
Flies (Melanostoma sp., etc.)
Flies, black (Simulium sp.)
Midges (Oecothea aristata)
Mosquitoes (Aedes sp.)

An ephemeroid imago was captured on the 16th, just emerging from its
nymphal skin.

On the ground, or upon plants are various spiders: the female of the big
Lycosa species now carry their newborn young in the egg cocoons. Mites
(Rhagidia gelida) and collembola are frequent. In plant pillows are found
various fly pupae and lepidopterous chrysalides or cocoons; if the latter be a
Gynaephora it may contain instead of the lepidopterous pupae the dried-out
caterpillar and about a dozen tachinid (Euphorocera sp.) puparia. Beneath the
surface are larvae of the common tipulids, and under stones, an occasional brown
slug, Agriolimax hyperboreus. Leaves of the various willows are often infected
by gall-mites (Eriophyes sp.), forming small prickly swellings. The sawfly larvae
are most conspicuous upon the willows, the larger species with its post-larval,
red colour, and the smaller boring in the female catkins; these latter pupated
the following June, but got no further.

On the margins of the two ponds on the ridge about 100 feet high, southwest
of the harbour, brown detritus-mud is exposed. The ponds contain a number
of invertebrates, including a few males of Lepidurus arcticus', most of the
females of this crustacean have now deposited their eggs.

The large creek at the harbour is now nearly dry. Here were found
turbellaria (now with "winter eggs" inside), perlid, and ephemeroid nymphs and
colonies of Simulium pupae, attached in running water to stones, moss, and
grass-stems, the stones being more popular on account of the similarity in colour.
In fact it is most difficult to detect these pupae unless they congregate in large col-
onies, when the two white, free gill-plumes on the head of each individual show
up in the water in undulating streaks. The pupa-cases (August 16) were mostly
empty, but some of them contained the pupae which were infested with one or
more minute, bright-red nymphs (three leg pairs) of a watermite, crawling over
the dead pupa. They represent probably the larval stage of one of the common
hydrachnids. The comparative scarcity of black flies at Bernard harbour may
be due to the small amount of streaming freshwater, an element necessary for
the complete development of the insect. Conditions may differ farther to the
east, judging from the great annoyance travellers have reported from black
flies there.

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 33 K

August 21-31, 191 o.

Insect life is decreasing. Flowers are less plentiful and certain plants have
completed their bloom. A number of insects are, however, on the wing including
flies (Sciara sp., Prosimulium borealis, etc.) crane-flies (Tipula sp.), but fewer
midges and mosquitoes. An ephemeroid sub-imago was found upon a stone in
the creek bed; the imagines of this suborder first emerge apparently about th •
middle of August. Of hymenoptera, bumblebees (Bombus sp.) are still numerous,
and small wasps on willow plants. Of butterflies, the common Colias sp. are
frequent, and in a lesser degree the Brenthis sp. The lycaenids (Lycaena sp.,
Chrysophanus sp.) are fewer, and the Oeneis sp. and Erebia sp. have almost
disappeared. Moths (Autographa sp., Lygris sp., etc.) are seen on slopes; when
scared the flight of Lygris sp. is short and fluttering, though direct from place to
place.

Of ground insects the small tineoid imagines, typical of sandy slopes, and
the common, black hemipter (Chiloxanthes stellatus) are seen, and on dry tundra
swamp some curious smaller flies (Scellus spinimanus), their abdomen and eyes
having a metallic glitter; though having wings they only crawled or jumped.
One of them had its pupa skin still attached to its legs. Two (male and female)
small crab-spiders (Xysticus bimaculatus) were collected besides the common
spiders, collembola and mites (Bdella arctica), weevils, carabids, caterpillars,
etc. The fresh water still contains a teeming life of entomostraca and dytiscid
larvae, etc.

August 30-31, 1914.

During this period and the first half of September observations on insect
life were possible only in 1914. Autumn was heralded by the scarcity of flying
insects and by the behaviour of those upon the ground. A big ichneumonid
wasp among Elymus plants, and the common, small, jumping flies (black spotted
wings) under stones were easily captured. The common hymenopterous cocoons,
spiders, mites, and collembola, were found and the common glistening carabid
beetles (Amara glacialis) which were crawling around or had already excavated
small grooves in the sand for hibernation. Some of the willow leaves were
infested by the gall mites (Eriophyes sp.) or had galls produced by sawfly larvae.
The galls were placed for rearing (Rearing 37) and in October the larvae made
their pupating-cocoons outside them. The imagines which emerged in the
middle of August, 1915, proved to be parasitic wasps (Diodes modestus) and not
sawflies, thus proving that hymenoptera as well as diptera, lepidopetera, and
coleoptera are kept in check by these insects.

September 1-10, 1914-

Owing to the mild weather, insect life, during this period, was very similar
to that during the latter end of August. Even moths and butterflies (Colias
nastes, Chrysophanus hypophlaeus feildeni) were seen early in the month, bumble-
bees were seen up to the 5th and parasitic wasps (Ophwn bilineatum, etc.), until
the 7th. A few trichopter imagines and some mosquitoes (Aedes nearcticus)
were seen, but no crane-flies. Other flies observed were Hydrophoria sp., Rham-
phomyia sp., Peleteria sp., Scatophaga sp., Limnophora sp., and a smaller species
(Scellus spinimanus).

Among the ground insects, noticed were Chiloxanthes stellatus, spiders
(Tmeticus alcetus, Microneta maritima, Lycosa sp.) and mites (Scutovortex lineatus).
The spiders, Paradosa glacialis and Erigone arctica, were also seen, as were the
common collembola and carabid beetles (Amara sp., Pterostichus mandibulans,
etc.) small black staphylinid beetles, a few smaller dysticids, tipuhd larvae, and
caterpillars.
16579—3

34K Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

September 11-20, 1914 and 1915

The few insects collected were mostly caterpillars, beetles, spiders, and
tipulid larvae. No flying insects were seen.

September 21-30, 1914

No flying insects were seen. Under loose stones various beetles and caterpillars
were found. The small staphylinids were more lively than the carabids (Amara
brunnipennis, etc.). The weevils lay motionless until touched, when they moved,
but slowly. Small spiders, mites, and collembola showed few signs of hibernating
Larger spiders had made globular webs between the sand and gravel; the size of
the web in proportion to its builder, but never larger than a walnut.

September 21-30, 1915

The brackish pond was frozen over. The depth below the ice was about 3
feet, and the mud from the bottom gave a strong odour of sulphuretted hydrogen.
In the water were many dead midge larvae, "winter eggs" of Daphnia pulex,
and rose-purple copepods (Eurytemora canadensis) often carrying their eggs.

The large lake southwest of the harbour was covered with ice over which
hundreds of imagines of a big caddis-fly (Chilostigma praeterita] were crawling.
They must have just emerged or perhaps been tempted from their hibernating
places by the mild weather. The occurrence of these rather frail imagines in
such numbers is surprising; they probably belong to the same species as the large
larvae found in this and other nearby lakes. A male spider, also, was seen crawl-
ing over the ice; the same two kinds of arthropods were noticed, a week later,
crawling over freshwater ice at Cockburn point, a few miles away, and, the
next day, upon lake ice at the harbour.

The big lake of the harbour was found to have a maximum depth of 20 feet;
it was frozen over by the 28th. Two days later a sample of sand from the
bottom showed a crust of green algae and detritus and contained red-brown
midge larvae in their sand-covered tubes, besides worms (Lumbriculus varie-
gatus), etc.

WEST SIDE OF CORONATION GULF (INCLUDING THE LOWER COPPERMINE RIVER)

East of Bernard harbour the coast shows little change, consisting of gravel
or sand, with boulders and outcrops of limestone beds. Liston, Sutton, Lambert,
and Douglas islands in Dolphin and Union strait have the same composition,
though the limestone (dolomite) is more prevalent than on the mainland.

The east side of the mouth of Coppermine river is a sandpit projecting from
a low, gravelly tundra-plain lying at the foot of the clay hills and the west side
is formed by an extension of the gravelly clay banks about 100 feet high which,
farther inland, form both sides of the river.

The east side of the Bloody fall gorge is formed by very steep and high
cliffs, practically without vegetation; on the west side, the vegetation (scrub-
willows, etc.) is best developed upon the lower cliffs.

Above Bloody fall the rivet- widens and both sides have high, gravelly, and
sandy cliffs, generally steep and barren but sometimes supporting good vegeta-
tion including scrub-willows up to 6 feet high. Inland from Escape rapids the
hills attain their highest point. Along the river the slopes support the tundra
plants, and "niggerheads" are common.

South of Escape rapids the northern limit of trees is represented by a few
diminutive white spruce which from this point increase in number and size,
especially in small creek valleys joining the river, where some of the trees are
about 12 feet high. They gradually decrease in size and number as the valley
is ascended, until they disappear altogether.

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 35K

Groves of white spruce (Picea canadensis) become frequent farther up the
river. The largest trees were 30 feet high and about 5 feet in circumference
near the ground. Even stunted trees were seen from their rings to be about
fifty years old, and the largest must have been nearly five hundred years.
Samples were secured of the rich growth of lichens found on the dead trees .UK I
on the dead branches of the living trees. Many of the trees were attacked by
insects and very few young trees were seen, the growth ;LS a whole indicating
longevity. Dr. Richardson ascribes the appearance of the forest — in particular
the dead trees and stumps — to a deterioration of the climate, fires and expos un-
to cold north winds. Insects, however, undoubtedly contribute to the destruction
and many dead trees have been killed or injured solely by bark beetles and
cerambycid larvae, which were as numerous in some trees as in trees farther
south.1

Owing to their scattered distribution and consequent liability to exposure,
the percentage of trees, above a certain size, attacked by insects is larger in tin-
region than farther south. Living as they do under the bark, the insects are not
greatly influenced by the cold.2

Three species of bark beetles, Polygraphus rufipennis, Pityophthorus nitidus,
and Dendroctonus johanseni, were found in the dead trees, either under or in the
bark,3 but the third species was found in only one tree, under the bark at its
base. All the beetles were dead, and no immature stages were observed.4

Tunnels of Cerambycid larvae were common upon the dead trees. Dead
larvae, cast skins, or their hymenopterous parasites were found in these burrows,
occasional " foreign " insects which had crawled into them later, and a few
cerambycid imagines, which possibly belonged to the tunnels.

The living trees contained the Polygraphus and Pityophthorus mentioned
above and Carphoborus andersoni, but bark beetles were not nearly so numerous
as upon the dead trees.

Depredation to the living trees by boring insects is extensive. The bark-
boring — the more destructive — are represented by Merium proteus and the
wood-boring by Neoclytus muricatulus and Xylothrechus undulatus. Most of
the larvae were heavily parasitized by immature stages of hymenopterous insects,
but all efforts to rear were unsuccessful.

Of harmless insects a few sawfly larvae in cocoons were found in the ceram-
bycid galleries; they were of two kinds, the smaller a light brown, with dark,
dorsal streaks; the large, light green. This green larva was reared (No. 46)
and emerged July 13, 1915, when it proved to be a new species, Pontania quad-
rifasciata MacGillivray.

Under spruce bark, or in the cerambycid tunnels, spider webs, fragments of
flies and beetles, etc., and a winged ant were observed. This ant and a similar
specimen! found November, 1913, in an old bird's-nest about 30 miles up
Sadlerochit river, represent the only ant material secured by the expedition,
and the two localities indicate the probable northern limit for ants in North
America.5

No other insects were seen along the lower Coppermine river, except a few
bot fly-grubs (Oedemagena tarandi} from caribou above Bloody falls. Franklin
(1st Expedition) states that sandflies were numerous and troublesome in the
August evenings, the temperature then being 53 degrees F. at about 67° 12'
North; and Richardson (Arctic Searching Expedition) was annoyed by these
insects in the same region as late as September 8, in the evening.

i Johansen, F., Can. For. Jour., XV, 7, July, 1919, pp. 303-5.

2;See Kept, of Can. Arct. Exped., 1913-18, vol. Ill, Part E, Coleoptera, by J. M. Swaine.
3 A section of a trunk was preserved.
* The observations were made in February, 191>o.

5 Formica hereculeana recorded from Back's Overland Expedition (Great Fish 'river) by
Children.

16579—34

36K Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

Apart from the forest insects, the insect life along the west side of Coro-
nation gulf and the lower Coppermine is probably very similar to that atBernard
harbour, though the mosquitoes, etc., become more troublesome farther south.

SOUTH SIDE OF CORONATION GULF (INCLUDING BATHURST INLET, NORTH
OF LATITUTE 67J DEGREES NORTH)

Owing to the milder climate, vegetation and insect life between Coppermine
river and Bathurst inlet are at least a week earlier than at Bernard harbour
and cessation of plant life is, probably, later (PL II, fig. 2). Very few insects
were secured by previous expeditions. Hanbury collected butterflies, the
earliest ones, apparently at cape Barrow, June 26, while flies, spiders, etc.,
were noticed on June 10 (Kent peninsula), and the first mosquitoes at Lewes
islands on June 27. 1 Insects captured by the Canadian Arctic Expedition were
mostly picked up casually, but from them and from the narratives of Hanbury
it may be assumed that the insect life is practically the same as at Bernard
harbour. The paucity of vegetation on many of the rocky islands causes a
scarcity of insect life (PL X, fig. 1).

Below is a list of insects secured by Hanbury and by members of the
southern party of the Canadian Arctic Expedition; the latter ones are from
Tree river and Gray bay, in July, and from cape Barrow (PL X, fig. 2), and
Bathurst inlet in August and September.

Arachnoidea. . ^ycosa sp.?)

[ (smaller)

f Trichalophus stefanssoni

Silpha lapponica
Coleoptera .................. ^ Carabus chamissonis

Cocinella nugatoria
Dvstiscid
Hymenoptera ................ Bombus sylvicola

Euura arctica

Diptera

Tipula arctica

\ Simulium similis
\Anarta richardsonii
Hypsophila zetterstedti*

Lepldoptera (moths) j Hyphoraia f estiva

I Aspilatus orciferaria*
| Cidaria sp.i
' Lycaena orbituhisi
Brenthis churcilea

frigga imjiroba
polaris
" palesi
Colias boothii
heclal
pelidnei
nastes'1
Erebia disci

fasciata1
rossi1
Oeneis bore1

L/epidoptera (butterflies) . .

Secured by Hanbury.

semidea*

The saw-flies were reared from larvae collected in galls on leaves of Salix
reticulata at cape Barrow, August 14, 1915. They pupated the following June,
and the adults emerged a few days later (Rearing 90).

" In summer the mosquitoes seem to be much more numerous arid trouble
some along 1he south side of Coronation gulf than they are along Dolphin and
Union strait, probably because the land near the coast is less barren, and more
sheltered from summer winds off the ice. In the vicinity of Hood river and
the neighbouring parts of Arctic sound and Bathurst inlet the black flies (Simu-
lidce^ were numerous enough to be troublesome in late August and early
September, a rare thing on other parts of the Arctic coast with which I am
familiar." (R. M. Anderson.)

i Hanbury, David T.( Sport and Travel in the 'Northland of Canada, 1905, p.

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 37 K

ARCTIC ARCHIPELAGO

On Banks island a collection of insects, etc., was made by Mr. G. H.
Wilkins at cape Kellett, 1914-15, but, with the exception of a couple of spiders
in poor condition, identified by J. H. Emerton as young Pardosa glacialis, none
of these insects have been determined, and little can be said of insect life on
this island (PL VI, fig. 1). On Melville island a few insects (Bombus arcticus,
with Parasitus bomborum, and lepidoptera (fyrenthis polaris, cocoons of Gynae-
phora rossi) were collected, 1916, by the northern party of the Canadian Arctic
Expedition. Spiders, identified by J. H. Emerton as Erigone psychrophila, and
flies were collected on King Christian land (Findlay island) by the same party.
A list of all insects collected by both parties of the expedition from the western
half of Victoria island, from 1915 to 1917, appears below.

The coast of this western part is very similar to that oi the mainland
Generally speaking, the northern part of the coast is higher and rocky, but
from Simpson bay eastward the coast and land behind it are very low (except
in the neighbourhood of Richardson island) and consist mainly of gravel or
sandy tundra and boulders. The vegetation is the typically arctic; only in
some of the river-beds do willows (Salix Richardsonii) attain as much as 8 feet
in height.

Araneida 2 Spiders

Acari None ) ,

Collembola.. None \ But both orders are found.

Trichoptera Phryganeoid.

^ Agabus nigripalpis (Dytiscid)
leoptera. j Carabidse : Amara brunnipennis, etc.

( Parasitic wasp — cocoons (from caterpillar).
Hymenoptera J Sawfly-larva (middle of June, 1915). and

1 galls on willow leaves.

[Bombus sp. (seen; no specimens collected).

(" Prosimulium borealis

| Oedamagena tarandi (only larvae, in caribou).

| Tanytarsus sp.
Diptera -j Diamesia arctica

\ Mydaeina obscura

I Scatophaga furcata

{ Tipulid l&rvse
Siphonaptera Fleas from Arctic hare.

(' Argy tin-is chariclea
" polaris
" frigga alaskensis

Butterflies -{ Colias hecla glacialis

" nastes
Erebia fasciata
Lycaena aquilo
( Psychophora sabini
I Napuca orciferaria
| Titanio sp.
j Anarta leucocycla

Moths J Lygris destinata

| Gynaephora rossi (only cocoon)
| Anarta subfumosa
[ " richardsoni

Summer on Victoria island is generally from a week to a month later than
along the south side of Dolphin and Union strait and of Coronation gulf.

According to D. Jenness small blow flies were seen for the first time May 2
1915, almost a week later than at Bernard harbour, and bumblebees on June ,
about two weeks later. The butterflies and moths were noticed, as early as at
Bernard harbour. Mr. Jenness writes that the first Saxifraga oppositifolia
blossoms appeared on June 7 and were very common July 5; that flies sett
swarms on drying meat, July 2; that the first mosquitoes were seen July J
became numerous and annoying July 13, and disappeared in a snowsto
August 22; and that plant and insect life were killed by frost on the night
August 24-25 (PI. VI, fig. 2).

38x Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18

GENERAL (ARCTIC INSECTS)

A comparison of the insects found in the American Arctic and of those
found in Greenland, is interesting. Dr. I. C. Nielsen has compared the insect
fauna of the west coast of Greenland with that of the east coast.1

Owing to the severity of the climate on the east coast of Greenland as
compared with that on the west coast, insect life is less plentiful, including less
than half the number of lepidoptera, one-third that of coleoptera and hymen-
optera, one-fourth of hemiptera, one-sixth of diptera, and one-tenth of neurop-
teroids. Orthoptera and thysanoptera are only found on the west coast and
are represented by single species (Atropos and Trades, Forficula, Blatta, and
Physopus) all probably introduced. No beetles (except perhaps staphylinids)
are known on the east coast north of about 75 degrees north.

With the exception of Strepsiptera, most orders of insects are represented
in Greenland, but far from all families. Ninety per cent of the hymenoptera
are ichneumonids, the remainder, sawflies and bumblebees; the beetles are
mainly those feeding upon plants, decayed matter, minute arthropods, or
waterbeetles. The hymenoptera, lepidoptera, arid hemiptera depend on
land vegetation but most of the neuropteroids2 and many of the diptera pass
the early and longer part of their life in fresh water. Many of the diptera also
belong to blood-sucking species feeding upon Eskimos and other mammals or
upon decayed matter. Recent Danish authors give the following list of the
different orders of insects found in Greenland :

Diptera about 170 species Hemiptera about 12 species

Hymenoptera

Mallophaga

Lepidoptera

Coleoptera

Collembola

Mites

55
40
40
25
13
65

Neuropteroids ........ '. 10

Suctoria ............. " 6

(Siphunculata .......... " 6

Physopoda ............ only 1-2

Orthoptera ............ " 1-2

Spiders .............. about 45

The insects of Greenland are very similar to those so far found in the Amer-
ican Arctic, though the eastern part of the American Arctic has a far more
severe climate than the corresponding degrees of latitude in the western part.
The limit of spruce, or of isotherms is, therefore, a better southern boundary on
which to base conclusions than any parallel of latitude. Owing to the intimate
connexion between plants and insects the tree limit is preferable, especially as
the data available are insufficient to warrant the use of isotherms as a base.

The country not forested is known as the "barren grounds" and reaches as
close to the pole as explorers have attained. Forest insects cannot, of course,
invade these grounds. The next insects to stop are the grasshoppers and prob-
ably also the other families of orthoptera.3 No orthoptera have been found in the
( '-anadian Arctic archipelago. From the Arctic mainland the only grasshoppers we
secured were a specimen of Acridid*, said to have been caught near the divide
of the Alaskan Arctic mountains, within, or near, the limit of trees, and the
specimen of Melanoplus frigidus secured by Mr. V. Stefansson in the summer of
1911 in the vicinity of Langton bay. The absence of grasshoppers in the Arctic
is very noticeable and not easily accounted for. It cannot be the absence of
suitable food, for grasshoppers eat almost any vegetable, and vegetation is

1 "The insects of the Danmark Expedition." Meddelelser om Gro«-iil;in<l, vol. 43, p. f>5.
"The insects of Bast Greenland," Meddelclsrr om < Irocnhind, vol. 29, pp. 3i6'6-369. See also
W. Lundbeck : "Entomolog Undersog. i West Groenland, 1889-!Hi," Ah •<!<!. -1. om Groenland, vol.
VII, pp. 139-41; and W. Lundbeck and K. Henricksen in "Conspectus fauna groenlandira,
Land anthropods," Meddel om Groenland, vol. 22, p. 797, 1918; and W. Lundbrrk : "Notitser
om GronUinds entomolog. Fauna," pp. 27-34.

T. C. Schiodte "Gronlands Land — , Ferskvancls — og Strandbreds — Arthropoder," in Rink
"Naturhist Tillaeg til en geographist og Statistisk Beskrivelse af Gronland," 1857, pp. 50-71.

2 Trichoptera are the only neuropteroid.s known f rom the east coast.

3 The Forficula collected on Parry's and Ross' voyages was probably introduced.

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 39K

abundant. The absence of green leaves for nine months in the year may be a
contributing cause, but the permanently frozen ground is probably the main
factor. . Grasshoppers lay their eggs in the ground, and as the surface, except in
bare, sandy places, thaws for only a few inches, it may be impossible for grass-
hoppers to develop. Mr. Norman Griddle, of Treesbank, Man., states that tin-
grasshoppers known to go farthest north in Canada hibernate as nymphs, and
that the eggs are laid about a month after the beginning of spring. In the
Arctic this would be about July 1, and the two remaining summer month
perhaps not sufficient for the nymphs to grow large enough to withstand the
winter, even if the eggs were laid in the ground and hatched out.1

The absence of true bees in the Arctic is perhaps due to the scarcity of
flowers from which pollen and honey can be secured, and to the absence of suit-
able trees, etc., for nest-building. Sawflies (Nematus) were collected at latitude
72 degrees north, longitude 94 degrees east ("Fox" Expedition), and on Elles-
mere island (2nd Fram Expedition). "Formica rubra" from Parry's and Ross's
voyage was probably introduced, if the identification is correct.

As to the beetles found beyond the tree limit in the American Arctic, it is
probable that those dependent on decaying matter, and those directly (chrys-
omelidae, rhynchopora, elateridaB) or indirectly (plant-lice-feeders, coccinelli-
dae) dependent upon green leaves do not go as far north as the predacious fam-
ilies (carabidse, staphylinidae) and the water beetles (dytiscida) .2 None of
the four first-named families have, it is believed, been found in the Canadian
Arctic archipelago. Of the three families of predacious beetles, it may be
assumed that those (Carabidse, Dytiscidse) depending upon larger prey do not
go so far north as the family (staphylinidse) feeding upon more minute organisms.

Micralymma was collected at cape Sabine; Lethridius in Alexandra fjord;
Cryptophagus in Foulkes fjord (2nd Fram Expedition). The diminishing periods
in which fresh water is ice-free as the high north is approached may be related
to the eventual disappearance of the dytiscids and other aquatic insects.
Dytiscids were collected on Parry's and Ross's voyages.

Of the hemiptera (hemiptera were collected on Parry's and Ross's voyages)
the families (aphida?, etc.), depending upon juicy, green leaves probably do not
go as far north as the more agile or occult living families (saldidae, etc.). Aquatic
hemiptera seem to find the arctic ponds unsuited for their development, though
some of them (Corixa) go as far north as Port Clarence, Alaska.

Of neuropteroids, dragon-flies hardly approach the limit of trees, perhaps
owing to the same reason as the aquatic hemiptera; and ephemerids and perlids
are not known in the Canadian Arctic archipelago. The trichoptera is probably
the family of neuropteroids which reaches farthest north (trichopter collected
on Parry's and Ross's voyages), though only in certain species (Apatania, etc.);
probably because their larvaB seem to be little influenced by their surroundings,
and are found in both still and running water of high or low temperature.

Spiders (Opilio known from Ponds inlet), mites, and collembola, and insects
parasitic upon mammals and birds have been found as far north as there is land;
and the same seems to be the case with at least some of the lepidotera (both
butterflies and moths) preferring certain plants. It may be assumed that at
the highest latitudes (say beyond latitude 80 degrees north) on both sides of
Kennedy-Robeson channels these latter orders comprise the bulk of the insect
fauna together with sawflies, bumblebees, and parasitic wasps, diptera, and
minute hemiptera and beetles.3

1 Professor E. M. Walker, of Toronto, claims that all the Melanoplv* species pass the
winter in the egg-stage. The northward distribution of grasshoppers on this continent
treated in his Canadian Arctic Expedition report, vol. Ill, Part J.

2 Beetle (Platyderus) known from lat. 72° N., long 94° W. ("Fox").

* See the insects secured by the Polaris expedition, and identified by A. S. Packard, Jr.,
in "The American Naturalist," Vol. XI, 1877, pp. 51-53.

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America

4lK

Insect Life on Western Arctic Coast of America 43K

Arc-tic Insect Life

PLATE I.

FIG. 1. Fly on Dryas flowers. Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories. July
1915. (Photo by G. H. WMkins.)

FIG. 2. Mosquitoes attacking dog. Bernard harbour. July 6, 1915. (Photo by G. H.

Wilkins.)

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 45*

Arctic Insect Life

PLATE II.

FIG. 1. Arctic willow shrubbery. East branch of Mackenzie river delta, at Nenna
near south end of Richard island. June, 1914. (Photo by J. J. O'Neill.)

FIG. 2. Arctic willow shrubbery. Mouth of Tree river, Port Epworth, Coronation Gulf.
October, 1915. (Photo by J. J. O'Nei'll.)

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America

47K

Arctic Insect Life

PLATE III.

FIG. 1. Winter conditions.. Wind-swept tundra bluffs at Collinson point, Alaska. Feb-
ruary 24, 1914. (Photo by F. Johansen. )

FIG. 2. Early spring.

Snow melting on tundra at Demarcation point, Alaska, May 13,
1914. (Photo by F. Johansen.)

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America

49K

Arctic Insect Life

PLATE IV.

FIG. 1. Beginning of summer. Melting tundra pond at Collinson point, Alaska, June 3,
1914. (Photo by F. Johansen.)

FIG. 2. Beginning of summer. Tundra nearly free of snow. Collinson poimt, Alaska.
Jime 3, 1914. (Photo by F. Johansen.)

16579—4

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America

5lK

Arctic Insect Life

PLATE V.

FIG. 1. Tundra ditch at Teller (Port Clarence), Alaska. Reindeer grazing. August, 1913.

(Photo by J. J. O'Neill.)

FIG. 2. Coastal tundra strewn with old driftwood, at Collinson point, Alaska. July 17,
1914. (Photo by F. Johansen.)

16579— 4±

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America

53K

Arctic Insect Life

PLATE VI.

FIG. 1. Southwest coast of Banks island, looking southeast from Cape Kellett, Earth-Slides.
August, 1914. (Photo by G. H. Wilkins.)

FIG. 2. Victoria island. Dolomite beds crossing plain, between southwest coast and the
Colville hills, about 8 miles inland. Autumn, 1915. (Photo by D. Jenness.)

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 55K

Arctic Insect Life

PLATE VII.

FIG. 1. Arctic coast at King point, Yukon. Earth-slides. August, 1914. (Photo by

John R. Cox.)

FIG. 2. Inland gully on Herschel island, Arctic coast of Yukon Territory. July 29, 1916.

(Photo by F. Johansen.)

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America

Arctic Insect Life

57K

PLATE VIII.

FIG. 1. Arctic coast near cape Parry, Northwest Territories, Dolomite cliffs. July 24. 1916.

(Photo by G. H. Wilkins.)

FIG. 2. Dolomite outcrops a short distance inland from Bernard harbour, Northwest
Territories. June 21. 1916. (Photo by F. Johansen.)

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America 59*

Arctic Insect Life

PLATE IX.

FIG. 1. Snow melting at Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories. May 24, 1915. Note
pools. (Photo by F. Johansen.)

FIG. 2. Brook fed1 by melting- snowbank. Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories. July
12, 1915. (Photo by F. Johansen.)

Insect Life on the Western Arctic Coast of America

6lK

Arctic Insect Life

PLATE X.

PIG. 1. Surface of diabase island in Coronation gulf. Northwest Territories. March
12, 1916. (Photo by F. Johansen.)

FIG. 2. Cape Barrow harbour, Coronation gulf. Typical granite formation of eastern part
of Coronation gulf and Bathurst inlet. August 12, 1915. (Photo by G. H. Wilkins.)

O K.

ir A.
Report of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18.

VOLUME VIII: MOLLUSKS, ECHINODERMS, COELENTERATKS, KTC.

Part A. MOLLUSKS, RECENT AND PLEISTOCENE. By William H. Dall

Part B. CEPHALOPODA AND PTEBOPODA.

Cephalopoda. By S. S. Berry.

Pteropoda. By W. F. Clapp (In preparation).

Part C. ECHINODERMS. By Austin H. Clark (I.^uul April 6,

Part D. BRYOZOA. By R. C. Osburn . . (/n preparation).

Part E. ROTATORIA. By H. K. Hairing . (/„ press).

Part F. CHAETOGNATHA. By A. G. Huntsman (/n preparation)

Part G. ALCYONARIA AND ACTINARIA*' By A. E. Verrill . (/„ press}.

Part H. MEDUSAE AND CTENOPHORA. By H. B. Bigelow (Issued June SO, 1920).

Part I- HYDROIDS. By C. McLean Fraser (In preparation).

Part J: PORIFERA.

VOLUME IX: ANNELIDS, PARASITIC WORMS, PROTOZOANS, ETC.

Part A: OLIGOCHAETA.

Lumbriculidae. By Frank Smith.

Enchytraeidae. By Paul S. Welch (Issued September 29, 1919).

Part B: POLYCHAETA. By Ralph V. Chamberlin (Issued November 16, 1920).

Part C: HIRUNDINEA. By J. P. Moore (Issued February 4, 1921).

Part D: GEPHYREA. By Ralph V. Chamberlin (Issued June 20, 1920).

Part E: ACANTHOCEPHALA. By H. J. Van Cleave (Issued April 7, 1920).

Part F: NEMATODA. By N. A. Cobb (In preparation).

Part G-H: TREMATODA AND CESTODA. By A. R. Cooper (Issued February 4, 1921).

Part I: TURBELLARIA. By A. Hassell (In preparation).

Part J: GORDIACEA.

Part K: NEMERTINI. By Ralph V. Chamberlin (In preparation).

Part L: SPOROZOA. By J. V. Mavor (In preparation).

Part M: FORAMINIFERA. By J. A. Cushman (Issued February 6, 1920).

VOLUME X: PLANKTON, HYDROGRAPHY, TIDES, ETC.

Part A: PLANKTON. By Albert Mann. . . ...(In preparation).

Part B: MARINE DIATOMS. By L. W. Bailey (In preparation).

Part C: TIDAL OBSERVATIONS AND RESULTS. By W. Bell Dawson. . (Issued October 1, 1920).
Part D: HYDROGRAPHY (In preparation).

VOLUME XI: GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY

Part A: THE GEOLOGY OF THE ARCTIC COAST OF CANADA, WEST OF THE KENT

PENINSULA. By J. J. O'Neill (In preparation).

Part B: MAPS AND GEOLOGICAL NOTES. By Kenneth G. Chipman and John R. Cox.

(In preparation).

VOLUME XII: LIFE OF THE COPPER ESKIMOS

THE LIFE OF THE COPPER ESKIMOS. By D. Jenness (In press).

VOLUME XIII: PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND TECHNOLOGY OF THE
WESTERN AND CENTRAL ESKIMOS

Part A: THE PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE WESTERN AND COPPER ESKIMOS.

By D. Jenness (In preparation).

PartB: THE OSTEOLOGY OF THE WESTERN AND CENTRAL ESKIMOS.

By John Cameron (In preparation).

Part C: TECHNOLOGY OF THE COPPER ESKIMOS (To be prepared).

VOLUME XIV: ESKIMO FOLK-LORE AND LANGUAGE

Part A: FOLK-LORE, WITH TEXTS, FROM ALASKA, THE MACKENZIE DELTA, AND
CORONATION GULF. By D. Jenness (In preparation).

Part B: COMPARATIVE GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY OF THE ESKIMO DIALECTS
OF POINT BARROW, THE MACKENZIE DELTA, AND CORONATION GULF.
By D. Jenness (In preparation).

VOLUME XV: ESKIMO STRING FIGURES AND SONGS

Part A: STRING FIGURES OF THE ESKIMOS. By D. Jenness (Ready for press) .

Part B: SONGS OF THE COPPER ESKIMOS. By Helen H. Roberts and D. Jennesa

(In preparation).

VOLUME XVI: ARCHAEOLOGY

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE ARCHAEOLOGY OF WESTERN ARCTIC AMERICA.

(To be prepared)

115
C33
v.3

Canadian Arctic Expedition,
1913-1918
Reports

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY